National Mission on Natural Farming (NMNF)

  • 29 Nov 2024

In News:

The Union Cabinet recently approved the launch of the National Mission on Natural Farming (NMNF), marking a significant shift in the government's approach to agriculture. This initiative, a standalone Centrally Sponsored Scheme under the Ministry of Agriculture & Farmers' Welfare, aims to promote natural farming across India, focusing on reducing dependence on chemical fertilizers and promoting environmentally sustainable practices.

What is Natural Farming?

Natural farming, as defined by the Ministry of Agriculture, is a chemical-free agricultural method that relies on inputs derived from livestock and plant resources. The goal is to encourage farmers to adopt practices that rejuvenate soil health, improve water use efficiency, and enhance biodiversity, while reducing the harmful effects of fertilizers and pesticides on human health and the environment. The NMNF will initially target regions with high fertilizer consumption, focusing on areas where the need for sustainable farming practices is most urgent.

Evolution of Natural Farming Initiatives

The NMNF is not an entirely new concept but a scaled-up version of the Bhartiya Prakritik Krishi Paddhti (BPKP) introduced during the NDA government's second term (2019-24). The BPKP was part of the larger Paramparagat Krishi Vikas Yojna (PKVY) umbrella scheme, and natural farming was also promoted along the Ganga River under the NamamiGange initiative in 2022-23. With the renewed focus on natural farming following the 2024 elections, the government aims to extend the lessons learned from BPKP into a comprehensive mission mode, setting a clear direction for sustainable agriculture.

In Budget speech for 2024-25, it was announced a plan to initiate one crore farmers into natural farming over the next two years. The mission will be implemented through scientific institutions and willing gram panchayats, with the establishment of 10,000 bio-input resource centers (BRCs) to ensure easy access to the necessary inputs for natural farming.

Key Objectives

The NMNF aims to bring about a paradigm shift in agricultural practices by:

  • Expanding Coverage: The mission plans to bring an additional 7.5 lakh hectares of land under natural farming within the next two years. This will be achieved through the establishment of 15,000 clusters in gram panchayats, benefiting 1 crore farmers.
  • Training and Awareness: The mission will establish around 2,000 model demonstration farms at Krishi Vigyan Kendras (KVKs), Agricultural Universities (AUs), and farmers' fields. These farms will serve as hubs for training farmers in natural farming techniques and input preparation, such as Jeevamrit and Beejamrit, using locally available resources.
  • Incentivizing Local Inputs: The creation of 10,000 bio-input resource centers will provide farmers with easy access to bio-fertilizers and other natural farming inputs. The mission emphasizes the use of locally sourced inputs to reduce costs and improve the sustainability of farming practices.
  • Farmer Empowerment: 30,000 Krishi Sakhis (community resource persons) will be deployed to assist in mobilizing and guiding farmers. These trained individuals will play a key role in generating awareness and providing on-ground support to the farmers practicing natural farming.
  • Certifications and Branding: A major aspect of the mission is to establish scientific standards for natural farming produce, along with a national certification system. This will help in creating a market for organically grown produce and encourage more farmers to adopt sustainable practices.

Targeting High Fertilizer Consumption Areas

The Ministry of Agriculture has identified 228 districts in 16 states, including Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Maharashtra, and West Bengal, where fertilizer consumption is above the national average. These districts will be prioritized for the NMNF rollout, as they have high fertilizer usage but low adoption of natural farming practices. By focusing on these areas, the mission seeks to reduce the over-dependence on chemical fertilizers and foster a transition to more sustainable farming practices.

Benefits of Natural Farming

The NMNF aims to deliver multiple benefits to farmers and the environment:

  • Cost Reduction: Natural farming practices can significantly reduce input costs by decreasing the need for costly chemical fertilizers and pesticides.
  • Soil Health and Fertility: By rejuvenating the soil through organic inputs, natural farming improves soil structure, fertility, and microbial activity, leading to long-term agricultural sustainability.
  • Climate Resilience: Natural farming enhances resilience to climate-induced challenges such as drought, floods, and waterlogging.
  • Healthier Produce: Reduced use of chemicals results in safer, healthier food, benefitting both farmers and consumers.
  • Environmental Conservation: The promotion of biodiversity, water conservation, and carbon sequestration in soil leads to a healthier environment for future generations.

Conclusion

The launch of the National Mission on Natural Farming represents a critical step toward transforming India's agricultural practices into a more sustainable and environmentally friendly model. By targeting regions with high fertilizer usage, providing farmers with the tools and knowledge for natural farming, and creating a system for certification and branding, the government hopes to make natural farming a mainstream practice. As India continues to grapple with the challenges of climate change, soil degradation, and health risks from chemical inputs, the NMNF provides a promising framework for sustainable agriculture that benefits farmers, consumers, and the environment alike.

The Controversy around the Sambhal Mosque

  • 27 Nov 2024

Introduction

The Shahi Jama Masjid in Sambhal, Uttar Pradesh, has become a flashpoint in a larger religious and legal dispute after a petition was filed questioning its historical origins. Alleging that the mosque was built on the site of an ancient Hindu temple, the case has triggered both legal challenges and violent clashes, raising concerns about communal harmony and the protection of religious sites.

Background of the Dispute

On November 19, 2024, a petition was filed in the Sambhal district court, claiming that the 16th-century Jama Masjid was constructed over the site of an ancient Hari Har Mandir. This claim mirrors similar petitions filed in other parts of India, including Varanasi, Mathura, and Dhar, where Hindu groups have sought to alter the religious character of mosques they believe were built on temple sites. The petitioners in the Sambhal case include advocate Hari Shanker Jain, a key figure in the Gyanvapi and Mathura disputes.

Survey and Clashes

The Sambhal court ordered a survey of the mosque on November 19, 2024, to investigate the historical claims. The initial phase of the survey, conducted peacefully, involved mosque authorities and local police. However, a second survey on November 24 escalated tensions, as it was accompanied by a procession led by a local priest chanting Hindu slogans. Protests soon turned violent, leading to stone-pelting, police firing, and at least five deaths, including two teenagers. Locals accused the police of excessive force, while the police denied allegations of shooting.

The Mosque’s Historical Context

The Shahi Jama Masjid was built by Mughal Emperor Babur's general, Mir Hindu Beg, around 1528. It is one of the three mosques constructed during Babur's reign, the other two being in Panipat and Ayodhya. Architectural studies suggest it was constructed using stone masonry with plaster, and while some historians believe it was built on a pre-existing structure, the mosque’s historical context is complex. Local Hindu tradition holds that the site was originally a Vishnu temple, with the belief that Kalki, the tenth avatar of Vishnu, will arrive there.

Legal Implications: The Places of Worship Act, 1991

The dispute touches upon the Places of Worship Act, 1991, which mandates the preservation of the religious character of all places of worship as they existed on August 15, 1947. The Act was designed to prevent further disputes over religious sites, except for the Babri Masjid case, which was already under litigation at the time. The petitioners in the Sambhal case argue that the religious character of the mosque should be altered, contradicting the Act’s provisions.

Challenges to the Places of Worship Act

The Places of Worship Act has been criticized for barring judicial review and preventing any changes to the religious status of sites that existed before India’s independence. Some legal experts suggest that while an inquiry into the religious nature of a place might be permissible, changing that character would violate the Act. The ongoing legal challenges in the Supreme Court, including cases from Varanasi, Mathura, and now Sambhal, highlight the complexities of reconciling India’s legal framework with communal sensitivities.

Conclusion

The Sambhal mosque dispute underscores the challenges in balancing India’s legal framework with religious and communal dynamics. While the Places of Worship Act aims to preserve the status quo, petitions challenging it have revived contentious debates over historical monuments and their religious significance. As the legal proceedings continue, the case will likely have far-reaching implications for India’s secular fabric and the preservation of communal harmony.

29th UN Climate Change Conference (COP29)

  • 26 Nov 2024

In News:

The 29th UN Climate Change Conference (COP29), held in Baku, Azerbaijan, focused on enhancing climate finance, adaptation measures, and global cooperation.

Key Outcomes of COP29:

  • Climate Finance: A new goal was set to triple climate finance for developing countries to USD 300 billion annually by 2035. The total climate finance target aims for USD 1.3 trillion annually by 2035.
  • Carbon Markets: The conference operationalized Article 6 of the Paris Agreement, which establishes frameworks for carbon credit trading between countries. It also launched the Paris Agreement Crediting Mechanism, ensuring safeguards for human rights and the environment.
  • Transparency and Adaptation: COP29 saw 13 countries submit their Biennial Transparency Reports, promoting greater accountability. The Baku Adaptation Roadmap was launched to speed up National Adaptation Plans (NAPs) in Least Developed Countries (LDCs).
  • Gender and Inclusivity: A new Gender Action Plan was developed, and the Lima Work Programme on Gender was extended for another 10 years. Over 55,000 people, including civil society, Indigenous peoples, and youth, participated.
  • Global Climate Action: The 2024 Yearbook of Global Climate Action highlighted the role of non-Party stakeholders like businesses and sub-national actors in combating climate change.

India’s Role at COP29: India played an active role in highlighting resilient infrastructure initiatives like the Coalition for Disaster Resilient Infrastructure (CDRI) and advocated for financial resources to support Small Island Developing States (SIDS). India also pushed for solar energy adoption through the International Solar Alliance (ISA) and promoted gender-inclusive climate policies. India co-hosted the LeadIT summit with Sweden, focusing on industrial decarbonization.

Challenges at COP29:

  • Inadequate Finance: Despite ambitious targets, many countries felt the financial commitments were insufficient and distant.
  • Private Sector Dependency: The reliance on private sector contributions raised concerns about the reliability of funding.
  • Emission Reduction Gaps: There was a lack of sufficient pledges to meet the 1.5°C global warming target, with rising emissions.
  • Geopolitical Conflicts: Disputes over issues like the Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM) hindered progress.

India’s Carbon Credit Framework:

India introduced the Energy Conservation (Amendment) Act, 2022, establishing a domestic carbon market and setting a legislative framework for carbon credit trading. This aligns with India’s NDCs and aims to support sustainable growth while reducing emissions. However, concerns about the integrity of carbon credits and potential "greenwashing" need to be addressed through rigorous verification systems.

Conclusion:

COP29 marked progress in scaling up climate finance, carbon markets, and adaptation efforts, but significant challenges remain, especially in finance, emission reductions, and geopolitical cooperation. India's initiatives in carbon credit frameworks and resilience are steps toward a sustainable future. Moving forward, a collaborative, transparent, and adaptive approach is crucial to meet global climate goals.

Challenges in Municipal Financing

  • 25 Nov 2024

Introduction

Municipal corporations (MCs) in India are essential service providers in urban areas, but they face severe financial constraints, which hinder their ability to provide quality services. While urban India contributes almost 60% of the nation's economic output, MCs are heavily reliant on state and central government transfers, limiting their financial autonomy and operational capacity.

Key Issues in Municipal Financing

  • Limited Revenue Generation
    • Low Property Tax Revenues: Property tax, the main source of municipal revenue, contributes only 0.12% of GDP, a figure that reflects poor tax collection mechanisms and outdated property valuation systems.
    • Revenue Concentration: Over 58% of municipal revenue comes from the top 10 cities, highlighting fiscal disparity between urban areas.
    • Dependence on Government Transfers: Municipalities rely significantly on state and central transfers, constituting a large portion of their revenue. This reduces their ability to plan and execute long-term projects independently.
  • Inefficiency in Tax and Fee Collection
    • Ineffective Property Tax Systems: Existing tax formulas do not reflect actual property valuations, leading to under-taxation and revenue loss.
    • Inadequate User Charges: Fees for essential services like water supply, sanitation, and waste management are not regularly adjusted, impacting cost recovery and service quality.

Strategies for Strengthening Urban Local Bodies (ULBs)

  • Enhancing Revenue Sources
    • Property Tax Reforms: Implementing GIS-based property tax mapping and linking tax rates to actual property valuations can improve tax compliance and revenue generation.
    • Rationalising User Charges: Regular adjustments to service fees for water, sanitation, and waste management can ensure cost recovery and better service delivery.
  • Reducing Dependence on Transfers
    • State and Central Transfers: A rule-based framework for government transfers, accounting for inflation and city growth, can ensure predictability and adequate compensation for MCs.
    • Boosting Non-Tax Revenues: MCs can increase income from user fees (e.g., for urban transport and waste management) and explore public-private partnerships (PPPs) to enhance service delivery.
  • Leveraging Technology for Efficiency
    • Digitalisation and Automation: Streamlining processes through technology can reduce inefficiencies, cut down on waste, and free up resources for capital expenditure.
    • Monitoring Systems: Improved monitoring and reporting can reduce pilferage, enhance revenue collection, and ensure accountability.

Fiscal Management and Innovative Financing

  • Municipal Bonds and Innovative Financing
    • Larger MCs are already using municipal bonds to fund infrastructure projects. Smaller cities can adopt similar financing instruments to diversify funding sources and attract private investment.
    • Public-Private Partnerships (PPPs): Fostering partnerships in sectors like urban transport and waste management can attract private investment and reduce the financial burden on MCs.
  • Resource Pooling for Infrastructure Projects
    • MCs can collaborate to pool resources for large-scale projects, such as renewable energy or urban transport initiatives, overcoming fiscal constraints that individual corporations face.

Government Initiatives for Urban Governance

  • Citizen-Centric Programs
    • Swachh Sarvekshan (2017) promotes citizen participation to improve urban cleanliness.
    • Swachh Bharat Idea Book empowers citizens to propose innovative solutions to urban challenges.
  • Performance-Based Indices
    • Ease of Living Index (2017) and the Municipal Performance Index (2019) assess urban quality of life, service delivery, and governance, encouraging better performance in ULBs.

Conclusion

Empowering urban local bodies is crucial for effective urban governance and development. By improving revenue generation through reforms, reducing dependence on transfers, and adopting innovative financing mechanisms, municipal corporations can enhance their capacity to meet the growing demands of urbanization. Collaborative efforts between the government, civil society, and academia are essential to ensure sustainable urban development and better living conditions for urban residents.

Reimagining Governance with AI: The Promise of GovAI

  • 20 Nov 2024

In News:

India's rapid digital transformation, coupled with the advancements in Artificial Intelligence (AI), presents a unique opportunity to reimagine governance. The concept of GovAI—using AI to enhance public administration—holds the potential to revolutionize governance, improve efficiency, and create more responsive and inclusive public systems.

Digital Transformation in Governance

  • Evolution of Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI)
    • Over the past decade, India has made significant strides in digital governance through the development of Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI). DPI has reduced inefficiencies, enhanced transparency, and improved service delivery, transforming India's governance landscape.
  • Impact of AI on Governance
    • As AI becomes a critical enabler in various sectors, its application to governance promises to deliver more efficient, inclusive, and responsive government services. The potential of AI lies in its ability to provide more with less, driving innovation across key public services.

Key Trends Driving GovAI

  • Rapid Digitalization of India
    • Currently, 90 crore Indians are connected to the Internet, with projections indicating 120 crore by 2026, positioning India as the most connected country globally.
    • Digitalization serves as the backbone for AI-driven governance, enabling efficient data collection, analysis, and informed policy-making.
  • Data as a Valuable Resource
    • The rapid digitalization of India has led to the generation of vast amounts of data. This data serves as the fuel for AI models, which can be used to enhance governance.
    • Programs like the IndiaDatasetsProgramme aim to harness government datasets for AI development while safeguarding data privacy through legislation.
  • Demand for Efficient Governance
    • The post-COVID world has underscored the need for governments to deliver better outcomes with fewer resources. AI has the potential to optimize the use of public resources, enabling more efficient and targeted governance.

India’s Leadership in AI-Driven Governance

  • Positioning India as a Global Leader
    • India’s digital governance initiatives have placed it at the forefront of AI adoption in the public sector. Through GovAI, India can solidify its position as a global leader in using technology for public good.
    • As the Chair of the Global Partnership on AI (GPAI), India is advocating for the inclusive development of AI to ensure that it benefits all nations, not just a select few.
  • Role of Innovation Ecosystem
    • India’s innovation ecosystem, comprising startups, entrepreneurs, and tech hubs, can play a crucial role in driving the development of AI models, platforms, and apps for governance.
    • A strong partnership between the government and private sector is essential to successfully deploy AI solutions across various sectors of governance.

Potential Benefits of GovAI

  • Enhanced Efficiency and Service Delivery
    • AI-powered tools, such as chatbots, can provide citizens with 24/7 assistance, streamlining public service delivery and reducing waiting times.
    • AI can help in automating processes and improving the overall efficiency of government operations.
  • Data-Driven Decision-Making
    • AI can analyze large datasets to make informed policy decisions and design targeted interventions in sectors like healthcare, education, and social welfare.
    • Data-driven insights can enhance the effectiveness of welfare schemes, improving outcomes for marginalized communities.
  • Increased Transparency and Accountability
    • AI can enhance transparency in governance by minimizing human intervention in processes, thus reducing corruption and ensuring efficient use of public resources.
    • Predictive analytics and real-time data monitoring can enable proactive governance, preventing issues before they escalate.

Challenges and Drawbacks of GovAI

  • Privacy Concerns
    • The use of AI in governance requires the collection and analysis of vast amounts of personal data, raising concerns about data privacy and surveillance.
    • Robust data protection laws must be enforced to ensure citizens' data is handled responsibly.
  • Accountability and Bias
    • AI systems may produce biased outcomes depending on the data they are trained on. Ensuring accountability for decisions made by AI systems remains a challenge, particularly when errors or biases occur.
    • Transparent mechanisms must be established to hold AI systems accountable for their actions.
  • Increased State Control and Surveillance
    • The integration of AI in governance could lead to increased state control, potentially compromising individual freedoms. Ensuring that AI is used responsibly to balance power between the government and citizens is critical.
  • Digital Divide
    • The benefits of AI in governance may not be evenly distributed across the population, exacerbating the digital divide.
    • Efforts must be made to ensure that marginalized communities, without access to digital technologies or skills, are not left behind.

Conclusion

  • Balancing Benefits and Risks
    • The integration of AI into governance systems presents significant benefits, including enhanced efficiency, transparency, and proactive governance. However, there are challenges related to privacy, accountability, and state control.
    • To ensure AI serves the public good, India must implement strong regulatory frameworks, promote transparency, and develop ethical AI systems that respect citizens’ rights and freedoms.
  • Moving Toward Maximum Governance
    • AI can help realize the vision of maximum governance, enabling more effective and targeted interventions across sectors like healthcare, security, education, and disaster management.
    • The success of GovAI will depend on a trusted partnership between the government, private sector, and innovation ecosystem, ensuring that AI technology serves the larger public interest.

Khap Panchayats: Evolving Towards Modern Governance and Justice

  • 17 Nov 2024

Why in the News?

Khap Panchayats have attracted attention due to their evolving role in addressing key socio-economic issues like unemployment, education, and rural development. Modernization efforts are underway to regulate these traditional councils, integrating them into formal Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) systems for better governance, accountability, and social justice.

What are Khap Panchayats?

Definition and Origin:

Khap Panchayats are community-based councils primarily found in North India, particularly in Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, and parts of Rajasthan. These informal bodies, composed of elders from kinship groups (Khaps), have historically served as local governance bodies that resolve disputes within their communities. Their origins trace back centuries and they function alongside formal legal systems, often prioritizing customary norms over constitutional law.

Historical Role:

Historically, Khap Panchayats have maintained social order in rural areas, acting as forums for dispute resolution related to marriage, property, and community matters. While their decisions were respected within their communities, they operated parallel to formal courts, and their influence was often seen as a stabilizing force in rural society. However, their structure has also contributed to the perpetuation of patriarchal practices and social exclusion.

Issues with Khap Panchayats

  • Patriarchal Practices:Khap Panchayats have often been associated with gender inequality. They enforce rigid social norms that limit women's autonomy, particularly in matrimonial matters, inheritance rights, and personal freedoms. This has led to criticism for their role in suppressing women's rights.
  • Honor Killings and Social Conservatism:Khap Panchayats are notorious for opposing inter-caste and same-gotra marriages, at times even endorsing honor killings to preserve social order. Such practices are violations of fundamental rights and personal freedoms guaranteed by the Indian Constitution.
  • Legality Concerns:The decisions of Khap Panchayats often clash with constitutional values such as equality, personal liberty, and dignity. Their informal judgments lack legal validity and frequently violate the rule of law, raising significant concerns about their adherence to India’s legal framework.
  • Caste-based Discrimination:Khap Panchayats have been criticized for reinforcing caste hierarchies, which leads to discrimination and exclusion of marginalized communities. Their focus on preserving traditional caste structures often results in the oppression of the vulnerable, particularly lower-caste groups.

Gender Dynamics and Evolving Roles of Khap Panchayats

In recent years, some Khap Panchayats have started to show more progressive and inclusive stances, particularly in promoting gender justice:

  • Support for Women Athletes:Khap Panchayats have begun to recognize and celebrate the achievements of women, particularly in sports. Several Khap bodies have felicitated women sportspersons, contributing to a growing culture of sports among rural women. This marks a shift from their traditionally patriarchal stance.
  • Promoting Gender Justice:Notably, the MehamChaubisiKhap in Haryana has played a significant role in advocating for women’s rights and gender equality. It was involved in supporting the 2023 wrestlers' protest against sexual harassment, demonstrating a shift towards gender-related activism and social reform.

Supreme Court Ruling on Khap Panchayats:

In the landmark Shakti Vahini v. Union of India case (2018), the Supreme Court of India addressed the issue of honor killings and inter-caste marriages. The Court emphasized that honor killings violate fundamental rights and called for strict measures to prevent such crimes. The Court further directed state governments to establish special protection cells for couples facing threats from their families and communities. This ruling underscored the importance of personal liberty and freedom of choice, regardless of community or caste.

What is Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR)?

Definition and Importance:

Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) refers to methods of resolving disputes without resorting to formal litigation. These methods include mediation, arbitration, and conciliation, all of which encourage cooperative problem-solving and mutually agreeable solutions. ADR is particularly important in India due to the overburdened judicial system, which faces a backlog of cases and delays.

ADR offers several advantages, including:

  • Cost-effectiveness
  • Confidentiality
  • Flexibility
  • Improved relationships between parties involved

Types of ADR Mechanisms:

  • Arbitration: A formal process where an arbitrator resolves disputes and their decision is legally binding.
  • Conciliation: A third-party neutral assists the parties in reaching an agreement, and the recommendations can be accepted or rejected.
  • Mediation: A mediator facilitates communication between disputing parties, helping them reach a voluntary and mutually agreeable resolution.
  • Negotiation: A direct negotiation between the parties without third-party involvement, aiming for a mutually acceptable settlement.

Integrating Khap Panchayats into the Formal ADR System

Given the potential of Khap Panchayats as community-based governance bodies, integrating them into the formal ADR framework can significantly enhance their role in dispute resolution. Here are some strategies for modernizing Khap Panchayats:

  • Legal Recognition of ADR Role:Khap Panchayats can be legally recognized within the ADR framework, formalizing their role in mediation and dispute resolution, ensuring their decisions align with constitutional norms and human rights.
  • Training and Capacity Building:Khap leaders can undergo training in ADR techniques such as mediation and arbitration, equipping them with skills to resolve conflicts impartially and in line with legal standards. This would help transition Khaps from informal bodies to more structured and legally compliant dispute resolution mechanisms.
  • Legal Regulation and Oversight:Regulations can be put in place to define the scope and limitations of Khap Panchayats' authority, ensuring their decisions do not violate human rights or the constitution. Oversight mechanisms should be established to monitor their actions and prevent practices like honor killings or forced marriages.
  • Shift Towards Developmental Roles:Some Khap Panchayats are already advocating for progressive reforms in areas like unemployment, education, and rural development. By focusing on these issues, Khap Panchayats can serve as agents of social change and contribute to community development.
  • Awareness and Accountability:Awareness campaigns can educate rural communities about constitutional rights and the legal system, emphasizing the importance of formal legal frameworks and human rights. At the same time, Khap Panchayats should be held accountable for actions that undermine justice or equality.
  • Collaboration with Formal Institutions:Khap Panchayats can collaborate with local governance bodies and judicial institutions, ensuring that their decisions align with the rule of law and contribute to social justice. This would enhance their role in inclusive decision-making and legally sound governance.

Conclusion

Khap Panchayats, with their deep-rooted history and influence, have the potential to evolve into modern governance institutions. By integrating them into the formal ADR framework, aligning their practices with constitutional values, and focusing on community development, they can contribute positively to dispute resolution and social reform in rural India. This transformation will require legal regulation, training, oversight, and awareness to ensure that Khap Panchayats function as effective, equitable bodies that respect the fundamental rights of all individuals.

The Need for More Women in Politics

  • 15 Nov 2024

In News:

India, the world's largest democracy, is at a crucial juncture where women’s active political participation is essential for holistic development and true democratic engagement. The year 2024 demands increased involvement of women in politics to address issues of gender inequality and ensure comprehensive policy representation.

Current Status of Women’s Political Representation in India

Women in Parliament

  • Initial Representation: In 1952, women accounted for only 4.41% of the Lok Sabha. This gradually rose to around 14.36% in the 2019 elections.
  • Recent Trends: In the 2024 elections, women made up approximately 16% of the Lok Sabha, with 74 women MPs, 43 of whom are first-time representatives.

Women in State Legislatures

  • Representation in state legislative assemblies remains low, with the highest percentages in Chhattisgarh (14.4%), West Bengal (13.7%), and Jharkhand (12.4%).

Global Comparison

  • According to the Inter-Parliamentary Union (IPU), India ranks lower than many countries in terms of female representation in parliament, with global averages standing at 26.1%. India lags behind several African and South Asian nations.

Importance of Women’s Political Empowerment

  • Enhancing Governance and Accountability: Political empowerment of women ensures better representation of gender-sensitive issues, promoting accountability in governance.
  • Breaking Patriarchal Norms: Increasing women’s participation helps challenge the patriarchal structure that dominates Indian politics and promotes inclusive governance.
  • Policy and Social Impact: Women in politics are more likely to advocate for policies that address issues like health, education, and gender equality, leading to improved societal welfare.
  • Economic Benefits: Studies suggest that women in political leadership tend to improve economic outcomes for their constituencies by prioritizing social infrastructure.

Barriers to Women’s Political Participation

  • Gender Gaps in Political Ambition: Women are less likely to pursue political careers due to gender conditioning, family pressures, and stereotypes about leadership abilities.
  • Patriarchal Culture: A deeply ingrained patriarchal society hampers women’s political involvement, with male-dominated party structures and social norms limiting opportunities.
  • High Election Costs: The financial burden of running for office often discourages women from contesting elections due to unequal access to resources.
  • Male Gatekeepers in Politics: Political parties often show a preference for male candidates, especially for higher-profile positions, hindering the rise of women leaders.
  • Criminalisation and Corruption in Politics: Growing criminalisation in politics and lack of political education further alienates women from the political process.

Key Legislative and Constitutional Measures for Women’s Political Empowerment

Legislative Measures

  • Nari Shakti VandanAdhiniyam (2023): Provides 33% reservation for women in the Lok Sabha and state assemblies.
  • 73rd and 74th Amendments (1992): Introduced 33% reservation for women in Panchayats and Municipalities.
  • Gender-Neutral Rules: Lok Sabha adopted gender-neutral rules in 2014, promoting inclusivity in legislative procedures.

Constitutional Provisions

  • Article 14 and 15: Ensure equality and non-discrimination, fundamental to women’s political participation.
  • Article 243D: Mandates 33% reservation for women in Panchayats.

International Commitments

  • CEDAW (1979): Advocates for women’s participation in political and public life.
  • Beijing Platform (1995) and SDGs (2015): Call for removing barriers to women’s participation in politics.

Measures for Promoting Women’s Political Participation

  • Quotas and Reservations: Ensuring mandatory quotas for women candidates in party tickets and legislative bodies can help bridge gender gaps.
  • Capacity Building and Training: Offering political training programs for women can empower them with the skills and resources necessary for effective political participation.
  • Strengthening Grassroots Movements: Support for Self-Help Groups (SHGs) and Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs) can build leadership among women at the local level.
  • Supportive Political Ecosystem: Political parties should be encouraged to nominate women for higher office positions, such as the Rajya Sabha or state legislative councils.
  • Raising Public Awareness: Public awareness campaigns focusing on the importance of women in politics can shift societal attitudes and garner wider public support.

Conclusion:

As India moves forward, the active participation of women in politics is not merely a matter of equity but an essential building block for a vibrant, inclusive, and effective democracy. Through structural reforms, public awareness, and the promotion of female leadership, India can strengthen its democratic framework, ensuring that all citizens, regardless of gender, have an equal stake in shaping the nation's future.

Significance of LignoSat

  • 12 Nov 2024

Introduction

  • LignoSat is the world's first satellite constructed with wood, developed to test the viability of using timber as a sustainable material in space exploration.
  • Launched on November 5, 2024, the satellite was sent to the International Space Station (ISS) aboard a SpaceX Dragon cargo capsule and will be released into orbit after a month for a six-month test.

What is LignoSat?

  • Dimensions: LignoSat measures 4 inches (10 cm) on each side and weighs 900 grams.
  • Material Composition: The satellite features panels made from magnolia wood using traditional Japanese craftsmanship, without screws or glue.
  • Development Collaboration: LignoSat was developed by Kyoto University and Sumitomo Forestry, in collaboration with various researchers and space organizations.

Purpose and Objectives of the Mission

  • Testing Timber in Space:
    • The primary goal is to study how wood performs in the extreme conditions of space, where temperatures fluctuate dramatically between -100°C to 100°C.
    • The satellite will also assess how wood interacts with space radiation and its potential to reduce the impact of radiation on sensitive electronics, such as semiconductors.
  • Space Sustainability:
    • LignoSat aims to demonstrate that wood can be a sustainable, renewable alternative to metals (like aluminium) traditionally used in spacecraft construction.
    • The satellite will help determine if wood can be used in future space missions, potentially reducing reliance on non-renewable materials.

Testing the Durability of Wood in Space

  • Challenges of Space Environment:
    • Space is an extremely harsh environment with extreme temperature variations, exposure to radiation, and the lack of water and oxygen, all of which affect material durability.
    • Unlike Earth, where wood decomposes due to moisture and oxygen, space's vacuum conditions could potentially preserve the wood's integrity, providing valuable insights into its durability.
  • Previous Use of Wood in Space:
    • Wood has already been tested in space applications: cork has been used on spacecraft to withstand re-entry conditions.
    • The LignoSat mission builds on this knowledge, aiming to test wood's performance in space's high-radiation and vacuum environment.

Potential Advantages of Using Wood in Space Exploration

  • Sustainability and Environmental Benefits:
    • Unlike conventional aluminium satellites, which generate harmful pollutants upon re-entry (e.g., aluminium oxides), LignoSat's wooden components will degrade in a more environmentally friendly manner, minimizing atmospheric pollution.
    • As space exploration increases, particularly with mega-constellations (e.g., SpaceX’s Starlink), space debris management becomes critical. Using wood could reduce the environmental impact of satellite disposal.
  • Renewable Resource:
    • Wood is a renewable resource, which offers a potential solution to the growing demand for materials used in space technology.
    • Kyoto University researchers have long been exploring the idea of building habitats on the Moon and Mars using timber, with LignoSat seen as a stepping stone to proving the material's space-grade capabilities.

LignoSat's Design and Construction

  • Hybrid Construction:
    • While the outer panels of LignoSat are made from magnolia wood, the satellite still incorporates traditional aluminium structures and electronic components inside.
    • The hybrid construction allows researchers to compare the performance of wood against conventional materials used in spacecraft.
  • Testing Methods:
    • LignoSat will orbit Earth for six months and monitor the wood’s reaction to space conditions, providing valuable data for future space missions.
    • Sensors embedded in the satellite will track various environmental factors, such as radiation exposure, temperature fluctuations, and the structural integrity of the wood.

The Long-Term Vision: Building Timber Habitats in Space

  • The research team, led by Takao Doi (astronaut and Kyoto University professor), envisions a future where timber is used for constructing space habitats on the Moon and Mars.
  • The team’s ultimate goal is to plant trees in space and develop timber houses on extraterrestrial bodies, providing a sustainable, self-sufficient environment for humans in space.

Broader Implications for Space Exploration

  • Sustainability in Space Missions:
    • LignoSat represents an innovative step toward more sustainable space technologies by investigating eco-friendly materials that can minimize the environmental impact of space missions.
    • It aligns with global efforts to make space exploration more sustainable, especially as space tourism and colonization plans grow.
  • Future Prospects:
    • If successful, LignoSat could pave the way for wood-based materials being used in spacecraft construction, not only for satellites but also for space stations and future human habitats in space.

Conclusion

  • LignoSat’s mission marks a significant milestone in space exploration by exploring wood as a sustainable material in space technology.
  • As the first wooden satellite, its results could pave the way for more eco-friendly, renewable materials in future space missions, aligning with global goals for sustainability and reducing space-related pollution.

Uttar Pradesh Board of Madarsa Education Act, 2004

  • 09 Nov 2024

In News:

The Supreme Court recently upheld the constitutional validity of the Uttar Pradesh Board of Madarsa Education Act, 2004 (also called the Madarsa Act), while striking down certain provisions related to the granting of higher education degrees. The Court overturned the Allahabad High Court's previous decision, which had deemed the Act unconstitutional on the grounds that it violated the principle of secularism.

What is the Madarsa Act?

The Madarsa Act provides a legal framework for regulating madrasas (Islamic educational institutions) in Uttar Pradesh. The Act:

  • Establishes the Uttar Pradesh Board of Madarsa Education, which oversees the curriculum and examinations for madrasas.
  • Ensures that madrasas follow the National Council of Educational Research and Training (NCERT) curriculum for mainstream secular education alongside religious instruction.
  • Empowers the state government to create rules for regulating madrasa education.

Allahabad High Court's Ruling

In March 2024, the Allahabad High Court declared the Madarsa Act unconstitutional, citing:

  • Violation of secularism: The Court argued that the Act's emphasis on compulsory Islamic education, with modern subjects being optional, discriminated on religious grounds, violating the secular nature of the Constitution.
  • Right to Education: The Court also claimed that the Act denied quality education under Article 21A, which guarantees free and compulsory education to children.
  • Higher Education Degrees: The Act's provisions allowing the granting of Fazil and Kamil degrees were found to conflict with the University Grants Commission Act, 1956, which regulates higher education.

Supreme Court's Ruling

The Supreme Court overturned the Allahabad High Court's decision on several grounds:

  • Basic Structure Doctrine: The Court clarified that the basic structure doctrine, which applies to constitutional amendments, does not apply to ordinary legislation like the Madarsa Act. Therefore, a law cannot be struck down simply for violating secularism unless explicitly prohibited by the Constitution.
  • State's Authority to Regulate Education: The Court held that the state has the right to regulate education in minority institutions, as long as the regulation is reasonable and rational. It emphasized that the Madarsa Act does not deprive these institutions of their minority character.
  • Right to Education for Minority Institutions: Referring to a 2014 decision, the Court ruled that the Right to Education Act (RTE) does not apply to minority institutions, as it would undermine their right to impart religious education and self-administer.

Striking Down Higher Education Provisions

While upholding most of the Act, the Supreme Court struck down the provisions related to higher education degrees (Fazil and Kamil). It ruled that:

  • Section 9 of the Act, which allowed the Board to grant these degrees, is in conflict with the University Grants Commission Act, which only permits degrees to be awarded by universities recognized by the UGC.

Implications of the Ruling

  • Regulation of Madrasa Education: The ruling affirms the state's authority to ensure quality education in madrasas, balancing religious instruction with secular subjects.
  • Protection of Minority Rights: By upholding the Madarsa Act, the Court protected the rights of religious minorities to run educational institutions while ensuring they meet educational standards.
  • Focus on Inclusivity: The judgment emphasizes the integration of madrasas within the broader educational framework, ensuring that madrasa students receive quality education.

In conclusion, the Supreme Court's decision supports the regulation of madrasa education while safeguarding the rights of minority institutions, except in areas related to the granting of higher education degrees, which remain under the jurisdiction of the UGC Act.

RBI brings back 102 tonnes gold from BoE; 60 per cent reserves in India

  • 04 Nov 2024

In News:

England over the past two-and-a-half years, reflecting a strategic shift in its approach to safeguarding gold reserves. This move marks a significant increase in the RBI's domestic gold holdings.

Rise in the RBI's Domestic Gold Holdings

  • Current Status (September 2024):The RBI's domestic gold reserves have grown to 510.46 metric tonnes, up from 295.82 metric tonnes in March 2022.
  • Reduction in Gold Held Abroad:The gold held under the custodianship of the Bank of England has decreased to 324 metric tonnes from 453.52 metric tonnes in March 2022.
  • Gold as a Share of Foreign Exchange Reserves:The proportion of gold in India's total foreign exchange reserves increased from 8.15% in March 2024 to 9.32% in September 2024.

Gold Kept in the Bank of England

  • Overview of the Bank of England's Gold Vault:The Bank of England is home to one of the largest gold vaults in the world, second only to the New York Federal Reserve, housing around 400,000 bars of gold.
  • India’s Gold Held Abroad:The RBI continues to retain 324 metric tonnes of its gold with the Bank of England and the Bank for International Settlements (BIS).
  • Additional Gold Management:Around 20 tonnes of gold are managed through gold deposit schemes.
  • Strategic Role of London’s Gold Market:Storing gold in London provides immediate access to the global London bullion market, enhancing liquidity for India’s gold assets.

Historical Context of India’s Gold Holdings

  • 1991 Balance of Payments Crisis:During a financial crisis in 1991, India had to send 47 tonnes of gold to the Bank of England to secure loans for repaying international creditors.

RBI’s Strategy to Bring Gold Back to India

  • Global Trend of Central Banks Buying Gold:Since the imposition of U.S. sanctions on Russia in 2022, central banks globally have been increasing their gold reserves as a hedge against inflation and to reduce reliance on the U.S. dollar. India has outpaced other G20 nations in this trend, surpassing Russia and China in gold purchases.
  • De-dollarisation:This shift is part of a broader strategy of de-dollarisation, aiming to diversify away from the U.S. dollar amidst rising gold prices and growing geopolitical tensions.

Significance of Repatriating Gold to India

  • Sign of Economic Strength
    • Recovery from the 1991 Crisis:The decision to repatriate gold reflects a significant improvement in India's economic position, a stark contrast to the 1991 economic crisis when India had to pledge gold for financial survival.
  • Optimizing Financial Resources
    • Reducing Storage Costs:Storing gold domestically allows the RBI to save on storage fees paid to foreign custodians, such as the Bank of England.
  • Strategic Significance
    • Enhanced Resilience Amid Global Instability:By repatriating its gold, India enhances its strategic autonomy and strengthens its economic position in a world of rising uncertainties and currency volatility.

RBI's Capacity to Safeguard Gold Domestically

  • Increasing Domestic Storage Capacity:The RBI has been increasing its domestic capacity for gold storage to accommodate rising reserves and reduce dependence on foreign gold safekeeping facilities.
  • Current Foreign Exchange Reserves:As of October 2024, India’s total foreign exchange reserves stand at $684.8 billion, sufficient to cover over 11.2 months of imports.

Diversification of Foreign Exchange Reserves

  • Mitigating Currency Risks:By increasing gold reserves, India diversifies its foreign exchange holdings, reducing reliance on any single currency and shielding itself from global currency fluctuations and economic volatility.
  • Gold as a Stable Asset:Gold serves as a stable asset, providing a safeguard against global economic shocks, and balances India’s reserves portfolio.

Gold as a Hedge against Inflation

  • Preserving Wealth amid Inflation:Gold is traditionally viewed as a hedge against inflation, maintaining or appreciating in value when other currencies weaken. By increasing its gold reserves, India positions itself to better withstand the adverse effects of inflation and ensure long-term financial stability.

Conclusion

The repatriation of gold by the RBI reflects a strategic move to bolster India's economic strength and diversify its financial assets. The decision to bring gold back to India not only signifies an improvement in India's economic fundamentals but also aligns with global trends of central banks increasing their gold reserves to ensure long-term stability and reduce reliance on the U.S. dollar.

The right to die with dignity

  • 26 Oct 2024

In News:

  • The Ministry of Health and Family Welfare's draft guidelines (October 2024) aim to implement the Supreme Court's 2018 and 2023 orders on the right to die with dignity.

Legal Context: Supreme Court Rulings and Constitutional Rights

  • Right to Refuse Treatment:
    • Common Law & Article 21: The right to refuse medical treatment is grounded in common law and is now recognized as a fundamental right under Article 21 of the Indian Constitution, following the 2018 Supreme Court judgment in Common Cause v. Union of India.
    • Supreme Court Rulings: The court's rulings in 2018 and 2023 affirmed that individuals have the constitutional right to refuse life-sustaining treatment and to die with dignity.

Withholding and Withdrawing Life-Sustaining Treatment

  • Definition and Meaning:
    • What Is Life-Sustaining Treatment? Life-sustaining treatments, such as ventilators and feeding tubes, artificially replace vital bodily functions to sustain life.
    • Withholding/Withdrawal: This refers to discontinuing these treatments when they no longer improve the patient's condition or merely prolong suffering.
  • When Is It Done?
    • End-of-Life Care: Withholding or withdrawing treatment is considered when further medical intervention is futile and would only artificially prolong the dying process.
    • Focus on Comfort: After withdrawing life-sustaining measures, the focus shifts to palliative care to alleviate pain and suffering.

Understanding Euthanasia and Misconceptions

  • What Is Euthanasia?
    • Definition: Euthanasia refers to the intentional ending of a terminally ill patient’s life by medical professionals to relieve suffering.
    • Passive Euthanasia Misconception: In India, the term "passive euthanasia" is often mistakenly used to describe withholding or withdrawing life-sustaining treatment, but this does not involve the active killing of the patient.
  • Legal Framework: The Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR) clarified in 2018 that "passive euthanasia" is not a legally accepted practice in the country.

The Role of Doctors: Ethical Dilemmas and Shared Decision-Making

  • Is Withdrawing Treatment "Giving Up" on the Patient?
    • Not Abandonment: Withdrawing life-sustaining treatment is not about abandoning the patient but recognizing when further interventions would cause unnecessary suffering.
    • Palliative Care: The patient’s comfort and dignity are prioritized through palliative care, which focuses on pain management and emotional support for both the patient and family.
  • Doctors' Ethical Responsibility:
    • Shared Decision-Making: The process encourages a collaborative approach between doctors and the patient’s family or surrogate decision-makers. This joint decision-making ensures that the wishes of the patient are respected and relieves the doctor from bearing sole responsibility for life-and-death decisions.

Living Wills and Advance Medical Directives

  • What Is a Living Will?
    • Definition: A living will is a legal document where a person outlines their medical preferences in the event they lose decision-making capacity.
    • Eligibility and Process: Individuals aged 18 or older, who are capable of making decisions, can draft a living will, naming at least two trusted surrogate decision-makers.
    • Legal Requirements: The document must be signed in the presence of an executor, two witnesses, and notarized to be legally binding.
  • 2023 Supreme Court Guidelines: The Court simplified the procedure for making living wills to ensure that the right to die with dignity is upheld.

Medical Procedure for Withholding or Withdrawing Treatment

  • Supreme Court Guidelines
    • The Supreme Court laid out a clear procedure for withholding or withdrawing life-sustaining treatment, emphasizing patient autonomy, expert assessments, and family consent.
  • Primary and Secondary Medical Boards:
    • Primary Medical Board: The treating hospital sets up a Primary Medical Board, consisting of the treating doctor and two subject-matter experts, to assess the patient's condition and determine if life-sustaining treatment is appropriate.
    • Secondary Medical Board: A Secondary Medical Board, comprising independent experts, reviews the Primary Board's decision for added oversight.
  • Consent from Family/Surrogate Decision-Makers:
    • The patient’s wishes, as outlined in an advance directive or by a surrogate, must be respected, and their consent is essential for proceeding with treatment withdrawal.
  • Judicial Oversight:
    • Once the decision to withdraw treatment is made, the hospital is required to notify the local judicial magistrate, ensuring transparency and accountability.

Conclusion: Legal and Ethical Clarity in End-of-Life Care

  • Shared Decision-Making: The process ensures that medical teams, families, and surrogate decision-makers collaborate, preventing any medical professional from facing moral or legal dilemmas alone.
  • Protection of Autonomy: These frameworks and guidelines uphold patient autonomy, offering a legal and ethical pathway for terminally ill patients to exercise their right to die with dignity.

Biodiversity COP16

  • 23 Oct 2024

In News:

The Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), while historically overshadowed by climate change discussions, is now gaining increasing attention due to the growing recognition of the global biodiversity crisis. This evolving prominence highlights the need for urgent action to preserve ecosystems and halt biodiversity loss, which is intimately linked with the climate crisis.

Overview of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)

  • Origins and Objectives:
    • The CBD emerged from the 1992 Rio Earth Summit, alongside the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC).
    • Main Goals:
    • Protect global biodiversity.
    • Restore ecosystems.
    • Ensure equitable distribution of the benefits derived from biological resources.
  • COP16 and the Kunming-Montreal Framework:
    • The 16th Conference of Parties (COP16) marks the first meeting following the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework adopted at COP15 in 2022.
    • The framework sets out four key goals and 23 targets to be achieved by 2030, including:
    • Protect 30% of global lands and oceans by 2030.
    • Restore 30% of degraded ecosystems by 2030.

The Growing Convergence Between Climate Change and Biodiversity

  • Interlinkages Between Climate Change and Biodiversity:
    • Mutual Impact:
    • Climate change accelerates biodiversity loss by altering habitats and threatening species.
    • In turn, ecosystem degradation contributes to climate change by releasing greenhouse gases (GHGs) from deforestation and soil degradation.
  • Shared Drivers:
    • Both crises are driven by unsustainable human activities, including over-exploitation of natural resources, deforestation, over-consumption, and pollution.
  • Increasing Synergy:
    • There is a growing realization of the need for integrated solutions that address both climate change and biodiversity loss simultaneously.
  • Momentum for 30 x 30 Targets
  • The 30 x 30 Commitment:
    • The 30 x 30 targets are central to the Kunming-Montreal Framework, which includes:
    • Conservation of 30% of the world's lands and oceans.
    • Restoration of 30% of degraded ecosystems.
    • These targets aim to ensure the preservation of biodiversity-rich areas and the restoration of degraded ecosystems globally by 2030.
  • National Biodiversity Strategies and Action Plans (NBSAPs):
    • Countries are required to develop and submit their NBSAPs (akin to Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) for climate change).
    • As of now, only 32 countries have submitted their NBSAPs, with more expected during COP16.
  • High Seas Treaty:
    • A crucial agreement for achieving 30 x 30 targets is the High Seas Treaty (also called Biodiversity Beyond National Jurisdictions (BBNJ)), which focuses on:
    • Establishing protected marine areas in biodiversity-rich regions beyond national jurisdictions.
    • Ensuring regulation of human activities in these areas.

Access and Benefit Sharing: The Case of Genetic Resources

  • Genetic Resources and Their Exploitation:
    • The oceans, along with terrestrial ecosystems, harbor a wide variety of genetic resources that can be exploited for medical, commercial, and scientific purposes.
    • Advances in biotechnology and digital sequencing of genetic material have raised issues about the equitable sharing of benefits from these resources.
  • Nagoya Protocol and Benefit Sharing:
    • The Nagoya Protocol (2010) set out guidelines for the access and fair sharing of benefits derived from genetic resources.
    • At COP16, discussions will center on how genetic sequences (used in products such as medicines, crops, etc.) can be used fairly, ensuring that indigenous communities, who may be the original custodians of these resources, benefit equitably.

Finance Mechanisms for Biodiversity Conservation

  • Financial Targets:
    • One of the key goals of the Kunming-Montreal Framework is to mobilize $200 billion per year by 2030 for biodiversity conservation globally.
    • Developed countries are expected to contribute $20 billion annually to developing nations, increasing to $30 billion by 2030.
  • Phasing Out Harmful Subsidies:
    • Countries are urged to eliminate perverse incentives that harm biodiversity, such as subsidies for:
    • Over-fishing.
    • Deforestation.
    • Fossil fuel consumption.
    • The goal is to repurpose such incentives to support sustainable practices and conservation efforts.
  • New Financial Mechanisms:
    • COP16 discussions will also focus on creating innovative financial mechanisms, such as:
    • A biodiversity fund.
    • Biodiversity credits, similar to carbon credits, which would allow countries or organizations to offset their biodiversity loss by investing in conservation projects elsewhere.

Challenges and the Way Forward

  • Implementation of 30 x 30 Targets:
    • The main challenge lies in translating ambitious goals into actionable plans at the national and local levels. Countries must not only submit action plans but also implement and monitor them effectively.
  • Increased Global Cooperation:
    • Addressing biodiversity loss requires collaboration between countries, industries, and local communities to ensure that efforts are comprehensive and inclusive.
  • Public Awareness and Engagement:
    • It is crucial to raise awareness about the importance of biodiversity conservation and the urgent need for collective action to mitigate the combined threats of biodiversity loss and climate change.

Conclusion: The Need for Urgent Action

The discussions at COP16 signal an important shift in how the world addresses biodiversity and its links to climate change. As countries continue to recognize the interconnectedness of these two crises, the outcome of the CBD negotiations could play a pivotal role in shaping global environmental policy. However, meeting the ambitious goals set forth by the Kunming-Montreal Framework requires strong political will, adequate financing, and effective global cooperation.

Global Hunger Index 2024

  • 17 Oct 2024

Why in the news?

India is ranked 105th among 127 countries in the Global Hunger Index (GHI) 2024, indicating a ‘serious’ level of hunger, along with Afghanistan and Pakistan, which also face hunger challenges.

According to the Global Hunger Index released on 10th October 2024, the hunger levels in 42 countries are at alarming levels, making the goal of Zero Hunger by 2030 unattainable. At this pace of progress, the world will not even attain a low hunger level until 2160. The world’s GHI score is 18.3, which is considered moderate in the severity of hunger scale.

Key Takeaways:

1. The GHI is published by Concern Worldwide and Welthungerhilfe annually to measure and track hunger at global, regional, and national levels. The purpose of the report is to create awareness and understanding of the struggle against hunger and call attention to those areas of the world where hunger levels are highest and there is a need for additional efforts.

2. GHI is calculated based on a formula that combines four indicators that together capture the multidimensional nature of hunger:

  • Undernourishment: the share of the population whose caloric intake is insufficient;
  • Child stunting: the share of children under the age of five who have low height for their age, reflecting chronic undernutrition;
  • Child wasting: the share of children under the age of five who have low weight for their height, reflecting acute undernutrition; and
  • Child mortality: the share of children who die before their fifth birthday, reflecting in part the fatal mix of inadequate nutrition and unhealthy environments.

 

3. The 2024 GHI reflects that multiple factors are posing challenges in attaining Zero Hunger. The challenges include large-scale armed conflicts, climate change indicators that are worsening faster than expected, high food prices, market disruptions, economic downturns, and debt crises in many low- and middle-income countries.

4. The report highlights the link between Gender inequality, climate change, and hunger. Gender is intertwined with climate and food security challenges in ways that respective policies and interventions often ignore. Women and girls are typically hardest hit by food insecurity and malnutrition. They also suffer disproportionately from the effects of weather extremes and climate emergencies.

5. Six countries – Somalia, Yemen, Chad, Madagascar, Burundi, and South Sudan- have levels of hunger considered alarming. This is the result of widespread human misery, undernourishment, and malnutrition.

What is Hunger?

The Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) defines hunger as food deprivation, or undernourishment, as the habitual consumption of too few calories to provide the minimum dietary energy an individual requires to live a healthy and productive life, given that person’s sex, age, stature, and physical activity level.

6. India ranked 105th out of 125 countries in the Global Hunger Index 2024, with a score of 27.3, indicating a serious level of hunger.  Child wasting is particularly high in India. Child undernutrition in India goes hand in hand with the poor nutritional status of mothers, suggesting an intergenerational pattern of undernutrition and underscoring the need for attention to maternal health nutrition and infant feeding.

 

 

7. India’s GHI score of 27.3 is a cause for concern, especially when compared to its South Asian neighbours like Bangladesh, Nepal, and Sri Lanka, which fall into the “moderate” category

8. The performance of India on various parameters of GHI:

  • 13.7 per cent of India’s population suffers from undernourishment,
  • 35.5 per cent of children under the age of five are stunted
  • 18.7 per cent experience child wasting and
  • 2.9 per cent of children do not reach their fifth birthday.

9. The policy recommendations made in the document include strengthening accountability to international law and the enforceability of the right to adequate food, promoting gender-transformative approaches to food systems and climate policies and programs, and making investments that integrate and promote gender, climate, and food justice.

National Family Health Survey

1. The National Family Health Survey (NFHS) in India provides estimates of underweight, (low weight for age), stunting (low height for age), and wasting (low weight for height). These conditions affect preschool children (those less than 6 years of age) disproportionately and compromise a child’s physical and mental development while also increasing the vulnerability to infections.

2. According to the NFHS 5, the percentage of stunted, wasted, and underweight children is 36 per cent19 per cent and 32 per cent respectively.

(Thought Process: These data can be incorporated in your Mains Answer Writing to enrich your content.)

3. NFHS 5 highlighted that among mothers with a child between ages 6-23 months, 18 per cent reported that their child did not eat any food whatsoever — referred to as “zero-food” — in the 24 hours preceding the survey. The zero-food prevalence was 30 per cent for infants aged 6-11 months, remains worryingly high at 13 per cent among the 12-17 months old, and persists even among 18-23 months-old children at 8 per cent.

Hidden Hunger

In India, we suffer largely from “hidden hunger” which does not always manifest itself in an emaciated appearance. It is a hunger caused by the constant or recurrent lack of food of sufficient quality and quantity. It is the deprivation of vitamins and minerals, essential micronutrients that are necessary for proper growth, physical fitness, and mental development.

4. Going without food for an entire day at this critical period of a child’s development raises serious concerns related to severe food insecurity. According to the World Health Organisation, at six months of age, 33 per cent of the daily calorie intake is expected to come from food. This proportion increases to 61 per cent at 12 months of age. The recommended calorie percentages mentioned here are the minimum amount that should come from food.

5. India has a challenging task in attaining the Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 2 of “zero hunger”. Mission Poshan 2.0, the overarching flagship programme dedicated to maternal and child nutrition, has evolved in the right direction by targeting SDG 2 “zero hunger” and focusing on food-based initiatives, including its flagship supplementary nutrition programme service as mandated by the 2013 National Food Security Act.

MeitY relaxes AI compute procurement norms for Start-ups

  • 09 Oct 2024

Overview

The Ministry of Electronics and IT (MeitY) has relaxed certain provisions related to the procurement of computing capacity for artificial intelligence (AI) solutions. This decision is part of the Rs 10,370 crore IndiaAI Mission, aimed at enhancing the country’s AI capabilities.

Key Relaxations

Annual Turnover Requirements

  • Primary Bidders: Turnover requirement reduced from ?100 crore to ?50 crore.
  • Non-Primary Consortium Members: Requirement halved from ?50 crore to ?25 crore.

Computing Capacity Adjustments

  • The performance threshold for successful bidders has been revised:
    • FP16 Performance: Reduced from 300 TFLOPS to 150 TFLOPS.
    • AI Compute Memory: Reduced from 40 GB to 24 GB.

Importance of the Changes

These adjustments respond to concerns raised by smaller companies about exclusionary requirements that favored larger firms. The aim is to create an inclusive environment that allows start-ups to participate in the AI landscape.

AI Mission Goals

  • Establish a computing capacity of over 10,000 GPUs.
  • Develop foundational models with capacities exceeding 100 billion parameters.
  • Focus on priority sectors such as healthcare, agriculture, and governance.

New Technical Criteria

  • Companies must demonstrate experience in offering AI services over the past three financial years.
  • Minimum billing of ?10 lakh required for eligibility.

Local Sourcing Requirements

  • Components for cloud services must be procured from Class I or Class II local suppliers as per the ‘Make in India’ initiative:
    • Class I Supplier: Domestic value addition of at least 50%.
    • Class II Supplier: Local content between 20-50%.

Data Sovereignty and Service Delivery

  • All AI services must be delivered from data centres located in India.
  • Data uploaded to cloud platforms must remain within India's sovereign territory.

Implementation Strategy

  • The Rs 10,370 crore plan will be implemented through a public-private partnership model.
  • 50% viability gap funding has been allocated for computing infrastructure development.

Conclusion

The relaxations in AI compute procurement norms aim to support the growth of start-ups in India, fostering an environment conducive to innovation in artificial intelligence. With these changes, smaller companies are better positioned to contribute to the country's ambitious AI goals.

 

National Agriculture Code (NAC)

  • 07 Oct 2024

Introduction

The Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) is in the process of developing the National Agriculture Code (NAC), which aims to establish standardized practices across the agricultural sector. This initiative mirrors existing frameworks such as the National Building Code and the National Electrical Code.

Purpose of the National Agriculture Code

The NAC seeks to standardize agricultural practices throughout the entire agricultural cycle, ensuring consistency and quality in farming operations. It will serve as a comprehensive guide for farmers, agricultural institutions, and policymakers.

Structure of the NAC

The NAC will be divided into two main parts:

  1. General Principles: Applicable to all crops, providing a foundational framework.
  2. Crop-Specific Standards: Tailored standards for key crops such as paddy, wheat, oilseeds, and pulses.

Coverage of the NAC

The code will encompass a wide range of agricultural processes, including:

  • Agricultural Cycle: From crop selection to post-harvest operations.
  • Post-Harvest Operations: Including standards for storage, processing, and traceability.
  • Emerging Practices: Guidelines for natural and organic farming, as well as the integration of Internet-of-Things (IoT) technologies.
  • Input Management: Recommendations for the use of fertilizers, pesticides, and weedicides.

Objectives of the National Agriculture Code

The BIS outlines several key objectives for the NAC:

  • Standardization: Create a national code that reflects the diverse agro-climatic zones and socio-economic conditions across India.
  • Quality Culture: Act as a reference for policymakers and regulators to enhance agricultural quality.
  • Guidance for Farmers: Provide a practical guide to assist farmers in making informed decisions.
  • Integration of Standards: Combine existing Indian standards with agricultural practices.
  • Modernization: Emphasize aspects such as SMART farming, sustainability, and documentation.
  • Capacity Building: Support training programs conducted by agricultural extension services.

Implementation Timeline

The BIS has established working panels comprising university professors and research organizations to draft the NAC, with a target completion date set for October 2025. Following this, training programs for farmers will be organized, facilitated by universities with financial assistance from the BIS.

Standardized Agriculture Demonstration Farms (SADF)

In conjunction with the NAC, the BIS is launching Standardized Agriculture Demonstration Farms (SADFs) at select agricultural institutions. These farms will serve as experimental sites to test and implement agricultural practices aligned with Indian standards. Partnerships with prominent agricultural institutes are being formalized through Memorandums of Understanding (MoUs), with two agreements already signed, including one with Govind Ballabh Pant University of Agriculture and Technology.

Significance of the NAC

  • Uniform Standards: Promotes best practices in diverse agricultural environments.
  • Stakeholder Guidance: Provides a structured framework for informed decision-making.
  • Support for Modern Techniques: Encourages the adoption of innovative practices and technologies.
  • Farmer Empowerment: Facilitates training and capacity building for enhanced productivity.

Challenges and Limitations

  • Implementation Barriers: Standardizing practices across varied climates and soil conditions may prove challenging.
  • Adoption Resistance: Smaller farmers might struggle with resource availability or awareness of new practices.
  • Dynamic Agricultural Needs: The need for frequent updates to the NAC to keep pace with evolving agricultural trends.
  • Infrastructure Constraints: Rural areas may lack the necessary infrastructure to effectively implement NAC guidelines.

Conclusion

The National Agriculture Code represents a pivotal move towards modernizing and standardizing agricultural practices in India. While it aims to enhance productivity and sustainability, its success hinges on effective implementation, farmer engagement, and ongoing updates to meet the changing landscape of agriculture.

Bihar Under Water: An Analysis of Recurring Floods

  • 04 Oct 2024

Overview

Bihar is one of India's most flood-prone states, with 11.84 lakh people affected by annual flooding. The state grapples with the devastation of homes, crops, and livestock, prompting a cycle of recovery only to face similar disasters each year.

Geographical Vulnerabilities

Flood-Prone Conditions

  • Demographics: 76% of North Bihar’s population lives under the threat of floods.
  • River Systems: The state is crisscrossed by multiple snow-fed and rain-fed rivers, contributing to various flood types:
    • Flash Floods: Rapid onset due to rainfall in Nepal (lead time: 8 hours).
    • River Floods: Slower onset with a lead time of 24 hours, lasting over a week.
    • Drainage Congestion: Extended flooding throughout the monsoon season (lead time: over 24 hours).
    • Permanent Waterlogging: Caused by various factors including sedimentation and encroachments.

Factors Contributing to Flooding

  • Himalayan Rivers: Rivers like Kosi, Gandak, and Bagmati carry significant sediment, leading to overflow during heavy rains.
  • Waterlogging Causes: Silted rivers, encroachment of drainage channels, and local topographical features called Chaurs contribute to permanent waterlogging.

Historical Management Efforts

Embankments and Their Impact

  • Kosi River: Known as the "sorrow of Bihar," embankments built in the 1950s to control the Kosi’s flow have led to unintended consequences.
  • Sediment Accumulation: Narrowing of the river’s course has caused sediment to build up, increasing the riverbed height and flood risks.
  • Current Crisis: Recent flooding was exacerbated by the release of 6.6 lakh cusec of water from the Birpur barrage in Nepal, leading to multiple embankment breaches.

Economic and Social Effects

Impact on Livelihoods

  • While annual flooding may not always lead to significant loss of life, the economic repercussions are severe:
    • Damage to crops and infrastructure.
    • Loss of livestock and economic migration outside the state.
  • Government Spending: Approximately Rs 1,000 crore is allocated annually for flood management and relief efforts.

Proposed Solutions

Structural vs. Non-Structural Approaches

  • Dam Construction: Proposals for new barrages on the Kosi and other rivers have been discussed, but require cooperation from Nepal.
  • Need for Comprehensive Strategies: Experts suggest a dual approach:
    • Structural Solutions: Dams and embankments.
    • Non-Structural Solutions: Policy development, risk mitigation, and improved community awareness.

Emphasis on Risk Reduction

  • The Flood Atlas of Bihar advocates for minimizing flood risk rather than relying solely on structural measures.
  • Focus on enhancing early warning systems and community preparedness is crucial for effective flood management.

Conclusion

Bihar’s unique geographical and socio-economic landscape necessitates a multifaceted approach to flood management. While structural solutions like dams are important, the state must also invest in non-structural measures that promote resilience and reduce vulnerability among its population.

Tax Crackdown on NGOs: Overview and Allegations

  • 03 Oct 2024

Introduction

In recent months, the Income Tax (I-T) Department has intensified scrutiny of several non-governmental organizations (NGOs) in India, linking them to allegations of misconduct, particularly in relation to foreign funding and activities that allegedly stall economic development. The investigation, which began with searches on September 7, 2022, targets prominent NGOs such as Oxfam, the Centre for Policy Research (CPR), and others.

Background of the Investigation

Triggering Events

The I-T probe was initiated following extensive searches at the premises of five major NGOs, including Oxfam, CPR, Environics Trust (ET), the Legal Initiative for Forest and Environment (LIFE), and Care India Solution for Sustainable Development (CISSD).

Key Allegations

The investigation highlights several critical allegations:

  • Foreign Funding: Over 75% of funding for four of the NGOs during a five-year period was sourced from abroad, which is claimed to shape their activities in India.
  • Interconnections: There are allegations of overlapping personnel and funding connections between these NGOs.
  • Legal Challenges: Following the cancellation of their Foreign Contribution Regulation Act (FCRA) licenses, these organizations have filed legal challenges that are currently under review by the Delhi High Court.

Violations of the FCRA

The I-T department asserts that these NGOs violated multiple provisions of the FCRA, including discrepancies in annual returns and misappropriation of foreign funds. The cancellation of their FCRA licenses has led to heightened scrutiny and legal ramifications.

Specific NGO Allegations

  1. Oxfam India
    • Accused of supporting foreign entities in efforts to halt mining projects by the Adani Group, violating its stated charitable objectives.
    • Allegations include attempts to redirect funds through other NGOs post-FCRA cancellation.
  2. Centre for Policy Research (CPR)
    • Charged with mishandling foreign donations and involvement in environmental litigation, notably the Hasdeo movement against coal mining in Chhattisgarh.
    • Received substantial funding for its Namati-Environmental Justice Programme, purportedly to facilitate legal actions rather than educational initiatives.
  3. Environics Trust (ET)
    • Allegedly funded protests against significant industrial projects, including JSW’s Utkal Steel Plant.
    • Claims of collaboration with international organizations to impede development projects, particularly coal initiatives.
  4. Legal Initiative for Forest and Environment (LIFE)
    • Accused of being used as a conduit by the US-based Earth Justice to obstruct coal mining and thermal projects in India.
    • Internal communications allegedly reveal awareness of their controversial activities.

Interconnected Operations

The investigation indicates that these NGOs may be working in concert, as highlighted by the I-T department:

  • Funding Networks: For instance, Oxfam is cited as a primary funder of ET, allegedly to mobilize local communities against coal industries.
  • Personnel Links: Relationships between key figures in these organizations, such as the former president of CPR, who is also associated with Care India, raise concerns about coordinated efforts.

Responses from NGOs

Denial of Allegations

The allegations have been met with strong denials from the NGOs involved. Ritwick Dutta, founder of LIFE, characterized the claims of interlinking as baseless, asserting that his organization operates independently and has no financial ties to Oxfam or CPR.

Lack of Official Responses

Other NGOs, including Oxfam and CPR, have not officially responded to the I-T department's accusations, leaving some questions unanswered regarding their operational practices.

The Role of Civil Society Organizations (CSOs) in India

Definition and Importance

CSOs encompass a range of nonprofit organizations that operate independently from the government. In India, these include:

  • Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs): Primarily focused on community welfare and development across various sectors.
  • Community-Based Organizations (CBOs): Grassroots entities that directly serve local needs and interests.

Impact and Challenges

CSOs play a crucial role in advocating for vulnerable populations and addressing social issues. However, they face significant challenges, including scrutiny over funding sources and operational transparency, especially amid increasing governmental oversight.

 

Conclusion

The ongoing investigation into these NGOs raises critical questions about the relationship between civil society and government regulation in India. While the I-T department's crackdown aims to ensure compliance with foreign funding regulations, the implications for activism and public participation in developmental issues remain contentious. As the legal proceedings unfold, the future of these organizations and their missions may be at stake.

Drone Technology in Agriculture

  • 02 Sep 2024

In News:

Farmers in Bhagthala Khurd, Kapurthala, and Amritsar are increasingly using drones to apply pesticides to their maize and moong crops. Drones, also known as unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs), are advanced flying machines that can be operated either autonomously or via remote control.

 

Drone Technology in Agriculture

While the use of drones in Indian agriculture is still emerging, it shows great potential. In Punjab, 93 out of the 100 drones provided to farmers by the Indian Farmers Fertiliser Cooperative (IFFCO) under the Centre’s ‘NAMO Drone Didi’ scheme are already in operation. Each drone, costing Rs 16 lakh, is equipped with a 12-litre water tank.

 

Benefits

  • Health Protection:  Drones minimize farmers' direct exposure to harmful pesticides, reducing the risk of health issues like cancer and kidney problems.
  • Efficiency:  Drones can spray an acre in just 5-7 minutes, significantly faster than the several hours required for manual application. They ensure a uniform application, which can enhance crop yields.
  • Data Collection: Drone data helps pinpoint areas requiring attention, leading to better crop management and increased profits.
  • Nano Fertilisers: Drones effectively handle nano fertilisers, ensuring even distribution of these small quantities that are difficult to spread manually.
  • Pest Control: Drones enable timely application of pesticides during infestations of pests such as pink bollworms, locusts, and whiteflies.
  • Environmental Benefits:  Drones improve nutrient absorption from nano fertilisers by up to 90%, reducing runoff and pollution. Leaf-based application is also less polluting than soil-based methods.
  • Water Conservation:  Drones reduce water usage by up to 90% compared to traditional methods.
  • Cost Reduction: They decrease the need for manual labor and reduce pesticide and chemical use, lowering overall costs.
  • Additional Uses:  Drones are also used to drop seed balls (a mix of soil and cow dung with seeds) for potential reforestation projects.

 

Challenges

  • Job Loss:  The use of drones may reduce demand for manual labor, affecting job opportunities for laborers.
  • Knowledge and Training: Farmers may lack the necessary skills and training to operate drones effectively.
  • Cost: The high cost of drones can be a significant barrier for many farmers.
  • Regulatory Barriers: Regulatory challenges may complicate the adoption of drones in agriculture.

 

Initiatives

  • Digital India Campaign: Aims to enhance digital infrastructure and provide training.
  • Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR):  Promotes precision agriculture technologies, including drones.
  • Production Linked Incentive (PLI) Scheme:  Offers Rs. 120 crore (US$ 14.39 million) to incentivize domestic drone manufacturing and reduce import reliance.
  • Sub-Mission on Agricultural Mechanization (SMAM):  Provides financial aid to farmers purchasing drones, making technology more accessible.
  • NAMO Drone Didi Scheme: Launched to empower women Self-Help Groups (SHGs) and provide access to modern agricultural technology.
  • Support and Training:  Efforts are underway to offer training and support to farmers to overcome adoption barriers.

 

Conclusion and Way Forward

Drone technology holds the promise of transforming agriculture by boosting efficiency, yields, and cost-effectiveness. In Punjab, where traditional manual methods have prevailed, drones offer a new approach to pesticide and fertiliser application. It is essential for farmers and policymakers to work together to address challenges and ensure that the benefits of drones are fully realized while mitigating any potential drawbacks.

 

CONCERNS OVER JUDICIAL CONDUCT

  • 29 Sep 2024

Background

A recent incident involving Justice V Srishananda of the Karnataka High Court has raised serious concerns regarding judicial comments and conduct. During a hearing, Justice Srishananda referred to a locality in Bengaluru as being “in Pakistan” and made an objectionable remark against a female lawyer. Although he subsequently apologized, the Supreme Court, led by Chief Justice D Y Chandrachud, expressed serious concern, highlighting the rarity of such judicial reproach.

Constitutional Framework for Judicial Discipline

Impeachment: The Sole Recourse

Judges of constitutional courts, including the Supreme Court and High Courts, enjoy substantial protections to maintain independence from executive interference. However, this raises the question of accountability: who oversees the judiciary?

  • Article 124(4): This article outlines that judges can only be removed through impeachment, which requires a political process involving both Houses of Parliament. The grounds for impeachment are limited to "proved misbehaviour" or "incapacity."
  • High Standards for Impeachment: The necessity for a two-thirds majority in both Houses makes successful impeachment exceedingly rare. Historically, only five impeachment proceedings have been initiated, with only one resulting in successful impeachment (Justice Soumitra Sen).

Challenges in Addressing Judicial Misconduct

Certain actions, such as indiscipline or bias, may not meet the impeachment standard but still warrant attention. The Supreme Court faces a dilemma: how to address these issues without the option of impeachment.

Mechanisms for Judicial Accountability

Judicial Intervention

The Supreme Court can intervene through judicial action, as evidenced by past cases:

  • Contempt of Court: In 2017, the Supreme Court sentenced Calcutta High Court’s Justice C S Karnan to six months’ imprisonment for contempt. This case raised concerns about one constitutional court punishing judges of another, as it set a precarious precedent.

Transfer Policy

The Supreme Court also influences High Court judges through its Collegium system:

  • Collegium Recommendations: The Collegium recommends the transfer of judges, which can serve as a disciplinary tool. The case of Justice P D Dinakaran illustrates this practice. Facing allegations of corruption, he was transferred from Karnataka to Sikkim, a move criticized as merely “transferring corruption.”

Conclusion

The incident involving Justice Srishananda underscores the complexities of judicial accountability in India. While the Constitution provides for impeachment as the only formal recourse against errant judges, the high threshold for such proceedings necessitates alternative mechanisms for maintaining judicial integrity. The Supreme Court's ability to intervene and the use of transfer policies are critical components in addressing judicial misconduct, but they also raise questions about the balance between accountability and judicial independence.

TRIPURA'S INSURGENCY RESOLUTION: A LANDMARK DECLARATION

  • 25 Sep 2024

In News:

Recent Developments

Insurgency-Free Declaration

Tripura Chief Minister Manik Saha has officially declared the state "insurgency-free" following a significant surrender ceremony where 584 militants from the National Liberation Front of Tripura (NLFT) and the All-Tripura Tiger Force (ATTF) laid down their arms.

Memorandum of Settlement

This milestone follows a Memorandum of Settlement signed on September 4 between the central government and various insurgent groups, witnessed by the union home minister. The Tripura government has successfully facilitated 12 peace accords over the last decade, leading to over 10,000 insurgents surrendering.

Understanding Insurgency in Tripura

Historical Context

Tribal Composition

Tripura is home to 19 indigenous tribes, including the Tripra, Reang, and Jamatia, with Kok Borok as the primary language alongside other Tibeto-Burmese dialects.

Journey to Statehood

  • Accession: Tripura became part of the Indian Union on October 15, 1949.
  • Union Territory: It was designated as a Union Territory on November 1, 1956.
  • Statehood: Tripura attained full statehood on January 21, 1972.

Causes of Insurgency

  • Demographic Changes: A significant influx of Bengali refugees from East Pakistan resulted in the indigenous population declining from 95% in 1931 to 31% by 1991.
  • Tribal Discontent: The tribal population lost control over land and resources, leading to widespread grievances.
  • Socio-Economic Factors: Issues such as geographic isolation, socio-economic challenges, corruption, and tribal land alienation fueled unrest.

Evolution of Political Movements and Insurgency

Formation of Political Organizations

  • TUJS: Established in 1967 to advocate for tribal rights and autonomy.
  • Armed Struggle: The Tripura Sena emerged in 1970, followed by the Tripura National Volunteers (TNV) in 1978, both pushing for an independent tribal state.

Rise of Insurgent Groups

Key groups involved include:

  • TUJS: Formed in 1971.
  • TNV: Established in 1981.
  • NLFT: Founded in 1989.
  • ATTF: Formed in 1990.

Communal Clashes and Military Response

  • Opposition from Bengali Population: Groups like Amra Bangali emerged in opposition to tribal demands, leading to violent clashes with over 1,800 fatalities.
  • Military Intervention: The Indian Army was deployed in 1980 to restore order.

Attempts at Peace and Resurgence of Militancy

TNV Settlement

The TNV signed a peace agreement with the state government in 1988, focusing on restoring tribal lands. However, issues with implementation led to the rise of new militant groups.

Resurgence of Insurgency

Between 1996 and 2004, insurgency gained traction, supported by logistics from Bangladesh and external networks, leveraging the region's challenging geography.

Strategic Response to Insurgency

  • Counter-Insurgency Operations
    • The state focused on effective counter-insurgency operations involving local police and paramilitary forces, minimizing the need for military deployment.
  • Psychological Operations
    • Efforts were made to shift perceptions among tribal communities, exposing the exploitative nature of insurgents.
  • Confidence-Building Measures
    • Rehabilitation packages and public appeals by state leaders encouraged insurgents to reintegrate into society.
  • Civic and Developmental Initiatives
    • Comprehensive development initiatives were implemented, enhancing healthcare, connectivity, and job opportunities, alongside civic action programs by security forces.
  • Political and Governance Reforms
    • Strengthening local governance through autonomous councils and encouraging tribal participation aimed to foster a more inclusive development process.

Conclusion

Tripura's journey to overcome insurgency highlights the effectiveness of a multi-faceted approach, combining socio-economic development with strategic military and political initiatives. The state's experience illustrates that insurgency can be addressed through sincere leadership and a balanced focus on military and socio-economic challenges.

SRI LANKA’S PRESIDENTIAL ELECTIONS: IMPORTANCE AND IMPLICATIONS FOR INDIA

  • 21 Sep 2024

Overview of the Elections

Sri Lanka is gearing up for its first presidential election since the significant protests of 2022 and an unprecedented economic crisis. Scheduled for September 21, the election comes at a critical juncture for the nation, following the ousting of the Rajapaksa regime.

Context of the Crisis

The protests were ignited by severe economic difficulties, including inflation soaring to 70% and shortages of essential goods like food, fuel, and medicine. While some improvements have been noted, a full recovery remains elusive, with economic concerns at the forefront of voters' minds.

Electoral Landscape

Voting System

  • Candidates: 38 candidates are contesting, all men.
  • Voting Process: Each of the 17 million eligible voters can select up to three candidates. A candidate needs over 50% of the votes to win outright; otherwise, a run-off will occur between the top two contenders.

India's Strategic Interests

Concerns over Regional Influence

India is closely monitoring the elections due to strategic interests, particularly in countering China's expanding influence in Sri Lanka. The previous administrations have leaned towards China, which has raised concerns in New Delhi.

Key Candidate Positions

  • Sajith Premadasa: Historically skeptical of China; supports the implementation of the 13th Amendment for provincial power devolution, aligning with Indian interests.
  • Anura Kumara Dissanayake: Has a pro-China background and has criticized Indian business interests in Sri Lanka, raising potential tensions with India.

Economic Recovery and Voter Sentiment

Current Economic Situation

Post-crisis, the economy has shown signs of stabilization, with no food or fuel shortages and reduced inflation. However, many Sri Lankans continue to struggle financially, feeling the impact of increased taxes and electricity rates mandated by the IMF bailout conditions.

Voter Priorities

The election marks a shift in voter focus, with economic recovery taking precedence over traditional ethnic or religious considerations. Skepticism about political promises is high, as citizens recall previous failures to deliver on reforms.

Conclusion: The Path Ahead

As Sri Lanka heads into this pivotal election, the outcome will be crucial for both the nation and its international relations, particularly with India. The next president's ability to navigate economic recovery and regional dynamics will significantly influence Sri Lanka's trajectory.

INDUS WATERS: INDIA FREEZES TALKS WITH PAKISTAN

  • 20 Sep 2024

In News:

India has decided to halt all meetings of the Permanent Indus Commission (PIC) until both governments engage in discussions to renegotiate the Indus Waters Treaty (IWT), a decision communicated by a senior official. The last PIC meeting occurred in May 2022, and since January 2023, India has made four attempts to initiate talks with Pakistan, but these efforts have not received satisfactory responses.

The IWT, established in 1960 with the mediation of the World Bank, governs the sharing of six rivers between India and Pakistan. Under this treaty, India controls the waters of the Ravi, Sutlej, and Beas rivers, while Pakistan has rights to the Sindh, Jhelum, and Chenab rivers. The treaty mandates annual meetings of the PIC, which have continued despite ongoing conflicts between the two nations. However, India’s recent push for renegotiation threatens the stability of this long-standing arrangement.

 

India's Notice for Review of the Indus Waters Treaty

India formally issued a notice to Pakistan on August 30, 2023, seeking modifications to the IWT, citing "fundamental and unforeseen changes" that necessitate a reassessment of the agreement. This is not an isolated instance; India had previously requested a review in January 2023, attributing the need for change to Pakistan’s persistent intransigence regarding its obligations under the treaty.

Key reasons for India’s demand include:

  • Changes in population demographics and environmental challenges.
  • The necessity for clean energy development to meet emissions targets.
  • The impact of ongoing cross-border terrorism, which India argues affects water management and security.

The notification highlights issues related to two contentious hydroelectric projects in Jammu & Kashmir—the Kishanganga and Ratle projects—over which Pakistan has raised objections, claiming they violate the IWT. India asserts that these projects are "run-of-the-river" schemes that do not significantly impede river flow.

Dispute Resolution Mechanisms Under the Treaty

The IWT outlines a structured dispute resolution mechanism, as detailed in Article IX. This mechanism involves three levels:

  1. First Level: Initial discussions occur at the PIC, where either party must inform the other of planned projects.
  2. Second Level: If differences remain unresolved, a Neutral Expert, appointed by the World Bank, is engaged to mediate.
  3. Third Level: Should the Neutral Expert fail to resolve the issue, the dispute escalates to the Court of Arbitration.

Historically, both countries have used these mechanisms, although recent years have seen significant contention. After a Pakistan-backed terror attack in Uri in 2016, India’s Prime Minister expressed the sentiment that “blood and water cannot flow together,” leading to the suspension of routine talks.

The World Bank has navigated a complex situation, receiving requests from both nations for adjudication on overlapping disputes. In December 2016, it paused these processes to encourage direct negotiations. Despite attempts to resume dialogue between 2017 and 2022, Pakistan’s reluctance to engage has further complicated matters.

Current Status and Future Implications

India’s formal notification and its call for renegotiation may set a precedent that challenges the existing framework of the IWT. The continuation of the PIC's activities hinges on a willingness from both governments to address these evolving concerns collaboratively. As tensions persist and environmental needs grow, the future of water-sharing arrangements in the region remains uncertain. The overarching goal for both nations will be to find a sustainable resolution that addresses emerging challenges while honoring the historical framework established by the IWT.

 

Preventive Detention

  • 16 Sep 2024

In News:

The recent Supreme Court ruling in Jaseela Shaji vs. Union of India (2024) introduces new standards for preventive detention in India, aiming to strengthen safeguards for individual liberty.

Key Aspects of the Ruling

  1. Strict Standards for Preventive Detention:
    • The Court emphasized the need for authorities to furnish all essential materials relied upon in detention orders to the detainee.
    • This includes providing documents in a language the detainee understands to ensure fair representation.
  2. Constitutional Guarantees:
    • The ruling reinforced the constitutional right to personal liberty and the need for a fair process in preventive detention cases, as guaranteed under Article 22(5) of the Constitution.
    • The Court asserted that individual freedom is paramount and cannot be curtailed without adherence to due process.
  3. Importance of Timely Representation:
    • The Court criticized the significant delays in handling and deciding the detainee's representation.
    • Authorities are mandated to act with “utmost expedition” in processing and deciding representations related to personal liberty.
  4. Case-Specific Findings:
    • In the case of Appisseril Kochu Mohammed Shaji, the Court found that critical documents and witness statements were not provided to him, nor were translations of important documents made available in his native language, Malayalam.
    • The delay in handling Shaji’s representation was deemed “callous and casual,” impacting his right to challenge his detention effectively.
  5. Criticism of Procedural Lapses:
    • The Court overturned the Kerala High Court's decision, finding that procedural lapses, including the failure to provide key documents and delays in processing representations, violated Shaji’s constitutional rights.
    • The Supreme Court highlighted the necessity for detaining authorities to avoid arbitrary actions and ensure the detainee’s rights are respected throughout the process.

Implications

This ruling has significant implications for preventive detention practices:

  • Enhanced Accountability: Authorities must now ensure meticulous compliance with procedural requirements to avoid legal challenges.
  • Stronger Protections for Detainees: The ruling reinforces the need for transparency and fairness in the detention process, potentially impacting future cases involving preventive detention.
  • Administrative Efficiency: The Court’s focus on prompt processing of representations underscores the need for administrative efficiency and accountability in handling such matters.

What is Preventive detention?

  • Preventive detention refers to the detention of an individual without a trial or conviction by a court. The primary objective of preventive detention is not to punish an individual for a past offence but to prevent them from committing an offence in the future.
  • Preventive detention laws are enacted by governments to ensure public safety and maintain social order.
  • The detention of an individual under preventive detention cannot exceed three months, as specified by the Indian Constitution's Article 22. However, if an advisory board reports sufficient cause for extended detention, the detention can be extended. The advisory board is an independent body that reviews the case and provides its opinion on whether the detention is necessary.
  • Article 22 of the Indian Constitution grants protection to individuals who are arrested or detained. It has two parts—
    • The first part deals with cases of ordinary law, which includes situations where an individual is detained as part of a criminal investigation.
    • The second part deals with cases of preventive detention law, which pertains to the detention of individuals without a trial or conviction.

Two types of detentions

There are two types of detentions: preventive detention and punitive detention.

  • Preventive detention is when someone is held in police custody based on a suspicion that they might commit a crime. The police can make arrests without a warrant in certain cases.
  • Punitive detention is when someone is detained as punishment for committing a criminal offence. This type of detention occurs after the offence has been committed or attempted

Preventive Detention Laws in India

  • Maintenance of Internal Security Act (MISA), 1971 (repealed in 1978)
  • COFEPOSA, 1974
  • National Security Act (NSA), 1980
  • Terrorist and Disruptive Activities (Prevention) Act (TADA), 1985 (repealed in 1995)
  • Prevention of Terrorism Act (POTA), 2002 (repealed in 2004)
  • Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act (UAPA), 1967 (amended several times)

Important Judicial Cases

  • Shibban Lal v. State of Uttar Pradesh (1954): Established limited judicial intervention in preventive detention.
  • Khudiram v. State of West Bengal (1975): Reaffirmed that the judiciary cannot assess the validity of detention grounds.
  • Nand Lal Bajaj v. State of Punjab (1981): Criticized preventive detention laws as inconsistent with parliamentary principles.
  • Rekha v. State of Tamil Nadu (2011): Urged limiting preventive detention to avoid violating fundamental rights.
  • Mariappan v. District Collector (2014): Stressed preventive detention should prevent harm, not punish.
  • Prem Narayan v. Union of India (2019): Highlighted that preventive detention should not be imposed casually.
  • Abhayraj Gupta v. Superintendent, Central Jail (2021): Stressed that preventive detention should not duplicate existing detention.

 

How can biotechnology be harnessed for economic development?

  • 04 Sep 2024

The Centre unveiled its BioE3 (Biotechnology for Economy, Environment and Employment) policy last week.

On the face of it, the policy appears to be a routine attempt to create incentives and opportunities to energise growth in the biotech sector. But it is, in fact, about transforming existing industrial and manufacturing processes across various sectors to make them more sustainable and environment-friendly, and less wasteful.

The policy seeks to achieve this by harnessing the power of biotechnology, and developing new manufacturing methods that replicate, or mimic, processes found in natural biological systems.

Potential Benefits of Biotechnology:

  • Medical Science:
    • Cures for genetic disorders.
    • Development of targeted therapies and treatments.
  • Agriculture:
    • Creation of new plant varieties with desirable traits.
    • Increased crop yields and resistance to pests and diseases.
  • Environmental Sustainability:
    • Bioplastics: Eco-friendly alternatives to traditional plastics (e.g., polylactic acid from corn starch).
    • Carbon Capture: Micro-organisms capture and convert CO2 into biofuels, reducing the need for CO2 storage.
  • Synthetic Biology:
    • Design of novel organisms for specific functions.
    • Laboratory-grown organs for transplantation, reducing reliance on organ donors.
  • Industrial Processes:
    • Replacement of chemical processes with biological ones, reducing pollution.
    • Production of sustainable materials and fuels.

BioE3 Policy Benefits for India:

  • Economic Impact:
    • Expected $2-4 trillion from biomanufacturing over the next decade.
    • Prepares India for future economic opportunities in biotechnology.
  • Research and Development:
    • Promotes competencies, research, and talent development.
    • Supports technology development and maturation.
  • Biomanufacturing Hubs:
    • Establishes facilities for producing bio-products: chemicals, enzymes, functional foods, and more.
    • Focus areas: bio-based chemicals, smart proteins, precision therapeutics, climate-resilient agriculture, carbon capture, and marine/space research.
  • Future Technologies:
    • Supports development of life support systems for space and innovative marine-based products.
    • Encourages collaboration among multiple government departments for effective implementation.

State changes in rape law

  • 05 Sep 2024

The recent legislative changes in rape laws across West Bengal, Andhra Pradesh, and Maharashtra represent significant shifts towards more stringent punishments and expedited judicial processes.

West Bengal: Aparajita Bill

Features:

  • Death Penalty: The Bill introduces the death penalty as the mandatory punishment for rape where the victim dies or is left in a permanent vegetative state. It also extends the death penalty to all cases of rape, including gang rape of women above 18.
  • Special Institutions: It mandates the creation of Special Task Forces in each district for investigating rape cases, and Special Courts for expedited trials.
  • Changes to Existing Laws: The Bill amends the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, Bharatiya Nyaya Suraksha Sanhita, and the Protection of Children Against Sexual Offences Act (POCSO), introducing rigorous imprisonment and increasing penalties for repeat offenders and for disclosing victim identities.
  • Acid Attacks: The Bill increases punishment for acid attacks to rigorous imprisonment for life.

Special Provisions:

  • Establishes strict timelines for investigation and trial, aiming for efficiency.
  • Includes amendments to the POCSO Act to align with the new death penalty provisions.

Andhra Pradesh: Disha Bills

Features:

  • Death Penalty: The Disha Act introduces the death penalty for rape, including for minors below 16, gang rape, and repeat offenders.
  • Special Courts and Teams: Similar to the Aparajita Bill, it creates Special Police Teams and Exclusive Special Courts in each district to handle these cases.
  • Women and Children Offenders Registry: Proposes a registry to track offenders, enhancing transparency and accountability.

Special Provisions:

  • Focuses on speeding up the investigation and trial process.
  • Proposes comprehensive measures including a registry to maintain offender data, although this may have privacy implications.

Maharashtra: Shakti Bill

Features:

  • Death Penalty: The Shakti Bill also introduces the death penalty for rape cases, with an emphasis on “heinous” cases such as acid attacks.
  • Shortened Timelines: Like the other bills, it reduces the timeframes for investigations and trials.
  • Web Platform Obligations: Imposes penalties on social media and internet platforms for failing to provide data requested by investigators in cases of crimes against women.

Special Provisions:

  • Includes specific provisions for acid attacks with potential death penalty in severe cases.
  • Addresses the role of web platforms in aiding investigations, reflecting concerns over digital evidence.

Comparative Summary

Death Penalty:

  • West Bengal and Andhra Pradesh both introduce the death penalty for various rape offenses, including cases involving minors and gang rapes.
  • Maharashtra includes the death penalty but emphasizes "heinous" acid attack cases more explicitly.

Special Institutions:

  • All three states create special investigative teams and courts to handle rape cases more swiftly, though the exact mechanisms and timelines differ slightly.

Amendments to Existing Laws:

  • West Bengal and Maharashtra both amend the POCSO Act to include the death penalty.
  • Andhra Pradesh also makes amendments but with a broader focus on creating a comprehensive registry.

Additional Provisions:

  • Maharashtra uniquely addresses the role of web platforms in investigations, an aspect not covered by the other states.
  • Andhra Pradesh includes the establishment of an offender registry, which may have broader implications for data privacy and offender tracking.

 

La Niña Delays and Its Impact on India’s Weather

  • 07 Sep 2024
  • Current Conditions:
    • The India Meteorological Department (IMD) reported neutral Indian Ocean Dipole (IOD) conditions.
    • La Niña is expected to develop towards the end of the monsoon season, around the end of this month.
  • Forecasting Challenges:
    • Major global agencies have struggled with accurate forecasts for La Niña’s onset this year.
    • Initial predictions suggested La Niña would start around July, but it has been delayed.
  • Understanding La Niña:
    • La Niña, meaning "The Little Girl" in Spanish, is a phase of the El Niño Southern Oscillation (ENSO).
    • ENSO influences global climate through changes in tropical Pacific Ocean sea surface temperatures.
    • ENSO phases:
      • El Niño (warm phase)
      • La Niña (cool phase)
      • Neutral
  • ENSO Phases Explained:
    • Neutral Phase: Eastern Pacific is cooler; trade winds drive warm water westward, causing upwelling of cooler waters.
    • El Niño Phase: Weakened trade winds result in warmer eastern Pacific waters.
    • La Niña Phase: Strengthened trade winds push more warm water to the western Pacific, cooling the eastern Pacific.
  • Impact on India:
    • El Niño typically reduces monsoon rainfall; La Niña generally enhances it.
    • The previous El Niño occurred from June 2023 to May 2024.
    • La Niña episodes can influence severe weather patterns and are linked to higher temperatures, heavy precipitation, and droughts.
  • Weather Model Predictions:
    • A strong El Niño ended in June, transitioning ENSO to neutral.
    • Global models initially forecasted La Niña for July but revised this to August-October.
    • IMD’s forecast since April predicted La Niña in the latter half of the monsoon season, aiming for enhanced rainfall in August and September.
  • Reasons for Delayed Onset:
    • The expected La Niña might be weak, complicating predictions.
    • Other atmospheric factors, including the Madden-Julian Oscillation, impact weather models.
  • Current and Future Impacts:
    • La Niña's first signs are expected by late September or early October.
    • It is projected to peak in November and continue through the northern hemisphere winter.
    • Monsoon Impact: La Niña’s delayed onset means it won’t significantly affect the current southwest monsoon, though India saw a 16% surplus in August rainfall and a forecast of 109% “above normal” rain for September.
  • Potential Effects:
    • Northeast Monsoon: La Niña could influence the northeast (winter) monsoon (October-December), impacting Tamil Nadu, coastal Andhra Pradesh, Rayalaseema, south interior Karnataka, and Kerala. While La Niña typically doesn’t favor northeast monsoon rainfall, exceptions have occurred.
    • Cyclone Activity: La Niña years often see increased cyclone activity in the north Indian Ocean, with higher intensity and longer-lasting storms.
    • Winter Weather: Historically, La Niña years lead to harsher and colder winters, suggesting a potentially severe winter ahead.

Heat Waves Impact on Informal Workers and India's Heat Action Plans

  • 31 May 2024

Why is it in the News?

Crowded urban areas exacerbate the heat island effect, heightening risks for informal workers due to their unstable employment, lack of safety nets, and existing socio-economic vulnerabilities.

Context:

  • Nowadays, Northern India is experiencing an intense heat wave, with workers, particularly those involved in hard physical labour, being the most vulnerable.
  • In Delhi, temperatures have exceeded 50 degrees Celsius, posing severe and life-threatening conditions for labourers.
  • The recent death of a 40-year-old worker due to extreme heat has prompted the Lieutenant Governor's office to issue guidelines, underscoring the urgency and gravity of the situation for those working under the scorching sun.

What is a Heat Action Plan?

  • Heat Action Plan or HAP is a policy document prepared to effectively understand and respond to the harmful effects of heat waves.
  • HAPs are prepared by the government authorities at various levels and serve as a comprehensive guide, outlining measures to prepare for, respond to, recover from and learn from extreme heat events.
  • It is an advisory document that’s put forward by state and local governments that explains what needs to be done to prepare for a heat wave, what is to be done after a heat wave is declared, and puts forth a range of emergency responses and course corrective actions to learn from the heat wave experience so that the HAP can be refined.
  • The primary purpose of these plans is to protect vulnerable populations and direct essential resources, including healthcare, financial support, information, and infrastructure, to those most at risk during extreme heat conditions.
  • These plans are multi-sectoral in nature. They involve implementation from multiple government departments simultaneously before enduring heat waves and the main idea behind them is to make sure that during extreme temperatures, there is no loss of life.
  • HAPs play a crucial role in raising awareness and providing guidance for individuals and communities to proactively safeguard their well-being against heat waves through a balanced mix of short and long-term actions.

What are the Flaws in Existing Heat Action Policies?

  • Inadequate Coverage and Implementation: Despite NDMA mandates, many regions lack comprehensive HAPs.
    • Where HAPs do exist, implementation is often inconsistent, leading to uneven protection for vulnerable populations, especially in urban areas.
  • Insufficient Focus on Informal Workers: HAPs largely overlook the specific needs of informal workers, who make up a significant portion of the urban workforce.
    • This group includes construction labourers, street vendors, domestic workers, and home-based workers, all facing unique challenges during heat waves.
    • When workers are mentioned, it's usually in a generic "outdoor workers" category, resulting in insufficient and inappropriate interventions.
  • Short-Term, Reactive Approach: Many HAPs focus on immediate relief rather than long-term solutions, evidenced by temporary measures like water provision and altered work hours.
    • While these provide immediate relief, they do not address the underlying vulnerabilities that exacerbate the impact of heat waves on workers.
    • There is a need for HAPs to integrate with broader urban planning and climate action plans for sustainable, resilient solutions.
  • Rural Bias in Planning: HAPs often have a rural bias, neglecting the unique challenges of urban environments.
    • Urban areas experience the "heat island effect," where dense infrastructure and reduced vegetation lead to higher temperatures.
    • Informal urban settlements, where many workers live, are particularly vulnerable due to poor housing conditions and limited access to basic services.
  • Lack of Integration with Urban Planning: HAPs often operate in isolation from other urban planning and development initiatives.
    • There is little coordination between HAPs and urban design, housing policies, or infrastructure development.
    • This lack of integration means missed opportunities to create more heat-resilient urban environments.
    • Urban greening, improved housing designs, and better urban mobility can significantly reduce heat exposure and improve life quality for informal workers, but these measures are rarely considered in HAPs.
  • Absence of Worker Participation: A critical gap is the lack of participation from worker communities in developing and implementing HAPs.
    • Informal workers, who are most affected by heat waves, often have valuable insights into their working conditions and specific challenges.
    • Excluding them from the planning process results in measures that may not be practical or effective.

Recommended Policies to Mitigate the Impact of Heat Waves:

  • Reconceptualizing Heat Waves: Heat waves should be treated as prolonged disasters rather than isolated events, integrating Heat Action Plans (HAPs) with long-term urban planning and climate action strategies.
    • The NDMA should collaborate with urban stakeholders such as the Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs (MoHUA) and the Ministry of Labour and Employment (MoLE).
  • Worker Participation: It's essential to include worker communities in the preparation of action plans.
    • The government should involve worker welfare boards and committees, like the Town Vending Committees (TVC) for street vendors, in drafting and implementing HAPs.
    • Engaging these groups can lead to more tailored and effective interventions.
  • Gender-Specific Needs: The impact of heat waves is not gender-neutral. Women workers, who constitute a significant part of the informal workforce, face unique challenges often overlooked in HAPs.
    • These include increased care responsibilities, reproductive health risks, and greater exposure to heat in domestic and care work settings.
    • HAPs should incorporate gender-specific measures to address these challenges, ensuring equitable and inclusive interventions.
  • Economic and Health Protection: Heat waves profoundly affect the economic and health conditions of informal workers, yet HAPs often lack comprehensive measures to mitigate these effects.
    • Informal workers frequently face income loss due to reduced working hours and increased healthcare expenses.
    • HAPs should include provisions for income protection, such as compensation for lost wages and access to affordable healthcare.
    • Strengthening social protection systems is also crucial to provide a safety net for workers during extreme heat events.
  • Rethinking Labor Laws: As labour laws and Labor Codes are reformed, they should integrate considerations of climate change and its impact on work.
    • This ensures that labour laws are responsive to new challenges posed by extreme heat and other climate-related events.
    • Extending legal protections to informal workers is necessary, ensuring they receive the same rights and benefits as formal workers, including safe working conditions, fair wages, and social security access.
  • Urban Reimagining: The government should redesign urban spaces to prioritize the needs of informal workers.
    • This includes ensuring access to water, shade, and rest areas in public and work spaces.
    • Additionally, investing in urban infrastructure to mitigate the impact of heat waves is essential.
    • This involves increasing green spaces, improving housing conditions in informal settlements, and enhancing public transportation.

Conclusion

The recent severe heat wave in northern India highlights the pressing need for comprehensive and inclusive measures to safeguard the most vulnerable workers. By integrating long-term planning, inclusive policies, and active worker participation, India can effectively protect its informal workforce from the devastating impacts of extreme heat. Prioritizing the design of cities to meet the needs of workers is essential for fostering a more resilient and equitable urban environment.

Religion Should Not be the Sole Reason for Granting Reservation

  • 25 May 2024

Why is it in the News?

The Calcutta High Court has struck down a series of orders passed by the West Bengal government between March 2010 and May 2012 by which 77 communities (classes), 75 of which were Muslim, were given reservation under the Other Backward Classes (OBC) category.

Context:

  • In a significant ruling on Wednesday, the Calcutta High Court dismissed all Other Backward Classes (OBC) certificates issued in West Bengal since 2010.
  • A division bench of Justice Tapabrata Chakraborty and Justice Rajasekhar Mantha made this decision while addressing a public interest litigation (PIL) that challenged the process of granting OBC certificates.
  • The court directed that a new list of OBCs should be created based on the West Bengal Commission for Backward Classes Act of 1993.

What is the Issue With OBC Certificates?

  • In 2010, the West Bengal (WB) government issued notifications, on the recommendations of the West Bengal Backward Classes Commission, including 42 classes (41 from the Muslim community) as Other Backward Classes (OBCs), entitling them to reservation and representation in government employment under Article 16(4) of the Constitution.
  • Also in 2010, an order was issued sub-categorizing the 108 identified OBCs in the state (66 pre-existing and 42 newly identified) into 56 OBC-A (more Backward) and 52 OBC-B (Backward) categories.
  • In 2012, the West Bengal government included 35 classes (34 from the Muslim community) as OBCs.
  • In 2013, the West Bengal Backward Classes (Other than Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes) (Reservation of vacancies and posts) Act 2012 gave recognition to all 77 new OBCs.
  • These orders and legislation were challenged in the Calcutta High Court on the grounds that the declaration of classes as OBCs was based purely on religion, the categorization was not based on any acceptable data, and the survey conducted by the Commission was unscientific.

The Calcutta High Court's Ruling on West Bengal's Reservation Policies:

  • The court found that religion had been the sole basis for the state government to provide reservation, which is prohibited by the Constitution and court orders.
  • The High Court heavily relied on the Supreme Court's judgment in Indra Sawhney v Union of India (Mandal judgment).
    • In 1992, a nine-judge Bench held that OBCs cannot be identified and given reservation solely based on religion.
    • The Supreme Court also held that all states must establish a Backward Classes Commission to identify and recommend classes of citizens for inclusion and exclusion in the state OBC list.
  • The High Court noted that the Commission's recommendation had been made with "lightning speed" and without using any objective criteria to determine the backwardness of these classes.
  • The court stated that there is no question that the said communities have been used as a political prop for vote bank politics.
  • The court struck down some provisions of West Bengal's 2012 Act, including:
    • The provision allowed the state government to sub-classify OBC reservations into OBC-A and OBC-B categories.
    • The provision allows the state to amend the Schedule of the 2012 Act to add to the list of OBCs.
  • The court held that sub-classification is meant to address different levels of deprivation faced by different communities and could only be done based on scientific data.
  • Since the Commission acknowledged that the government did not consult it prior to sub-classification within OBC, the court ruled that the state government must consult the Commission to create a fair and unbiased classification.

The Position on Religiously-Based Reservations in the Constitution and Court Orders:

The Constitution of India:

  • Article 15(1) specifically prohibits the state from discriminating against citizens on grounds only of religion and caste (along with sex, race, and place of birth).
  • Article 16(2) specifically prohibits the state from discriminating against citizens on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex, descent, place of birth, residence or any of them, in respect of any employment or office under the State.

The Observations of the Supreme Court:

  • In M R Balaji (1962), the SC held that while castes among Hindus may be an important factor to take into account when assessing the social backwardness of certain groups or classes of citizens, it cannot be the only test in this regard.
  • In E P Royappa vs State Of Tamil Nadu (1973), the SC held that equality is a dynamic concept and cannot be confined within traditional limits.
  • In State of Kerala vs N M Thomas (1975), the SC held that the crucial word 'only' in Articles 15 and Article 16 implies that if a religious, racial, or caste group constitutes a weaker section (under Article 46) or constitutes a backward class, it would be entitled to special provisions for its advancement.
  • The SC in Indra Sawhney (1992) laid down that any social group if found to be backward under the same criteria as others, will be entitled to be treated as a backward class.

What are the Current Provisions of Reservation?

  • The current provisions of reservation in India stem from the Constituent Assembly's decision to provide employment reservations for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes under Article 16(4A) of the Constitution.
    • Initially approved for a period of 10 years, these reservations have been renewed annually ever since.
    • Notably, Christian and Muslim communities within the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes do not receive reservation benefits.
  • The decision not to extend reservation to religious minorities was influenced by the partition, as reflected in Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel's presentation of a special sub-committee report in 1949, addressing the issues faced by minority populations in East Punjab and West Bengal.
  • The committee, which included Nehru, Rajendra Prasad, KM Munshi, and Ambedkar, concluded that the country's conditions had changed to such an extent that "in the context of independent India and the present circumstances, it is no longer appropriate to reserve seats for Muslims, Christians, Sikhs, or any other religious minority."
  • They believed that reservations for religious communities "may lead to some degree of separatism and, to an extent, contradict the concept of a secular democratic state."
    • They argued that the fundamental rights of freedom of religion and the right of minorities to maintain their own educational institutions were sufficient safeguards for protecting minorities.
    • However, the Advisory Committee agreed that "the specific situation of the Scheduled Castes would make it necessary to grant them reservation for the originally decided ten-year period."
  • Ambedkar attempted to resolve several positions on the caste question by introducing the concept of backwardness and reservation as methods of creating a society beyond caste.

Arguments Related to Religion-based Reservation in India:

Arguments in Favour of Religion-Based Reservations in India:

  • Socio-Economic Backwardness: According to the Sachar Committee Report, Muslims in India lag behind other communities in terms of socio-economic indicators such as education, employment, and income.
    • Reservations can help in bridging this gap.
  • Constitutional Mandate: The Indian Constitution provides for affirmative action for socially and educationally backward classes irrespective of religious and cultural denomination.
  • Ensuring Adequate Representation: Reservations can ensure adequate representation of underrepresented religious groups in employment, education, and other fields.

Arguments Against Religion-Based Reservations in India:

  • Secularism: Critics argue that providing reservations based on religion goes against the principle of secularism enshrined in the Indian Constitution, which advocates equal treatment of all religions by the state.
  • Undermining National Unity: Religion-based reservations could undermine national unity as it could lead to resentment and division among different communities.
  • Economic Criteria: Reservations should be based solely on economic criteria rather than religion, to ensure that benefits reach those who are truly economically disadvantaged, irrespective of their religion.
  • Administrative Challenges: Implementing reservations based on religion could pose administrative challenges, such as determining the criteria for identifying beneficiaries and preventing misuse of the system.

Way Forward:

  • Socio-Economic Criteria: Instead of religion, reservations could be based on socio-economic criteria, ensuring that benefits reach the most disadvantaged individuals regardless of their religion.
  • Empowerment Through Education: Focus on improving educational infrastructure and providing skill development programs to empower the backward communities and enhance their socio-economic status.
  • Inclusive Policies: Implement inclusive policies that address the specific needs of the backward religious communities in areas such as education, employment, and healthcare, without resorting to religious-based reservations.
  • Dialogue and Consensus: Engage in a dialogue involving all stakeholders to arrive at a consensus to address the socio-economic challenges faced by the various communities, ensuring that any measures taken are in line with constitutional values and principles.

Conclusion

While recognizing the socio-economic disparities faced by various religious communities in India, the emphasis on inclusive policies based on socio-economic criteria emerges as pivotal. By prioritizing education empowerment, promoting dialogue, and fostering consensus, India can navigate towards a more equitable and inclusive society. By steering away from religion-based reservations and focusing on holistic development, India can uphold its constitutional values while addressing the diverse needs of its population.

 

A Message on the Model Code of Conduct for Leaders – From Mahabharata and Beyond

  • 24 May 2024

Why is it in the News?

In a democracy, while elections are imperative, it's equally crucial for both the populace and our leaders to retain their moral integrity, as a loss of ethical grounding could result in repercussions that extend far beyond the periodic act of political selection.

Context:

  •  Satyameva Jayate ("Truth alone triumphs") from the Mundaka Upanishad was adopted as the national motto on January 26, 1950, the day India became a Republic.
  • A day earlier, the country's Election Commission was formed with the primary responsibility of enabling citizens to exercise their democratic right to choose a government.
  • The Election Commission is expected to provide a level playing field so that candidates, political parties, and their campaigners do not unduly influence voters through excessive use of money, force, or dishonesty.

About The Model Code of Conduct (MCC):

  • The Election Commission of India introduced the Model Code of Conduct with the hope that it would encourage self-control among political stakeholders.
  • The 2019 Manual emphasized that those seeking public office should behave in a way worthy of being emulated by others.
  • The Commission considers the Code an important contribution by political parties to democracy.
  • It expects parties to exhibit model behaviour in their actions and rhetoric.
  • However, reality often deviates from this expectation. Political discourse sometimes degrades into coarse and ignoble exchanges.
  • This has led to debates on whether it should be called a moral code rather than just a model code.

The Complexity of Truth from a Philosophical Perspective:

  • Francis Bacon's Essay of Truth commences with Pilate's profound questioning, "What is truth?" - a query that resonates through the ages, its answer shrouded in layers of complexity.
  • This intricate nature finds symbolic representation in the Ashokan pillar's trio of visible lions, embodying the three dimensions of truth: my viewpoint, your perspective, and an objective third-person narrative.
  • Yet, there exists a fourth, unseen dimension - that of absolute truth, often perceived as knowable only to a higher power.
  • Amidst this philosophical labyrinth, the Election Commission of India (ECI) navigates the realm of human imperfection, striving to enforce the Model Code of Conduct (MCC) – a framework designed to curb dishonest practices during the electoral process.
  • However, expecting individuals to adhere to this model solely for the duration of elections, if they have not upheld such principles in their daily lives, could be considered a naive endeavor.

The Intersection of Morality and Law in the Electoral Process:

  • Foundations of the Model Code of Conduct (MCC):
  • At the core of the Model Code of Conduct lies a fundamental interplay between legal requirements and moral expectations.
    • Morality governs individual behaviour based on notions of right and wrong, often rooted in cultural, religious, or personal beliefs.
    • Law, conversely, comprises rules established by a governing authority to regulate conduct and ensure order and justice within society.
  • Philosophical perspectives offer valuable insights into this dynamic. Immanuel Kant's philosophy distinguishes between morality and law, viewing moral actions as those driven by a sense of duty, while societal rules govern legal actions.
    • Utilitarianism, advocated by thinkers like Jeremy Bentham and John Stuart Mill, evaluates actions based on their consequences and their contribution to the overall well-being of society.
    • In the context of the Model Code of Conduct, this perspective suggests that political behaviour should be assessed not only against legal standards but also by its broader impact on societal harmony and democratic health.
  • Legal Framework and Enforcement:
  • The legal framework encompassing the Model Code of Conduct includes specific provisions in the Indian Penal Code and the Representation of the People Act, 1951.
    • These laws define actions that constitute corrupt practices and electoral offences, providing a legal basis for enforcing the Code.
    • However, the intersection of morality and law within this framework presents unique challenges.
  • In legal terms, "mens rea" refers to the intention or knowledge of wrongdoing, and establishing mens rea is crucial for proving guilt in many cases.
    • The Model Code of Conduct implicitly addresses mens rea by prohibiting actions intended to manipulate or deceive voters, such as false promises or appeals to communal sentiments.
  • Sections 123(3) and 123(3A) of the Representation of the People Act classify appeals to caste or communal feelings as corrupt practices, punishable under the law.
    • Similarly, Section 125 prohibits promoting enmity between different groups in connection with elections.
    • These legal provisions aim to curb divisive tactics and uphold the ethical conduct envisioned by the Model Code of Conduct.
    • However, enforcement requires clear evidence linking the actions to the intent of influencing electoral outcomes.

Ethical Reflection in the Electoral Process & Lesson from Mahabharata:

  • Upholding Integrity: The imperative for ethical reflection in the electoral process stems from the need to uphold the integrity of democracy itself.
    • The conduct of elections must align with the core values of truth and fairness that underpin the democratic ethos.
  • Ethical Lesson from Mahabharata: The story of Yudhishthira in the Mahabharata, who lost his moral high ground despite technically telling the truth, underscores the importance of ethics over mere adherence to rules.
    • Ethics in elections transcends simply following the law; it involves adhering to higher standards of honesty, integrity, and fairness.
  • Moral Soundness over Legal Compliance: Ethical reflection ensures that political actions and decisions are not just legally compliant but also morally sound.
    • This is particularly crucial in a democracy, where the legitimacy of the government is derived from the consent of the governed, and this consent must be obtained through fair means.
  • Safeguarding Democratic Norms: When ethical standards are compromised, democratic norms such as transparency, accountability, and fairness are weakened.
    • This erosion can lead to a governance crisis where the authority of elected officials is questioned, undermining the very foundation upon which democracy rests.

Conclusion

“Satyameva Jayate” is not just India’s motto however it encapsulates a guiding principle that should permeate the conduct of individuals and institutions alike. The Election Commission of India's efforts to enforce the Model Code of Conduct reflect an ongoing struggle to strike a delicate balance between legal enforcement and moral persuasion. For a truly democratic society to thrive, this equilibrium must be continually sought and maintained. The pursuit of political power must never be allowed to erode the foundational value of truth upon which the democratic edifice rests. By upholding the principle of Satyameva Jayate, not just in rhetoric but in action, the integrity of the electoral process and the sanctity of democratic norms can be safeguarded, ensuring that the will of the people remains the cornerstone of governance.

 

 

 

 

India's Balancing Act: Navigating Iran Relations in the Face of Regional Turmoil and Leadership Transition

  • 23 May 2024

Why is it in the News?

The death of Iran’s President Ebrahim Raisi in a helicopter accident on May 20 has added another layer of uncertainty in a region already wracked by political tensions and war.

Context:

  • In the wake of President Ebrahim Raisi's unexpected passing in a helicopter accident on May 20, the geopolitical landscape of the region faces heightened uncertainty.
  • Despite the tragic event, the enduring influence of Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei suggests minimal immediate impact on Iran's policies.
  • However, this event prompts a closer examination of the evolving dynamics between India and Iran, amidst recent geopolitical shifts.

A Historical Perspective on India-Iran Relations:

  • Historical Background: India and Iran share a rich historical tie woven with deep-rooted cultural and economic connections spanning centuries.
    • From ancient times, both civilizations have influenced each other in language, culture, and commerce, fostering enduring ties.
    • Following India's independence in 1947, formal diplomatic relations were swiftly established between the two nations.
    • Despite the divergence of their Cold War alliances—India with the Non-Aligned Movement and Iran aligning with the United States—mutual respect characterized their interactions.
    • The Iranian Revolution in 1979 heralded a shift in Iran's ideological stance, yet India remained committed to nurturing bilateral relations, recognizing the significance of regional stability and economic collaboration.
  • Economic and Energy Collaboration: Central to the India-Iran partnership is their robust energy cooperation, with Iran serving as a vital supplier of oil and natural gas to India.
    • In addressing India's burgeoning energy demands, Iranian resources have played a pivotal role in sustaining India's economic growth.
    • The early 2000s witnessed landmark agreements, including long-term oil supply pacts and discussions on strategic pipeline projects like the Iran-Pakistan-India (IPI) gas pipeline.
  • Strategic Imperatives; Strategically, India has recognized Iran's pivotal role in shaping the dynamics of the broader West Asian region.
    • Both nations have shared interests, notably in fostering stability in Afghanistan.
    • Iran's geographic position offers India a strategic gateway to Central Asia, circumventing Pakistan—a factor underscored by India's investments in projects such as the Chabahar port, aimed at bolstering connectivity to Afghanistan and beyond.

Recent Shifts and Implications for India-Iran Relations:

  • The Abraham Accords and Evolving Regional Dynamics: The 2020 Abraham Accords, facilitated by the US, introduced a new layer of complexity to regional geopolitics.
    • These agreements, which normalized ties between Israel and several Arab nations including the UAE and Bahrain, were perceived as part of a broader US strategy to counterbalance Iran's influence.
    • India's active involvement in the I2U2 coalition (India, Israel, UAE, and the US) signals its alignment with this strategy, potentially signalling a departure from traditional bilateral collaborations, a shift Iran has taken note of.
  • India-Middle-East Economic Corridor (IMEC) Initiative: The unveiling of the IMEC project during the 2023 G20 summit in New Delhi marks a pivotal development.
    • This initiative proposes a transportation network linking India to Israel via the UAE and Saudi Arabia, presenting a strategic alternative route that bypasses Iran.
    • The IMEC underscores India's commitment to integrating into evolving economic and strategic frameworks in West Asia, potentially reshaping traditional ties with Iran.
  • Impact of US Sanctions: The reinstatement of US sanctions on Iran following the Trump administration's withdrawal from the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA) in 2018 had profound implications for India-Iran economic relations.
    • These sanctions triggered a significant reduction in India's oil imports from Iran, prompting India to seek alternative energy sources.
    • While this strained the economic aspect of bilateral ties, India remained interested in advancing projects like the Chabahar port despite the challenges posed by the sanctions.

Strategic Implications and Hurdles with the Chabahar Project:

Strategic Importance:

  • The Chabahar endeavour stands as a linchpin within India's regional connectivity and strategic framework.
  • Nestled along Iran's southeastern coast, the port furnishes India with direct access to the Arabian Sea, offering a vital alternative to China's Gwadar port under its Belt and Road Initiative.
  • Positioned as a gateway to Afghanistan and Central Asia, Chabahar bolsters India's geopolitical foothold, circumventing historical barriers imposed by Pakistan.
  • Envisioned as a nucleus of economic activity, the port holds the promise of catalyzing trade and investment between India, Iran, and Afghanistan, unlocking the vast potential of Central Asian markets.
  • By fostering Chabahar's development, India aims to provide a counterbalance to China's Gwadar port, positioning itself as a pivotal player in reshaping regional trade dynamics.

Navigating Challenges Amid Strategic Imperatives:

  • Despite its strategic allure, the Chabahar project grapples with multifaceted challenges.
  • US sanctions have cast a pall over international investments and hindered crucial financial transactions vital for the port's advancement.
  • The seismic shift in Afghanistan's political landscape following the Taliban's resurgence has cast uncertainty over the project's trajectory.
  • The original tripartite agreement, contingent upon the stability offered by the erstwhile US-backed Ghani regime, now faces an altered reality.
  • The enduring viability of Chabahar hinges on regional stability and collaboration, factors further complicated by Iran's economic woes amidst ongoing sanctions.
  • Persistent geopolitical tensions pose formidable obstacles to the sustained success of this ambitious undertaking, underscoring the need for adept navigation amid strategic imperatives.

Future Trajectories for India-Iran Relations:

  • Pursuing Strategic Autonomy: Chabahar demonstrates India's pursuit of strategic autonomy, allowing it to navigate geopolitical landscapes and assert regional influence.
    • Balancing relations with Iran, the US, and other regional players enables India to maintain a multifaceted foreign policy that serves its strategic objectives.
  • Leveraging International Cooperation: India could explore collaborations with international partners like the EU to mitigate the impact of US sanctions and garner diplomatic and economic support.
    • Strengthening ties with Central Asian countries may enhance Chabahar's economic prospects.
  • Commitment to Regional Stability: India's continued engagement with Afghanistan, including humanitarian aid, underscores its commitment to regional stability and connectivity through Chabahar.
    • Maintaining a presence in Afghanistan highlights the strategic importance of Chabahar as a key node for regional diplomacy and economic activity.

Conclusion

The sudden demise of Iran's President Ebrahim Raisi exacerbates uncertainty in an already tumultuous region. India must deftly balance its strategic interests amidst competing regional powers and the intricate landscape of geopolitical rivalries and international sanctions. The revival of the Chabahar project exemplifies India's strategic adaptability but also underscores the precarious nature of its regional engagements. India's ability to exhibit strategic foresight and diplomatic finesse will be crucial in effectively navigating the ever-changing geopolitical environment.

 

C Raja Mohan writes: A time for para diplomacy

  • 22 May 2024

Why is it in the News?

Recently, the Shiromani Akali Dal came out with its poll manifesto and said it would seek the transfer of Kartarpur Sahib from Pakistan to India through mutual land exchange between the two countries.

Context:

  • The Shiromani Akali Dal's (SAD) proposal to retrieve Kartarpur Sahib from Pakistan through a negotiated territory exchange reflects a growing desire to transform the India-Pakistan border from a zone of conflict to one of cooperation and economic integration.
  • This idea might appear as unlikely as the Bharatiya Janata Party's (BJP) pledge to integrate Pakistan-occupied Kashmir (PoK) into India.
  • Nonetheless, it signifies a profound aspiration to transform the India-Pakistan border from a contentious zone into one characterized by cooperation and economic integration.

What is Para Diplomacy?

Origins of Paradiplomacy:

  • The concept of para-diplomacy was first proposed in 1990 by John Kincaid, an American scholar who outlined a foreign policy role for local governments within a democratic federal system.
  • Economic para diplomacy related to trade and investment in particular has become an institutionalised practice across the world – in federal states like the United States, Canada and Belgium, quasi-federal states like Spain, non-federal states like Japan and even non-democratic states like the People’s Republic of China.

Aims and Objectives of Paradiplomacy:

  • Paradiplomacy can be employed with a variety of aims which can range from bringing in a decentralised dimension to international debates to internationalisation of domestic issues by bringing regional issues onto the global stage, promoting trade, tourism, cultural ties and even post-conflict reconciliation to local political activism being sought for international support.
  • Subnational relations can also be conducted to promote and attract investments seeking region-specific economic advantages.

Drivers of Paradiplomacy:

  • In more ways than one, paradiplomacy owes its origins to globalisation.
  • As the world economy has become increasingly global and increasingly integrated in a variety of ways, sub-national units (regions, states, provinces and even cities) find their functions and activities circumscribed by the global system.
  • Federalism is also a key contributor to the growth of paradiplomacy.
  • Sub-national actors such as states and provinces that have a formal legal personality are necessarily more likely to engage in international activities designed to promote and protect local and international interests and prerogatives.

 

What are the Challenges Associated with BJP and SAD’s Territorial Ambitions?

  • Practical Hurdles in BJP and SAD's Territorial Objectives: The proposals put forth by the SAD to renegotiate the Radcliffe Line in Punjab or the BJP's assertion to reclaim PoK face numerous challenges.
    • Altering the territorial status quo in Punjab or reclaiming PoK, whether through diplomatic negotiations or by force, presents formidable obstacles.
  • Complexities and Resistance: Such endeavours would not merely disrupt the already delicate territorial equilibrium but also provoke substantial opposition, given the deep-rooted historical and ongoing tensions between India and Pakistan.
  • Pursuing a Pragmatic Approach: A more viable alternative lies in reimagining these borders as conduits for trade and collaboration rather than confrontation.
    • This pragmatic stance resonates with the SAD's additional proposal to reopen the Attari and Hussainiwala borders with Pakistan for trade and tourism, with the aim of fostering economic prosperity in the region.

 

Obstacles Hindering Economic Cooperation Between India and Pakistan:

  • Political and Military Resistance in Pakistan: One of the foremost barriers to economic cooperation stems from the entrenched position of Pakistan's military and political establishment.
    • Over the years, the Pakistani military's steadfast opposition to economic engagement with India, primarily due to unresolved issues surrounding Kashmir, has been a significant deterrent.
    • Despite occasional signs of thaw, such as the February 2021 ceasefire agreement, internal resistance has consistently impeded progress.
    • Even Prime Minister Imran Khan's tentative consideration of resuming trade ties with India faced vehement opposition, highlighting the deep-seated reluctance to normalize relations without addressing the Kashmir dispute.
  • Historical Context and Suspicion: The historical animosities dating back to the traumatic partition of 1947 and subsequent wars have entrenched mutual suspicion and distrust between the two nations.
    • These historical grievances have not only shaped national narratives but also influenced contemporary policy decisions.
    • Addressing underlying political tensions becomes imperative for either country to fully commit to economic cooperation.
  • Lack of Reciprocal Trade Policies: On the trade front, Pakistan's refusal to grant India the Most Favoured Nation (MFN) status remains a significant hurdle.
    • While India extended this status to Pakistan in 1996 to foster trade ties, the gesture was not reciprocated.
    • Subsequent events, such as India's withdrawal of MFN status post the Pulwama terror attack and the revocation of Jammu and Kashmir's special constitutional status, have further strained bilateral trade relations.
  • Economic Rationality vs. Political Baggage: Despite the evident economic benefits of trade, Pakistan's establishment remains wary of engaging with India due to historical conflicts and the overarching Kashmir issue.
    • While there have been instances where the Pakistani business community advocated for resuming trade ties, such appeals often faced resistance from the political and military elite, who prioritize geopolitical concerns over economic pragmatism.
  • Regional Stability and Security Concerns: Security concerns, including allegations of cross-border terrorism, complicate the economic relationship between India and Pakistan.
    • Heightened military vigilance and frequent skirmishes along the border hinder trade and perpetuate an environment of hostility and mistrust.
    • The ongoing conflict and the threat of terrorist activities cast a shadow over efforts to normalize trade relations.

 

Proposing a New Strategy for Improving India-Pakistan Relations:

  • Introduction of Special Economic Zones: A significant aspect of the SAD's manifesto is the proposition to convert the Punjab border into a special economic zone, aiming to nurture small and medium enterprises and potentially revolutionize India-Pakistan relations.
    • This innovative vision encompasses the idea of Pakistan establishing a parallel zone on its side, fostering integrated development and economic interdependence.
    • Drawing inspiration from successful models of cross-border economic zones in Southeast Asia and China's collaborative initiatives with neighbouring countries, such an endeavour holds promise for fostering mutual prosperity.
  • Leveraging Para Diplomacy: At the heart of these proposals lies the concept of para diplomacy, or sub-state diplomacy, wherein provincial and local governments engage in formal interactions to advance national interests.
    • This approach offers a novel means to navigate around the entrenched positions often held by national governments, presenting fresh avenues for cooperation.
    • While historical attempts at para diplomacy between East and West Punjab have surfaced intermittently, they have struggled to endure amidst overarching national conflicts.
    • Embracing these innovative strategies could pave the way for a constructive dialogue and sustainable cooperation between India and Pakistan, fostering mutual understanding and prosperity in the region.

 

Fostering Consensus and Cooperative Federalism for Sustainable India-Pakistan Relations:

  • To foster sustainable and productive economic cooperation between India and Pakistan, nurturing a robust consensus between the central government and state governments, particularly those in the border regions, is imperative.
    • This collaborative approach, known as cooperative federalism, holds the key to innovative diplomatic strategies that prioritize the interests of local populations.
  • India's federal structure has historically grappled with tensions between the central and state governments, particularly concerning foreign policy and cross-border cooperation.
  • The diverse political landscapes across Indian states often give rise to conflicting interests and priorities.
    • For example, West Bengal's interactions with Bangladesh have been marked by complexities stemming from differing perspectives between the state leadership and the central government.
  • Similarly, Tamil Nadu's influence on India's policies towards Sri Lanka has been substantial, occasionally complicating bilateral relations due to the state's concerns for the Tamil population in Sri Lanka.
  • Cooperative federalism entails the harmonious collaboration of national and state governments to achieve shared objectives while respecting the autonomy of state governments.
    • By aligning state objectives with national interests, this approach offers a pragmatic framework for managing border relations and fostering economic cooperation with neighbouring countries.
  • Embracing consensus and cooperative federalism is paramount for forging a path towards peace, stability, and prosperity in the region, laying the groundwork for enduring and mutually beneficial relations between India and Pakistan.

Why is it in the News?

Recently, the Shiromani Akali Dal came out with its poll manifesto and said it would seek the transfer of Kartarpur Sahib from Pakistan to India through mutual land exchange between the two countries.

Context:

  • The Shiromani Akali Dal's (SAD) proposal to retrieve Kartarpur Sahib from Pakistan through a negotiated territory exchange reflects a growing desire to transform the India-Pakistan border from a zone of conflict to one of cooperation and economic integration.
  • This idea might appear as unlikely as the Bharatiya Janata Party's (BJP) pledge to integrate Pakistan-occupied Kashmir (PoK) into India.
  • Nonetheless, it signifies a profound aspiration to transform the India-Pakistan border from a contentious zone into one characterized by cooperation and economic integration

What is Para Diplomacy?

Origins of Paradiplomacy:

  • The concept of para-diplomacy was first proposed in 1990 by John Kincaid, an American scholar who outlined a foreign policy role for local governments within a democratic federal system.
  • Economic para diplomacy related to trade and investment in particular has become an institutionalised practice across the world – in federal states like the United States, Canada and Belgium, quasi-federal states like Spain, non-federal states like Japan and even non-democratic states like the People’s Republic of China.

Aims and Objectives of Paradiplomacy:

  • Paradiplomacy can be employed with a variety of aims which can range from bringing in a decentralised dimension to international debates to internationalisation of domestic issues by bringing regional issues onto the global stage, promoting trade, tourism, cultural ties and even post-conflict reconciliation to local political activism being sought for international support.
  • Subnational relations can also be conducted to promote and attract investments seeking region-specific economic advantages.

Drivers of Paradiplomacy:

  • In more ways than one, paradiplomacy owes its origins to globalisation.
  • As the world economy has become increasingly global and increasingly integrated in a variety of ways, sub-national units (regions, states, provinces and even cities) find their functions and activities circumscribed by the global system.
  • Federalism is also a key contributor to the growth of paradiplomacy.
  • Sub-national actors such as states and provinces that have a formal legal personality are necessarily more likely to engage in international activities designed to promote and protect local and international interests and prerogatives.

 

What are the Challenges Associated with BJP and SAD’s Territorial Ambitions?

  • Practical Hurdles in BJP and SAD's Territorial Objectives: The proposals put forth by the SAD to renegotiate the Radcliffe Line in Punjab or the BJP's assertion to reclaim PoK face numerous challenges.
    • Altering the territorial status quo in Punjab or reclaiming PoK, whether through diplomatic negotiations or by force, presents formidable obstacles.
  • Complexities and Resistance: Such endeavours would not merely disrupt the already delicate territorial equilibrium but also provoke substantial opposition, given the deep-rooted historical and ongoing tensions between India and Pakistan.
  • Pursuing a Pragmatic Approach: A more viable alternative lies in reimagining these borders as conduits for trade and collaboration rather than confrontation.
    • This pragmatic stance resonates with the SAD's additional proposal to reopen the Attari and Hussainiwala borders with Pakistan for trade and tourism, with the aim of fostering economic prosperity in the region.

 

Obstacles Hindering Economic Cooperation Between India and Pakistan:

  • Political and Military Resistance in Pakistan: One of the foremost barriers to economic cooperation stems from the entrenched position of Pakistan's military and political establishment.
    • Over the years, the Pakistani military's steadfast opposition to economic engagement with India, primarily due to unresolved issues surrounding Kashmir, has been a significant deterrent.
    • Despite occasional signs of thaw, such as the February 2021 ceasefire agreement, internal resistance has consistently impeded progress.
    • Even Prime Minister Imran Khan's tentative consideration of resuming trade ties with India faced vehement opposition, highlighting the deep-seated reluctance to normalize relations without addressing the Kashmir dispute.
  • Historical Context and Suspicion: The historical animosities dating back to the traumatic partition of 1947 and subsequent wars have entrenched mutual suspicion and distrust between the two nations.
    • These historical grievances have not only shaped national narratives but also influenced contemporary policy decisions.
    • Addressing underlying political tensions becomes imperative for either country to fully commit to economic cooperation.
  • Lack of Reciprocal Trade Policies: On the trade front, Pakistan's refusal to grant India the Most Favoured Nation (MFN) status remains a significant hurdle.
    • While India extended this status to Pakistan in 1996 to foster trade ties, the gesture was not reciprocated.
    • Subsequent events, such as India's withdrawal of MFN status post the Pulwama terror attack and the revocation of Jammu and Kashmir's special constitutional status, have further strained bilateral trade relations.
  • Economic Rationality vs. Political Baggage: Despite the evident economic benefits of trade, Pakistan's establishment remains wary of engaging with India due to historical conflicts and the overarching Kashmir issue.
    • While there have been instances where the Pakistani business community advocated for resuming trade ties, such appeals often faced resistance from the political and military elite, who prioritize geopolitical concerns over economic pragmatism.
  • Regional Stability and Security Concerns: Security concerns, including allegations of cross-border terrorism, complicate the economic relationship between India and Pakistan.
    • Heightened military vigilance and frequent skirmishes along the border hinder trade and perpetuate an environment of hostility and mistrust.
    • The ongoing conflict and the threat of terrorist activities cast a shadow over efforts to normalize trade relations.

 

Proposing a New Strategy for Improving India-Pakistan Relations:

  • Introduction of Special Economic Zones: A significant aspect of the SAD's manifesto is the proposition to convert the Punjab border into a special economic zone, aiming to nurture small and medium enterprises and potentially revolutionize India-Pakistan relations.
    • This innovative vision encompasses the idea of Pakistan establishing a parallel zone on its side, fostering integrated development and economic interdependence.
    • Drawing inspiration from successful models of cross-border economic zones in Southeast Asia and China's collaborative initiatives with neighbouring countries, such an endeavour holds promise for fostering mutual prosperity.
  • Leveraging Para Diplomacy: At the heart of these proposals lies the concept of para diplomacy, or sub-state diplomacy, wherein provincial and local governments engage in formal interactions to advance national interests.
    • This approach offers a novel means to navigate around the entrenched positions often held by national governments, presenting fresh avenues for cooperation.
    • While historical attempts at para diplomacy between East and West Punjab have surfaced intermittently, they have struggled to endure amidst overarching national conflicts.
    • Embracing these innovative strategies could pave the way for a constructive dialogue and sustainable cooperation between India and Pakistan, fostering mutual understanding and prosperity in the region.

 

Fostering Consensus and Cooperative Federalism for Sustainable India-Pakistan Relations:

  • To foster sustainable and productive economic cooperation between India and Pakistan, nurturing a robust consensus between the central government and state governments, particularly those in the border regions, is imperative.
    • This collaborative approach, known as cooperative federalism, holds the key to innovative diplomatic strategies that prioritize the interests of local populations.
  • India's federal structure has historically grappled with tensions between the central and state governments, particularly concerning foreign policy and cross-border cooperation.
  • The diverse political landscapes across Indian states often give rise to conflicting interests and priorities.
    • For example, West Bengal's interactions with Bangladesh have been marked by complexities stemming from differing perspectives between the state leadership and the central government.
  • Similarly, Tamil Nadu's influence on India's policies towards Sri Lanka has been substantial, occasionally complicating bilateral relations due to the state's concerns for the Tamil population in Sri Lanka.
  • Cooperative federalism entails the harmonious collaboration of national and state governments to achieve shared objectives while respecting the autonomy of state governments.
    • By aligning state objectives with national interests, this approach offers a pragmatic framework for managing border relations and fostering economic cooperation with neighbouring countries.
  • Embracing consensus and cooperative federalism is paramount for forging a path towards peace, stability, and prosperity in the region, laying the groundwork for enduring and mutually beneficial relations between India and Pakistan.

Conclusion

Irrespective of its political orientation, the upcoming Indian government should regard para-diplomacy as a strategic asset in its foreign policy arsenal. This approach demands not only robust dialogue between the central government and the border provinces but also concerted efforts to align the interests of the inhabitants of these regions with broader national objectives. By embracing para diplomacy, India can lay the groundwork for a more harmonious and economically fruitful relationship with Pakistan, turning contentious borders into conduits of cooperation.

Challenges in the Way to Achieve Green Growth and Solutions

  • 18 May 2024

Why is it in the News?

The recent heatwave has reminded us of the stark risks posed by climate change and highlighted the criticality of the efforts taken by the Conference of Parties (COP).

Context:

  • The recent heatwave highlights the escalating threats of climate change, emphasizing the urgent need for robust climate action.
  • The World Meteorological Organization (WMO) confirmed that 2023 was the warmest year on record, drawing renewed attention to carbon-intensive sectors like power and industry.
  • As the third-largest carbon emitter globally, India faces increased scrutiny over its emissions.
  • To address these challenges, significant efforts are being made to transition towards green energy, bolstered by various government initiatives and policies.

India's Green Growth Landscape: A Shift Towards Sustainable Practices

  • Indian industries, particularly those in high-carbon emitting sectors, are increasingly acknowledging the importance of embracing sustainable practices.
  • Many companies are taking proactive measures to transition towards renewable energy sources.
    • For example, leading firms in refining, chemical production, and fertilizers are exploring the potential of Green Hydrogen to reduce their carbon emissions.
  • These sectors are crucial in India's decarbonization efforts due to their significant contribution to greenhouse gas emissions.
  • Although there are no mandatory regulations for green technology adoption, many entities are voluntarily adopting these technologies.
  • This shift is driven by stakeholder expectations and the recognition of transition risks, such as policy, regulatory, technology, market, reputation, and legal challenges.
  • Among these risks, technological risk is the most pressing concern for entities adopting green technologies.

Challenges in India's Transition to Green Growth:

Shifting from Fossil Fuels to Renewable Energy

  • Fossil fuel-based power is India's primary source of carbon emissions.
  • To meet the government's climate target of increasing non-fossil power to 50% by 2030, several schemes have been launched to boost renewable energy.
  • ICRA projects that India will achieve this goal, with the share of non-fossil fuel-based installed capacity rising from 41% in 2022-23 to 59% by 2029-30.
  • However, this transition requires significant investment, with an estimated Rs 11-12 lakh crore needed for renewable energy power and over Rs 5-6 lakh crore for transmission infrastructure and storage capabilities.

Ensuring Continuous Renewable Energy Supply:

  • Ensuring a steady supply of renewable energy is crucial to reach the targeted level, given its intermittent nature.
  • Hybrid renewable energy projects (wind and solar) complemented by energy storage systems can help achieve this.
  • For sectors like steel and cement, the government must explore more carbon sequestration methods, such as installing carbon capture utilisation and storage (CCUS), which is inevitable for these hard-to-abate sectors.

Challenges in the Cement Sector:

  • Cement manufacturing is resource and energy-intensive, producing an equivalent amount of carbon dioxide per tonne of cement.
  • CCUS can reduce 60-70% of emissions during cement manufacturing, as most emissions are generated during clinker production.
  • Niti Aayog's report estimates that the cement sector needs a CCUS capacity of two million tonnes per annum by 2030, with a capital cost of Rs 1,600-1,800 crore.

Challenges in the Steel Sector:

  • Due to the abundance of virgin iron ore and limited domestic scrap, the domestic steel industry primarily uses coal as a reducing agent, resulting in high emissions.
  • With India's 2070 net-zero target and carbon tax policies in some countries, domestic steelmakers are focusing on reducing their carbon footprint by 25-30% through technological interventions by 2030.

Government Efforts in India's Green Energy Transition and Carbon Reduction:

  • Production Linked Incentive (PLI) Scheme: The PLI scheme offers financial incentives to manufacturers, encouraging them to establish production facilities in India.
    • This strengthens the local solar manufacturing industry, making solar energy more affordable and accessible.
  • Viability Gap Funding (VGF) for Offshore Wind and Battery Storage Projects: VGF schemes make large-scale renewable energy projects more financially viable, attracting private investment.
    • Offshore wind and battery storage projects particularly benefit from this support, addressing the intermittent nature of renewable energy sources.
  • Faster Adoption and Manufacturing of Electric Vehicles (FAME) Scheme: The FAME scheme provides subsidies for electric vehicle (EV) purchases and supports the development of charging infrastructure.
    • This initiative aims to reduce vehicular emissions, decrease oil dependency, and promote sustainable urban mobility.
  • National Green Hydrogen Mission: Green hydrogen, produced using renewable energy, has the potential to significantly reduce emissions in hard-to-abate sectors.
    • The mission supports research, pilot projects, and production facilities, positioning India as a global leader in green hydrogen technology.
  • Amendments to the Energy Conservation Act: The amendments include provisions for energy efficiency standards and energy management systems.
    • These measures aim to reduce energy consumption, lower emissions, and promote sustainable industrial practices.

Recommendations for Overcoming Green Growth Challenges in India:

  • Renewable Purchase Obligations (RPOs): The government should enforce mandatory percentages of electricity consumption from renewable sources.
    • RPOs require power distribution companies and large consumers to purchase a specific proportion of energy from renewables, ensuring consistent demand and promoting sector growth.
  • Implementation of the National Action Plan on Climate Change (NAPCC): Policymakers should devise strategies that promote sustainable development while tackling climate change.
    • The NAPCC encompasses eight missions focusing on solar energy, energy efficiency, sustainable agriculture, and water conservation, enabling cross-sectoral efforts to integrate climate resilience and sustainability into national policies.
  • Tax Incentives and Subsidies: Financial incentives should be provided to support renewable energy and green technologies.
    • Tax benefits such as accelerated depreciation and tax holidays reduce investment burdens.
    • Subsidies for solar power, electric vehicles, and energy storage systems make these technologies more accessible and appealing to consumers and businesses.
  • Increased Viability Gap Funding (VGF): The government should address financial gaps in economically viable projects lacking initial investment.
    • VGF schemes make large-scale renewable energy projects, like offshore wind farms and battery storage systems, more financially viable and reduce investment risks.

Conclusion

India's journey towards embracing green energy and sustainability is characterized by both formidable hurdles and promising prospects. The proactive steps taken by the government and the enthusiastic participation of diverse stakeholders are laying the groundwork for a more environmentally friendly tomorrow. Yet, reaching the ambitious climate goals demands persistent backing, significant financial injections, and a surge in technological advancements. In a world grappling with the intensifying effects of climate change, India's resolute pledge to slash carbon emissions and shift towards renewable energy stands as both an imperative and an inspiration for nations worldwide.

 

SC Verdict on Newsclick Highlights the Vitality of Adhering to Due Process Beyond Formalities

  • 17 May 2024

Why is it in the News?

The Supreme Court recently ordered the release of NewsClick Editor Prabir Purkayastha after hearing his plea, challenging the arrest by Delhi Police in an Unlawful Activities Prevention Act (UAPA) case.

Context:

  • The recent ruling by the Supreme Court of India reaffirms its dedication to due process, dispelling assertions of subservience to the executive branch.
  • Through a landmark judgment, the Court underscored the indispensable role of due process, especially concerning the arrest and detention of Prabir Purkayastha, founder-editor of Newsclick.
  • This verdict emphasizes the crucial disparity between reasons for arrest and the grounds for arrest, emphasizing that the latter must be tailored to the individual and formally communicated in writing to safeguard personal liberty.

Why did the Supreme Court Invalidate Purkayastha’s Arrest?

  • The court invalidated the arrest due to the absence of provided grounds, citing a precedent set in the Pankaj Bansal case (2023).
    • This landmark ruling emphasized the constitutional right, under Article 22(1), to be informed about the grounds of arrest in writing, deeming any infringement of this right as vitiating the arrest and remand process.
  • Furthermore, the verdict underscored the fundamental and statutory right of an arrested person to receive a written copy of the grounds of arrest without exception.
    • The court criticized the clandestine manner in which the procedure was conducted, noting that the accused was deprived of the opportunity to defend himself and avail legal representation.
  • Additionally, the judgment clarified that an FIR serves to initiate criminal proceedings and is not exhaustive in detailing grounds of arrest.
    • The court emphasized that the grounds of arrest must convey specific, personal facts to the accused, distinct from general reasons for arrest.

What is the Due Process of Law?

  • Due process of law is a foundational legal principle that ensures the fair and just application of laws while protecting individual rights.
  • The concept requires the state to adhere to established legal rules and principles in every case, ensuring that all legal rights owed to a person are respected.
  • It serves as a safeguard against the arbitrary exercise of government power.

Significance:

  • Fairness and Reasonableness: Due process emphasizes fairness, reasonableness, justness, and non-arbitrariness in legal proceedings.
  • Invalidation of Inequality: Any procedural inequality in the law can be rendered invalid under due process.
  • Legislative Oversight: Courts consider legislative intent while evaluating statutes in light of due process.
  • Protection of Individual Rights: Due process emphasizes the importance of individual rights and grants courts the authority to nullify biased laws.
  • Adherence to Basic Legal Procedures: Laws must follow a fundamental process to receive state assent.

Historical Background:

  • First mentioned in a statute by British King Edward III in the 14th century.
  • The Fifth Amendment of the US Constitution (1791) introduced due process in a constitutional framework.
  • In India, due process was invoked by freedom fighters against unjust colonial laws.
  • The Constituent Assembly considered including due process in India's Constitution but ultimately adopted a "procedure established by law" instead.

Evolution through Case Laws:

  • The Supreme Court's interpretation of due process evolved over time.
  • Initial judgments, such as A K Gopalan (1950) and ADM Jabalpur (1976), limited due process by focusing on the narrow meaning of "procedure established by law."
  • The Bank Nationalisation case (1970) extended due process to property rights.
  • The landmark Maneka Gandhi case (1978) established due process as an integral part of the right to life and personal liberty, requiring laws to be reasonable, just, fair, and non-arbitrary.

Concerns Regarding the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act (UAPA) 1967 and Due Process of Law:

The UAPA 1967 raises concerns regarding due process of law due to several provisions that deviate from established criminal law principles. These include:

  • Extended Remand and Custody Periods: UAPA allows for 30-day remand orders instead of the usual 15 days and extends the maximum period of judicial custody before filing a chargesheet from 90 to 180 days.
    • In the 2023 Pramod Singla case, the Supreme Court highlighted the potential for abuse in preventive detention laws and emphasized the need for strict procedural adherence.
  • Controversial Bail Provisions: Section 43D(5) of the Act makes obtaining bail extremely difficult for suspects if the court believes there are reasonable grounds to presume the charges are true.
    • The accused must prove the case is false without inviting the court to evaluate evidence, which human rights defenders argue is draconian and undermines due process.
  • Expanded Scope Over Time: The Act was amended in 2004 and 2013 to broaden its coverage, including the declaration of unlawful associations, punishment for terrorist acts, and activities threatening the country's security.
    • This expanded scope, along with an increased ban on organizations from two to five years, raises concerns about potential misuse and erosion of due process protections.
  • Pendency of Cases: According to the National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB), over 12,000 people were imprisoned under such laws in 2021, with 76% being undertrials in 2022.
    • Only 18% of UAPA cases result in conviction, and there is an alarming 89% pendency rate for UAPA cases in courts.
    • This raises questions about the effectiveness and fairness of the Act in ensuring due process.

Achieving a Balance Between State Security and Due Process of Law:

Ensuring national security while preserving due process of law requires a nuanced approach that respects individual rights and maintains checks on state power. The following strategies can help achieve this balance:

  • Clear Legal Framework: Establish precise laws that define the limits and procedures for state actions in the name of security.
    • This framework should ensure accountability and prevent misuse of authority.
    • A parliamentary committee can oversee and recommend changes to security legislation.
  • Strengthened Judicial Oversight: Enhance judicial mechanisms to review and check arbitrary actions by state authorities, including scrutinizing the legality of detentions and other security measures.
    • A judicial review committee can assess cases under laws like the UAPA.
  • Independent Monitoring Bodies: Create independent bodies to monitor the implementation of security laws and investigate abuses.
    • These entities should hold state actors accountable, with organizations like the National Commission for Minorities and NHRC playing crucial roles.
  • Human Rights Training: Train law enforcement and security personnel on human rights standards, emphasizing the importance of protecting individual liberties while maintaining security.
    • Develop training programs in collaboration with institutions such as the National Police Academy.
  • Public Participation: Encourage public engagement in security policy discussions through platforms like MyGov.
    • This fosters transparency and acceptance of policies that balance security and rights.
  • International Cooperation: Collaborate with international organizations like UNESCO and press freedom groups to promote best practices, upholding press freedom and ensuring a safe environment for journalists and media workers, as outlined in the UN Plan of Action on the Safety of Journalists.

Conclusion

As India continues to evolve, it is crucial to ensure that stringent laws, such as the UAPA, do not overshadow the fundamental rights of its citizens. Achieving a balance between state security and individual liberties is vital not only for the protection of personal freedoms but also as a testament to the strength and integrity of India's democratic society. By fostering a legal and constitutional ethos that values this equilibrium, India can pave the way for continued progress, safeguarding the well-being of its people and the future of its democracy.

Need for a Farmer-Friendly Agri-Export Policy

  • 14 May 2024

Why is it in the News?

The current government policy, skewed towards consumers, unfavourably impacts farmers, necessitating a shift to enhance farmers' incomes.

Current State of India‘s Agricultural Exports:

  • The current status of India's agri exports highlights a notable shortfall in achieving government targets.
  • Despite aiming for $60 billion in 2022, actual exports in 2023-24 amounted to $48.9 billion, showing an 8% decrease from the previous year's $53.2 billion.
  • Between 2004-05 and 2013-14, agricultural exports witnessed remarkable growth, expanding nearly fivefold from $8.7 billion to $43.3 billion.
  • However, this growth trajectory slowed significantly in the period from 2014-15 to 2023-24, with an annual growth rate of merely 1.9%.
  • Key exports include rice ($10.4 billion), marine products ($7.3 billion), spices ($4.25 billion), bovine meat ($3.7 billion), and sugar ($2.8 billion).

What is Agricultural Export Policy?

  • The Agricultural Export Policy, commonly known as an agri-export policy, encompasses a range of governmental regulations, strategies, and incentives aimed at facilitating and encouraging the export of agricultural commodities from a specific nation.
  • It encompasses diverse measures such as export subsidies, tariff adjustments, quality benchmarks, market access arrangements, financial support, and promotional efforts to assist agricultural producers and exporters in accessing global markets, enhancing their competitiveness, and broadening their export horizons.
  • The Government of India introduced a comprehensive Agriculture Export Policy in December 2018, with the following objectives:
    • To diversify our export basket, and destinations and boost high-value and value-added agricultural exports, including focus on perishables.
    • To promote novel, indigenous, organic, ethnic, traditional and non-traditional Agri products exports.
    • To provide an institutional mechanism for pursuing market access, tackling barriers and dealing with sanitary and phytosanitary issues.
    • To strive to double India’s share in world agri exports by integrating with global value chains.
    • Enable farmers to get the benefit of export opportunities in overseas markets.

What is the Need for an Agri-Export Policy?

  • Economic Contribution: India's agricultural exports, totalling around USD 53 billion in the fiscal year 2022-2023, constitute a significant portion of overall exports, yet the country's global share in agricultural exports remains low at 2.2% as of 2016.
  • Food Security Enhancement: Despite catering to a substantial portion of the world's population with limited resources, a well-designed export policy can generate additional revenue to invest in bolstering food security and augmenting farmers' incomes.
  • Inflation Control: Agricultural exports have the potential to stabilize domestic prices, benefiting consumers and producers, particularly during periods of abundant harvests.
  • Job Creation: With approximately 45% of the workforce engaged in agriculture, promoting agricultural exports can foster employment opportunities, particularly in rural areas where agriculture is predominant.
  • Balance of Payments Support: Agricultural exports significantly contribute to India's foreign exchange reserves, helping to offset trade deficits and maintain currency stability.
  • Crop Diversity Utilization: India's diverse agricultural production offers substantial export potential, which can be tapped into through a well-structured export policy.
  • Trade Relations Strengthening: Agricultural exports are pivotal in fostering and reinforcing trade ties with countries like the United States, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates.
  • Addressing Structural Challenges: The policy framework can effectively tackle obstacles such as low farm productivity, inadequate infrastructure, global price fluctuations, and limited market access.

What are the Challenges in India's Agri-Export Policy?

Several challenges hamper the effectiveness of India's agricultural export policy, requiring strategic interventions to unleash the sector's full potential:

  • Restrictive Export Policies: Favoring domestic consumers over farmers often impedes the achievement of export targets.
    • Restrictions on commodities like Basmati rice, such as the Minimum Export Price (MEP) of USD 1,200, can limit export volumes.
  • Subsidy-Centric Schemes: Increased subsidies during election periods, including food and fertilizer subsidies, strain fiscal discipline.
    • Populist measures like loan waivers and free power for farmers impact the financial health of the agricultural sector.
  • Insufficient R&D Investment: Low investment in agricultural R&D, approximately 0.5% of agricultural GDP, hinders growth prospects.
    • Doubling or tripling R&D investments is essential for India to excel in agricultural production and exports.
  • Quality and Standards: Maintaining consistent quality and meeting international standards is challenging.
    • Variability in quality, compliance issues, and difficulties in meeting Sanitary and Phytosanitary (SPS) Measures due to pests and diseases impede exports.
  • Infrastructure: Inadequate infrastructure for storage, transportation, and processing results in post-harvest losses, reducing export competitiveness.
  • Environmental and Sustainability Concerns: Balancing the growth of agricultural exports with environmental sustainability is crucial.
    • Over-exploitation of resources may have long-term consequences, necessitating careful resource management and sustainable practices.

Government Initiatives Promoting Agri-Export in India:

To unlock the full potential of India's agricultural exports, the government has launched several initiatives to enhance productivity, modernise infrastructure, and promote sustainable practices. Key schemes include:

  • E-NAM (National Agriculture Market): A pan-India electronic trading portal, E-NAM enables farmers to sell directly to buyers, reducing intermediaries and ensuring fair prices.
    • E-NAM has integrated 1,000 wholesale markets and 585 mandis across 18 states and 3 Union Territories.
  • National Horticulture Mission (NHM): Promoting sustainable horticulture practices, including organic farming and precision farming, NHM supports the establishment of over 100 Farmer Producer Organizations (FPOs) for horticultural products.
    • The mission also backs the production of high-value horticultural products for export.
  • Market Access Initiative (MAI): Supporting export promotion activities, such as participation in trade fairs, capacity building, and market research, MAI has facilitated Indian exporters' participation in over 100 international trade fairs annually.
  • Operation Greens: With an allocation of INR 500 crores in the Union Budget 2023-2024, Operation Greens stabilizes the supply and prices of essential agricultural commodities like fruits and vegetables.
    • The scheme reduces price volatility, ensures fair prices for farmers, and fosters sustainable agri-exports.
  • Scheme for Agro-Marine Processing and Development of Agro-Processing Clusters (SAMPADA): With a budgetary allocation of INR 6,000 crores for the period 2020-2021 to 2024-2025, SAMPADA modernizes infrastructure for agro-processing clusters.
    • This reduces post-harvest losses and increases shelf life, improving the overall export potential.
  • APEDA: Promoting the export of scheduled products, APEDA provides guidelines for sustainability and quality.
    • APEDA facilitated exports of agricultural products worth USD 22.17 billion during the financial year 2022-2023.
  • Agri Export Zones (AEZs): AEZs provide infrastructure development and technology adoption for sustainable agri-exports.
    • Established for commodities like mangoes, grapes, and spices, AEZs have contributed to increased export volumes.
  • Promotion of Organic Farming: Initiatives promoting organic farming for environmental sustainability and the export potential of organic products have resulted in increased organic farming area, reaching 3.90 million hectares in 2022-2023, with exports of organic products totalling USD 1.04 billion.

Way Forward for a Stable Agricultural Export Policy in India:

To establish a stable and prosperous agri-export policy in India, several strategic actions and considerations must be taken into account. These include:

  • Prioritizing Farmer Welfare: Ensuring that farmers receive fair prices for their produce is crucial for the success of agricultural exports and the well-being of the farming community.
  • Supporting Domestic Consumers: Implementing targeted income policies to support vulnerable populations and maintain food security for domestic consumers.
  • Enhancing Productivity: Increasing agricultural productivity through investments in R&D, seeds, irrigation, fertilizers, and improved farming practices to bolster global competitiveness.
  • Diversifying Export Basket: Expanding the range of agricultural exports, focusing on value-added products, and targeting a wide array of international markets to minimize reliance on a select few commodities.
  • Quality Assurance: Implementing strict quality standards and certification mechanisms to ensure that exported agricultural products meet international norms.
    • Establishing uniform quality and standardization protocols is vital, particularly for horticultural items.
  • Infrastructure Development: Investing in modern infrastructure, such as cold storage, processing facilities, transportation, and logistics, to reduce post-harvest losses and enhance export competitiveness.
    • Offering financial incentives, subsidies, and credit facilities can encourage investments in agriculture, infrastructure, and processing facilities.
  • Technology Adoption: Promoting the use of advanced agricultural technologies, precision farming, and efficient irrigation techniques to boost productivity.
    • Encouraging the growth of agri-startups and fostering innovative solutions can enhance agricultural production and export efficiency.
  • Environmentally Sustainable Practices: Encouraging sustainable farming practices, including organic farming, to ensure environmental sustainability in agriculture.
  • Learning from Global Best Practices: Gaining insights from successful agricultural export policies and best practices in other countries can inform India's approach.
    • Strengthening diplomatic efforts to negotiate favourable trade agreements and reduce trade barriers will provide better access to international markets.

Conclusion

To ensure India's continued growth in global agricultural trade, a stable export policy is crucial, embodying dynamism, responsiveness, and adaptability. It must prioritize agricultural sustainability, environmental responsibility, and farmer welfare, securing India's position in international trade. Balancing economic growth with farmer well-being and environmental concerns is key to unleashing India's agricultural potential. Forward-looking policies and innovative solutions will strengthen the agri-export sector, fostering a prosperous and sustainable future for all.

Evaluating the Enhancement of State-run Companies Under Modi Government and Realities

  • 13 May 2024

Why is it in the News?

Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman on Wednesday said the government's focus on capital expenditure and infrastructure development has directly benefited state-run companies and led to substantial growth in their stock performance.

Context:

  • In a democratic system, robust opposition plays a vital role in upholding accountability and fostering balanced governance.
  • However, the absence of an effective opposition can impede democratic processes, resulting in unfounded criticisms and ineffective checks and balances.
  • Prime Minister Narendra Modi's government has encountered such obstacles, especially concerning its oversight of public sector enterprises (PSEs).
  • Thus, it is imperative to evaluate the performance of PSEs during the Modi administration, juxtaposing it with historical contexts, and elucidating the government's strategic initiatives aimed at their revitalization.

Strategic Divestment Initiatives by the Modi Government:

  • The divestment strategy adopted by the Modi government involves a well-thought-out approach to balance fiscal objectives and national interests.
  • This is exemplified through the decisions made regarding Air India and Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd (BPCL).
  • Air India Privatisation: Air India's transition from a loss-making entity reliant on government subsidies to a privately-owned enterprise signifies a strategic move to enhance efficiency and competitiveness in the aviation sector.
    • Privatisation aims to inject agility and market responsiveness into Air India's operations, fostering growth and profitability amidst intense industry competition.
    • Post-privatisation, Air India's ambitious expansion plans underscore its renewed focus on capturing market opportunities and improving financial performance.
  • Retaining Stake in BPCL: Contrary to Air India, the government's decision to maintain ownership of Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd (BPCL) reflects strategic considerations linked to energy security and sectoral importance.
    • BPCL's extensive retail network and expertise in areas like ethanol blending align with the government's objectives in sustainable energy transition.
    • By retaining control over BPCL, the government ensures influence over critical sectors while leveraging the company's capabilities to advance national priorities such as sustainability and energy resilience.
  • Strategic Decision-Making: The government's divestment strategy goes beyond immediate financial gains, considering broader strategic implications and long-term national interests.
    • Factors like sectoral significance, market dynamics, and alignment with development goals inform divestment decisions, ensuring they contribute to India's economic growth and strategic objectives.
    • Through a strategic divestment approach, the government aims to strike a balance between fiscal imperatives and broader developmental priorities, driving sustainable and inclusive growth.

An In-depth Review of PSE Performance During the Modi Era:

  • Under Prime Minister Narendra Modi's leadership, Public Sector Enterprises (PSEs) have experienced notable growth and transformations across various sectors. This comprehensive analysis showcases the strides made by PSEs under the current administration:
  • Financial Sector: The Modi government's intervention and reforms revitalized public sector banks (PSBs), inherited with significant non-performing assets (NPAs).
    • PSBs reported their highest-ever profits and lowest-ever NPAs in the fiscal year 2022-23, indicating a substantial improvement in their financial health and investor trust.
  • Oil and Gas Sector: Oil India Ltd, an upstream oil company, achieved its highest-ever crude and natural gas production, contributing to India's energy security.
    • Indian Oil Corporation Limited (IOCL) reported record-high refinery throughput, sales volume, and net profit, highlighting its operational efficiency and market competitiveness.
  • Energy Generation: Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited (BPCL) achieved its highest-ever profit for the first nine months of any fiscal year, demonstrating resilience and adaptability in a dynamic market.
    • Coal India registered its highest-ever production, underscoring the government's emphasis on maximizing domestic coal output to meet growing demand.
  • Infrastructure Development and Expansion: National Thermal Power Corporation (NTPC) set a new record for the highest-ever electricity generation in a year, strengthening India's power infrastructure.
    • PSEs like Indian Railways and Ports have undertaken ambitious plans to modernize and expand infrastructure capacity, supporting economic growth and development.

Notable Differences Between the Current Government's Strategy and Results and Those of its Predecessors:

  • Comparing the current government's approach to managing Public Sector Enterprises (PSEs) with that of its predecessors reveals significant differences:
  • UPA Era Mismanagement: During the UPA regime, PSEs were frequently subjected to political interference and corruption, resulting in inefficiency and stagnation.
    • Sectors like Indian Railways faced systemic challenges, such as bureaucratic hurdles and lack of accountability, leading to suboptimal performance and reduced contributions to the economy.
  • Corruption and Cronyism During Past Administrations: The UPA era was tainted by major corruption scandals, damaging the credibility of PSEs and eroding public trust in the government's capacity to manage public resources.
    • Political-corporate alliances further undermined the integrity and efficiency of PSEs, compromising their capacity to serve the public interest.
  • Policy Paralysis and Inefficiency: The UPA government's policy paralysis and administrative inefficiencies hindered innovation and growth in the public sector.
    • Delayed projects and bureaucratic obstacles led to missed economic opportunities and job creation constraints.
  • Modi Government's Transformative Reforms: The Modi government has pursued a reform agenda to revitalize and enhance the competitiveness of the public sector through strategic vision, decisive action, and an emphasis on transparency and accountability.
    • Prime Minister Modi's leadership has emphasized accountability and performance, with measures to streamline decision-making processes, reduce red tape, and hold PSEs accountable.
    • Proactive governance and strategic initiatives, including divestment, strategic partnerships, and infrastructure investments, have unlocked new growth opportunities, improved operational efficiency, and positioned PSEs for long-term success in a global market.

Conclusion

  • The governance of Public Sector Enterprises (PSEs) under Prime Minister Modi's leadership marks a transformative era characterized by forward-thinking reforms, efficient management, and a clear vision for national development.
  • In the face of opposition critique, the government's strategic interventions have successfully positioned PSEs as significant contributors to India's growth trajectory, ultimately fostering a brighter and more prosperous future for the nation and its citizens.
  • Through a combination of bold decision-making, transparency, and a commitment to accountability, the Modi government has revitalized the public sector and enhanced its competitiveness.
  • By addressing the challenges inherited from previous administrations, the current leadership has demonstrated its dedication to promoting sustainable growth and development while effectively managing PSEs for the greater good of the country.

Challenges Faced by MSME Sector in India & Its Solution

  • 06 May 2024

Why is it in the News?

A new provision in the Income-Tax Act from Budget 2023-24 ensures prompt payments to MSMEs however, it's causing a problem: large companies are cancelling orders from registered MSMEs and giving them to unregistered ones.

Context:

  • The Union Budget 2023-24 brought in a fresh provision in the Income-Tax (IT) Act to ensure timely payments to micro, small, and medium enterprises (MSMEs) within 45 days of supplying goods or services.
  • Yet, this measure has led to an unusual issue: big corporations are cancelling orders from registered MSMEs and redirecting them to unregistered ones.

What is the Latest Tax Compliance Guidelines for MSMEs:

  • In India, businesses typically record expenses as they occur (accrual basis), regardless of whether payment has been made.
  • However, under Section 15 of the MSMED Act 2006 and the newly enacted Section 43B(h) of the IT Act, businesses are obligated to settle payments with MSME Registered Enterprises within 15 days or up to 45 days if stipulated in an agreement.
  • Failure to adhere to this regulation results in the inability to deduct these payments as expenses in the same fiscal year, potentially increasing taxable income and business taxes.
  • Moreover, delayed payments to MSME-registered units incur interest liabilities, placing the responsibility on the payer to fulfil outstanding dues.

What is MSME?

  • MSMEs are Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises that are usually involved in the manufacture and production of goods and commodities.
  • These business enterprises are the backbone of a country’s development and provide holistic development to the rural and urban population of the country.
    • The MSME sector in India makes a contribution of around 30% to the nation’s GDP.
    • Moreover, it contributes about 40% to the total exports of India, and
    • It provides more than 110 million job opportunities in the country.
  • The Government of India introduced the MSME under the Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises Development (MSMED) Act of 2006.
    • MSMEs are managed under the Ministry of MSMEs.
  • The objective of MSMEs is to primarily engage in manufacturing, processing, production, and preservation of goods and commodities.
  • These business enterprises play an important role in the socio-economic development of the country.
  • Thus, the importance of MSME in the growth and development of India is vital.

MSME Classification:

  • Businesses are classified as micro, small or medium enterprises based on their turnover and the sector they operate in (manufacturing/services).

Types of MSME:

According to the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development (MSMED) Act 2006, MSMEs are of 2 types:

  • Manufacturing Enterprises: Business enterprises that are involved in the manufacturing of goods, as stated under Schedule I of the IDRA 1951, are categorised as MSMEs.
    • Additionally, all business enterprises that contribute value to the finished products by making use of plants and machinery also come under MSMEs.
  • Service Enterprises: Business enterprises that provide services and come under the category of ‘enterprises’ as stated in the MSMED Act are service enterprises and come under MSMEs.
    • However, individual service providers do not qualify as service enterprises.

Importance of MSME in the Indian economy:

  • Export: MSMEs’ contribution to the exports from India was recorded at 45.56% till Sept. 2023.
    • Such high volumes of exports facilitate international trade and contribute to industrial growth within the country.
  • Employment: MSMEs create employment in rural and urban areas of the country.
    • These business enterprises are the second largest employment sector in India after agriculture.
    • By setting up units in rural and underdeveloped areas, MSMEs contribute to the better living standards of people from lower socioeconomic and rural areas as well.
  • Innovation: MSMEs bring innovation to various processes in the manufacturing of goods and commodities.
    • They provide the necessary skills, tools, and technology for automation and advancement in their sectors.
    • It contributes to the overall technological upgradation of the country and promotes research and development.
  • Entrepreneurship: MSMEs promote inclusiveness in the country by facilitating the entry of aspiring entrepreneurs in various sectors.
    • They promote healthy competitiveness among entrepreneurs, which fuels industrial growth.

Challenges faced by the MSME sector in India:

  • Financial: Access to finance is a significant hurdle for MSMEs, with only 16% receiving timely finance.
    • This forces them to rely on their own resources, hindering their growth prospects.
    • Even larger firms struggle to access cheaper credit from formal banks.
  • Regulatory issues: MSMEs face challenges with tax compliance and labour law changes, which have proven costly.
    • Despite attempts to make the sector more competitive, compliance with regulations and tax registration remains difficult, leading to low capital and business closures.
  • Infrastructure: India's infrastructure is crucial for the MSME sector, especially in the outsourcing industry.
    • However, inadequate infrastructure affects their efficiency and ability to compete globally, limiting their growth potential.
  • Low productivity & Lack of innovation: MSMEs may lack high productivity but offer value through cost efficiency and providing goods at lower prices.
    • However, their small-scale production and low margins put them at a disadvantage compared to larger firms.
    • Indian MSMEs often rely on outdated technologies and lack entrepreneurs who embrace new tools and technologies.
    • This hampers their productivity and competitiveness, especially when compared to larger firms in sectors like e-commerce and call centres.
  • Technical changes: MSMEs have faced significant technical changes over time, impacting their growth potential.
    • Changes in land ownership rights have led to mismanagement and reduced productivity, highlighting the need for adaptability.
  • Competition & Skills: MSMEs face fierce competition from larger firms, exacerbated by the rise of e-commerce and globalization.
    • While competition is not new, MSMEs struggle to withstand the pressure in areas such as agriculture, garments, and tourism.
    • MSMEs lag behind in terms of skills compared to their counterparts in other countries.
    • Dependence on informal workers with limited technical skills hampers productivity and forces smaller firms into low-skilled jobs, hindering long-term growth.
  • Lack of professionalism: Many Indian MSMEs lack professionalism, making them vulnerable to corruption and abuse of power.
    • This significantly impacts their business productivity and overall growth.
  • Lack of standardized policies: India lacks consistent MSME policies, resulting in inconsistent development and entrepreneurship promotion programs.
    • While progress has been made in Delhi, nationwide efforts are necessary for Indian firms to compete globally.

Government MSME Schemes and Policies in India:

  • FIRST: Keeping in view the crucial role MSMEs play in the development of the country, the central government announced the launch of FIRST (Forum for Internet Retailers, Sellers, and Traders).
  • The program aligns with the government’s Digital India movement and educates and informs MSMEs about opportunities to become self-reliant and digitally capable.
  • MSME Innovation Scheme: Under this scheme, MSMEs can enjoy reimbursement of the cost of Intellectual Property Rights applications for new ideas and designs.
    • The programme provides financial and other resources to MSMEs to encourage innovation.
  • CGTMSE: The Credit Guarantee Trust Fund for Micro and Small Enterprises scheme provides financial assistance of up to ?2 Crore to new businesses.
  • CLCSS: The Credit Linked Capital Subsidy Scheme provides capital subsidies to MSMEs operating in the khadi, village, and coir sectors.
    • The subsidy allows these businesses to acquire technological innovation and upgradation.
  • ASPIRE: ASPIRE, or A Scheme for Promotion of Innovation, Rural Industries, and Entrepreneurship, fosters innovation and entrepreneurship in rural and agricultural sectors by establishing advanced technology networks.
  • Pradhan Mantri Mudra Yojana (PMMY): The PMMY scheme provides loans up to Rs. 10 lakhs to MSMEs.
    • The scheme has three categories of loans: Shishu (up to Rs. 50,000), Kishore (up to Rs. 5 lakhs), and Tarun (up to Rs. 10 lakhs).
    • The loans do not require collateral and are available to both new and existing MSMEs.
  • Stand-Up India: The Stand-Up India scheme provides loans up to Rs. 1 crore to SC/ST and women entrepreneurs for setting up new ventures in the manufacturing, services, or trading sectors.
    • The scheme aims to promote entrepreneurship among these communities and provides support through the entire loan process.

Way Forward:

  • Creating awareness about government schemes and initiatives: Stakeholders should take active measures to educate MSMEs about the various schemes and initiatives launched by the government to promote SME financing.
    • This will help MSMEs take advantage of these schemes and secure financing for their businesses.
  • Developing innovative financing solutions: Financial institutions should develop innovative financing solutions that cater to the unique needs of MSMEs.
    • These solutions can include alternative credit scoring mechanisms, digital lending platforms, and other innovative solutions that reduce the reliance on collateral and traditional credit histories.
  • Encouraging private-public partnerships: Private-public partnerships can be a powerful tool to promote SME financing.
    • Governments and private sector companies can work together to develop financing solutions that are tailored to the needs of MSMEs.
  • Reducing the cost of credit: High interest rates on loans can be a significant barrier for MSMEs to secure financing.
    • Stakeholders should take measures to reduce the cost of credit for MSMEs, which will make it easier for them to invest in their businesses and drive growth.
  • Leveraging technology: Technology can play a crucial role in improving SME financing.
    • Stakeholders should leverage technology to develop digital lending platforms, credit scoring mechanisms, and other solutions that can reduce the cost and time involved in securing financing.

Conclusion

MSMEs are vital to India's economy, driving exports, employment, innovation, and entrepreneurship. Although they face financial, regulatory, and infrastructure hurdles, fostering a supportive environment through awareness, innovative financing, partnerships, cost reduction, and technology can empower MSMEs to overcome challenges and significantly contribute to India's socio-economic growth.

EC’s Model Code Needs Reform and India Needs Model Leadership

  • 30 Apr 2024

Why is it in the News?

Former Election Commissioner Ashok Lavasa points out that a significant gap in the present framework is that the Model Code of Conduct for elections has not spelled out the consequences of defaults, thus diluting its deterrent effect.

Context:

  • The Model Code of Conduct (MCC) plays a pivotal role in India's electoral process, having evolved considerably since its inception to uphold fairness in elections.
  • While originally crafted to regulate conduct during elections, the MCC faces new hurdles in today's dynamic political environment.
  • Hence, it becomes imperative to delve into the historical progression of the MCC, identify existing deficiencies, and suggest strategies to bolster its implementation.

Evolution of the Model Code of Conduct (MCC):

  • Kerala was the first state to adopt a code of conduct for elections.
  • In 1960, ahead of the Assembly elections in the state, the administration prepared a draft code that covered important aspects of electioneering such as processions, political rallies, and speeches.
  • It was only in 1974, just before the mid-term general elections, that the EC released a formal MCC.
  • It also set up bureaucratic bodies at the district level to oversee its implementation.
  • So the EC, just before the 1979 Lok Sabha elections, released a revised Model Code with seven parts, with one part devoted to the party in power and what it could and could not do once elections were announced.
  • The MCC has subsequently evolved as an integral part of conducting fair and free elections.

Challenges Faced by the MCC and the Imperative for Strengthening Enforcement:

  • Escalating Violations: Political parties and candidates routinely flout the MCC's regulations, engaging in activities like hate speech, vote-buying, and spreading misinformation, undermining the trust in the electoral process and compromising its fairness and transparency.
  • Exploitation of Loopholes: In today's political landscape, there's a discernible trend of exploiting MCC loopholes to bypass its regulations.
    • With the advent of technology and social media, political entities find novel ways to propagate propaganda and target voters, evading traditional MCC constraints and necessitating revisions to address these evolving challenges.
  • Inadequate Deterrents: While the MCC sets ethical standards, it often lacks effective penalties for violations, resulting in politicians perceiving minimal risks in flouting its provisions.
    • Strengthening the MCC entails imposing clear and proportionate penalties for transgressions to foster a culture of accountability.
  • Complexity of Enforcement: India's vast and diverse electoral terrain, coupled with a surge in reported violations, strains the Election Commission's enforcement capabilities.
    • Adjudicating MCC breaches can be arduous and resource-intensive, leading to accountability delays. Streamlining enforcement procedures and enhancing the EC's capacity is pivotal for ensuring prompt and efficient MCC implementation.
  • Erosion of Public Trust: Widespread disregard for ethical norms and regulations can erode citizens' trust in the democratic process, fostering voter apathy and disenchantment.
    • Restoring public confidence in elections necessitates robust measures to strengthen the MCC and underscore the EC's dedication to upholding electoral integrity.

Proposed Reforms to Enhance MCC Enforcement:

  • Clear and Comprehensive Guidelines: The initial step towards MCC reform entails establishing clear and comprehensive guidelines delineating permissible and impermissible conduct during electoral campaigns.
    • Regular updates to these guidelines are crucial to address evolving challenges and technological advancements, enabling political entities to navigate ethical standards effectively and prevent inadvertent violations.
  • Strict Enforcement Mechanisms: Implementation of proportional penalties for infringements, such as fines, campaigning bans, and withdrawal of electoral symbols, constitutes a vital aspect of reform.
    • Streamlining enforcement procedures by the Election Commission (EC) ensures swift adjudication of cases, bolstering the MCC's credibility and deterrent impact.
  • Indirect Liability for Political Parties: Imposing penalties on parties for MCC violations, irrespective of individual culpability, incentivizes enhanced oversight over members' conduct.
    • This fosters collective responsibility within political organizations, promoting greater accountability and ethical governance.
  • Transparency and Public Accountability: Maintaining a publicly accessible database documenting all reported MCC violations and their dispositions empowers citizens to monitor regulatory compliance.
    • This transparency holds political actors accountable for their actions, reinforcing public trust in the electoral process.
  • Timely and Credible Adjudication: Prioritizing prompt resolution of violations and ensuring impartial decision-making by the EC are essential to uphold the MCC's deterrent effect.
    • Timely adjudication prevents erosion of public confidence and underscores the EC's commitment to fair electoral practices.
  • Continuous Evaluation and Revision: Vigilance in identifying areas for improvement and updating the MCC in response to emerging challenges and evolving electoral dynamics is crucial.
    • This iterative approach ensures the MCC remains relevant and effective in safeguarding India's electoral integrity.

The Role of Political Parties and Election Commission in Safeguarding Electoral Integrity:

Political Leadership's Responsibility:

  • Political leaders wield significant influence in upholding electoral integrity by adhering to ethical standards and fostering responsible conduct within their parties.
  • By exemplifying ethical leadership, politicians can instill a culture of integrity and accountability among their supporters and party members.
  • Effective self-regulation within political parties is imperative to minimize MCC violations and preserve the integrity of electoral campaigns.
  • Through a commitment to fairness, transparency, and democratic principles, leaders can instill confidence in the electoral process and encourage civic engagement among voters.

The Election Commission's Mandate:

  • As the guardian of electoral integrity, the Election Commission plays a pivotal role in impartially adjudicating MCC violations and enforcing electoral regulations.
  • Timely and decisive enforcement of the MCC is crucial for deterring violations and upholding the integrity of electoral campaigns.
  • Maintaining transparency in its actions and decisions related to MCC enforcement is essential for the EC to uphold public accountability.
  • By providing regular updates on reported violations, adjudication outcomes, and enforcement measures, the EC fosters public trust in its ability to safeguard electoral integrity.
  • Enhancing the EC's capacity for MCC enforcement is paramount for effectively addressing emerging challenges and ensuring the integrity of electoral processes.
  • This includes investing in training programs, technological infrastructure, and human resources to enable the EC to adapt to evolving electoral dynamics and enforce regulations effectively.

Conclusion

While the Model Code of Conduct (MCC) serves as a crucial bulwark against electoral misconduct, its effectiveness hinges on vigorous enforcement and adaptability to evolving scenarios. Through the adoption of suggested reforms and the cultivation of ethical leadership, India can fortify the integrity of its democratic mechanisms, guaranteeing equitable and transparent elections for its populace.

Ensuring the Rights and Dignity of Senior Citizens

  • 29 Apr 2024

Why is it in the News?

Policymakers should proactively address the overshadowing of the needs of the elderly population by the focus on the demographic dividend, and by establishing guidelines for home-based care to meet the challenges posed by an aging population.

Context:

  • Amidst the discourse on India's demographic dividend, the growing population of older individuals is often overlooked.
  • With projections indicating a significant rise in the elderly population, now reaching nearly 15% of the total population and expected to increase further, there is a pressing need to address the implications of this demographic shift.
  • Declining fertility rates and longer life expectancy are key drivers of this transition, leading to smaller households and a greater demand for elder care, straining the existing health and social support systems.
  • As the traditional family structure evolves, there's a growing reliance on external assistance for senior care at home, highlighting the need for a recalibration of healthcare and social welfare policies to meet the needs of this aging population.

What Legal Safeguards Exist for the Elderly Population?

  • Constitutional provisions pertaining to the elderly are outlined in Article 41 and Article 46.
    • While directive principles are not legally binding, they impose a positive obligation on the state during lawmaking processes.
  • The Hindu Marriage and Adoption Act of 1956, in Section 20, mandates provisions for the maintenance of elderly parents.
  • Under Section 125 of the Criminal Procedure Code, elder parents are entitled to claim maintenance from their children.
  • The Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Act of 2007 formalizes the legal responsibility of children or heirs to provide maintenance for their parents or senior family members.

Key Issues Affecting Quality and Accessibility in Home-Based Care:

  • Lack of Standardization and Defined Practices: Home-based care practices in India suffer from a lack of standardization and well-defined protocols, operating in a less regulated environment compared to institutional settings like hospitals or nursing homes.
    • This variability in practices can result in inconsistencies in the quality of care provided to elderly individuals at home.
  • Shortage of Trained Caregivers: A significant challenge in home-based care stems from the shortage of adequately trained caregivers.
    • Caring for elderly individuals, particularly those with chronic illnesses or disabilities, demands specialized skills and knowledge.
    • However, there is a scarcity of caregivers with the requisite training and expertise, exacerbating the quality of care provided and contributing to caregiver burnout.
  • Mistreatment of Caregivers: Caregivers in home-based settings often face mistreatment or abuse from the families they serve, including verbal abuse, exploitation, or inadequate compensation for their services.
    • The lack of legal protections and support mechanisms for caregivers leaves them vulnerable to exploitation, undermining the quality of care they can deliver.
  • Financial Barrier: The cost of hiring a caregiver for home-based care can be prohibitively high for many families, particularly those from lower socio-economic backgrounds.
    • This financial barrier limits access to quality home-based care services for elderly individuals in need, leading some families to forgo professional care altogether or rely on informal caregiving arrangements.
  • The dominance of the Private Sector: The provision of home-based care services in India is predominantly controlled by the private, for-profit sector.
    • While private agencies may offer a range of services, their services often come at a premium cost, exacerbating inequalities in access to care.
  • Fragmented Regulatory Framework: The regulatory framework governing home-based care in India is fragmented and lacks comprehensive oversight.
    • Standardized regulations or licensing requirements for home care agencies or individual caregivers are absent, leading to inconsistencies in the quality and safety of care provided and hindering efforts to ensure accountability and quality improvement.

Policy Interventions and Opportunities to Address Home-Based Care Challenges:

  • Recognizing Home as a Viable Care Setting: An opportunity in home-based care lies in acknowledging the home environment as a feasible setting for providing care to elderly individuals, serving both as a place for care provision and employment for caregivers.
    • Policymakers can pave the way for developing tailored policies and regulations to address the unique needs of home-based care.
  • Tailoring Treatment Protocols to Home Environment: Policy interventions should focus on customizing treatment protocols and care plans to the home environment's specific challenges and opportunities, such as limited space, absence of medical equipment, and the presence of family members.
    • This tailored approach can optimize care delivery and improve the experience for both caregivers and care recipients.
  • Strengthening Caregiver Training and Support: Enhancing the training and support available to caregivers is crucial to meet the rising demand for home-based care services.
    • Policy interventions should prioritize the standardization of vocational training programs, delineation of roles and responsibilities, and facilitation of career progression opportunities for caregivers.
    • Investing in caregiver education and professional development can enhance the quality of care and alleviate caregiver shortages.
  • Gender Considerations: Given the gender dimension of aging in India, with women typically outliving men, special attention is warranted for vulnerable elderly women, particularly widows.
    • Policies should aim to empower them to lead dignified and independent lives in their later years.

Governmental and Legislative Initiatives to Enhance Home-Based Care:

  • Policy Development and Implementation: The government holds a pivotal role in crafting and executing policies concerning home-based care for the elderly, with ministries such as the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare, Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment, and Ministry of Skill Development and Entrepreneurship spearheading initiatives to address pertinent challenges and opportunities.
  • Inter-Ministerial Coordination: Effective coordination among government ministries is indispensable for driving policy reforms in home-based care.
    • Collaborative efforts enable the pooling of resources, expertise, and stakeholder perspectives to formulate comprehensive solutions tailored to the diverse needs of the elderly population and their caregivers.
  • Legislative Frameworks: Legislative endeavors play a vital role in formalizing and regulating home-based care services.
    • Legislation like the Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens (Amendment) Bill, 2019, exemplifies efforts to standardize home care services and establish minimum standards for providers, thereby ensuring the legal protection, safety, and well-being of elderly individuals receiving such care.
  • Regulatory Oversight: Government bodies like the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of India (IRDAI) contribute to regulatory oversight in home-based care services.
    • These entities establish guidelines, standards, and licensing requirements for home care agencies and individual caregivers, ensuring adherence to quality and safety standards.

Conclusion

While India's emphasis on preparing its youth for the future is praiseworthy, it is equally crucial not to neglect the needs of its expanding elderly demographic. A resilient home-based care system enables economic participation and upholds society's ethical responsibility to support its aging citizens. By confronting challenges and embracing opportunities in home-based care, India can safeguard the well-being and dignity of its elderly population, fostering an inclusive and empathetic society for future generations.

Supreme Court Affirms Women's Right To Child Care Leave

  • 26 Apr 2024

Why is it in the News?

On Monday, a Supreme Court bench headed by Chief Justice of India D Y Chandrachud said, “Participation of women in the workforce is a matter not just of privilege but a constitutional entitlement protected by Article 15 of the Constitution.

Context:

  • Recent data indicates that while 45% of India's graduates are women, only approximately 10% of educated women pursue long-term careers.
  • However, amidst these challenges, there are instances of women advocating for their rights.
    • For instance, a young mother from Himachal Pradesh recently petitioned the Supreme Court for the right to care for her child, who required her presence.
  • Chief Justice of India DY Chandrachud emphasized that women's participation in the workforce is a constitutional entitlement, and denying mothers childcare leave violates this principle.
  • The petitioner, an assistant professor at a government college, highlighted that the Himachal Pradesh government had refused her childcare leave, despite her child's medical needs.
  • The Supreme Court's intervention underscored that the state, as an employer, must address such concerns and uphold the rights of working mothers.

Protection Under the Constitution and Employer Responsibilities Concerning Women's Employment:

Constitutional Safeguards:

  • Article 15 of the Indian Constitution stands as a pillar of gender equality, prohibiting discrimination based on sex and allowing for affirmative action to address historical disparities.
  • The recent Supreme Court recognition of Article 15 underscores the constitutional imperative to foster a fair and inclusive society, particularly in matters of women's workforce participation.
  • By affirming women's right to work without prejudice, the court reinforces the foundational principles of equality and non-discrimination enshrined in the Constitution.

Employer Responsibility:

  • Employers, especially the government as role models, carry a significant duty to cultivate a supportive environment for female employees.
  • Beyond mere legal compliance, employers must actively address the unique challenges women face in juggling work and caregiving responsibilities.
  • The denial of childcare leave, as highlighted in the recent Supreme Court case, signifies a failure to acknowledge and respect women's rights in the workplace.
  • The court's stance emphasizes that employers cannot overlook the specific needs of women employees and underscores the importance of proactive measures such as offering childcare assistance, flexible work arrangements, and gender-sensitive policies.
  • By fulfilling these obligations, employers not only advance gender equality but also foster a more productive, inclusive, and supportive work culture.

Obstacles to Women's Participation in the Workforce:

Unbalanced Domestic Responsibilities:

  • Women in India shoulder a disproportionate share of unpaid domestic and caregiving duties, including household chores and looking after family members.
  • This unequal distribution of responsibilities consumes considerable time and effort, often hindering women's capacity to engage in paid employment outside their homes.

"Marriage" and "Motherhood" Setbacks:

  • Women commonly encounter setbacks in their careers due to societal norms regarding marriage and motherhood.
  • Marriage can lead to disruptions like relocation or increased household duties, affecting women's career trajectories and earning potential.
  • Likewise, motherhood often results in temporary career breaks or reduced work hours to manage childcare, limiting opportunities for professional growth and financial independence.

Inadequate Support Infrastructure:

  • The scarcity of affordable childcare options, along with insufficient support services like paid parental leave and flexible work arrangements, adds to the challenges faced by women in balancing work and family commitments.
  • The absence of adequate support infrastructure may compel women to prioritize caregiving over employment, particularly when alternative care arrangements are lacking.

Legal Framework for Women’s Participation in the Workforce:

Legislative Advances:

  • India has taken significant strides in enacting laws to uphold women's rights and foster gender equality in workplaces.
  • These laws encompass provisions for maternity benefits, childcare services, and safeguards against gender discrimination in employment practices.
  • Recent legislative changes have broadened maternity leave entitlements and mandated childcare facilities at workplaces, underscoring a commitment to bolstering women's engagement in the workforce.

Gender-Neutral Measures:

  • Initiatives to render legal provisions gender-neutral represent a positive stride toward acknowledging caregiving duties as a shared responsibility among parents.
  • By extending childcare benefits to all employees, regardless of gender, these reforms aim to challenge traditional gender norms and encourage greater equity in caregiving responsibilities within families.

Challenges in Implementing Legal Frameworks for Women's Workforce Participation:

Underfunded Welfare Schemes:

  • Government-led initiatives, such as the National Crèches Scheme, face underfunding and inadequate infrastructure, limiting their ability to provide essential childcare services to marginalized communities.
    • Without sufficient financial resources and institutional support, these schemes struggle to meet the demand for affordable and quality childcare services, particularly in underserved regions.

Lack of Enforcement and Monitoring:

  • Effective enforcement mechanisms and regular monitoring of compliance are crucial for ensuring that employers adhere to legal requirements related to women's workforce participation.
    • However, enforcement agencies often face challenges like limited resources, bureaucratic inefficiencies, and a lack of coordination between government departments, hindering their ability to enforce labour laws and address violations promptly.

Coverage Limitations:

  • Existing laws often have a limited scope, with certain provisions only applying to formal sector establishments or workplaces with a minimum number of employees.
    • This approach excludes many women working in the informal sector or smaller enterprises, leaving them without access to crucial maternity benefits and childcare support.

Way Forward

Collective Responsibility:

  • State: The government plays a key role in setting legal and policy frameworks that promote gender equality.
    • This includes enacting supportive laws, providing incentives for employers to adopt family-friendly policies, and investing in social infrastructure such as childcare facilities and education programs.
  • Employers: Companies can significantly impact women's workforce participation through their practices and policies.
    • Employers should adopt inclusive hiring practices, provide equal opportunities for career advancement, offer flexible work arrangements, and implement family-friendly policies like paid parental leave and on-site childcare facilities.
  • Communities: Communities play a crucial role in challenging traditional gender norms and stereotypes.
    • Community-based organizations, educational institutions, and grassroots initiatives can raise awareness, provide support for working mothers, and advocate for policy changes that promote gender equality.

Policy Integration:

  • Integrating gender considerations into broader policy frameworks is essential for mainstreaming gender equality across all sectors of society.
  • Key strategies include implementing gender-responsive budgeting, conducting gender impact assessments of policies and programs, and ensuring women's voices are heard in decision-making processes.
  • By addressing these aspects, we can create a more inclusive society where women can fully participate in the workforce and achieve their potential.

Conclusion

In conclusion, achieving full participation of women in the workforce requires a comprehensive and collaborative approach involving the state, employers, and communities. By enacting supportive policies, promoting inclusive practices, challenging traditional gender norms, and integrating gender considerations into broader policy frameworks, we can create an enabling environment for women to thrive in their careers. It is through these concerted efforts that we can build a more equitable society and harness the immense potential that women bring to the workforce.

Legal Amendments Likely to Increase Medicine Costs without Improving Quality

  • 22 Apr 2024

Why is it in the News?

The amended rules will prolong the life of drugs on account of frivolous patenting, increase their prices, and make lives difficult for patients.

Context:

  • India's healthcare system depends largely on accessible medications, with the generic pharmaceutical sector crucial for delivering quality drugs at affordable rates.
  • The expense of medicines represents a substantial part of healthcare spending, with almost half of individuals' medical costs dedicated to purchasing prescriptions.
  • Yet, the considerable expenses associated with medications, largely influenced by patenting, create significant hurdles for obtaining vital treatments.

What is the Role of Generic Pharmaceutical Companies?

  • Generic pharmaceutical companies are pivotal in addressing the challenge of affordability by offering cost-effective alternatives to patented drugs.
  • India's generic industry has earned global recognition for its role in providing essential medications at accessible prices.
  • The development of India's patent laws has significantly influenced its pharmaceutical sector and its capacity to produce generic drugs.
    • Initially, the Indian Patent Act of the early 1970s limited patent protection to the manufacturing processes rather than the products themselves.
    • This approach facilitated the growth of the generic industry, positioning India as a major exporter of generic drugs by the late 1980s.
  • However, recent revisions to the Indian Patent Law pose a threat to this ecosystem and jeopardize access to affordable healthcare.

What is the Impact of the TRIPS Agreement on India's Pharmaceutical Industry?

  • The Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPS) Agreement, introduced in 1995, had a significant impact on India's pharmaceutical sector, shaping its development and global position. Key aspects of this impact include:
  • Transition to Product Patents: A critical change brought by TRIPS was the requirement for member countries to grant patents for both products and processes, including pharmaceuticals.
    • This shift from process to product patents posed challenges for India's thriving generic pharmaceutical industry, which had previously capitalized on producing affordable versions of patented drugs.
  • Challenges for India's Generic Industry: The introduction of product patents threatened India's generic pharmaceutical sector, renowned for its capacity to manufacture low-cost essential medicines.
    • These patents granted exclusive rights to inventors, restricting generic manufacturers' ability to produce and distribute affordable alternatives.
  • Pressure to Comply with International Standards: The TRIPS Agreement pressured India to align its intellectual property laws with international standards, encompassing pharmaceutical patent protection.
    • This necessitated amendments to India's Patent Act to comply with TRIPS obligations while preserving the interests of its generic pharmaceutical industry and public health priorities.
  • Preserving Access to Medicines: Despite TRIPS challenges, India implemented measures to safeguard access to affordable medicines.
    • Provisions like Section 3(d) of the Indian Patent Act, introduced in 2005, aimed to prevent granting frivolous patents for incremental innovations lacking significant therapeutic benefits.
    • This ensured compliance with TRIPS requirements while maintaining access to affordable medicines.
  • Balancing Innovation and Access: The TRIPS Agreement presented India with the challenge of balancing innovation and access to essential medicines.
    • While patents incentivize innovation and investment in research and development, they can restrict access to life-saving treatments, particularly in developing countries with limited healthcare resources.
  • Global Leadership in Generic Manufacturing: Despite the challenges posed by TRIPS, India emerged as a global leader in generic drug manufacturing.
    • Leveraging its manufacturing capabilities and adherence to TRIPS flexibilities, the country's generic pharmaceutical industry continued to thrive, supplying affordable medicines domestically and globally.

What is Section 3(d) of India's Patent Act?

  • Section 3(d) is a crucial provision in India's Patent Act that exemplifies the flexibilities embedded within the country's patent laws.
    • It tackles concerns related to "evergreening"—a practice used by pharmaceutical companies to extend patent life through minor modifications or incremental innovations.
  • The primary objective of Section 3(d) is to prevent the granting of patents for incremental innovations that lack significant therapeutic efficacy or novelty.
    • By doing so, it aims to protect access to generic versions of essential medicines and promote affordability.
  • Under Section 3(d), pharmaceuticals and chemical substances are eligible for patent protection only if they demonstrate enhanced efficacy compared to existing formulations.
    • This requirement ensures that patents are granted for inventions representing genuine advancements in therapeutic efficacy rather than minor modifications or variations of existing drugs.
  • Through Section 3(d), India's patent laws strike a balance between innovation and public health priorities, contributing to the overall well-being and access to medicines for its citizens.

What are the Contemporary Challenges in India's Patent Regime?

  • India's patent regime currently faces several challenges, including issues related to pre-grant opposition, competition, international trade agreements, and flexibilities in patent law. These challenges have implications for access to affordable medicines, the financial burden on patent opponents, and drug availability.
  • Threats to Pre-Grant Opposition: Amendments to the Indian Patent Rules have made filing opposition to patents at the pre-grant stage more challenging.
    • This change could lead to granting patents for inventions lacking genuine novelty or therapeutic efficacy.
  • Impact on Competition and Drug Prices: Limitations to the pre-grant opposition process may stifle competition in the pharmaceutical market and contribute to higher drug prices.
    • By hindering generic manufacturers and civil society organizations from challenging frivolous patents, the amendments impede the availability of affordable generic drugs.
  • Pressure from Pharma Majors and International Trade Agreements: These amendments reflect pressure from multinational pharmaceutical corporations, particularly Western and Japanese companies, seeking to align India's patent rules with their interests.
    • Their lobbying efforts aim to weaken India's patent regime, facilitating patent grants for incremental innovations and extending market exclusivity for their products.
  • Threats to Flexibilities in Patent Law: Amendments to India's patent rules threaten the flexibilities inherent in its patent law, including provisions such as Section 3(d) that set stringent patentability criteria based on enhanced efficacy.
    • Weakening these provisions undermines India's capacity to protect public health priorities and promote access to affordable medicines.
  • Financial Burden on Opponents of Patents: Imposing fees on patent opponents could deter patients, civil society organizations, and generic manufacturers from filing pre-grant oppositions.
    • This financial burden limits stakeholders' ability to safeguard public health interests and promote affordable medicines.
  • Impact on Compulsory Licensing and Drug Availability: The amendments also affect the issuance of compulsory licenses, crucial for ensuring access to medicines when patents hinder availability.
    • By weakening provisions that enable compulsory licensing and limit evergreening, the amendments impede efforts to address healthcare disparities and promote equitable access to essential medicines.

Conclusion

Access to affordable medicines is vital for public health and universal healthcare. Policymakers must preserve patent law flexibilities, promote competition, and protect patient interests to ensure healthcare systems uphold affordability, accessibility, and quality. Amendments to India's Patent Rules should balance innovation, intellectual property rights, and societal well-being, mitigating negative impacts on essential medicines and public health outcomes.

How Can India Revive its Investment Cycle

  • 20 Apr 2024

Why is it in the News?

Centre has been meeting its capex targets, but the trajectory of private sector and state governments is less certain.

Context:

  • Policymakers in India are grappling with the imperative task of revitalizing the investment cycle. Despite the central government's success in meeting capital expenditure (capex) targets, uncertainty clouds the trajectory of investments from the private sector and state governments.
  • Thus, a comprehensive examination of India's current investment landscape is essential, scrutinizing key indicators and trends to identify the hurdles and prospects in reigniting the investment momentum.

Overview of Investment Patterns:

  • Fluctuating Investment Rates: The investment rate, representing gross fixed capital formation as a percentage of GDP, has shown variability in recent years.
    • After dropping to 27.2% in 2020-21, there has been a slight improvement, with the rate climbing to 31.3% in 2023-24 from 30.8% in the preceding fiscal year.
    • This increase suggests a possible resurgence in investment sentiment and activity, albeit starting from a relatively low level.
  • Composition of Investments: Delving Deeper: Yet, a closer examination of investment composition reveals noteworthy nuances.
    • A significant part of the recent uptick in capital formation stems from dwelling construction, supported by government initiatives to bolster the housing sector.
    • While housing investments spur economic growth and job creation, diversification is essential for sustainable and equitable development.
  • Declining Investment in Plant and Machinery: Of particular concern is the diminishing share of investments in plant and machinery, crucial for fostering productivity, innovation, and competitiveness across sectors.
    • The allocation of investment to plant and machinery declined from 36% in 2017-18 to 30.7% in 2022-23, indicating a potential shift in investment priorities or hurdles in attracting investments in manufacturing and industrial domains.

Private Sector Investment:

  • Insights from CMIE Data: Examining private sector investment trends often involves analyzing data provided by the Centre for Monitoring the Indian Economy (CMIE), offering valuable insights into the investment intentions and actions of private enterprises.
  • Mixed Signals in Investment Intentions: Recent CMIE data reveals a nuanced picture of private sector investment in India.
    • While new investment announcements dipped to Rs 27.1 lakh crore in 2023-24 from the previous year's Rs 39 lakh crore, they still represented the second-highest figures in a decade.
    • However, it's essential to recognize that these announcements signify intentions rather than realized investments, potentially leading to disparities between planned projects and actual investments.
  • Prevalence of Private Sector Intentions: The bulk of investment intentions—around 85%—originated from the private sector, underscoring its pivotal role in driving investment dynamics.
    • Furthermore, foreign companies contributed 11% of the total investment intentions, reflecting a certain degree of confidence in India's business landscape among international investors.

Analyzing Investment Trends Across Sectors:

  • Power Sector Dynamics: Investment inflows into the power sector have surged, reflecting a strategic focus on bolstering infrastructure, particularly in renewable energy projects like solar and wind power, driven by initiatives such as the Production Linked Investment (PLI) scheme.
    • This expansion not only enhances energy security and environmental sustainability but also stimulates job creation and technological advancements.
  • Transportation Sector Insights: Investment intentions in transportation services, notably aviation, have risen sharply due to ambitious expansion plans by major airlines.
    • While these investments promise improved connectivity and economic growth, concerns persist about reliance on imported aircraft, emphasizing the need for initiatives to foster domestic manufacturing and technological capabilities.
  • Diverse Industry Investment Trends: Various industries, including chemicals, machinery, metals, and automotive sectors, have attracted substantial investment commitments, reflecting a broad spectrum of opportunities for private sector investment.
    • However, the absence of significant investments in consumer goods industries raises questions about the depth and breadth of sectoral investments.
  • Challenges in Consumer Goods: Consumer goods industries face challenges such as excess capacity, subdued demand, and high inflation, which dampen investment enthusiasm despite government incentives like the PLI scheme.
    • Lingering issues in job creation and rural demand further contribute to the subdued investment outlook in this segment.
  • Impact of State Government Spending: Reduced capital expenditure by state governments in 2022-23 to meet fiscal targets poses a challenge to the investment cycle, given their significant contribution to overall investments.
    • Budgetary constraints in state governments have a ripple effect on the broader investment landscape in the country.

Way Forward:

  • Promoting Sustainable Growth: While the rise in capital formation is encouraging, ensuring its sustainability and fostering long-term growth hinges on achieving a balanced distribution of investments across sectors.
    • Over-reliance on specific industries, like construction, may impede the economy's adaptability and hinder innovation and technological progress.
  • Policy Imperatives for Investment Stimulus: Effective policy measures are imperative to stimulate private sector investment and cultivate a favorable investment environment.
    • Streamlining regulatory frameworks, bolstering infrastructure, fostering innovation and entrepreneurship, and addressing sector-specific hurdles can incentivize private enterprises to invest in vital areas crucial for fostering economic growth and advancement."

Conclusion

Revitalizing India's investment cycle demands collaborative action from public and private stakeholders. Despite promising sectors, obstacles like sectoral disparities, muted consumer demand, and fiscal limitations at the state level impede a comprehensive rebound. Tackling these hurdles via tailored policies to spur demand, foster sectoral variety, and bolster the investment environment will be pivotal for nurturing enduring economic progress and advancement.

Supreme Court's Directive Sets Delhi Metro Back on Course with Clear Roadmap

  • 18 Apr 2024

Why is it in the News?

The case involving DMRC (Delhi Metro Rail Corporation) and DAMEPL (Delhi Airport Metro Express Pvt Ltd) which has been in and out of courts for over a decade, has concluded with the Supreme Court verdict on April 10.

Context:

  • On April 10, the Supreme Court delivered its verdict on the case concerning the Delhi Metro Rail Corporation (DMRC) and Delhi Airport Metro Express Pvt Ltd (DAMEPL), bringing it to a close.
  • This ruling holds exceptional importance within the legal sphere, setting a notable precedent for arbitration tribunals and courts.
  • Moreover, it carries significant implications for public service delivery via partnership models and demonstrates effective litigation strategies for infrastructure projects, contributing to India's future resilience.

What is the Dispute Between DMRC and DAMPEL?

  • The dispute between the Delhi Metro Rail Corporation (DMRC) and Delhi Airport Metro Express Pvt Ltd (DAMEPL) arises from the development and operation of the Airport Metro Express Line, a crucial infrastructure project in India's capital city, which began operations in 2011.
  • The partnership between DMRC and DAMEPL followed a public-private partnership (PPP) model, where DMRC was responsible for constructing civil structures such as tunnels, viaducts, and station buildings, while DAMEPL was in charge of laying tracks, overhead equipment, signaling, and procuring rolling stock.
  • Problems arose shortly after the line became operational.
    • In 2012, DAMEPL suspended operations on the line, citing defects in the civil engineering works executed by DMRC.
    • DAMEPL claimed that these defects compromised safety and functionality and demanded that DMRC rectify the issues within 90 days, threatening to treat the situation as a material breach of the agreement and terminate the contract if not addressed.
  • DMRC attempted to resolve the issues through conciliation proceedings, but these efforts proved unsuccessful.
    • Consequently, DAMEPL issued a notice of termination, asserting that DMRC had failed to remedy the defects.
    • This led to a breakdown in the relationship between the two parties and prompted legal battles.
  • Despite the challenges, DMRC and DAMEPL submitted a joint application in November 2012 to the commissioner of metro rail safety for inspection and permission to restart operations.
    • Train services were eventually restored on the line by DAMEPL in 2013, with train speeds on the line increasing to 80 km/h. However, in June of the same year, DAMEPL announced its unwillingness to continue operating the line and ceased operations almost immediately.
  • Recognizing the importance of the metro line for the public, DMRC stepped in to operate the nearly abandoned Airport Metro Express Line.
    • DMRC resumed train operations and provided other ancillary services to maintain public transportation on the line.
    • This intervention prevented a complete suspension of services and ensured continuity for commuters.

Findings of the Arbitration Tribunal:

  • The tribunal awarded DAMEPL Rs 2,782 crore with interest after concluding that the termination notification was legitimate.
  • In 2018, the Delhi High Court's single-judge bench maintained the award notwithstanding DMRC's protest.
  • The Division Bench of the Delhi High Court, responding to DMRC's appeal, criticized the arbitral tribunal's methodology, pointing out errors such as failing to consider safety considerations and failing to read contractual provisions. As a result, the arbitration decision was revoked.

Supreme Court's Intervention and Final Judgement:

  • Both DMRC and DAMEPL appealed to the Supreme Court through special leave petitions, leading to a significant legal process.
  • Initially, the Supreme Court overturned the High Court's ruling and reinstated the arbitral award in 2021.
  • However, following DMRC's curative petition, the Supreme Court revisited the case.
  • After a thorough examination, considering various factors including factual background and tribunal decisions, the Court found significant errors in the arbitral award.
  • Concluding that the award lacked coherence and resulted in serious injustice, the Court upheld the Division Bench's decision, deeming the award as flawed and illegal.
  • This reversal of its earlier decision restored the parties to the status quo as per the Division Bench's judgment.

Importance of the Supreme Court Verdict:

  • Establishing Precedent for Arbitration: The verdict sets a precedent for arbitration tribunals and courts, outlining the meticulous scrutiny required for arbitral awards.
    • It underscores the importance of coherence and evidence-based reasoning in such decisions, ensuring fairness and consistency in dispute resolution.
  • Ensuring Fairness and Justice: By reinstating the parties to the status quo as per the Delhi High Court Division Bench's judgment, the Supreme Court prioritizes fairness and justice in public-private partnership (PPP) projects.
    • This safeguards public utilities from undue financial strain and upholds the interests of all stakeholders involved in contractual disputes.
  • Promoting Accountability and Due Diligence: The ruling emphasizes accountability in infrastructure projects, stressing the need for due diligence and adherence to contractual obligations.
    • It underscores the responsibility of all PPP participants to act in good faith, particularly in managing critical public infrastructure, thereby fostering transparency and integrity.
  • Guiding Future Infrastructure Ventures: The judgment provides clarity for pending cases, especially in the infrastructure domain, offering a roadmap for handling disputes arising from PPP agreements.
    • It ensures that future projects benefit from transparent and equitable dispute resolution mechanisms, enhancing the efficiency and credibility of infrastructure development efforts.
  • Boosting Confidence in PPPs: By reaffirming the judiciary's commitment to legal integrity and fairness, the ruling instills confidence in both public and private entities engaging in PPPs.
    • This confidence is essential for attracting investment in infrastructure projects, driving economic growth, and modernizing India's infrastructure landscape.

Conclusion

The prolonged legal conflict between DMRC and DAMEPL highlighted the complexities and challenges inherent in PPP projects, spanning over a decade with various assertions from both sides. This case serves as a testament to the judiciary's pivotal role in preserving equity and integrity within PPP ventures, crucial for advancing the nation's infrastructure. Furthermore, it underscores the significance of adhering to principles of fairness in contractual disagreements and the enduring influence of legal precedents on the trajectory of public-private collaborations

Left Wing Extremism/Naxalism in India

  • 17 Apr 2024

Why is it in the News?

At least 29 Maoists were killed and three security personnel were injured in a gunbattle recently in a forest in Kanker district of Bastar division in Chhattisgarh.

Context:

  • In a significant development, at least 29 Maoists were neutralized, and three security personnel sustained injuries during a fierce gun battle in a forested area of the Kanker district in Chhattisgarh's Bastar division.
  • This successful joint operation, conducted by the District Reserve Guards (DRG) and the Border Security Force (BSF), marked the highest number of Maoist casualties recorded in a single operation within the Bastar region.
  • The operation involved a strategic collaboration between the DRG, a specialized anti-Naxal force, and the BSF, with a well-executed plan that allowed them to engage and ultimately overpower the Maoists.

What is Left Wing Extremism?

  • Left-Wing Extremism (LWE), also referred to as left-wing terrorism or radical left-wing movements, encompasses political ideologies and groups that aim to achieve substantial societal and political transformation through revolutionary methods.
  • These groups may resort to targeting government institutions, law enforcement agencies, or private property to advance their objectives.
  • India's LWE movement traces its origins back to the 1967 uprising in Naxalbari, West Bengal, which set the stage for the emergence of various left-wing extremist groups.
    • According to the Ministry of Home Affairs, LWE has impacted 90 districts across 10 states, with varying degrees of influence.

Maoist Presence Across India:

Maoist influence varies in intensity across different Indian states:

  • Severely Affected States: Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, Odisha, and Bihar face significant Maoist presence and activities, with frequent attacks on security forces and civilians.
  • Partially Affected States: West Bengal, Maharashtra, and Andhra Pradesh experience a more moderate Maoist presence, with occasional incidents and clashes.
  • Slightly Affected States: Uttar Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh have a lower level of Maoist activity but are still considered areas of concern.
  • The Communist Party of India (Maoist) has been attempting to expand its influence in the southern states of Kerala, Karnataka, and Tamil Nadu, aiming to connect the Western and Eastern Ghats.
  • Additionally, incursions into Assam and Arunachal Pradesh have raised concerns about long-term strategic implications.

Factors Contributing to Left-Wing Extremism in India:

Several underlying factors contribute to the rise and persistence of Left-Wing Extremism (LWE) in India:

  • Inequitable Development: Many LWE-affected regions are among India's least developed areas, characterized by high poverty, unemployment, illiteracy, malnutrition, and social exclusion rates.
    • LWE groups often exploit the grievances of marginalized communities, particularly tribal populations, who have been deprived of land, forest, and mineral rights.
  • Marginalization: Naxalites primarily consist of Dalits, Adivasis, and other marginalized sections of society.
    • Maoist teachings deeply influence their leadership, with land reforms and economic development being key issues.
  • Governance Deficit: LWE-affected areas often suffer from inadequate governance, administration, and service delivery.
    • Weak or corrupt state institutions leave a vacuum that LWE groups can exploit.
    • These groups also use violence and intimidation to disrupt democratic processes, including elections, local governance, and development schemes.
  • Ideological Appeal: LWE groups claim to represent the interests of oppressed and exploited classes, promoting a radical ideology that rejects parliamentary democracy and advocates for armed revolution.
    • Drawing inspiration from Mao Zedong and the 1967 Naxalbari uprising, these groups may also have links to other extremist and separatist movements in India and abroad.
  • Globalization and Cultural Displacement: The impacts of globalization, such as cultural changes and displacement, can cause feelings of dislocation and alienation.
    • Left-wing extremist movements may offer identity and purpose to individuals marginalized by global forces.
  • Support Base: The Naxalite movement draws support from the landless, sharecroppers, agricultural laborers, Harijans, and tribals.
    • As long as these groups continue to face exploitation and social injustice, the Naxalite support base will persist.

The Challenges Posed by Naxalites to India:

The Naxalite movement presents several challenges to India's stability and development:

  • Vulnerability to External Threats: Naxalite activities expose India's internal vulnerabilities, potentially inviting external threats.
    • The CPI (Maoist) has close ties with Northeast insurgent groups, many of which have links to external forces hostile to India.
    • The CPI (Maoist) has also expressed solidarity with Jammu and Kashmir terrorist groups.
  • Impediments to Economic Development: Focusing on India's poor and marginalized regions, Naxalite activities hinder economic development efforts crucial for improving these areas' conditions.
    • Internal stability is essential for a nation's economic progress.
  • Additional Internal Security Expenses: Scarce resources are diverted towards defense and internal security to counter Naxalite threats, which could be better utilized for social development initiatives.
  • Adverse Impact on Governance: Naxalite domination in certain areas disrupts governance through violent tactics, such as killings, kidnappings, intimidation, and extortion.
    • This hampers the delivery of essential services to citizens in affected regions.

Steps Taken by the Government to Counter Left-Wing Extremism:

To tackle the challenges posed by Left-Wing Extremism (LWE), the Indian government has implemented various strategies and initiatives:

  • Deployment of Central Armed Police Forces (CAPFs): CAPF battalions and Naga Battalions (BNs) are deployed to support state police forces in LWE-affected areas, providing additional security and resources.
  • Security Related Expenditure (SRE) Scheme: The SRE scheme funds the recurring expenditures related to insurance, training, and operational needs of security forces, rehabilitation of surrendered LWE cadres, and awareness campaigns against violence.
  • Review and Monitoring Mechanisms: The Ministry of Home Affairs regularly monitors the LWE situation at multiple levels through various review and monitoring mechanisms.
  • Strengthening Intelligence Gathering: Intelligence capabilities at the central and state levels have been bolstered through measures like intelligence sharing via the Multi-Agency Centre (MAC) and State Multi-Agency Centre (SMAC) on a 24/7 basis.
  • Inter-state Coordination: Given the cross-border nature of Maoist operations, the government facilitates frequent meetings and interactions between officials from bordering LWE-affected districts to enhance inter-state coordination.
  • Countering Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs): As IEDs are a significant threat, the Home Ministry has developed a Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) on explosives, IEDs, and landmines in affected areas, which has been shared with stakeholders for implementation.
  • Enhanced Air Support: State governments and CAPFs have received increased air support, including UAVs and helicopters, for anti-Naxal operations and casualty evacuations.

Progress and Impact of the Measures:

  • Over the past eight years, India has witnessed a substantial decrease in left-wing extremism violence and its geographical spread, thanks to the government's comprehensive measures:
  • The number of left-wing extremism-related incidents dropped significantly in 2022 compared to 2013, totaling 413.
  • Left-wing extremism-related deaths also experienced a substantial decline, with a 75% reduction from 397 in 2013 to 98 in 2022.
  • The year 2022 saw a 33% decrease in resultant deaths and a 68% decrease in security forces' casualties compared to 2021.

Way Forward:

  • Effective Implementation of PESA Act: Ensure proper and complete implementation of the Panchayats (Extension to Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996 (PESA) by issuing clear policy directives to empower gram sabhas.
    • Align the Act with the historical and traditional tribal way of life and address implementation gaps that Maoists exploit.
  • Tribal Empowerment and Representation: Foster tribal leadership by providing platforms for their voices to be heard and increasing representation in local governance structures and political processes.
    • Address tribal communities' aspirations and ensure policies accommodate their unique needs and perspectives.
  • Targeted Development Programs: Implement development programs addressing socio-economic issues faced by tribal communities, including infrastructure, healthcare, education, and employment opportunities. Involve local communities in participatory decision-making processes for initiatives.
  • Counter Maoist Propaganda: Develop communication strategies to expose the gap between Maoist rhetoric and actions.
    • Collaborate with local media, community leaders, and influencers to spread accurate information and counter misinformation.
  • Negotiation and Conflict Resolution: Explore avenues for peaceful negotiation with moderate Maoist factions, identifying root causes of discontent and involving neutral mediators, civil society organizations, and respected community leaders in peacebuilding efforts.
  • Human Rights Protection: Prioritize human rights protection in conflict zones, ensuring security measures align with the rule of law and minimizing collateral damage and civilian casualties.
  • Long-term Strategic Planning: Develop a comprehensive, long-term strategy focused on sustainable development, social justice, and inclusive governance to address underlying issues contributing to the insurgency.

Conclusion

There is a widely acknowledged perspective that effectively addressing the Naxal issue requires a balanced approach involving both developmental and security measures. It's crucial not to solely consider it as a law and order challenge, as innocent tribal communities residing in remote forest areas often become targets of Naxal intimidation. Priority lies in re-establishing governance in Naxal-affected regions, fostering their development, and empowering marginalized communities to lead secure, dignified, and improved lives

How the Government Can Generate Employment Through Universal Healthcare

  • 05 Apr 2024

Why is it in the News?

As India approaches the 2024 elections, highlighting healthcare as a strategic investment rather than a fiscal burden can drive employment generation, bolster economic growth, and foster sustainable development.

Context:

  • With India gearing up for the upcoming general elections, recognizing healthcare as a crucial investment for national well-being and prosperity is essential.
  • Despite its pivotal role, healthcare tends to be sidelined in political discussions, necessitating a shift in focus.
  • Rather than perceiving healthcare as a financial burden, it should be considered a strategic investment.
  • Embracing healthcare as an investment offers substantial returns, contributing to human capital development, economic progress, and sustainable development.

What is Universal Health Care (UHC)?

  • Universal Health Care (UHC) embodies the principle that everyone should have access to quality healthcare regardless of financial situation.
  • It is regarded as a fundamental measure for promoting human equity, security, and dignity.
  • UHC has gained widespread acceptance as a primary goal of public policy globally, with numerous countries successfully implementing it, including wealthier nations and emerging economies like Brazil, China, Sri Lanka, and Thailand.
  • World Health Organization (WHO) defines universal healthcare as “all people and communities can use the promotive, preventive, curative, rehabilitative and palliative health services they need, of sufficient quality to be effective, while also ensuring that the use of these services does not expose the user to financial hardship.”

Challenges in Implementing Universal Health Care (UHC):

  • Inequitable Access to Health Insurance: Disparities in health insurance coverage persist, with the lowest wealth quintile and marginalized sections facing limited access to insurance, as indicated by NFHS-5 results.
  • Lack of Financial Protection: Despite initiatives like Janani Shishu Suraksha Karyakram, high out-of-pocket expenses, especially in urban areas, pose financial risks. NFHS data highlights significant disparities in expenditure across states.
  • Inclusion and Exclusion Errors in Health Insurance Policies: Inaccuracies in health insurance policies, including PMJAY, lead to the inclusion of ineligible and exclusion of eligible households, affecting coverage effectiveness.
  • Availability of Services: While PMJAY enlists hospitals, a significant portion is in the private for-profit sector, potentially limiting access to underserved areas.
  • Inadequate Infrastructure: Insufficient healthcare facilities, equipment, and medical supplies hinder UHC implementation, compounded by a shortage of specialists in CHCs.
  • Poor Health Education: Limited awareness about preventive health measures contributes to preventable illnesses, emphasizing the need for improved health education and promotion.

Steps For Achieving Universal Health Care (UHC):

  • Increase in Public Health Expenditure: Commitment to allocate 2.5% of GDP to health by 2025 is crucial.
    • However, the current central budget allocation for 2024-25 falls short at 28%.
  • Strategic Partnerships: The government must forge partnerships and incentivize the private sector to bridge healthcare gaps.
    • Initiatives like Ayushman Bharat Pradhan Mantri Jan Arogya Yojana (AB-PMJAY) illustrate this collaborative approach, covering over 60 crore people.
  • Reimbursement Rates Correction: Private sector participation is hindered by low reimbursement rates.
    • Differential pricing based on clinical excellence and infrastructure investment can encourage participation.
  • Infrastructure Development: Addressing the deficit of nearly 24 lakh hospital beds requires increased private sector investment, especially in tier 2 and 3 cities.
  • National Priority Status for Healthcare: Designating healthcare as a national priority sector can unlock funding opportunities and incentives, fostering growth and development.
  • Strengthening Primary Healthcare: Enhancing Health and Wellness Centers and including OPD care in health insurance coverage will improve health outcomes and reduce secondary and tertiary care burdens.
  • Prevention and Control of NCDs: Prioritizing interventions at the primary healthcare level can significantly reduce the burden of non-communicable diseases, preventing complications and hospitalizations.
  • Boosting Private Investment: Encourage and incentivize private sector investment in healthcare infrastructure, technology, and services to expand coverage and enhance healthcare accessibility and affordability for all citizens.

How Government can Generate Employment Through UHC in India?

Expanding the Healthcare Workforce: Universal healthcare will significantly increase the demand for healthcare professionals, creating millions of new jobs. This includes doctors, nurses, paramedics, technicians, pharmacists, and other support staff. The government can address this need by:

  • Scaling Up Medical Education: Increased investment in medical colleges and nursing schools is crucial.
    • This includes establishing new institutions, expanding existing ones, and introducing scholarship programs to attract talent.
    • Standards for medical education must be maintained to ensure a high-quality workforce.
  • Skill Development Initiatives: Developing a robust skill development ecosystem specific to healthcare is essential.
    • This involves creating standardized training programs for various healthcare professions.
    • Skill development should not be limited to clinical skills but also encompass areas like communication, empathy, and public health awareness.
  • Attracting and Retaining Talent: Competitive salaries, loan repayment programs, and career progression opportunities can incentivize students to pursue healthcare careers.
    • Additionally, considering the rural-urban divide, special incentives like higher pay and improved living conditions can attract healthcare professionals to serve in underserved areas.

Building a Robust Healthcare Infrastructure: Universal healthcare necessitates a well-developed healthcare infrastructure. This translates to significant job creation across various sectors:

  • Infrastructure Development: Building new hospitals, clinics, diagnostic centers, and public health centers requires construction workers, engineers, architects, and technicians.
  • Medical Equipment Manufacturing: Increased demand for medical equipment, from basic diagnostic tools to advanced technology, can incentivize local manufacturing.
    • This can create numerous jobs in production, maintenance, and research & development.
  • Pharmaceutical Industry: Universal healthcare will significantly raise the demand for pharmaceuticals.
    • This can boost domestic production, generating jobs in manufacturing, distribution, and research & development.

The Role of Public-Private Partnerships (PPPs):

  • The government cannot shoulder the entire responsibility alone. PPPs can play a vital role in expanding healthcare infrastructure and creating job opportunities:
  • Strategic Partnerships: Collaboration with private hospitals and clinics can leverage existing infrastructure and expertise.
    • The government can purchase services from the private sector, ensuring wider reach and quality care, while creating jobs within these institutions.
  • Incentivizing Expansion: Tax breaks, subsidies, and streamlined licensing processes can incentivize private players to expand their facilities and hire more staff.
    • This creates a multiplier effect, leading to job creation in construction, logistics, and other associated sectors.

Technology and its Role in Employment: Technology holds immense potential to improve healthcare delivery and create new job opportunities:

  • Telehealth and Digital Health Records: Investment in telemedicine infrastructure and digital health records can create jobs in IT, data management, and cybersecurity.
    • Additionally, telemedicine can bridge the gap in rural healthcare, requiring trained personnel to operate these services.
  • Medical Informatics: The use of big data and analytics in healthcare will require skilled professionals to collect, analyze, and interpret data to improve healthcare delivery and outcomes.

Conclusion

Universal healthcare in India can be a transformative force, not just for public health, but also for the nation's economic landscape. By strategically investing in workforce development, fostering public-private partnerships, and embracing technological advancements, India can unlock a vast employment potential. This not only creates a win-win for job creation and healthcare access but also paves the way for a healthier and more prosperous future for all Indians.

India's Declining Fertility Rate: Unveiling Opportunities Amidst Change

  • 04 Apr 2024

Why is it in the News?

The projection by the UN Population Division is that India will have a population of close to 1.7 billion by 2065 before it starts declining.

Context:

  • In recent findings, The Lancet has projected a decline in India's Total Fertility Rate (TFR) to 1.29 by 2051, contrasting with the government's technical group estimate of 1.94 for 2021-2025, and 1.73 for 2031-2035.
  • Additionally, the UN Population Division predicts India's population will be near 1.7 billion by 2065, surpassing The Lancet's projections.
  • These diverging forecasts suggest that India's population may stabilize below 1.7 billion well before 2065.

Insights into Demographic Projections:

  • According to the UN Population Division, India is expected to approach a population of nearly 1.7 billion by 2065, followed by stabilization. In contrast, The Lancet report forecasts a decline in the total fertility rate (TFR) to 1.29 by 2051.
  • These projections signal a significant evolution in India's population dynamics, suggesting broader implications beyond population size.
  • Government projections and data from NFHS 5 further corroborate this trend, indicating a declining trajectory in the TFR and hinting at the possibility of population stabilization occurring sooner than expected.

Implications of Decreasing Total Fertility Rate (TFR):

  • Economic Impact: The decline in TFR alters the age distribution, resulting in fewer children and more working-age adults.
    • Initially, this demographic shift presents an economic opportunity, fostering growth through increased productivity and surplus income.
  • Dependency Ratio: A reduced TFR lowers the dependency ratio, lessening the burden on the working-age population to support dependents.
    • This enhances economic productivity and allows for better resource allocation towards development endeavors.
    • However, aging populations may necessitate adjustments in healthcare and social welfare policies.
  • Labour Market Dynamics: Demographic changes influence employment patterns and wage structures.
    • A larger working-age cohort relative to dependents may increase labor supply, affecting wage levels.
    • Shifts from agriculture to other sectors may alter employment opportunities and skill requirements.
  • Social Welfare and Healthcare: Aging populations due to declining fertility rates require tailored social welfare and healthcare services.
    • This includes pension schemes, long-term care facilities, and healthcare programs addressing age-related ailments, essential for ensuring the well-being of the elderly.
  • Education and Human Capital: Decreasing TFR reduces the demand for primary and secondary education infrastructure.
    • However, investments in higher education and skill development become crucial to equip the smaller cohort of young adults with the necessary skills for a competitive workforce.

How India’s Decreasing Fertility Rate Poses Advantages:

  • Enhanced Labor Productivity: A declining total fertility rate (TFR) results in a demographic dividend, with a larger proportion of the population in the working-age bracket compared to dependents.
    • This surplus labor force can drive heightened productivity across various sectors, fostering innovation, specialization, and overall economic growth.
  • Capital Accumulation and Investment: Lower fertility rates prompt households to channel more resources towards the education and well-being of fewer children.
    • This leads to increased savings and investment at the household level, facilitating capital formation and investments in critical areas such as infrastructure, technology, and human capital.
  • Efficient Resource Allocation: Decreasing TFR necessitates a shift in resource allocation away from childcare and education expenses for larger families towards investments in education, skill development, and healthcare for a smaller number of children.
    • This reallocation optimizes the utilization of public funds and private investments, fostering human capital development and long-term productivity gains.
  • Regional Development and Urbanization: Declining fertility rates often coincide with urbanization and regional development, with urban centers emerging as economic hubs.
    • The concentration of populations in urban areas promotes economies of scale, knowledge sharing, and networking opportunities, stimulating entrepreneurship and industry growth.
  • International Competitiveness: A transition to lower fertility rates enhances a nation’s international competitiveness by cultivating a younger, better-educated workforce.
    • Such a workforce is more adept at adapting to technological advancements, competing in global markets, and attracting foreign investment.
    • Additionally, a favorable demographic profile can strengthen a country’s creditworthiness, investor confidence, and long-term economic resilience.

Way Forward:

  • Empowering Women and Marginalized Communities: Prioritize skill development initiatives, especially targeting women and underprivileged groups, to adapt to demographic shifts.
    • While declining fertility rates may ease pressure on educational systems, efforts must focus on reducing dropout rates in higher education and promoting women's workforce participation.
  • Sectoral and Geographical Workforce Redistribution: Respond to workforce transitions from agriculture to industrial and service sectors by implementing skill development programs, particularly for marginalized populations.
    • Facilitate spatial redistribution of labor, especially north-south migration, to balance labor markets, enhance working conditions, and promote wage equality.
  • Strengthening Healthcare Preparedness: With increasing life expectancy, anticipate challenges associated with an aging population and rising healthcare needs.
    • Develop robust healthcare infrastructure and formulate policies tailored to address the requirements of the elderly, ensuring effective utilization of the demographic dividend.

Conclusion

India stands at a crucial crossroads in its socio-economic evolution marked by its demographic transition. Addressing the challenges and opportunities inherent in this transition demands strategic policy interventions, emphasizing skill development, gender equality, labor reallocation, and healthcare readiness. By navigating this transition with foresight and flexibility, India can unlock its full potential for long-term growth and development, positioning itself effectively on the global landscape.

Ensuring Democracy: When Governments Listen to the Election Commission

  • 03 Apr 2024

Why is it in the News?

The Election Commission (EC) is extremely reasonable in matters that affect public welfare and the Government, and investigative agencies must respect that.

Context:

  • Recent concerns raised by two former heads of the poll panel have shed light on the actions of tax agencies during election periods.
  • In a democracy, free and fair elections are fundamental, safeguarding citizens' rights to freely choose their representatives without external pressure.
  • Given the significance of preserving the integrity of the electoral process, it is crucial to scrutinize actions that could potentially disrupt this process.
  • Such actions include the issuance of tax demands or IT notices to political parties, prompting a closer examination of precedents where the Election Commission intervened to maintain a fair and balanced electoral environment.

Impact of IT Notices on Opposition During Election Period:

  • Disruption of Level Playing Field (LPF) Through Financial Interference: The issuance of IT notices by tax agencies during election campaigns may be interpreted as efforts to undermine the democratic process by targeting specific political entities.
    • Freezing accounts, debiting funds, or issuing notices during this crucial period can significantly disrupt the financial resources and operational capacities of certain parties, thereby skewing the electoral landscape in favor of others.
    • Such interference compromises the core principles of democracy and electoral fairness, eroding public confidence in the integrity of the electoral process.
  • Influence on Voter Perception: The timing of these actions raises concerns about their potential impact on voter perceptions and election outcomes.
    • Voters may perceive such actions as politically motivated or aimed at influencing the electoral results, casting doubts on the fairness and impartiality of the electoral process.
    • Preserving the principles of neutrality, transparency, and fairness is vital in upholding democratic ideals and ensuring elections truly reflect the will of the people.
  • Operational Hurdles: Raids and enforcement activities by tax agencies pose significant operational challenges for political parties, diverting their focus and resources away from election campaigning.
    • Parties may find themselves compelled to address legal matters, respond to inquiries, and navigate tax regulations complexities, detracting from their ability to engage with voters and advocate their platforms effectively.
  • Undermining Confidence in the Electoral Process: The perception that tax agencies target specific parties or candidates during elections can undermine public trust in the fairness and impartiality of the electoral process.
    • Such actions may be viewed as politically driven attempts to sway election outcomes, fostering skepticism about the legitimacy of the electoral process and the credibility of election results.
  • Impact on Democratic Participation: Financial and operational challenges resulting from enforcement actions can discourage democratic engagement and participation among voters.
    • Perceived unfairness or bias in the electoral process may lead citizens to disengage from the democratic process, fostering disillusionment and apathy toward democratic participation.

Why Actions Against CMs, Congress Can Wait?

  • Traditionally, the Election Commission (EC) has adhered to the principle of postponing any actions that can be deferred until after the conclusion of elections.
  • It prompts a crucial question: would there be any significant harm in postponing these actions?
  • In the current scenarios involving the arrest of two chief ministers and the issuance of IT notices, including the freezing of accounts of an opposition party, delaying these actions until after the elections would likely result in no irreparable harm.
  • Conversely, proceeding with these actions during the election period could inflict irreparable damage on the two affected parties by severely hampering their electoral campaigns, both physically and financially.

Actions Taken by the Elections Commission (EC) Against Governments and Central Agencies to Preserve Level Playing Field (LPF):

  • Addressing Bias or Partiality: The EC has actively intervened to uphold fair and impartial elections, particularly in cases where central agencies faced allegations of bias or partiality.
    • During the 2019 Lok Sabha elections, the EC urged the Enforcement Directorate (ED) to maintain impartiality following complaints from opposition parties about the perceived misuse of central agencies by the ruling party.
  • Emphasizing Neutrality and Impartiality: The EC consistently underscores the principles of neutrality, impartiality, and non-discrimination in all enforcement actions during election periods.
    • Its commitment to maintaining the integrity of the electoral process is evident through its insistence on fair treatment for all parties involved.
  • Balancing Public Welfare with Electoral Neutrality: While ensuring fairness, the EC also demonstrates pragmatism in matters affecting public welfare.
    • For instance, during state elections, it permitted the Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas to announce a national reduction in petrol prices, deeming it beneficial to the wider public interest.
    • However, proposals such as increases in minimum support prices of certain foodgrains, perceived as potentially influencing voters, are disallowed during election periods to maintain electoral neutrality.
  • Promoting Transparency in the Electoral Environment: The EC's interventions aim to curtail the misuse of office by political leaders and ministers, fostering a transparent and equitable electoral environment.
    • The Model Code of Conduct (MCC) serves as a pivotal instrument in this endeavor, imposing restrictions on ruling parties to prevent undue advantages.
  • Providing Guidance to Political Entities: While primarily focusing on individuals, the EC also advises political parties to ensure adherence to the code of conduct.
    • For example, during overlapping budget sessions and election periods, state governments are encouraged to adopt a "vote on account" approach to avoid contravening the MCC with new schemes or projects.
  • EC's Influence in Goa By-Election, 2012: An illustrative instance of the EC's influence is its intervention in a by-election in Goa in 2012, where the Chief Minister intended to induct a probable candidate into the Council of Ministers before the election.
    • Despite possessing constitutional authority, the Chief Minister deferred the induction upon the EC's advice, acknowledging the moral authority of the Model Code of Conduct.
  • This exemplifies the delicate balance between various authorities in a parliamentary democracy, reinforcing India's electoral processes as models of integrity and fairness globally.

Conclusion

The Election Commission's proactive engagement with central agencies, advocating for the postponement of actions such as raids, freezing of accounts, and issuance of tax demands until after elections, serves as a cornerstone in upholding the principles of free and fair elections.

By intervening in such matters, the Election Commission reinforces its commitment to ensuring an impartial electoral process, reassuring voters of the integrity and fairness of elections.

Ultimately, safeguarding the integrity of elections is paramount to preserving democracy and fostering public trust in the electoral process.

Heat Waves and its Impacts in India

  • 02 Apr 2024

Why is it in the News?

The India Meteorological Department (IMD) has forecast a harsh and arid summer over a majority of regions of the country during April- June, with a high probability of heatwave episodes lasting as long as 10 to 20 days during the period.

Recent Prediction by India Meteorological Department (IMD):

  • Extreme Heat Outlook: India is anticipated to face extreme heat from April to June, with central and western regions likely to be most affected.
    • Expectations of 10 to 20 heatwave days across the country, exceed the normal range of four to eight days.
    • Regions including Gujarat, central Maharashtra, north Karnataka, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, north Chhattisgarh, and Andhra Pradesh are forecasted to experience severe heatwaves in April.
  • Pre-Monsoon Rainfall Performance: Below-average pre-monsoon rainfall is expected this month, particularly impacting coastal, eastern, and southern India.
  • El Nino Conditions: El Nino conditions, marked by abnormal sea surface warming in the equatorial Pacific Ocean since last June, have the potential to reduce rainfall and increase temperatures, both locally in India and globally.
    • Despite El Nino conditions easing after peaking in December, persistent warm conditions continue to elevate global temperatures.
  • Recent Weather Conditions: February and March witnessed hotter-than-normal weather in southern India.
    • Heatwave conditions were reported in Maharashtra, northern Karnataka, Saurashtra-Kutch, and parts of Rajasthan during late March.
    • Maximum temperatures soared to 42.6 degrees Celsius in areas such as Akola in Maharashtra and Phalodi in Rajasthan.

What are Heat Waves?

  • Heatwaves entail prolonged periods of exceptionally hot weather, posing adverse effects on human health, the environment, and the economy.
  • Given India's tropical climate, the nation is especially susceptible to heat waves, which have witnessed increased frequency and intensity in recent times.

What is the Criterion for Declaring a Heat Wave?

For Plains and Hilly Regions:

  • Heatwave is recognized when the maximum temperature of a station reaches at least 40°C or higher for Plains and at least 30°C or higher for Hilly regions.
  • Determined based on Departure from Normal Heat Wave:
    • Departure from normal temperature ranges from 4.50°C to 6.40°C, with anything exceeding 6.40°C classified as a Severe Heat Wave.
  • Alternatively, based on Actual Maximum Temperature Heat Wave:
    • A heat wave is declared when the actual maximum temperature equals or exceeds 45°C, while a Severe Heat Wave is acknowledged if the actual maximum temperature equals or exceeds 47°C.
  • Declaration occurs when the above criteria are met in at least 2 stations within a Meteorological subdivision for a minimum of two consecutive days, with the declaration taking effect on the second day.

For Coastal Areas:

  • A heat wave may be identified when the maximum temperature departure from normal is 4.50°C or more, provided the actual maximum temperature registers at 37°C or higher.

Fatality Risk:

  • While high temperatures alone may not be lethal, it's the conjunction of elevated temperatures and humidity, known as the wet bulb temperature, that renders heatwaves perilous.
  • Increased moisture levels impede sweat evaporation and hinder body cooling mechanisms, leading to a rapid rise in internal body temperature, frequently resulting in fatal outcomes.

What are the Causes of Heatwaves?

  • Global Warming: A primary factor driving heatwaves in India is global warming, a consequence of sustained increases in Earth's average temperature linked to human activities like fossil fuel combustion, deforestation, and industrial operations.
    • Elevated temperatures and altered weather patterns can stem from this phenomenon.
  • Rapid Urbanization: Rapid urban expansion and the proliferation of urban landscapes contribute to the "urban heat island effect."
    • Urban areas, dense with population, structures, and concrete surfaces, absorb and retain heat, intensifying temperatures, particularly during heatwaves.
  • El Nino Influence: El Nino events, characterized by Pacific Ocean warming, exert global climatic impacts, triggering shifts in temperature, precipitation, and wind patterns.
    • The conclusion of a strong La Nina phase in the equatorial Pacific Ocean and the untimely onset of an El Nino event are anticipated factors contributing to the exceptionally hot forecast for the summer of 2023.

What are the Impacts?

  • Health Effects: Swift escalation in heat exposure can disrupt the body's ability to regulate temperature, resulting in various ailments such as heat cramps, heat exhaustion, heatstroke, and hyperthermia, potentially leading to fatalities or hospitalizations.
  • Water Resources Impact: Heatwaves exacerbate water scarcity issues in India, causing water bodies to dry up, diminishing water availability for agriculture and domestic use, and intensifying competition for water resources, fostering conflicts and influencing irrigation practices and water-reliant industries.
  • Energy Impact: Elevated temperatures heighten demand for cooling, straining power grids and heightening the risk of blackouts, disrupting economic operations, reducing productivity, and adversely affecting vulnerable communities without reliable access to cooling amenities during heatwaves.

How to Mitigate Extreme Heat Wave Events?

  • To mitigate the adverse effects of heat waves and climate change, a comprehensive action plan must be implemented at various levels:
  • Heat Wave Action Plan: Develop a long-term plan to protect human lives, livestock, and wildlife by prioritizing effective adaptation strategies and robust disaster management policies.
    • Ensure proper implementation of the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction, with governments taking the lead and engaging multiple stakeholders.
  • Implementing Climate Action Plans: Commit to the National Action Plan for Climate Change (NAPCC) for inclusive growth and ecological sustainability.
    • Emphasize nature-based solutions that uphold ethical standards and promote intergenerational justice.
  • Sustainable Cooling: Adopt passive cooling technology to create naturally ventilated buildings, reducing the urban heat island effect in residential and commercial areas.
    • Consider adapting ancient Indian building designs, as recommended by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), to modern facilities.
  • Heatwave Mitigation Plans: Implement measures to prevent heat-related fatalities, including providing access to water, oral rehydration solutions, shade in public spaces, flexible working hours, and accommodations for outdoor workers.
    • Vigilant local administration and oversight by higher authorities are key to successful implementation.
  • By implementing these strategies and fostering collaboration among stakeholders, we can create a more resilient future that effectively addresses the challenges posed by heat waves and climate change.

Indian Meteorological Department (IMD):

  • India Meteorological Department is the country's National Meteorological Service.
  • It deals with all matters relating to meteorology, seismology, and associated subjects. 
  • IMD is headquartered in Delhi and operates hundreds of observation stations across India and Antarctica.
  • IMD units such as Forecasting Offices, Agrometeorological Advisory Service Centers, Hydro-meteorological Offices, Flood Meteorological Offices, Area Cyclone Warning Centers, and Cyclone Warning Centers are usually co-located with various observatories or meteorological centers.
  • IMD is also one of the six Regional Specialized Meteorological Centres of the World Meteorological Organization.
  • It is responsible for forecasting, naming, and distributing warnings for tropical cyclones in the Northern Indian Ocean region, including the Straits of Malacca, the Bay of Bengal, the Arabian Sea, and the Persian Gulf.
  • Nodal Ministry: Ministry of Earth Sciences of the Indian Government

Prioritizing Africa in India's Global South Perspective

  • 30 Mar 2024

Why is it in the News?

As Africa houses three-fourths of humanity and over 39 percent of the global GDP, there's a growing call to reform existing structures towards a more inclusive and representative system focused on development.

Context:

  • President of India, Droupadi Murmu's trip to Mauritius underscored the significance of India's ties with African nations, particularly emphasizing Mauritius' role as a pivotal partner in the Indian Ocean Region.
  • This visit reflects India's expanding involvement in Africa, characterized by joint initiatives in community development and the inauguration of critical infrastructure projects.
  • As India endeavors to bolster its standing within the Global South, it becomes imperative to comprehend the diverse facets of the India-Africa relationship, analyzing the potential opportunities it offers and the necessity for enhanced collaboration.

Analyzing India's Comprehensive Engagement with Africa:

  • Investments and Trade: India's commitment to Africa is evidenced by its burgeoning investments, which soared to $98 billion in 2023, reflecting its confidence in Africa's economic potential and its dedication to nurturing enduring partnerships.
    • Bilateral trade between India and Africa has surged to $100 billion, spanning diverse sectors like agriculture, manufacturing, technology, and services, catalyzing economic growth and diversification in both regions.
  • Developmental Projects: India's involvement in Africa extends to diverse developmental initiatives, encompassing infrastructure, healthcare, education, agriculture, and renewable energy sectors.
    • By spearheading such projects, India not only fosters economic progress in Africa but also cements diplomatic ties and goodwill.
  • Export of Scalable Solutions: Drawing on its expertise in cost-effective and scalable solutions, India has played a pivotal role in addressing various challenges confronting African nations.
    • Through initiatives spanning from eco-friendly housing to solar energy technology, Indian entities contribute to poverty alleviation and sustainable development, bolstering India's reputation as a dependable partner committed to mutual progress.
  • Mutual Prosperity and Development: India and Africa mutually benefit by capitalizing on each other's strengths and resources.
    • While India's investments stimulate economic growth, generate employment, and facilitate technology transfer in Africa, African markets offer India access to vital natural resources, new markets, and strategic collaborations.
    • This symbiotic relationship fosters economic resilience, innovation, and inclusive growth in both regions.

The Strategic Significance of India's Advocacy for Africa's Representation in Global Arenas:

  • Enhancing Africa's Representation and Influence India's active advocacy for Africa's presence in global governance platforms underscores its dedication to amplifying the voices of developing nations.
    • Recognizing Africa's substantial population and economic contribution, India emphasizes the necessity of its representation for a fairer and more inclusive international system.
    • Initiatives like supporting the African Union's inclusion in the G20 highlight India's acknowledgment of Africa's pivotal role in shaping global agendas.
  • Driving Reform and Adaptation Amidst evolving global challenges, there's a growing impetus for adapting governance structures to address emerging issues and foster sustainable development.
    • India's push for Africa's participation in global forums reflects its commitment to reforming institutions like the United Nations, International Monetary Fund, and World Bank to better reflect the interests of developing nations.
  • Fostering Strategic Partnerships India's advocacy for Africa's representation in global governance is not only driven by altruism but also strategic considerations.
    • Recognizing Africa's increasing influence, India seeks to cultivate strategic partnerships with African nations to advance its global interests.
    • By supporting Africa's involvement in decision-making processes, India enhances its diplomatic influence and strengthens its position as a leading voice in the Global South.
  • Advancing Development Goals: Aligned with its broader development agenda, India's advocacy for Africa's representation in global governance focuses on priorities such as poverty alleviation, sustainable development, and inclusive growth.
    • By championing Africa's interests in international forums, India aims to address systemic inequalities and advocate for policies benefiting vulnerable populations.
    • This advocacy spans various domains, including trade, finance, climate change, and peace and security, reflecting India's commitment to fostering a more equitable world order.

Exploring India Africa's Rich Historical Bonds and Charting a Path for Future Collaboration:

  • Legacy of Colonialism and Struggle for Liberation: India's historical relationship with Africa is deeply rooted in its fight against colonialism, with both regions sharing similar experiences of exploitation and oppression under European rule.
    • India's support for African liberation movements during the colonial era solidified a bond based on shared values of freedom and sovereignty.
  • Cultural Exchange and People-to-People Connections: Centuries of interaction between Indian traders, scholars, and missionaries with African societies have left enduring cultural legacies, enriching both regions' traditions and languages.
    • Today, vibrant Indian communities contribute to Africa's cultural diversity and economic vitality, fostering mutual understanding and cooperation.
  • Commitment to Development and Capacity-Building: India's engagement with Africa in development cooperation dates back to its early days of independence, with a focus on providing technical assistance and capacity-building support.
    • Continued collaboration in sectors such as education, healthcare, agriculture, and infrastructure underscores India's enduring commitment to Africa's progress and prosperity.
  • Exploring Economic Opportunities and Innovation: With Africa emerging as a dynamic economic hub, India stands poised to deepen its economic ties by leveraging historical bonds and cultural affinities.
    • Opportunities abound for enhanced trade, investment, and technology exchange, benefiting both regions and driving sustainable development.
  • Forging Strategic Partnerships in a Changing Global Landscape: Amid geopolitical shifts, India and Africa have the chance to strengthen strategic alliances grounded in shared values and interests.
  • By aligning diplomatic efforts and leveraging their collective strengths, both regions can wield greater influence on global issues like climate change, terrorism, and pandemics, fostering a more equitable and inclusive world order.

Conclusion

The multifaceted partnership between India and Africa presents abundant prospects for economic, political, and social collaboration. In India's pursuit of leadership within the Global South, fostering closer ties with African nations emerges as imperative. Amidst the swiftly evolving global landscape, the alignment between India and Africa signifies a potential for mutual prosperity and advancement

Addressing the Persistent Issue of Gender Pay Disparity

  • 20 Mar 2024

Why is it in the News?

A recent World Bank Group report highlighted that women globally earn only 77 cents for every dollar earned by men, underscoring the persistent gender pay gap where women, on average, earn less than men.

Context:

  • The World Bank Group's recent report sheds light on the persistent issue of the gender pay gap, revealing that women globally earn only 77 cents for every dollar their male counterparts earn.
  • This disparity has been a contention, with critics sometimes questioning its existence.
    • However, the International Labour Organisation regards the gender pay gap as a tangible indicator of inequality between men and women.
  • While various reports present different figures, it is crucial to acknowledge the underlying factors that contribute to this gap and work towards eradicating them to achieve equitable pay for all individuals, regardless of gender.

How is the Gender Pay Gap Calculated?

  • The International Labour Organization (ILO) defines the gender pay gap as the difference between the average wage levels of all working women and men in the labor market, whether they are paid a monthly salary, hourly wage, or daily wage.
    • It is crucial to note that this gap does not exclusively represent the wage disparity between men and women with similar qualifications and job responsibilities.
    • Rather, it encompasses the overall earnings difference between all working women and men.
  • While the concept of "equal pay for equal work" advocates for equitable compensation for men and women with the same qualifications and job duties, the gender pay gap reflects broader income disparities.
  • There is no single, universally agreed-upon method for calculating the gender pay gap.
    • Different organizations and studies may produce varying figures due to their distinct approaches.
  • Understanding the various factors contributing to the gender pay gap and addressing them through appropriate policies and initiatives is vital for achieving gender equality in the workforce and ensuring fair compensation for all workers.

Methodological Differences and the Persistence of the Gender Pay Gap:

  • The variation in reported gender pay gaps can be attributed to the distinct methodologies employed by different organizations and studies.
    • For instance, Pew Research used hourly wages to calculate the disparity. At the same time, the US Bureau of Labor Statistics utilized weekly wages, considering only full-time workers, defined as those working at least 35 hours per week.
    • Such differences in approach can lead to varying estimates of the gender pay gap.
  • Despite these discrepancies in methodology, it is essential to recognize that the gender pay gap is a persistent issue in most countries and industries.
    • While the extent of the gap may differ across studies, the underlying reality is that income disparities between men and women continue to be a prevalent challenge.

What are the Root Causes of the Gender Pay Disparity?

  • The gender pay gap can be attributed to several interconnected factors that perpetuate income inequality between men and women.
  • Firstly, women's lower labor force participation rate is influenced by prevailing gender stereotypes and societal expectations about gender roles.
    • The International Labour Organization (ILO) reveals that the global labor force participation rate for women stands at just under 47%, compared to 72% for men.
    • In India, the 2011 Census reported a workforce participation rate of 25.51% for women, against 53.26% for men.
  • Secondly, even when women join the workforce, they are often concentrated in lower-paying sectors or job roles.
    • The ILO's Women in Business and Management report found that fewer women occupy management and leadership positions, particularly at higher levels.
    • They are more likely to work in support functions such as human resources and financial administration, leading to a lower average salary compared to male managers.
  • A Georgetown University survey in 2013 further highlighted that the top 10 highest-paying professions, primarily in engineering and computer science, were dominated by men, while women were overrepresented in the 10 lowest-paying professions, such as arts and education.
  • Additionally, women are more likely to work part-time due to limited full-time employment opportunities and family responsibilities.
    • In 73 countries, based on 2018 data, women outnumbered men as part-time workers.
    • The ILO explains that part-time work often lacks proportional benefits to full-time positions, impacting women's overall remuneration over time.
  • Other institutional and socioeconomic factors, such as the traditional view of men as breadwinners, lower investments in women's education, and concerns over safety in commuting and the workplace, also contribute to the gender pay gap.
  • Addressing these underlying issues and promoting gender equity in the workforce is essential to bridging the gender pay gap and achieving fair compensation for all individuals.

Understanding the Implications of the Gender Pay Gap:

  • Analyzing the gender pay gap through various demographic factors reveals patterns that provide valuable insights into income disparities between men and women.
    • For example, women in their mid-30s and 40s often experience a decline in earnings compared to men in similar positions and professions.
  • Critiques of the 77% statistic argue that it overlooks the "motherhood penalty," where unmarried women earn 95 cents or more for every dollar a man makes.
    • This penalty suggests that women face career growth setbacks when they take breaks to raise children, highlighting an area requiring attention to promote equal opportunities.
  • The 2023 Sveriges Riksbank Prize in Economic Sciences winner, Claudia Goldin, extensively researched pay equality and argued that traditional gender roles force men to "step up" in their careers while women "step back" for family responsibilities.
    • This dynamic ultimately disadvantages both genders, as men miss out on family time, and women sacrifice their careers.
  • Efforts to close the gender pay gap, such as implementing maternity and paternity leave policies and flexible work arrangements, have shown promise in reducing income disparities.
  • However, the pace of progress varies, emphasizing the need for continued attention and innovation in promoting equal opportunities for all workers.

Conclusion

The gender pay gap continues to pose significant challenges across nations and industries. Examining demographics and career stages reveals important patterns that underline disparities between men's and women's earnings. Addressing inequalities, such as the "motherhood penalty," and transforming traditional work structures are vital for achieving equal opportunities. While policies like parental leave and flexible work arrangements have shown promise, sustained commitment to innovation and reform is crucial for fostering lasting progress and a more equitable professional environment.

The Role of NFHS Data in Formulating Policies for Women's Financial Inclusion

  • 19 Mar 2024

Why is it in the News?

Financial inclusion awareness programmes must give special attention to women in households not headed by women.

Context:

  • Financial inclusion is a key driver for realizing a more sustainable and inclusive future, as it directly influences the achievement of eight out of the 17 United Nations' Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).
  • Despite its importance, inequalities continue to exist, with India's subpar performance in the Global Gender Gap Report 2023 underscoring significant gaps in the economic realm.
  • To address these disparities, particularly for women in India, it is vital to conduct a comprehensive evaluation of the complex aspects of financial inclusion.
  • Insights can be drawn from multiple sources such as the World Bank's Global Findex Database and the National Family Health Survey (NFHS), ultimately paving the way for targeted interventions and improved financial access for all.

What is Financial Inclusion?

  • Financial inclusion is a method of offering banking and financial services to individuals.
  • It aims to include everybody in society by giving them basic financial services regardless of their income or savings.
  • It focuses on providing financial solutions to the economically underprivileged.
  • The term is broadly used to describe the provision of savings and loan services to the poor in an inexpensive and easy-to-use form.
  • It aims to ensure that the poor and marginalized make the best use of their money and attain financial education.
  • With advances in financial technology and digital transactions, more and more startups are now making financial inclusion simpler to achieve.

The Role of Financial Inclusion in Advancing Women's Empowerment:

  • Financial inclusion not only facilitates women's access to bank accounts but also drives broader economic participation and empowerment.
  • By offering women avenues for savings, credit, and investment, financial inclusion empowers them to manage risks, build assets, and seize socio-economic opportunities.
  • In doing so, it bolsters women's resilience to economic uncertainties, fosters greater household welfare, and promotes economic stability, thereby illustrating its pivotal role in driving gender equity and sustainable development.

Insights from NFHS Data on Women's Financial Inclusion Progress:

  • The NFHS data offers a comprehensive understanding of the multi-faceted dimensions of financial inclusion among women in India.
  • Over the past two decades, several indicators point towards a significant improvement in women's economic empowerment and access to financial services including:

Financial Autonomy and Decision-making:

  • A notable aspect highlighted by the NFHS surveys is the increasing financial autonomy among women.
  • There has been a marked shift towards greater control over financial resources, with more women possessing self-operated bank accounts and playing an active role in financial decision-making within their households.
  • This trend signifies a positive step towards women's economic independence, contributing to their overall empowerment and well-being.

Awareness and Utilization of Micro-Credit Programs:

  • Micro-credit schemes have emerged as a key facilitator of financial assistance for women entrepreneurs and small business owners in rural India.
  • The NFHS data indicates a growing awareness of these programs among women, with an increasing number utilizing micro-credit facilities to support their economic activities.
  • This underscores the importance of targeted interventions and support mechanisms in promoting women's access to formal credit sources, fostering entrepreneurship, and generating income at the grassroots level.

Access and Utilization of Formal Banking Services:

  • An analysis of factors such as education, occupation, and household characteristics reveals key determinants of women's financial inclusion.
  • The NFHS data emphasizes the pivotal role of education in enabling women's awareness and utilization of financial services.
  • Similarly, occupation and access to electronic media also significantly influence women's access to formal banking channels and digital financial tools.
  • These insights underscore the need for targeted interventions and policy measures to address disparities and barriers, ensuring inclusive financial access, particularly among marginalized and vulnerable groups of women.

Advances in Global Financial Inclusion and India:

  • Financial inclusion has become a key enabler of economic growth and development worldwide, with India demonstrating substantial progress in this arena.
  • According to the World Bank's Global Findex Database, there has been a significant increase in adult ownership of bank accounts globally between 2011 and 2020.
  • India's commendable growth of 42 percentage points during this period exemplifies the success of targeted interventions promoting financial access, particularly for marginalized communities such as women.
  • This upward trend emphasizes the importance of continued efforts in fostering inclusive financial systems to ensure sustainable development and shared prosperity.

The Influence of Government Initiatives on Financial Inclusion:

  • India's commitment to advancing financial inclusion has resulted in substantial progress, particularly in reducing the gender gap in account ownership.
    • The introduction of the Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana (PMJDY) in 2014 played a pivotal role in this achievement, offering universal access to banking services, including savings accounts, remittances, and overdrafts to underserved communities such as women in rural and urban areas.
    • By January 2024, PMJDY had facilitated the opening over 28 crore accounts for women, significantly contributing to bridging the gender gap in financial access.
  • Furthermore, government initiatives like the Deendayal Antyodaya Yojana and the National Rural Livelihood Mission (DAY-NRLM) have been instrumental in fostering women's economic empowerment and participation in the formal financial sector.
    • These schemes provide opportunities for skill development, entrepreneurship training, and access to credit, enabling women to establish and sustain livelihoods.
  • In addition, social protection programs such as the Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana and Pradhan Mantri Matru Vandana Yojana offer financial assistance and support during critical life stages such as pregnancy and homeownership.
    • Collectively, these initiatives have played a vital role in promoting women's economic independence and overall well-being, underscoring the importance of continued efforts towards inclusive financial systems.

Challenges and Way Forward:

  • While significant progress has been made in advancing financial inclusion, several challenges remain, requiring concerted efforts and multi-stakeholder collaboration to address. Key areas of focus include:
  • Enhancing Financial Literacy: Despite the expansion of banking services, a significant proportion of the population, particularly in rural and marginalized communities, lack adequate knowledge and understanding of financial products and services.
    • By promoting targeted education and awareness campaigns, we can empower individuals to make informed financial decisions and fully utilize available resources.
  • Bridging the Digital Divide: The potential of digital financial services to enhance access and convenience is immense.
    • However, disparities in internet connectivity, smartphone ownership, and digital literacy create barriers to their effectiveness.
    • Expanding digital infrastructure and promoting digital literacy initiatives are critical to ensuring equitable access to digital financial services for all segments of society.
  • Promoting Inclusivity of Marginalized Communities: Systemic barriers continue to hinder the meaningful participation of marginalized communities, including women, minorities, and persons with disabilities in the financial ecosystem.
    • These barriers are multifaceted, encompassing social, cultural, and economic factors.
    • To overcome these challenges, tailored interventions and affirmative action programs are necessary, fostering an enabling environment that promotes their inclusion and empowerment.
  • Advancing through Collaboration: A collaborative approach involving multiple stakeholders, including government agencies, financial institutions, civil society organizations, and grassroots initiatives, is indispensable in advancing financial inclusion.
    • By coordinating efforts, leveraging resources, and implementing holistic solutions, we can collectively navigate the path ahead, overcoming challenges, and ensuring inclusive and sustainable financial systems for all.

Conclusion

Advancing financial inclusion for women in India is essential for fostering inclusive growth and sustainable development. While initiatives like PMJDY and DAY-NRLM have made significant strides, concerted action is necessary to tackle remaining disparities and fully leverage women's economic potential. By emphasizing education, digital literacy, and tailored awareness initiatives, India can unlock fresh opportunities for women's economic empowerment, thereby advancing the agenda of inclusive growth and prosperity.

Model Code of Conduct comes into force: Lok Sabha Elections 2024

  • 16 Mar 2024

Why is it in the News?

Recently, the Election Commission of India (ECI) announced that the country would vote in seven phases from April 19 to June 1 and the results will be announced on June 4. With this, the Model Code of Conduct (MCC) comes into effect.

What is the Model Code of Conduct (MCC)?

  • The Model Code of Conduct (MCC) is a set of guidelines published by the Election Commission of India (EC) for political parties and candidates to set standards of conduct during the election campaign and polling.
  • It also explains how parties can lodge complaints to the EC observers in case of dispute and instructs how the Ministers of the parties in power must conduct themselves when the MCC is in force.
  • In 2019, a new addition regarding election manifestos was added, instructing parties to not issue promises which were ‘repugnant to the ideals of the Constitution’.

Is the Model Code of Conduct (MCC) Legally Binding?

  • The MCC evolved as part of the ECI’s drive to ensure free and fair elections and was the result of a consensus among major political parties.
    • It has no statutory backing.
    • Simply put, this means anybody breaching the MCC can’t be proceeded against under any clause of the Code.
    • Everything is voluntary.
    • The EC uses moral sanction or censure for its enforcement.
  • The ECI can issue a notice to a politician or a party for an alleged breach of the MCC either on its own or based on a complaint by another party or individual.
    • Once a notice is issued, the person or party must reply in writing, either accepting fault and tendering an unconditional apology or rebutting the allegation.
    • In the latter case, if the person or party is found guilty subsequently, he/she can attract a written censure from the ECI, something that many see as a mere slap on the wrist.
  • However, several actions are listed as ‘electoral offenses’ and ‘corrupt practices’ under the Indian Penal Code (now known as Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita) and the Representation of the People Act, 1951 such as:
    • Causing tension between castes, religious or linguistic communities
    • Appealing to caste or communal feeling to secure votes
    • Using places of worship for election propaganda
    • Bribing/intimidating/impersonating voters
    • Canvassing within 100 meters of polling booths
    • Transporting voters to and from polling stations
    • Disrupting public meetings
    • Serving or distributing liquor on polling day
    • Holding public meetings 48 hours before the closing of polls
  • These actions will attract appropriate punishment as per these laws.

Previous Model Code of Conduct ‘Violations’:

  • During the 2023 Madhya Pradesh Assembly elections, Priyanka Gandhi Vadra was questioned by the ECI for alleging that Prime Minister Narendra Modi favored his "big industrialist friends" during an election rally.
  • In 2017, both BJP and Congress accused each other of violating the MCC during the Gujarat polls.
  • In 2014, Amit Shah and Azam Khan were banned from campaigning by the ECI during the Lok Sabha polls under Article 324 of the Constitution for inflammatory speeches, which was lifted after they apologized and pledged to follow the Code.

When Does MCC Come Into Force and End?

  • The MCC comes into force immediately when the election schedule is announced by the Election Commission and remains in operation till the election process is complete, i.e. results are announced.
  • The MCC applies to all elections to the Lok Sabha and State Assemblies.
  • It is also applicable for State Legislative Council elections from Local Bodies, and Graduates’ and Teachers’ Constituencies.
  • It is enforced throughout India in case of General elections, and the State up for polls in case of Legislative Assembly elections.

Who Is Bound by It?

  • All organizations, committees, corporations, and commissions (e.g. Transport authorities, Jal boards) funded wholly or partially by the Centre or State are bound by the MCC.
  • While listed political parties and candidates are bound to follow the MCC, even non-political organizations that hold campaigns favoring a political party or candidate are bound to follow specific guidelines mentioned by the EC.

How is the MCC Enforced?

  • Before holding polls for the General or State Assembly elections, the Election Commission issues guidelines to the government to shift out all officers including police who are posted in their home district, and who have completed/completed three out of four years in that district to ensure no interference.
  • The MCC is then implemented by the newly appointed officials and nodal EC officers monitor compliance.
  • No election campaigning is allowed within the constituency 48 hours before the close of polls.

What Restrictions Does the Model Code of Conduct Impose?

  • The MCC contains eight provisions dealing with general conduct, meetings, processions, polling day, polling booths, observers, the party in power, and election manifestos.
  • As soon as the code kicks in, the party in power, whether at the Centre or in the states, should ensure that it does not use its official position for campaigning.
    • Hence, no policy, project, or scheme can be announced that can influence voting behavior.
  • The party must also avoid advertising at the cost of the public exchequer or using official mass media for publicity on achievements to improve chances of victory in the elections.
  • The code also says the ministers must not combine official visits with election work or use official machinery for the same.
  • The ruling party cannot use government transport or machinery for campaigning.
  • It should also ensure that public places such as maidans etc., for holding election meetings, and facilities like the use of helipads are provided to the opposition parties on the same terms and conditions on which they are used by the party in power.
  • The issue of advertisement at the cost of the public exchequer in the newspapers and other media is also considered an offense.
  • The ruling government cannot make any ad-hoc appointments in government, public sector undertakings, etc., which may influence the voters.
  • Political parties or candidates can be criticized based only on their work record and no caste and communal sentiments can be used to lure voters.
  • Mosques, Churches, Temples, or any other places of worship should not be used for election campaigns.
  • Bribing, intimidating, or impersonation of voters is also barred.
  • Holding public meetings during the 48 hours before the hour fixed for the closing of the poll is also prohibited.
    • The 48 hours is known as “election silence”.
    • The idea is to allow a voter a campaign-free environment to reflect on events before casting her vote.

What are the Guidelines for Poll Manifestos?

  • Manifestos must not contain anything repugnant to the ideals enshrined in the Constitution.
  • They must reflect the rationale for welfare scheme promises and indicate ways to meet the financial requirements for it.
  • The manifesto documents must not be released during the prohibitory period (when MCC kicks in).

How are Violations Dealt With?

  • Any complaint regarding elections should be brought to EC observers, the Returning Officer, the local magistrate, the Chief Electoral Officer, or the Election Commission itself.
  • In response, any directions issued by the EC, Returning Officer, or District Election Officer shall be strictly complied with.

CAA Rules go against equality, federalism and India’s Constitution

  • 13 Mar 2024

Why is it in the News?

Although protecting persecuted individuals is commendable, the ideal solution is to grant refugee status to all, irrespective of their religious affiliation.

Context:

  • India has been engaged in heated discussions over the Citizenship Amendment Act (CAA) since its inception in 2019.
  • The recent issuance of Rules under the CAA by the Union government has sparked renewed debates concerning its impact on India's constitutional secularism.
  • Amid these discussions, it is crucial to assess the CAA's provisions, their effects on citizenship, and the wider socio-political consequences they carry.

Concerns Surrounding the Citizenship Amendment Act:

  • Selective Approach to Citizenship: The Citizenship Amendment Act (CAA) of 2019 amends India's Citizenship Act of 1955 and introduces a selective approach to granting citizenship.
    • This selective approach is a significant point of contention, as it differentiates between individuals based on their religious identity.
  • Preferential Treatment for Certain Religious Groups: The CAA expedites the citizenship process for undocumented immigrants belonging to Hindu, Sikh, Buddhist, Jain, Parsi, and Christian communities from Pakistan, Afghanistan, and Bangladesh.
    • However, the Act explicitly excludes Muslims from these provisions, which has led to considerable debate and criticism.
  • Violation of Secular Principles: Critics argue that the CAA violates the secular principles enshrined in India's Constitution.
    • Secularism, a foundational tenet of India's democratic ethos, mandates that the state remain neutral in matters of religion and guarantee equal rights and protections to all citizens, regardless of their faith.
  • Discriminatory Nature: The CAA's exclusion of Muslims from its purview has been perceived as discriminatory and runs counter to India's historical commitment to religious pluralism and tolerance.
    • This discriminatory nature has sparked widespread protests and highlighted deep divisions within Indian society regarding citizenship, identity, and secularism.
  • Upholding Constitutional Principles: The protests against the CAA underscore the importance of upholding constitutional principles and safeguarding the rights of all citizens, irrespective of their religious affiliation.
    • This controversy serves as a reminder of the need for inclusive and non-discriminatory policies that respect the diversity of India's population.

Potential Implications of the Notified Rules under the Citizenship Amendment Act:

  • Streamlined Citizenship Process: The notified Rules streamline the citizenship application process by providing clear procedures and documentation requirements.
    • This standardization can potentially expedite the citizenship-granting process, allowing eligible individuals to secure legal status more efficiently.
  • Lenient Proof Requirements: The Rules offer leniency in requirements for proof of nationality and residence, accepting various documents as evidence.
    • This flexibility may enable more individuals to establish their eligibility for citizenship under the CAA.
  • Centralisation of Authority: The notified Rules centralize the citizenship-granting process at the national level, with an empowered committee formed by the Union government now responsible for processing applications.
    • This centralisation consolidates power at the national level, potentially reducing the role of local authorities in decision-making and grassroots-level accountability.
  • Legal and Constitutional Challenges: The Rules are likely to face legal and constitutional challenges, particularly regarding their compatibility with India's constitutional principles and international legal standards.
    • Critics argue that the CAA and its accompanying Rules violate the constitutional guarantee of equality before the law (Article 14) by discriminating based on religion.
  • Contradictions and Regional Discontent: The implementation of the CAA has exposed internal contradictions within India's citizenship laws, particularly in the case of Assam.
    • The discrepancy between Section 6A of the Citizenship Act, 1955, and the provisions of the CAA has fuelled discontent among local communities and complicated the citizenship landscape.
  • Overall, the notified Rules under the Citizenship Amendment Act have significant implications for the citizenship-granting process, the balance of power between national and local authorities, and the interpretation of constitutional principles.
  • As the legal and societal debates surrounding the CAA continue, these implications will likely shape the discourse on citizenship and belonging in India.

Moving Toward Inclusive Solutions: Addressing the Concerns Raised by the Citizenship Amendment Act:

  • To address the concerns raised by the Citizenship Amendment Act (CAA) and its accompanying Rules, it is crucial to adopt a more inclusive approach that aligns with international humanitarian norms and India's commitment to secularism.

Here are some steps that can be taken:

  • Inclusive Protection for Persecuted Individuals: Instead of granting citizenship based on religious affiliation, India should consider offering refugee status to all persecuted individuals, regardless of their religion.
    • This approach would be in line with international humanitarian norms and would uphold the principle of secularism enshrined in India's Constitution.
  • Ratification of International Conventions: Ratifying international conventions such as the Geneva Convention Relating to the Status of Refugees would demonstrate India's commitment to protecting vulnerable populations and ensuring their rights.
    • This step would also bring India in line with global standards for refugee protection.
  • Reevaluation of the Citizenship Amendment Act: Given the concerns surrounding the CAA's compatibility with constitutional principles and its potential for discrimination, it is essential to reevaluate the Act's provisions.
    • This process should involve a thorough examination of the CAA's impact on vulnerable communities and its alignment with India's democratic values.
  • Upholding Constitutional Values: To ensure that the CAA and other legislation adhere to India's core values, it is crucial to reaffirm the principles of equality, non-discrimination, and secularism as outlined in the Constitution.
    • Policies and laws should be crafted to uphold these principles and protect the rights of all individuals, irrespective of their religious affiliation.
  • By taking these steps, India can work toward addressing the concerns raised by the Citizenship Amendment Act and foster a more inclusive approach to citizenship that aligns with the nation's historical commitment to diversity and pluralism.

Centre notifies implementation of Citizenship Amendment Act Rules

  • 12 Mar 2024

Why is it in the News?

More than four years after Parliament passed The Citizenship (Amendment) Act, 2019, the Ministry of Home Affairs on Monday notified the Rules to implement the law.

Context:

  • The Citizenship Amendment Act (CAA) of 2019 amended the Citizenship Act of 1955 to provide a pathway to Indian citizenship for migrants belonging to Hindu, Sikh, Buddhist, Jain, Parsi, or Christian communities who entered India before December 31, 2014, from Pakistan, Afghanistan, or Bangladesh.
  • The law was enacted amidst nationwide protests, particularly in Assam, and was officially notified on January 10, 2020.
  • However, the implementation of the CAA was delayed due to the absence of accompanying rules and regulations.
    • To address this issue, the Union government issued an order on May 28, 2021, empowering district collectors in 13 districts with significant migrant populations to accept citizenship applications from the groups specified in the 2019 amendment.
  • The CAA has been a subject of controversy and criticism, with opponents arguing that it violates the secular principles of the Indian constitution by excluding Muslims from its purview.
  • Supporters of the law contend that it offers relief to persecuted minorities from neighboring countries.
  • As the rules for the CAA have now been put in place, its implementation is anticipated to be a significant development in the ongoing discussions surrounding citizenship and immigration in India.

About the Citizenship (Amendment) Act (CAA) 2019:

  • The Citizenship (Amendment) Act (CAA) of 2019 is a significant amendment to India's Citizenship Act of 1955.
    • It aims to provide a pathway to citizenship for Hindu, Sikh, Parsi, Buddhist, Jain, and Christian immigrants from Pakistan, Afghanistan, and Bangladesh who have faced religious persecution and have been residing in India without documentation.
  • The CAA reduces the residency requirement for citizenship from 11 years to 5 years for eligible immigrants who entered India before December 31, 2014.
    • The Act also includes provisions for the cancellation of Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) registration in cases where the individual has violated any provision of the Citizenship Act or other applicable laws.
  • The CAA applies to individuals who have been compelled to seek shelter in India due to religious persecution.
    • However, the Act does not apply to certain areas, such as regions covered by the Sixth Schedule of the Indian Constitution (which deals with autonomous tribal-dominated regions in Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura, and Mizoram) and states with an inner-line permit regime (Arunachal Pradesh, Nagaland, and Mizoram).
  • The implementation of the CAA has faced delays due to opposition in several states, including Assam and Tripura.
    • The Act has sparked protests and legal challenges, with critics arguing that it violates the secular principles of the Indian Constitution and excludes certain persecuted groups, such as the Rohingya from Myanmar, Tibetan Buddhists from China, and Tamils from Sri Lanka.
  • The CAA has been a subject of intense debate, with supporters claiming it offers relief to persecuted minorities and opponents asserting that it discriminates against Muslims and undermines India's secular fabric.
    • The Supreme Court is currently considering multiple petitions challenging the constitutional validity of the CAA.

Citizenship Amendment Rules, 2024:

  • The Citizenship Amendment Rules, 2024 lay out a clear process for eligible refugees from Pakistan, Afghanistan, and Bangladesh to seek Indian citizenship through registration or naturalization.
    • The process begins with the submission of an application, along with an affidavit confirming the accuracy of the information provided and an affidavit from an Indian citizen vouching for the applicant's character.
  • Applicants must also provide a declaration of their familiarity with one of the languages listed in the Eighth Schedule of the Indian Constitution.
    • The application is to be submitted electronically to an empowered committee via a district-level committee, as notified by the central government.
    • The district-level committee, headed by a designated officer, is responsible for verifying the submitted documents and administering the oath of allegiance to the applicant.
  • Supporting documents that must be provided by applicants include:
    • A passport issued by the governments of Pakistan, Afghanistan, or Bangladesh
    • A birth certificate
    • Any form of identity document
    • Land or tenancy records; or any document proving that the applicant's parents, grandparents, or great-grandparents were citizens of one of the three countries.
      • These documents remain valid even beyond their expiration dates.
  • Proof of entry into India before December 31, 2014, is also required.
    • Acceptable supporting documents for this include:
    •  visa and immigration stamp
    • A registration certificate from the Foreigners Regional Registration Officer (FRRO)
    • A slip issued by the Census enumerators in India
    • A government-issued license or certificate
    • A permit in India (including a driving license
    • Aadhaar number, or ration card), or a marriage certificate issued in India.
  • Once an application is approved, the applicants will be issued a digital certificate, granting them Indian citizenship.
    • These rules provide a structured pathway for eligible refugees from the specified countries to obtain citizenship in India, offering them a chance at a new beginning and a sense of belonging in their adopted homeland.

The Mains issues and challenges associated with the CAA of 2019:

  • Legal challenge: The CAA has been challenged in the Supreme Court by the Indian Union Muslim League (IUML) and others on the grounds of discrimination and violation of fundamental rights.
  • Right to equality: Critics argue that using religion as a criterion for citizenship eligibility violates Article 14 of the Constitution, which guarantees equality before the law and equal protection under the law.
  • Targeting of Muslims: Concerns have been raised that the CAA, in conjunction with the National Register of Citizens (NRC) in Assam, may disproportionately affect Muslims and lead to their exclusion from citizenship.
  • Secularism: The use of religion as a basis for citizenship is seen by some as a violation of the principle of secularism, which is a fundamental feature of the Indian Constitution.
  • Conflict with Assam Accord: The CAA's cutoff date for determining citizenship contradicts the Assam Accord of 1985, which set a different date for identifying foreigners in the state, leading to protests and opposition in Assam and other northeastern states.
  • Widespread protests: The CAA has sparked protests across India, reflecting the complexities and sensitivities surrounding the issue of citizenship and the challenge of balancing the needs of persecuted minorities with upholding constitutional principles and addressing regional concerns.

What is the Government’s Stand?

  • The government's position on the Citizenship Amendment Act (CAA) is that Muslims have been excluded from the list of "persecuted" minorities because they constitute the majority in the Islamic countries of Pakistan, Afghanistan, and Bangladesh.
    • According to the government, the CAA aims to provide citizenship to those who have faced religious persecution in these countries.
  • However, this rationale is subject to scrutiny, as there are other persecuted minorities in these countries and elsewhere who have not been included in the CAA.
    • For instance, Tamil Hindus in Sri Lanka, Rohingya Muslims in Myanmar, and minority Muslim sects like Ahmadiyyas and Hazaras in Pakistan and Afghanistan also face persecution in their respective countries.
  • The exclusion of these groups from the CAA raises questions about the criteria used to determine which minorities are considered persecuted and eligible for Indian citizenship under the Act.

What’s Next?

  • The court will have to look into two issues:
    • Whether the special treatment given to the so-called “persecuted minorities” from the three Muslim-majority neighboring countries only is a reasonable classification under Article 14 of the constitution for granting citizenship, and
    • Whether the state is discriminating against Muslims by excluding them.
  • The Supreme Court has earlier held that the law has to clear two legal hoops to pass the equality test when it is challenged on the grounds of Article 14.
    • First, any differentiation between groups of persons must be founded on an “intelligible differentia”, and
    • Second, “that differentia must have a rational nexus to the object sought to be achieved by the Act”.
  • The SC can strike down a classification if it is found to be arbitrary. The court recently struck down the electoral bonds scheme on the ground that it was “manifestly arbitrary” — that is, “irrational, capricious or without an adequate determining principle”.

Voters must know who funds political parties. This is the right that Supreme Court has protected

  • 11 Mar 2024

Why is it in the News?

The Supreme Court of India has recently mandated the public disclosure of all pertinent information regarding corporate funding of political parties, with the State Bank of India and other entities directed to comply with the court's directive.

Context:

  • The recent landmark ruling by the Supreme Court's Constitution Bench, led by the Chief Justice of India, represents a pivotal moment in Indian democracy.
  • This ruling specifically addresses the legality of the Electoral Bond Scheme (EBS) initiated through the Finance Act of 2017.
  • Beyond its immediate implications, the verdict underscores fundamental principles such as equality, transparency, and proportionality concerning corporate contributions to election funding.

What is the Supreme Court verdict on the Electoral Bond Scheme?

  • Nullification of Electoral Bond Scheme: The Supreme Court declared the Electoral Bond Scheme (EBS) unconstitutional, citing concerns over unrestricted donations, anonymity of contributions via promissory notes, and exemption of corporate donors from disclosure obligations.
    • This underscores the imperative of transparency in corporate election financing, aligning with constitutional rights outlined in Article 14 (equality) and Article 19(1)(a) (right to information).
  • Immediate Cessation of Electoral Bonds and Disclosure Mandates: The Court mandated the immediate cessation of electoral bonds and directed all pertinent authorities to disclose relevant information dating back to April 12, 2019.
    • The State Bank of India's request for an extension was met with skepticism, prompting a contempt petition against them for non-compliance.
  • Guidelines on Legislative Passage via Money Bill Route: While the verdict didn't specifically address the Speaker's authority to classify bills as money bills, it offered guidance suggesting that not all legislative determinations qualify as financial or economic decisions.
    • This challenges the presumption of constitutionality and underscores the need for a nuanced approach in evaluating bills passed via the money bill route.

What is the Reason Behind SC's Scrutiny of Electoral Bond Scheme (EBS)?

  • Elimination of Donation Caps: The court closely examined the EBS due to its elimination of donation caps imposed on political parties, as outlined in the Finance Act 2017.
    • This removal of restrictions allowed for unrestricted inflow of funds into electoral campaigns, posing a potential threat to the democratic principle of a level playing field.
  • Anonymity of Donations via Promissory Notes: An area of concern highlighted by the court was the provision in the EBS allowing for anonymous donations to political parties through promissory notes issued by recognised banks.
    • This mechanism raised significant issues regarding transparency and accountability, as it enabled substantial financial backing to political entities without disclosing the identity of the contributors.
  • Exemption of Corporate Donors from Disclosure Requirements: The EBS faced scrutiny for exempting corporate donors from the obligation to disclose their contributions in balance sheets, a highly contentious feature.
    • This exemption created opacity surrounding corporate funding of political parties, undermining the transparency necessary for a robust democratic process.

SC’s Analysis of the Proportionality Doctrine: Its Implications on Legislative Goals and the Restriction of FR

  • Evolution of the Proportionality Doctrine: The judgment highlights the proportionality doctrine as a tool for self-discipline in constitutional judicial review, aimed at balancing governmental powers with individual rights
    • Serving as a foundational aspect of constitutional discipline, it establishes parameters applicable to all governance institutions.
  • Differentiation Between Manifest Arbitrariness and Reasonable Exercise of Power: A crucial distinction is drawn between manifest arbitrariness and the reasonable exercise of power, with the court emphasizing that restricting a fundamental right does not equate to abrogating it entirely.
    • This distinction safeguards against arbitrary exercise of governmental authority, stressing the necessity for reasonable and proportionate limitations on rights.
  • Legitimate Goals and Appropriate Means: Applying the proportionality test, the court scrutinizes the legislative objectives behind the Electoral Bond Scheme, mandating that any restriction on a fundamental right must serve a legitimate goal and utilize suitable means.
    • Questions are raised regarding the legitimacy of curbing black money as a specific ground under Article 19(2), emphasizing the need for the state to justify its actions with reasonable objectives.
  • Nexus Between Law and Stated Objectives: Introducing the concept of a reasonable nexus, the court holds that laws should demonstrate a rational connection between means employed and objectives sought to be achieved.
    • This requirement ensures that restrictions on fundamental rights are directly related to their intended purpose, avoiding arbitrary infringements.
  • Balancing Conflicting Rights: A notable development is the introduction of the double proportionality test, addressing conflicts between equal rights such as donor privacy and voter information and influence.
    • The court mandates a secondary proportionality assessment to ensure that any infringement on one right is justified and not disproportionate in impact.
  • Alternative Measures and Judicial Restraint: While advocating proportionality, the court suggests alternative measures to achieve legislative goals, such as setting up electoral trusts or imposing caps on corporate funding.
    • Additionally, it exercises judicial restraint, respecting the autonomy and powers of the executive and legislative branches.
  • Chief Justice M C Chagla's Warning: The judgment recalls Chief Justice M C Chagla's 1958 caution regarding the influential role of big business and money in democracy, highlighting a long-standing concern about corporate influence.
    • Chagla's foresight underscores the judiciary's role in preventing improper or corrupt influence, emphasizing the need to safeguard democratic values.
  • Historical Perspectives by the CJI: Chief Justice Chandrachud's historical perspective underscores the judiciary's responsibility to prevent improper influences on democracy, advocating for a proactive role in safeguarding democratic values.
    • The court's assertion aligns with the idea of acting as a check against attempts to compromise the democratic process, particularly by powerful corporate entities.

Conclusion

The Supreme Court's nullification of the Electoral Bond Scheme is a staunch defense of democratic principles. By rejecting elements that undermine transparency, equality, and accountability, the court reaffirms core democratic values. This landmark ruling signifies a crucial juncture in India's legal narrative, establishing a precedent for safeguarding democracy against opaque financial influences.

Can a justice system without women bring justice to women?

  • 08 Mar 2024

Why is it in the News?

The latest India Justice Report (IJR) points out that the gender gap remains wide in each of the subsystems that make up the justice delivery system — police, judiciary, prisons, legal aid, and human rights commissions.

Background:

  • Diversity stands as a fundamental cornerstone of institutional efficacy globally, with gender inclusivity serving as a pivotal measure of dedication to this principle.
  • As International Women’s Day is celebrated today (8th March), it becomes imperative to assess the status of gender diversity within India's justice delivery system, as underscored in the recent findings of the India Justice Report (IJR).
  • The data underscores a stark gender disparity within different subsystems, prompting inquiries into the extent of justice institutions' dedication to cultivating inclusivity.

Gender Disparities in India's Justice Delivery System as Revealed by the India Justice Report (IJR):

  • Systemic Inequities: The IJR underscores pervasive gender gaps within every facet of the justice delivery system, encompassing the police, judiciary, prisons, legal aid, and human rights commissions.
    • This comprehensive analysis illuminates the systemic nature of the issue, indicating that gender disparities are not isolated incidents but rather entrenched throughout the justice system.
  • Quotas and Limited Progress: While quotas have aided in women's inclusion, their impact appears concentrated in lower-level positions within the justice system.
    • Despite affirmative action measures, women's representation in higher-ranking roles remains disproportionately low.
  • Numerical Underrepresentation: The IJR's analysis reveals a stark reality, with only approximately three lakh women active in the justice delivery system.
    • This numerical underrepresentation not only indicates inadequate representation but also suggests underlying structural barriers hindering women's full participation.
  • Gender Disparity in the Judiciary: Within the judiciary, data indicates a concerning trend where women's presence diminishes significantly as one ascends the hierarchy.
    • While women comprise 35% of subordinate judges, this percentage drastically declines to 13% in high courts, with a notable lack of women in the Supreme Court.
  • Leadership Void: The absence of a female Chief Justice of India, despite decades of existence, underscores persistent barriers preventing women from ascending to the highest echelons of the judiciary.
    • Similarly, women's representation in chief justice positions in high courts remains disproportionately low.
  • NHRC's Gender Imbalance and Limited Women Representation: The NHRC, entrusted with upholding fairness and justice, demonstrates a glaring lack of gender diversity, having never had a female commissioner.
    • This absence of women in decision-making roles within a human rights commission highlights institutional disregard for gender representation.
  • Similar gender imbalances extend to state commissions, with few women serving as members or holding leadership positions, emphasizing the systemic nature of gender disparity within these crucial institutions.

What are the Potential Factors Contributing to Disparity?

  • Institutional Apathy and Lack of Initiative: The absence of women in pivotal roles within these commissions reflects not only a numerical deficit but also a lack of proactive efforts to address and rectify this imbalance.
    • Findings from the IJR suggest a notable apathy within these institutions, where fostering gender diversity is often overlooked or relegated to a secondary concern.
  • Complacency: State commissions, akin to the NHRC's shortcomings, fail to exemplify gender inclusivity.
    • The IJR's data paints a discouraging picture, with only a few commissions demonstrating a willingness to appoint women to decision-making positions.
    • The absence of proactive measures perpetuates an institutional culture indifferent to the value of diverse perspectives and experiences.
  • Deflection of Responsibility: Decision-makers within these institutions often deflect responsibility instead of addressing the root causes of gender disparity.
    • Excuses citing "difficulties" in "accommodating" more women serve as common deflection tactics, diverting attention from the urgent need to challenge existing institutional structures and cultures hindering women's entry and retention.

What are the Possible Benefits of Diversity Within the Justice Delivery System?

  • Global Research Insights: Research worldwide consistently highlights the positive outcomes of diverse and inclusive work environments.
    • The IJR echoes this global perspective, emphasizing that the integration of women and other diversities can reshape institutional culture within the justice system.
    • It challenges conventional practices by introducing fresh perspectives, experiences, and methodologies that contribute to a more comprehensive understanding of complex issues.
  • Internal Cultural Transformation: Incorporating women into traditionally male-dominated institutions disrupts established norms and cultivates a culture of openness.
    • This transformation extends beyond numerical representation, fostering the integration of diverse viewpoints, communication styles, and problem-solving approaches.
    • Women, as essential contributors, can drive a shift towards more collaborative, empathetic, and innovative decision-making processes.
  • Improved Public Perception: Inclusive institutions not only benefit internally but also enhance public trust and perception.
    • A justice delivery system that mirrors the diverse population it serves becomes more responsive, credible, and reflective of societal values.
    • This alignment between the institution and the public fosters trust and inclusivity, strengthening the legitimacy and effectiveness of the justice system.

Way Forward:

  • Institutional Readiness: Initiating institutional change necessitates preparedness. Justice administrators are urged to proactively tackle systemic obstacles impeding women's inclusion.
    • This entails conducting a thorough assessment of current structures, policies, and practices to identify and dismantle barriers obstructing women's full and equitable participation at all levels of the justice system.
  • Leading Through Example: The absence of a female Chief Justice of India and the scarcity of women in judiciary leadership roles underscore the imperative for a transformative shift.
    • Institutions must actively advocate for and facilitate women's ascension to leadership positions, challenging entrenched biases and breaking the glass ceiling that historically hindered their advancement.
  • Reassessing Recruitment and Retention Strategies: There is a pressing need to critically reassess recruitment and retention practices within the justice delivery system.
    • This entails a comprehensive review of hiring procedures, promotion criteria, and initiatives to ensure gender-equitable treatment throughout individuals' careers.

Conclusion

To achieve justice, barriers must be dismantled, equal opportunities ensured, and the institutional biases perpetuating gender disparities acknowledged. Upholding equality mandates justice institutions to address systemic impediments hindering women's inclusion, transcending superficial measures. Decision-makers must lead by example, reassess practices, and implement strategies fostering gender balance and inclusivity within the justice system.

India's Journey to Net-Zero Amidst Mineral Shortages and Technological Challenges

  • 05 Mar 2024

Why is it in the News?

By 2030, India wants to set up 500 GW of non-fossil fuel power generating capacity but the problem is that the availability of the minerals is not enough. One needs to process it and manufacture the final product which also means access to technology.

Background:

  • As the world shifts towards decarbonization and faces growing demand for critical minerals, governments worldwide are strategically securing access to these vital resources.
  • In alignment with this trend, the Indian government has amended mining laws to encourage private sector involvement in the extraction and processing of critical minerals.

Importance of Critical Minerals:

  • Driving Decarbonization and Clean Energy Technologies: Critical minerals are pivotal for clean energy technologies such as solar PV plants, wind farms, and electric vehicles, essential for global decarbonization efforts.
    •   According to the International Energy Agency (IEA), a substantial portion of minerals like copper, rare earths, nickel, cobalt, and lithium will be crucial for meeting Paris Agreement targets.
  • Transforming the Transportation Sector: Electric vehicles (EVs) rely heavily on critical minerals like lithium, cobalt, and nickel for their battery production.
    •  As countries shift towards EV adoption, the demand for these minerals is expected to soar, driving sustainable transportation initiatives.
  • Essential in Consumer Electronics: Critical minerals are vital for producing consumer electronics such as smartphones, laptops, and tablets.
    • Rare earth elements and other minerals enable the miniaturization and enhanced performance of electronic devices.
  • Supporting the Construction Industry: Critical minerals contribute to the production of high-strength alloys, cement, and other building materials in the construction sector.
    • These minerals enhance the durability and efficiency of construction materials, promoting sustainability in infrastructure projects.
  • Ensuring Defence and National Security: In the defense sector, critical minerals are indispensable for advanced weaponry and communication systems.
    • Securing a stable supply of these minerals is critical for maintaining national security and technological superiority.
  • Vital for Fertilizers and Agriculture: Minerals like phosphorus and potassium are essential components in fertilizers, crucial for enhancing crop yields and ensuring global food security.
  • Crucial for Industrial Magnets: Neodymium, praseodymium, and dysprosium, critical minerals, are crucial for manufacturing magnets used in various industries.
    • These magnets are integral components in technologies ranging from electric motors to medical devices.

Geopolitical Dynamics of Critical Minerals and Global Ramifications:

  • Economic Dynamics: The geographical concentration of critical mineral resources in select countries like Australia, China, the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC), Indonesia, and Chile fosters economic dependencies.
    • Nations with substantial reserves enjoy advantages in revenue generation, job creation, and overall economic development, potentially leading to global economic disparities.
  • Geopolitical Power Play: The strategic significance of critical minerals turns their extraction and processing into geopolitical instruments, enabling nations to wield influence on the global stage.
    • China, notably, has leveraged its dominance in rare earths to exert political pressure, exemplified by restrictions on exports to countries such as the US and Japan.
    • China's control over critical minerals, coupled with its monopolized processing capacity, carries significant geopolitical implications, prompting international collaborations like the US-led Minerals Security Partnership (MSP) to secure supply chains and reduce dependence on authoritarian regimes.
  • Supply Chain Vulnerability: The concentration of critical mineral resources in specific regions raises concerns about the vulnerability of global supply chains.
    • Political instability, trade conflicts, or other geopolitical events in major producing nations can disrupt the supply of critical minerals, adversely affecting industries reliant on them.

India's Objectives and Hurdles in Acquiring Critical Minerals:

  • Pursuit of Decarbonization Goals and Energy Transition: India has outlined ambitious objectives for decarbonization, aiming for net-zero emissions by 2070 and establishing 500 GW of non-fossil fuel power generation capacity by 2030.
    • Embracing renewable energy sources, electric vehicles, and sustainable practices underscores India's dedication to combatting climate change.
  • Heavy Reliance on Imports: Despite possessing identified reserves, India heavily depends on imports to meet its demand for critical minerals.
    • This import dependency presents significant challenges, exposing the nation to global market fluctuations, supply chain disruptions, and potential geopolitical tensions.
  • Strategic Agreements for Exploration: Acknowledging the necessity to reduce import reliance, India has forged strategic agreements, such as the one with Australia, to jointly explore critical minerals like lithium and cobalt.
    • Collaborations with resource-rich nations aim to secure access to raw materials and diversify sources beyond traditional suppliers.
  • Lack of Domestic Processing Capacity: Identifying critical minerals marks only the initial step; subsequent processing and manufacturing require advanced technology and infrastructure.
    • India encounters challenges in building domestic processing capacity, contributing to an extended gestation period before achieving self-reliance.
    • Apart from raw material availability, accessing advanced processing technology remains crucial, emphasizing the importance of technology transfer and collaborative ventures with proficient countries.
  • Participation in International Collaborations: India's engagement in the US-led MSP illustrates its dedication to fostering strategic partnerships for securing the critical minerals supply chain.
    • The MSP encompasses countries with critical mineral deposits and access to processing technology, fostering a collective endeavor to surmount challenges.

Noteworthy Actions Undertaken by the Indian Government:

  • Identification of Critical Minerals: In July 2023, India took a significant stride by identifying a list of 30 critical minerals, distinct from rare earths.
    • Each mineral was selected based on criteria such as disruption potential, substitutability, cross-cutting usage, import reliance, and recycling rates.
    • The identified minerals are predominantly concentrated in states and union territories, including Bihar, Gujarat, Jharkhand, Odisha, Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, and Jammu and Kashmir.
  • Amendment of Existing Mining Laws: Subsequently, in November 2023, the Indian government amended existing mining laws to facilitate private sector participation in the auction of 20 blocks containing critical minerals and rare earths.
    • This amendment signifies a notable shift in India's mineral sector, unlocking opportunities for private enterprises to engage in the extraction and processing of these vital resources.

Conclusion

There is a mounting concern that the limited access to critical minerals could pose a substantial obstacle to India's ambitious journey towards decarbonization. The achievement of decarbonization objectives hinges on surmounting challenges associated with import reliance, processing capabilities, and technological advancements.

India's Surprising GDP Growth Rate

  • 02 Mar 2024

Why is it in the News?

India's gross domestic product (GDP) growth for the third quarter (October-December) of the fiscal year 2023-24 has surpassed expectations, coming in at 8.4% compared to the estimated 6.7%.

News Summary:

  • India's economy saw a growth of 8.4% in the December quarter compared to the same period last year, surpassing the 7.6% growth recorded in the previous quarter and the forecast of 6.7% as per a Reuters poll of economists.
  • Further, the NSO pegged a higher GDP growth rate of 7.6% for the entire fiscal year, up from the initial estimate of 7.3%.
  • To comprehend India’s unexpected growth, it is imperative to delve into the diverse aspects of the country's economic landscape, and evaluating the factors underpinning this surprising growth is equally crucial, including consumption patterns, savings dynamics, and investment trends.

What are the Factors Driving India’s Growth Surplus?

  • Enhanced Economic Momentum: Initially estimated at 7.3 percent, the GDP growth set a promising tone for the fiscal year.
    • However, the subsequent second advance estimate, incorporating third-quarter data, surpassed expectations.
    • This signals a bolstered economic momentum, notably fueled by increased net taxes contributing significantly to the growth trajectory.
  • Impact of Rising Net Taxes and Subsidies: An essential aspect of this growth narrative is the comparison between gross value added (GVA) and GDP growth.
    • While GDP growth stands impressively at 7.6 percent, GVA, excluding net tax effects, registers a slightly lower 6.9 percent.
    • This nuanced distinction underscores the influence of net taxes and subsidies on overall economic performance.
    • Furthermore, with an average growth rate of 8.2 percent for the first three quarters, extrapolations suggest a projected fourth-quarter growth of approximately 5.9 percent.
  • Effective Policy Measures and Financial Resilience: Despite GDP figures still below pre-pandemic levels, concerted domestic efforts and policy initiatives have steered the economy toward a 7 percent growth trajectory.
    • A significant factor contributing to this progress is the reinforced state of banking and corporate balance sheets, indicative of the efficacy of strategic policy interventions.

Assessment of Challenges and Expected Downturn:

  • Impact of High-Interest Rates: The enduring prevalence of high interest rates presents a formidable obstacle to sustained economic advancement.
    • Elevated interest rates have the potential to deter borrowing and investment, thereby affecting both consumer expenditure and corporate expansion initiatives.
    • This concern is further compounded by the limited effectiveness of monetary policy, given that inflation projections persist above the Reserve Bank of India's (RBI) 4% target.
  • Normalisation of Net Tax Effects: The current fiscal period has significantly contributed to GDP growth from the escalation of net taxes (taxes minus subsidies).
    • However, there is an anticipation that the net tax influence on GDP will revert to normal levels in the upcoming year.
    • This normalization implies that the impetus provided by the net tax element to the economic growth rate may diminish, potentially leading to a slowdown.
  • Influence of Global Economic Conditions: India's economic performance is intricately intertwined with global economic circumstances.
    • Uncertainties prevailing in the global market, such as trade tensions, geopolitical dynamics, and external disruptions, could trigger spill-over ramifications on India's economy.
    • Consequently, external factors beyond the nation's jurisdiction may exert influence on the overall economic outlook.

Private Consumption, Household Savings, and Evolving Trends:

  • Disparities in Growth: The growth disparity between rural and urban areas is notable, with rural consumption likely trailing urban consumption.
    • This discrepancy can be attributed primarily to the disproportionate impact of high food inflation on rural households.
    • The sluggish growth of agriculture, at a mere 0.7%, underscores the challenges faced by the rural economy, where food inflation significantly affects discretionary spending.
  • Impact of Food Inflation: High food inflation has exerted a considerable influence on consumption patterns, particularly in rural regions.
    • Nominal food consumption spending surged by 13% last year, indicative of the inflationary pressure on essential commodities.
    • This trend is expected to persist, impacting purchasing power and discretionary spending across both rural and urban landscapes.
  • Shifting Consumption Patterns: Household consumption expenditure data reflects a gradual shift towards non-food items over time, mirroring rising per capita income and evolving consumer preferences.
    • This transition underscores the necessity to recalibrate weights in the consumer price index basket, which currently reflects consumption patterns from 2011-12.
  • Household Savings: Disaggregated data reveals that household savings constitute a substantial portion, comprising 61% of total savings in the economy.
    • Despite its prominence, the share of household savings in GDP declined to 18.4% in 2022-23, indicating changing trends in savings composition.
    • Household savings are further categorized into financial and physical savings, with financial savings, including bank deposits and securities, witnessing a significant decline to 5.3% of GDP in 2022-23.
    • Conversely, physical savings, driven by borrowings for assets like houses, have increased, reflecting evolving preferences and market dynamics.

Analysis of Investment Trends: Public, Corporate, and Household:

  • Private Corporate Investment Patterns: The data indicates a stagnant trajectory in private corporate investments, with no clear signs of revival evident in the fiscal year 2022-23.
    • This stagnation raises concerns, as private sector investments play a pivotal role in propelling economic growth, fostering job creation, and stimulating innovation.
  • Public and Household Investment Dynamics: In contrast to private corporate investments, both public and household investments have exhibited substantial growth during the fiscal year 2022-23.
    • Public investments, often influenced by government policies and infrastructure projects, contribute significantly to economic development.
    • On the other hand, household investments, encompassing expenditures on residences and durable goods, serve as indicators of consumer confidence and economic stability.

Way Forward:

  • Mitigating Policy Uncertainty: The government must mitigate policy uncertainty and streamline compliance costs.
    • A stable and foreseeable policy landscape is indispensable for fostering private-sector investments.
    • Addressing these concerns is paramount to cultivating an environment conducive to long-term corporate strategizing and sustained economic expansion.
  • Encouraging a Comprehensive Revival of Private Investments: Recognizing the pivotal role of a comprehensive revival of private investments in sustaining high growth rates over the medium term is imperative for the government.
    • While the government's emphasis on infrastructure development and targeted initiatives like the Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme has yielded positive outcomes, a more holistic approach is warranted to invigorate investments across diverse sectors of the economy.

Conclusion

India's unexpected GDP growth, underpinned by resilient domestic fundamentals and strategic policy emphasis, necessitates a nuanced examination of various economic facets. As India traverses through these multifaceted dimensions, focused attention on private corporate investments, consumption trends, and savings dynamics emerges as pivotal for achieving sustained and inclusive economic progress. Furthermore, the government's role in ensuring policy stability and minimizing compliance burdens emerges as a decisive factor in unlocking the full potential of India's economic prowess.

 

 

 

Upholding Constitutional Values: A Call Beyond Celebration

  • 23 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News?

While SC judgments on electoral bonds and Chandigarh mayoral election are welcome, they ought not to merely be an episodic legitimisation of the façade of constitutionalism.

Recent Indian Supreme Court Rulings Questioning Government Actions:

  • Invalidating the Electoral Bonds Scheme: The Supreme Court ruled the electoral bonds scheme unconstitutional, posing a challenge to a major government initiative concerning political funding.
  • AAP Victory in Chandigarh Mayoral Election: The Court affirmed the Aam Aadmi Party's (AAP) victory in the Chandigarh mayoral race, overturning a local electoral outcome and directly challenging administrative actions in the election process.

Analyzing the Supreme Court's Balancing Act:

  • Observe the Executive's Activities to Sustain Its Own Lawfulness: The Supreme Court of India, as the highest judicial authority, bears the weighty responsibility of interpreting and upholding the Constitution.
    • In fulfilling this duty, it frequently engages in a precarious balancing act, striving to negotiate the intricacies of challenging executive decisions while safeguarding its own credibility.
    • This intricate dance between the judiciary and the executive mirrors the broader constitutional framework, wherein checks and balances play a pivotal role in preventing the dominance of any single branch.
  • Significance of Upholding Legitimacy: A fundamental aspect of this delicate balancing act is the imperative to avoid antagonizing the executive to the extent that it imperils the Court's legitimacy.
    • The Court recognizes that maintaining this delicate equilibrium is indispensable for the institution’s continued existence.
    • A collapse in the Court's credibility could undermine the very fabric of the constitutional order it endeavours to uphold.
    • This consideration often influences the Court's deliberations, prompting careful consideration of the potential ramifications for its stature.

What are the Issues with the Court's Balancing Act Against the Executive?

  • The Court grapples with the intricate balance between its roles as a legal arbiter and guardian of constitutional integrity, particularly when confronted with executive actions that may encroach upon constitutional principles.
  • Recent decisions, like invalidating the electoral bonds scheme, highlight the Court's assertion in safeguarding democratic norms while cautiously avoiding confrontation to preserve its legitimacy.
  • However, concerns arise when the Court's reluctance to challenge the executive overshadows its commitment to constitutional values, potentially legitimizing authoritarian agendas.
  • Maintaining a facade of constitutionalism can lead to questions regarding the Court's consistent commitment to curbing executive power.
  • The Court must uphold constitutional principles robustly, even if it means challenging the executive's authority uncomfortably, to ensure justice and democracy prevail.
  • Success in this delicate balancing act lies not only in the decisions rendered but also in the Court's unwavering dedication to justice and democracy, despite formidable executive pressures.

Analysing Political Culture, Public Sentiment, and the Court's Influence:

  • Disparity Between Legal Pronouncements and Public Opinion: Recent Supreme Court rulings against government initiatives, such as invalidating the electoral bonds scheme, fail to resonate as significant concerns within public sentiment, highlighting a disconnection between legal decisions and public perception.
  • Normalization of Institutional Decline: The lack of public outcry over decisions challenging government actions reflects a worrying normalization of institutional decay, where issues like electoral malpractice are perceived as minor errors rather than threats to democracy.
  • Aestheticization of Politics: Rather than prompting political concern, events like the Chandigarh mayoral race are often viewed as entertainment, illustrating a shallow engagement with political developments that overlook their implications for governance.
  • Opposition Fragmentation and Political Dynamics: The Opposition's fragmented state impedes its ability to leverage judicial decisions against the government, weakening efforts to hold the ruling party accountable and allowing it to diminish the significance of adverse legal rulings.
  • Courts' Influence on Political Culture: While the Court delivers commendable decisions, it operates within a political culture seemingly immune to the erosion of democratic norms, limiting its ability to shape broader perceptions.
    • Legal victories, though sound, struggle to spark the necessary public mobilization to impact the prevailing political climate.

Way Ahead:

  • Embracing Civic Courage and Critical Inquiry: Amidst institutional erosion and a dearth of political engagement, there is a pressing need for civic courage, critical thinking, and a commitment to holding the government to account.
    • Instances of institutional impropriety, whether through overreach, repression, or communalisation, often fail to provoke a robust public response.
    • The reluctance to critically engage with such issues perpetuates a political climate where even pro-democracy decisions are seen as rare anomalies rather than normative outcomes.
    • As such, the public's reception of these rulings becomes pivotal in shaping their enduring impact.
  • Calling for a Reassessment of Institutional Roles: Recent legal verdicts must be part of a broader effort to challenge the consolidation of authoritarianism and communalism.
    • The prevailing political climate necessitates critically reassessing institutional roles in fostering genuine accountability.

Conclusion

Recent Supreme Court rulings, while potentially positive, warrant cautious consideration amid broader institutional challenges. Navigating issues like legitimacy balancing, fragmented opposition, and institutional normalization presents formidable obstacles. The enduring impact of these decisions hinges on both public reception and the Court's steadfast dedication to constitutional principles, determining whether they signify substantive progress or fleeting glimpses of hope amidst broader democratic challenges in India.

 

India Allows 100% Foreign Direct Investment in Space Sector

  • 22 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News?

Recently, the government of India has approved the amendment in the Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) policy for the space sector.

Context:

  • India’s space industry, though nascent compared to global leaders such as the US, Russia, and China, has made significant strides in cutting-edge technologies, as evidenced by successful missions like Chandrayaan-3, Aditya-L1, and XpoSat.
  • These achievements have not only demonstrated India’s economic prowess in space technology but have also positioned the Country favourably on the global map.
    • However, the sector faces challenges, particularly in funding.
  • Despite the sector’s expansion from 10 to 150 startups within three years, the absence of a substantial domestic investor pool interested in space ventures, which are inherently slow to yield returns, has hindered growth.
  • The only other way out was to look at Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) policy.
  • According to experts, “India stands at a critical juncture in its space journey.
  • With strategic investments in infrastructure and manufacturing, alongside fostering innovation and education, India can achieve its goal of a US$44 billion space economy by 2033, enhancing its position as a global leader in space technology and services.

What is the Current Status of India’s Space Sector?

  • India's expertise in the space sector is globally acknowledged, with achievements ranging from cost-effective satellite construction to launching foreign satellites.
  • Aligned with its commitment to the Geneva Conference on Disarmament (1979), India advocates for the peaceful and civilian utilization of outer space, opposing any militarization efforts.
  • The Indian Space Economy is valued at approximately $8.4 billion, constituting around 2-3% of the global space economy.
  • ISRO stands as the 6th largest space agency globally, boasting an impressive success rate.
    • India also ranks 5th worldwide in the number of private space companies, with over 400 such entities.
  • Budgetary Allocation: The Department of Space has witnessed a nominal 4% increase in its allocation in the Interim Union Budget for 2024-25, rising from ?12,545 crore to ?13,043 crore.
  • Future Projections: Implementation of the Indian Space Policy 2023 could propel the Indian space economy to reach $44 billion by 2033.
  • Growth in Space Start-Ups: The number of Space Start-Ups has surged from just 1 in 2014 to 189 in 2023, as reported by the DPIIT Start-Up India Portal.
    • Investment in Indian Space Start-Ups has concurrently risen to $124.7 million in 2023.

Key Changes in FDI Policy:

  • With the privatization of space launches, India aims for a significant five-fold increase in its share of the global launch market.
  • The recent changes in the FDI policy reflect a more welcoming approach to foreign investment.
  • Specifically, the satellite sector which used to have strict rules has now been split into different parts each with its own limits on how much foreign investment is allowed.
  • Launch Vehicles and Associated Systems/Subsystems: Foreign investment up to 49% is permitted under the automatic route with government approval mandated for anything beyond this threshold.
    • This includes activities related to the establishment of spaceports for spacecraft launches and receptions.
  • Satellite Manufacturing and Operation: The automatic route allows for up to 74% FDI covering satellite manufacturing, operation, satellite data products and both the Ground Segment and User Segment.
    • Approval from the government is required for FDI exceeding 74% in these activities.
  • Manufacturing of Components and Systems/Subsystems: Foreign investors are now allowed to invest up to 100% in manufacturing components and systems for satellites, ground segments and user segments through the automatic route.
  • The decision to liberalize FDI norms in the space sector stems from a strategic vision outlined in the Indian Space Policy 2023.
  • By fostering a more investor-friendly environment the government aims to tap into the potential of non-government entities (NGEs) encouraging them to invest in Indian companies within the space domain.
  • This move is expected to drive technological advancements, scale up operations globally and boost India's position in the global space economy.

Recent Advancements in the India’s Space Sector:

  • Indian Space Policy 2023: This policy delineates the roles and responsibilities of entities like ISRO, NewSpace India Limited (NSIL), and private sector players with the aim of bolstering involvement from research, academia, startups, and industry.
  • Strategic Proposals by SIA: The Space Industry Association – India (SIA-India) has recommended in its Pre-Budget Memorandum for FY 2024-25 a substantial increase in India's space budget.
  • Defence Space Agency (DSA): India inaugurated its Defence Space Agency (DSA) alongside the Defence Space Research Organisation (DSRO), tasked with developing space-based weapons to counter adversaries.
  • Defence Space Mission Launch: The Indian Prime Minister unveiled the Defence Space Mission during the Defence Expo 2022 in Gandhinagar.
  • Expansion of Satellite Manufacturing: India's satellite manufacturing sector is forecasted to grow to USD 3.2 billion by 2025, up from USD 2.1 billion in 2020.
  • SAMVAD Program: ISRO introduced the SAMVAD Student Outreach Program at its Bengaluru facility, aimed at fostering space research among young minds.
  • The objective is to bolster India's expanding space program, encourage private sector participation, drive technological innovation, and position the nation as a prominent player in the global space landscape.

Importance of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) in the Space Sector:

  • Advancement in Space Missions: India's achievements in space missions have positioned it as a reliable provider of cost-effective space solutions globally, with FDI expected to further enhance technological capabilities and expand operations.
  • Boost to Manufacturing: Encourages the establishment of manufacturing facilities within India, aligning with the government's 'Make In India' initiative and bolstering domestic manufacturing capabilities.
  • Private Sector Engagement: FDI facilitates greater private sector involvement in India's space endeavours, transitioning from ISRO-driven initiatives to leveraging space technology for commercial applications and fostering industry participation.
  • Integration into Global Value Chains: Expected to integrate Indian companies into global value chains, enabling them to contribute significantly to the global space economy.
  • Technology Uptake and Global Collaboration: FDI promotes the absorption of advanced technology and facilitates global integration, enabling companies to enhance product sophistication, scale operations globally, and increase their share in the global space economy.
  • Enhanced Business Environment: FDI policy reforms improve the Ease of Doing Business in India, attracting greater FDI inflows and fostering investment, income, and employment growth.
  • Stimulus for Research and Innovation: FDI in the space sector stimulates technology transfer, fosters research collaborations, and encourages innovation, driving advancements in space technology and applications.

What are the Challenges?

  • Limited Investor Engagement: Investors show limited interest in the later stages of space tech development, likely due to perceived high risks and long-term investment horizons.
  • Talent Shortage: The space tech sector faces a shortage of skilled professionals, highlighting the need for expanded talent development initiatives.
  • Policy Ambiguity: Ambiguous policies in the space sector create uncertainty, necessitating clear and consistent regulatory frameworks to attract foreign investment.
  • Streamlining FDI Procedures: Simplification of foreign direct investment processes is essential to remove barriers and encourage investor participation in the space industry.
  • High Capital Requirements: Space technology ventures demand substantial capital investments, posing challenges for startups and smaller enterprises in accessing necessary funds.
  • Competition Concerns with ISRO: Foreign investors express reservations due to competition concerns with ISRO, highlighting the importance of addressing perceived conflicts of interest to instil investor confidence.

Conclusion

The amendment in the FDI policy on the space sector heralds a new era of growth and opportunity for India’s space industry. By opening doors to foreign investment, India aims to leverage private sector participation to enhance its space capabilities, drive innovation, and foster economic development. The policy reform underscores India’s commitment to becoming a global leader in space exploration and technology.

With elections in at least 83 countries, will 2024 be the year of AI freak-out?

  • 19 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News?

Regulatory panic could do more harm than good. Rather than poor risk management today, rules should anticipate the greater risks that lie ahead.

Context:

  • The year 2024 will see 4.2 billion people go to the polls, which, in the era of artificial intelligence (AI), misinformation and disinformation may not be the democratic exercise intended.
  • The Global Risks Report 2024 named misinformation and disinformation a top risk, which could destabilise society as the legitimacy of election results may be questioned.
  • Therefore, it is crucial to scrutinise the possible drawbacks of swiftly formulated regulations to counter AI-driven disinformation during this crucial period.

What are the Major Challenges Arising from Hasty Regulatory Responses to AI?

Escalation of Disinformation: Unintended Ramifications of Resource Allocation

  • The surge in disinformation, demonstrated by manipulated videos impacting political figures, presents a formidable obstacle.
    • For instance, consider the case of Tarique Rahman, a leader of the Bangladesh Nationalist Party, whose manipulated video suggested a reduction in support for Gaza's bombing victims—an action with potential electoral repercussions in a Muslim-majority country.
  • Meta, the parent company of Facebook, exhibited delayed action in removing the fabricated video, raising concerns about the effectiveness of content moderation.
  • Moreover, the reduction in content moderation staff due to widespread layoffs in 2023 exacerbates the challenge.
  • The pressure to prioritize interventions in more influential markets may leave voters in less prominent regions, such as Bangladesh, vulnerable to disinformation, potentially leading to a global surge in disinformation due to the focus on catching misinformation from powerful governments.

Reinforcement of Industry Dominance: Amplifying Concentration and Ethical Concerns

  • While well-intentioned, AI regulations risk bolstering industry concentration. Mandates such as watermarking (which are not foolproof) and red-teaming exercises (which are expensive) may inadvertently favour tech giants, as smaller companies encounter compliance obstacles.
  • Such regulations could further entrench the power of already dominant players by erecting barriers to entry or rendering compliance unfeasible for startups.
  • This concentration not only consolidates power but also raises apprehensions regarding ethical lapses, biases, and the centralization of consequential decisions within a select few entities.

Navigating Ethical Quagmires: Pitfalls of Sincere Guidelines

  • The formulation of ethical frameworks and guidelines introduces its own complexities.
  • The question of whose ethics and values should underpin these frameworks gains prominence in polarized times. Divergent perspectives on prioritizing regulation based on risk levels add layers of complexity, with some viewing AI risks as existential threats while others emphasize more immediate concerns.
  • The absence of laws mandating audits of AI systems raises transparency issues, leaving voluntary mechanisms vulnerable to conflicts of interest.
  • In the Indian context, members of the Prime Minister's Economic Advisory Council have even argued that the concept of risk management itself is precarious concerning AI, given its non-linear, evolving, and unpredictably complex nature.

Navigating the Complexity of AI Regulation: Strategies for Policymakers

  • Acknowledge and Address Democracy's Inherent Challenges Alongside AI Threats:
    • Before delving into the intricacies of AI-related risks, policymakers must acknowledge the persistent challenges facing democracy globally.
    • Instances of unjust political imprisonments, threats to electoral processes, and disruptions to communication networks underscore the vulnerability of democratic systems.
    • Furthermore, the enduring issues of vote-buying and ballot-stuffing tarnish the integrity of elections.
    • These entrenched challenges within the democratic process provide context for evaluating the novelty of AI threats.
  • Strike a Balance Between Addressing AI Risks and Implementing Sensible Regulation:
    • The rush among regulators to enact AI regulations ahead of the 2024 elections, following the AI fervour of 2023, underscores the need for caution.
    • While it is essential to confront the emerging threats posed by AI, hastily devised regulations may inadvertently worsen the situation.
    • Policymakers must carefully consider the potential for unintended consequences and the complexities inherent in regulating a swiftly evolving technological landscape.
    • It is crucial for regulators to appreciate the delicate balance required to manage AI risks without unintentionally creating new challenges or hindering democratic processes.
  • Prepare for Future Challenges: Policymakers must adopt a forward-thinking approach to AI regulation, anticipating and formulating rules that not only address current risks but also proactively tackle future challenges.
    • Recognizing the rapid evolution of technology, regulatory frameworks must evolve accordingly.
    • By planning several steps ahead, regulators can contribute to the resilience of democratic processes, ensuring that voters in elections beyond 2024 benefit from an adaptive, proactive, and effective regulatory environment.

How Major Tech Companies Join Hands to Combat AI Misuse in Elections?

  • On February 16th, 2024, a major step was taken in the fight against AI misuse in elections.
  • 20 tech giants, including Microsoft, Google, Meta, and Adobe, signed a voluntary agreement called the "Tech Accord to Combat Deceptive Use of AI in 2024 Elections."
  • This agreement marks a significant step towards collective action against the potential manipulation of democratic processes through deepfakes and other AI-generated content.

Key features of the Tech Accord:

  • Collaborative detection and labelling: Companies pledge to develop tools and techniques for identifying and labelling deepfakes, fostering transparency and facilitating content removal.
  • Transparency and user education: The accord emphasizes transparency in company policies regarding deepfakes and aims to educate users on identifying and avoiding them, raising public awareness about the technology's capabilities and limitations.
  • Rapid response and information sharing: The signatories commit to sharing information and collaborating on takedown strategies for identified deepfakes, aiming for faster removal and a unified front against malicious actors.
  • Additional measures: The agreement includes further commitments to invest in threat intelligence, empower candidates and officials with reporting tools, and collaborate on open standards and research.

However, critical analysis reveals potential limitations:

  • Voluntary nature: The accord's voluntary character raises concerns about its enforceability and long-term effectiveness.
    • Companies may prioritize competing interests over their goals.
  • Technical challenges: Deepfake detection remains an evolving field with limitations.
    • Continuous innovation by malicious actors can outpace detection capabilities.
  • Potential for bias: Concerns exist about potential biases in detection algorithms, particularly regarding marginalized groups, further complicating the issue.
  • Freedom of expression and censorship: Balancing the need for content moderation with upholding freedom of expression requires careful consideration and potential legal challenges.

Conclusion

Balancing immediate concerns with long-term implications, and addressing AI-related electoral risks requires careful regulatory foresight. While the Tech Accord offers promise in combatting AI-driven election interference, its effectiveness depends on rigorous implementation and continuous adaptation to evolving threats. Ongoing research and dialogue are crucial to address ethical concerns and ensure a balanced approach to safeguarding democracy and individual rights.

The Cost of Legal MSP is Greatly Exaggerated (Indian Express)

  • 17 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News?

Farmers have resumed protests without a specific trigger, unlike their previous march against contentious farm laws. Their main demand is a legal guarantee for Minimum Support Prices (MSP).

Context:

  • The renewed protest by farmers, advocating for a legal assurance of Minimum Support Prices (MSP), underscores the enduring battle for agricultural sector stability.
  • Amidst this, it's crucial to delve into the intricacies of MSP, address prevailing misconceptions, and explore the advantages of formalising this system.

What is the Minimum Support Price (MSP)?

  • MSP (Minimum Support Price) is the cost at which the government buys crops from the farmers, to guarantee farmers against any sharp fall in agricultural income.
  • It is declared by the Government based on the proposal of the Commission for Agricultural Cost and Prices (CACP), at the start of the planting season.
  • This mechanism aims to protect small and marginal farmers from financial losses and ensure an adequate supply of food grains for public distribution across India.
  • Since its inception in 1966-67 for wheat, the MSP framework has expanded to cover various essential food crops, facilitating their availability to the public through subsidized rates under the public distribution system.
    • However, only a small percentage, approximately 6% or less, of farmers are able to sell their produce at prices higher than the MSP.

Is the MSP Different in different states?

  • Because of the variety in irrigation and wages, the expense of a similar yield changes from one state to another.
  • However, there is no draft of the local Minimum Support Price, so there is one MSP for the whole country.

Significance of Minimum Support Price: 

  • Fixed Remunerations: The farmers are financially insured against the impulses of price fall in the market.
    • It gives security to farmers from crop loss and price uncertainty.
  • Help in Decision Making: MSPs are reported toward the start of the planting season, this assists farmers with settling on the best choices of crop that they should plant.
    • This development data assists the farmer with settling on the best choice with regards to which yield to plant for the most extreme monetary advantage inside the restrictions of his agricultural land size, environment, and irrigation framework.
  • Crop Diversification: The MSP declared by the Government of India without precedent for 1966-67 for wheat has reached out to around 24 crops at the present.
    • This has urged the farmers to develop these different crops to maximize their agricultural income.
  • Price Limitations for Private Purchasers: MSP conveys a value message to advertise that if vendors don’t offer higher than MSP costs the farmer may not sell them his produce.
    • In this manner, it goes about as an anchor or benchmark for agricultural produce.
    • It guarantees the market costs won’t be radically lower than the Minimum Support Price.
  • Commercial Crops: MSP is utilized as an instrument to boost the creation of explicit food crops which is short in supply.
    • MSP spurs farmers to develop commercial crops and expand creation on a commercial basis.
  • Purchasing Power Enhancement: MSP provides fixed amounts in framers’ hands which makes them financially stable.
    • It helps in upgrading the buying limit and updating the style of living of farmers and their families.

Challenges in Implementation of MSP:

  • Selective Intervention and Limited Coverage: Despite the annual announcement of MSP for 23 crops, actual implementation tends to be selective, primarily focusing on major crops like rice and wheat.
    • This limited coverage undermines the broader objective of ensuring stability across various agricultural commodities.
  • MSP Implementation Bias: The unequal application of MSP, favouring specific crops, marginalizes farmers cultivating other essential commodities.
    • This bias exacerbates regional disparities and impacts the economic well-being of farmers engaged in non-major crop cultivation.
  • Disconnect Between Market Price and MSP: The disparity between market prices and MSP poses a significant challenge, as government intervention is triggered primarily when market prices fall below the MSP.
    • Inconsistent intervention exacerbates uncertainties for farmers, leading to financial distress during market downturns.
  • Perceived Government Apathy: Farmers perceive a lack of genuine interest or urgency from the government in effectively implementing MSP.
    • This perceived apathy breeds distrust and frustration among farmers, fueling demands for a legal guarantee to ensure consistent and widespread implementation.
  • Political Hesitation and Decision-Making Delays: While there is political consensus supporting a legal guarantee for MSP, successive governments have hesitated to formalize this mechanism.
    • Delayed decision-making perpetuates uncertainties in the agricultural sector, undermining the effectiveness of MSP as a stabilizing force.

What Does a Legal Guarantee of MSP Mean and What Obstacles in Legalising MSP?

  • It means that anyone paying less than the price set by the government for crops could be criminally charged.
    • Currently, there is an MSP for 23 crops.
    • However, the highest procurement by the government is of wheat and rice.
  • According to experts, if MSP is legally guaranteed, the government will have to pay it regardless of supply and demand dynamics.
    • At the moment, about 60 per cent of the total field crop production in India comes from wheat and paddy.
  • Fiscal Concerns: Misconceptions regarding the fiscal implications of guaranteeing MSP have posed obstacles to its legalization.
    • Despite the political consensus, concerns over perceived excessive fiscal burdens have deterred governments from formalizing MSP.
  • Prevalent Misconceptions: There is a prevalent misconception that legalizing MSP necessitates government procurement of all agricultural produce, which is inaccurate.
    • Government intervention is required only when market prices dip below MSP, and it does not entail the procurement of the entire marketable surplus.
  • Misunderstanding of Procurement Costs and Subsidies: The cost of procuring rice and wheat is often misconstrued as the cost of the MSP program, whereas it primarily serves as a subsidy to consumers rather than farmers.
    • For other crops, government procurement is not a cost unless sold with a subsidy, with the actual cost being the difference between economic cost and issue price.

Potential Advantages of Legalising MSP:

  • Ensuring Uniform Implementation: Formalizing Minimum Support Prices (MSP) establishes a clear legal framework, ensuring consistent application across all crops.
    • This move addresses current issues of selective intervention, providing farmers with a dependable safety net.
  • Promoting Inclusive Agricultural Growth: Expanding MSP coverage to various crops ensures that price stability benefits all segments of the farming community.
    • Small and marginal farmers cultivating diverse crops can access MSP protection, fostering inclusive agricultural development.
  • Reducing Farmer Vulnerability: Formalizing MSP reduces farmers' susceptibility to market fluctuations by guaranteeing a minimum income for their produce.
    • This assurance enables farmers to navigate uncertainties with confidence, knowing that government intervention is assured during price downturns.
  • Boosting the Rural Economy: A secured MSP contributes to farmers' economic well-being, leading to increased rural income.
    • This upliftment stimulates the rural economy by generating demand for goods and services, fostering growth across multiple sectors.
  • Clarifying Consumer Subsidies: Formalization helps distinguish between procurement costs and consumer subsidies, often conflated as MSP program expenses.
    • This clarity aids policy discussions and ensures targeted subsidy allocation, benefiting both farmers and consumers.
  • Facilitating Strategic Government Operations: A legal framework empowers the government to conduct strategic operations in domestic and international markets.
    • Through controlled sales during periods of high market prices, the government can manage inflation, ensuring price stability for consumers.

Conclusion

The legalization of MSP presents a holistic remedy to the agricultural sector's woes.

Beyond ensuring uniform application, it fosters diversification, inclusivity, and economic robustness, ultimately benefiting farmers and bolstering rural prosperity. By dispelling misconceptions and tackling apprehensions, policymakers can pave the way toward a more secure and prosperous future for our farmers.

 

Supreme Court Strikes Down Electoral Bonds Scheme (Indian Express)

  • 16 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News?

A five-judge Constitution Bench of the Supreme Court on Thursday unanimously struck down the Centre’s electoral bond scheme which facilitates anonymous political donations for being unconstitutional.

 

Context:

  • A five-judge Constitution Bench of the Supreme Court on Thursday unanimously struck down the Centre’s electoral bond scheme which facilitates anonymous political donations for being unconstitutional.
  • It underscored that the scheme violates the right to information under Article 19(1)(a) of the Constitution.
  • Additionally, the Apex Court nullified several amendments introduced by the government in vital laws to streamline corporate donations to political parties.
    • These amendments were incorporated through The Finance Act, 2016, and The Finance Act, 2017, preceding the implementation of the EBS in January 2018.
  • The decision followed petitions from the Communist Party of India (Marxist) and NGOs Common Cause and ADR.

Key Highlights of the SC Judgement:

  • Protection of Voters' Right to Information: The court emphasized that access to information regarding political party funding is crucial for informed voting.
    • It argued that economic disparities lead to political inequalities, as financial resources often translate into greater political influence and access to policymakers.
    • Thus, the Electoral Bonds Scheme (EBS) was deemed to violate Article 19(1)(a) of the Constitution, safeguarding freedom of speech and expression.
  • Disproportionate Restrictions on Curbing Black Money: While acknowledging the importance of curbing black money, the court found the restrictions imposed by the EBS disproportionate.
    • It clarified that restrictions on the Right to Information (RTI) should align with Article 19(2) of the Constitution, which outlines reasonable restrictions on freedom of speech and expression.
    • Curbing black money was not deemed a valid reason for such restrictions.
  • Right to Donor Privacy: The judgement delved into the notion of donor privacy, particularly regarding political contributions.
    • It affirmed that the right to informational privacy encompasses political affiliation.
    • However, it clarified that privacy does not extend to contributions aimed at influencing policies, emphasizing genuine political support over attempts to obscure motives, especially those of corporate entities.
  • Limits on Corporate Political Contributions: The court declared unlimited political contributions by companies unconstitutional.
    • It highlighted the disproportionate influence of corporations on the political process compared to individuals.
    • Contributions from companies were viewed as business transactions aimed at securing benefits, which undermined the democratic process and equality in political participation.

What was the Existing System Before the Introduction of EBS?

  • Before the enactment of The Finance Act 2016 and The Finance Act 2017, political funding operated under a different framework:
  • Contribution Declarations: Political parties were mandated to declare all contributions exceeding Rs 20,000 without any exceptions.
    • Detailed records of donations exceeding Rs 20,000 were required for taxation purposes.
  • Limits on Corporate Donations: Companies were subject to a cap on their political contributions, restricted to a maximum of 7.5% of their average net profits from the preceding three years.
  • Amendments through The Finance Act 2017: The Finance Act of 2017 brought significant changes to political funding regulations by amending key legislations like the Representation of the People Act, 1951, the Income-tax Act, 1961, and the Companies Act, 2013.
    • These amendments introduced electoral bonds, altering the landscape of political party funding:
  • Introduction of Electoral Bonds: Electoral bonds were introduced, effectively removing donation limits for companies.
    • The requirement to declare and maintain records of donations made through electoral bonds was eliminated, streamlining the process of political contributions.

Supreme Court Verdict:

  • The recent Supreme Court verdict has reinstated the legal framework that existed before the enactment of the Finance Act, 2017, impacting various statutes:
  • Representation of the People Act, 1951: The original Section 29C of the Act mandated political parties to report all donations exceeding Rs 20,000, specifying whether they were from individuals or companies.
    • Amendments introduced by the Finance Act, 2017 exempted donations via Electoral Bonds from this reporting requirement.
    • The Supreme Court overturned this amendment, asserting that the original provision effectively balanced voters' right to information with donors' right to privacy.
  • Companies Act, 2013: Section 182(1) previously limited corporate donations to political parties to 7.5% of average net profits over three years.
    • Section 182(3) requires disclosure of all political contributions made by companies.
    • Amendments removed the donation cap and reduced disclosure requirements.
    • The Supreme Court struck down these changes, citing concerns about unchecked corporate influence in electoral processes.
  • Income-tax Act, 1961: Section 13A(b) mandated political parties to maintain records of donations above Rs 20,000, including donor details.
    • Amendments exempted Electoral Bond contributions from these reporting requirements and introduced new donation methods.
    • The Supreme Court ruled that exempting Electoral Bond donations from record-keeping violated voters' right to information and struck down both amendments.

Supreme Court's Directives:

  • Instructions to SBI: SBI is instructed to immediately halt the issuance of any further electoral bonds.
    • Provide detailed information on electoral bonds purchased by political parties since April 12, 2019, to the Election Commission of India (ECI) by March 6.
    • Furnish specifics including the purchase date, purchaser's name, and bond denomination for each transaction.
  • Election Commission's Obligations: The ECI is directed to publish all received data from SBI on its official website by March 13, 2024.
  • Return of Electoral Bonds: Electoral bonds within the 15-day validity period, yet to be encashed by political parties, must be returned.
    • The issuing bank will then reimburse the amount to the purchaser's account.

Evaluation of the Latest Ruling:

  • The recent Supreme Court ruling establishes a rigorous standard for the state to justify its interference with fundamental rights, even when pursuing a conflicting right.
  • It mandates that the state must prove that its action is the "least restrictive" and that no other methods of equal effectiveness exist to achieve its goal.
  • Traditionally, the judicial balance between two fundamental rights has often favoured one right over the other.
  • In numerous instances, the court has prioritized public interest over individual fundamental rights, thereby granting the state considerable authority.
  • For instance, in 2018, the Supreme Court curtailed the right to protest near Delhi’s Jantar Mantar to uphold the right to a peaceful residence and the state's regulatory power over such activities.

What are Electoral Bonds and Why Were They Introduced?

  • An electoral Bond is a type of financial instrument that functions like a Promissory Note and an interest-free banking tool.
  • Any Indian citizen or organisation registered in India can buy these bonds after fulfilling the Know Your Customer (KYC) norms laid down by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI).
    • Before the introduction of Electoral Bonds, political parties in India relied heavily on donations from individuals and corporate entities to fund their election campaigns and day-to-day activities.
  • The need for electoral reforms to address these concerns was highlighted by various stakeholders, including civil society organisations, electoral watchdogs, and the judiciary.
  • In response, the government initiated efforts to reform the electoral system and enhance transparency in political funding.
  • Electoral Bonds were introduced in India through the Finance Act, of 2017, as a means of reforming political funding and promoting transparency.

Key Features of Electoral Bonds:

  • Anonymity: One of the key features of Electoral Bonds is the anonymity of the donor.
    • Unlike traditional forms of political donations, where the identity of the donor is disclosed to the public and the receiving political party, Electoral Bonds allow donors to remain anonymous.
    • This was intended to protect the privacy and security of donors and shield them from potential retribution or harassment.
  • Denominations: Electoral Bonds are available in various denominations ranging from ?1,000 to ?1 crore (10 million).
    • Donors can purchase these bonds from notified banks in India, with the State Bank of India (SBI), the largest public sector lender in the country, being the only authorised institution to issue Electoral Bonds.
  • Validity: Electoral Bonds have a validity period within which they must be redeemed.
    • As per the existing regulations, the bonds have a validity of 15 days from the date of issuance.
    • This timeframe is designed to ensure that the bonds are promptly encashed by the receiving political parties.
  • Transparency: While the identity of the donor remains anonymous, the sale and redemption of Electoral Bonds are recorded electronically by the issuing bank.
    • This electronic tracking system is intended to enhance transparency in the overall process of political funding and enable regulatory authorities to monitor the flow of funds.

WTO Pressure on Indian Farm Subsidies Amid Farmer's Protest for MSP (Indian Express)

  • 15 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News?

The government might find it challenging to meet the protesting farmers' demand for a legal guarantee of (MSP) due to India's farm subsidies being scrutinised at the (WTO), especially with criticism from a group of 19 influential agricultural exporting countries.

Background:

  • After independence, our country struggled to produce enough food for its large population as the agriculture sector was in a poor state.
  • To address this challenge, we either had to import grains, which incurred significant costs, or rely on aid from other nations.
  • In 1960, the government took steps toward self-sufficiency. They introduced high-yielding seeds, promoted the use of fertilisers, and improved agricultural machinery.
  • At the same time, the government supported rice and wheat cultivation by offering farmers a Minimum Support Price (MSP).
    • This ensures that farmers receive a fair price; if they can't sell their crops for a better price in the market, the government will buy them at a favourable rate.
  • However, there's currently tension between India and the WTO regarding these subsidies.

Green Revolution

  • The Green Revolution, initiated in the 1960s, aimed to enhance agricultural productivity and bolster the nation's economy.
  • India embraced technological and industrial advancements in agriculture during this era.
  • This included the adoption of high-yield seeds, modern farming equipment, irrigation systems, pesticides, and fertilisers to transform the agricultural landscape.
  • The green revolution helped India move from a state of importing grains to a state of self-sufficiency.

Causes of Tensions Between India and the WTO:

  • India's actions in this realm have stirred discontent among other nations, who perceive India's practices as unfair trade manoeuvres.
    • The government's practice of procuring crops from farmers at low prices and subsequently exporting them at reduced rates to global markets has drawn criticism.
  • Developed countries have lodged complaints, alleging multiple instances of India breaching WTO regulations by providing subsidies amounting to 60-70% of the total crop value.
  • While the WTO permits governments to offer subsidies to farmers, it imposes restrictions, allowing developed countries to provide up to 5% and developing countries up to 10% of the total value in subsidies.

What are the WTO Regulations on Farm Subsidies?

  • The WTO regulations on farm subsidies aim to promote fair competition and prevent global trade distortion.
  • These regulations establish limits on the types and levels of subsidies that member countries can offer to their agricultural sectors.
  • Levels of Subsidies:

Green Box:

  • These subsidies have minimal impact on trade distortion.
  • They are not specific to particular products and are generally permissible under WTO rules.
  • Examples include funding for research, environmental conservation, and direct income support for farmers facing challenges such as crop loss or natural disasters.

Amber Box:

  • These subsidies promote excessive production and distort international trade.
  • Examples include input subsidies like those for seeds, fertilisers, and Minimum Support Price (MSP).
  • WTO restricts these subsidies, capping them at 5% for developed countries and 10% for developing countries.

Blue Box:

  • These subsidies, akin to Amber Box subsidies, aim to limit production.
  • Currently, only a few countries, such as Norway and Iceland, utilise these subsidies.
  • The WTO does not impose any limits on these subsidies.

Why India's Agricultural Subsidy Programs Encounter Challenges in the WTO?

  • India's agricultural subsidies face hurdles at the WTO due to the organisation's rules, which do not consider subsidies on a per-farmer basis, disadvantageous to developing countries like India.
    • For instance, although India's per-farmer subsidy is significantly lower compared to countries like the US, the WTO regulations focus on total subsidy amounts.
  • In 2019-20, India's subsidies exceeded the 10% limit relative to its total rice production, despite the per-farmer subsidy being relatively modest at $300 compared to the US's $40,000 per farmer.
  • While India is safeguarded by the 'Peace Clause' established during the WTO's Bali ministerial in 2013, certain ambiguities in the clause leave India vulnerable to disputes.
  • Consequently, new schemes must adhere to the 10% subsidy ceiling, foregoing protection under the 'Peace Clause'.

Criticism of India’s Agricultural Subsidies by Influential Agricultural Exporting Countries:

  • The Cairns Group, which includes countries like Australia, Brazil, and Canada, has raised concerns about the level of subsidisation in India’s public stockholding (PSH) program.
  • They argue that India's agricultural support measures are significantly subsidised, leading to distortions in global food prices and negatively impacting food security in other nations.
  • Last year, the group circulated a comprehensive proposal aimed at reducing trade-distorting agricultural support among WTO members, advocating for a halving of the total global entitlement/subsidies.
  • This proposal sparked tensions among developing nations, with India among those affected.
  • Essentially, the Cairns Group is advocating for India to either dismantle or scale back its Minimum Support Price (MSP) scheme, prompting India to seek stronger legal protection for its MSP program.

Upcoming Challenges for the Government of India:

  • In pursuit of greater flexibility in providing agricultural support, India is actively advocating for a permanent solution at the forthcoming inter-ministerial summit in Abu Dhabi.
  • However, the entrenched impasse on politically sensitive issues between developed and developing nations makes resolution unlikely.
  • Farmers' groups in India advocate for removing agriculture from the purview of the WTO, but this approach could present challenges and hinder India and other developing nations from regulating subsidies provided by developed countries.
  • The government faces a dilemma, as it grapples with peer pressure at the WTO while simultaneously facing demands for Minimum Support Price (MSP) from farmers.
  • The call for better MSP support isn't limited to Punjab farmers; farmers across the nation are seeking similar assurances.
  • Furthermore, if farmers in Punjab and Haryana shift away from agriculture, it could pose a threat to the country's food security.

Way Forward

  • While India currently avoids disputes on the subsidy matter at the WTO due to the non-functionality of the Dispute Settlement Body (DSB), member countries will continue to scrutinise India's adherence to subsidy limits.
  • As a result, India must advocate not only for adjustments to the formula used to calculate the food subsidy cap within the WTO but also for the inclusion of programs implemented after 2013 under the protection of the 'Peace Clause'.

Inauguration of BAPS Temple in UAE by PM Modi: Exploring Its Unique Features, Architecture, and Significance (Indian Express)

  • 14 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News?

During his two-day visit to UAE, Prime Minister Modi will inaugurate the BAPS Swaminarayan temple in Abu Dhabi, the first Hindu temple in the Gulf nation.

Context:

  • Prime Minister Modi on Wednesday inaugurated the (BAPS) temple, the first-ever Hindu temple in the United Arab Emirates (UAE).
  • The iconic stone temple is located in Abu Mureikhah, near Al Rahba off the Dubai-Abu Dhabi Sheikh Zayed Highway.
  • The inauguration of the 108-ft high temple marks a significant moment for the Hindu community in UAE and the two countries’ bilateral ties.

What is BAPS?

  • Bochasanwasi Shri Akshar Purushottam Swaminarayan Sanstha (BAPS) is a socio-spiritual Hindu organisation founded on the principles of practical spirituality.
  • The temple was built by the organisation, a denomination of the Swaminarayan Sampradaya, a Vaishnav sect of Hinduism.
  • With over 3,850 centres globally, BAPS has garnered national and international recognition, including affiliation with the United Nations.
  • Through vows of abstinence and purity, BAPS fosters a foundation for humanitarian endeavours, caring for societies, families, and individuals.

What Does BAPS Do?

  • The BAPS Swaminarayan Sanstha views spirituality as its core mission. Through gradual steps, it strives to draw individuals closer to God.
  • In collaboration with BAPS Charities, the organization extends its outreach globally, addressing diverse humanitarian needs.
    • From education to healthcare and environmental concerns, practical solutions are offered to real-world problems, impacting lives on both macro and micro scales.
  • BAPS has a network of around 1,550 temples across the world, including the Akshardham temples in New Delhi and Gandhinagar, and Swaminarayan temples in London, Houston, Chicago, Atlanta, Toronto, Los Angeles, and Nairobi.

Who is Swami Narayan?

  • Bhagwan Swaminarayan’s life and work have not only influenced communities in Gujarat, India but have affected change throughout the world. 
  • He reestablished Hindu Sanatan Dharma, cleansing traditions and rituals of the impurities that had seeped in over time. 
  • His contributions have been hailed by Hindus and dignitaries of other faiths as truly transforming the lives of millions of individuals. 
  • He improved societal standards and, most importantly, the innate nature of people, eradicating them from lust, anger, greed, and envy. 
  • Bhagwan Swaminarayan’s teachings transcended borders, rejuvenating Hindu traditions worldwide.

What are the Features of the (BAPS) Temple?

  • The Abu Dhabi temple is a traditional stone Hindu temple with seven shikhars.
  • Built in the traditional Nagar style, the temple’s front panel depicts universal values, stories of harmony from different cultures, Hindu spiritual leaders and avatars.
  • Spread over 27 acres, the temple complex is on 13.5 acres
    • The 13.5 acres of land was gifted by Sheikh Mohammed Bin Zayed Al Nahyan, the President of the UAE in 2019.
  • The height of the temple is 108 ft, its length 262 ft and its width 180 ft.
  • While the external facade uses pink sandstone from Rajasthan, the interior uses Italian marble.
  • A total of 20,000 tonnes of stones and marble were shipped in 700 containers for the temple.
    • More than Rs 700 crore was spent on the temple’s construction.
  • The temple has two central domes, Dome of Harmony and Dome of Peace, emphasizing human coexistence through the carvings of earth, water, fire, air, and plants.
  • A Wall of Harmony, one of the largest 3D-printed walls in the UAE, features a video showcasing key milestones of the temple’s construction.
    • The word ‘harmony’ has been written in 30 different ancient and modern languages.
  • The seven shikhars (spires) are representative of the seven Emirates of the UAE.
  • Other amenities include an assembly hall with a capacity of 3,000 people, a community centre, exhibitions, classrooms, and a majlis venue.

What are the Key Architectural Features?

  • The temple was judged the Best Mechanical Project of the Year 2019 at the MEP Middle East Awards, and the Best Interior Design Concept of the Year 2020.
  • Among the key architectural features are 96 bells and galumphs installed around the path leading to the temple.
    • These 96 bells are a tribute to Pramukh Swami Maharaj’s 96 years of life.
    • Nano tiles have been used, which will be comfortable for visitors to walk on even in the hot weather.
  • On the top left of the temple is a stone carving of the scene of Pramukh Swami Maharaj envisioning the temple in Abu Dhabi in 1997.
  • Non ferrous material (which is more vulnerable to corrosion) has been used in the temple.
  • While many different types of pillars can be seen in the temple, such as circular and hexagonal, there is a special pillar, called the ‘Pillar of Pillars’, which has around 1,400 small pillars carved into it.
  • Buildings surrounding the temple are modern and monolithic, with their colour resembling sand dunes.
  • Deities from all four corners of India have been featured in the temple.
    • These include Lord Ram, Sita, Lakshman and Hanuman, Lord Shiv, Parvati, Ganpati, Kartikeya, Lord Jagannath, Lord Radha-Krishna, Akshar-Purushottam Maharaj (Bhagwan Swaminarayan and Gunatitanand Swami), Tirupati Balaji and Padmavati and Lord Ayappa.
  • The temple also has some special features, like a ‘holy river’ surrounding it, for which waters from Ganga and Yamuna have been brought in.
    • The river Saraswati has been depicted in the form of white light.
    • A Varanasi-like ghat has been created where the ‘Ganga’ passes.
  • Apart from 15 value tales from Indian civilisation, stories from the Maya civilisation, Aztec civilisation, Egyptian civilisation, Arabic civilisation, European civilisation, Chinese civilisation and African civilisation have been depicted.

What is the Significance of the Temple?

  • A Muslim king donated land for a Hindu Mandir, where the lead architect is a Catholic Christian, the project manager a Sikh, the foundational designer a Buddhist, the construction company a Parsi group, and the director comes from the Jain tradition.

Religious Significance:

  • First Hindu stone temple in Abu Dhabi: This marks a historic milestone for the Hindu community in the UAE, providing them with a dedicated place of worship and cultural centre.
  • Symbol of religious tolerance: The temple's inauguration signifies the UAE's growing acceptance and appreciation of religious diversity, fostering interfaith dialogue and understanding.

Cultural Significance:

  • Strengthens India-UAE ties: The temple stands as a symbol of the strong cultural and diplomatic relations between India and the UAE, promoting mutual understanding and cooperation.
  • Promotes Indian culture: The temple serves as a platform to educate the UAE community about Indian art, architecture, and traditions, fostering cultural exchange and appreciation.

Social Significance:

  • Provides a sense of belonging: The temple offers a space for the Hindu community to gather, celebrate festivals, and connect with their cultural roots, fostering a sense of belonging and identity.
  • Promotes social integration: The temple's open-door policy welcomes people of all faiths, encouraging social interaction and understanding between different communities in the UAE.
  • Strengthens social fabric: The temple's emphasis on values like compassion, service, and community engagement contributes to strengthening the social fabric of UAE society.

Overall, the BAPS Swaminarayan Mandir in Abu Dhabi represents a significant step forward in religious tolerance, cultural exchange, and community building in the UAE. It serves as a testament to the growing understanding and appreciation between India and the UAE, and its impact will be felt for generations to come.

Gender Gap In STEMM and Government Efforts to Address It (Indian Express)

  • 13 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News?

Principal Scientific Advisor to the Government of India Prof Ajay Kumar Sood launched Science for Women-A Technology & Innovation (SWATI), a portal aimed at representing girls in STEMM (Science, Technology, Engineering, Mathematics & Medicine).

Background:

  • Gender inequality in the science sector has persisted as a significant issue, prompting a series of interventions to rectify this imbalance.
  • Hence, delving into the trajectory of endeavours to narrow the gender divide in Indian science becomes crucial, particularly with the introduction of SWATI (Science For Women- A Technology & Innovation).
    • This portal seeks to establish an extensive repository of female scientists across the nation, marking a significant milestone in this ongoing journey.

What is the SWATI Portal?

  • SWATI Portal is a pioneering initiative aimed at establishing a unified online platform dedicated to showcasing Indian Women and Girls in STEMM (Science, Technology, Engineering, Mathematics & Medicine).
  • The database hosted on the SWATI Portal serves as a valuable resource for informing policy decisions aimed at addressing gender disparities in STEMM fields.
  • Developed, hosted, and maintained by the National Institute of Plant Genome Research (NIPGR), New Delhi, SWATI Portal stands out as the first-of-its-kind initiative in India.

Objectives:

  • To significantly expand the scope of representation, encompassing every Indian woman in science across various career stages and disciplines, spanning both academia and industry.
  • Facilitating robust and enduring research on equality, diversity, and inclusivity issues in India through the establishment of a comprehensive and searchable database.
  • Sections within the portal include categories such as Icons (Padma/Shanti Swarup Bhatnagar/Stree Shakti Science Samman awardees), Directors, Secretaries, Academy Presidents, Faculty from Indian Universities, and personnel from autonomous organizations including S&T Ministry, CSIR, DBT, DST, MHRD, UGC, GATI, and KIRAN.

The 2004 INSA Report and the Systematic Discrimination in Indian Science:

  • Recognition of Disparity: In 2004, the Indian National Science Academy (INSA) released a pivotal report that reshaped discussions on gender disparities in Indian science.
    • This landmark document departed from conventional discourse by not only highlighting the gender gap but also delving into the complex layers of discrimination, including caste-related issues.
    • Notably, the report garnered governmental endorsement, marking a significant acknowledgement of the imperative to investigate and rectify gender imbalances in the scientific domain.
  • A nuanced Approach to Gender Disparity: The report transcended simplistic narratives, unveiling evidence of workplace bias rooted not only in gender but also in caste dynamics.
    • This holistic perspective offered insights into the multifaceted challenges encountered by women in science, challenging prevalent assumptions that attributed the gender gap solely to familial responsibilities.
    • Of particular significance was the collaboration between scientists and social scientists, fostering a deeper understanding of the societal dimensions of gender disparities within the scientific realm.
    • This interdisciplinary synergy represented a departure from the traditional isolation of the scientific community from social science discourse on gender equality.
  • Proposed Solutions and Recommendations: Advocating for proactive measures, the report underscored the need for collective action from policymakers, academia, and the scientific community to redress gender imbalances.
    • By providing a comprehensive analysis of the hurdles faced by women in science, the INSA report laid the groundwork for subsequent initiatives, transcending surface-level assessments.
    • Its recommendations influenced the trajectory of gender-related endeavours in the Indian scientific landscape, catalyzing a series of initiatives aimed at fostering inclusivity and equity.

Next Steps and Obstacles: Handling the Complicated Environment:

  • National Conference of Women Scientists: Concurrently, the Department of Science and Technology (DST) convened a national conference in 2008, gathering over a thousand women scientists in response to the INSA report.
    • During this event, the Science and Technology Minister unveiled ambitious support measures, including flexible work arrangements, childcare facilities, research grants, and housing options.
    • However, the execution of these pledges encountered obstacles, with the envisioned standing committee failing to materialize, resulting in the delayed realization of promised advancements.
  • IASc Report on Women's Attrition in Science: In 2010, IASc conducted a comprehensive survey on the factors contributing to women leaving the scientific field.
    • The findings, based on responses from approximately 800 scientists, unveiled a multifaceted array of reasons, with women emphasizing organizational challenges alongside familial and societal pressures.
    • These challenges included inflexible schedules, inadequate infrastructure, and pervasive discrimination, underscoring the necessity for systemic reforms rather than attributing departures solely to individual choices.
  • Launch of "Lilavati's Daughters": Following the INSA report, the Indian Academy of Sciences (IASc) published "Lilavati's Daughters" in 2008, a compilation aimed at spotlighting the accomplishments of women in science and dispelling stereotypes.
  • Discrepancies Between Intentions and Actions: The disparity between announced initiatives and their implementation underscored bureaucratic obstacles impeding progress.
    • The stalling of the proposed standing committee exemplified bureaucratic hurdles that hindered the translation of well-intentioned policies into tangible outcomes for women in science.

Newer Strategies to Tackle Gender Disparity in Indian Science:

  • Gender Advancement for Transforming Institutions (GATI): GATI introduces a progressive approach to addressing gender disparities, departing from conventional methods.
    • Its charter, reflecting evolving gender discourse, embraces more inclusive language and practices.
    • Recognizing transgender identities and advocating for gender-neutral parental leave, GATI acknowledges the diverse spectrum within the scientific community.
  • Science, Technology, and Innovation Policy (STIP) 2020: The draft STIP 2020 signifies a shift towards a more inclusive science policy paradigm.
    • By integrating provisions for transgender inclusion and advocating for gender-neutral parental leave, STIP 2020 aims to foster an environment supportive of scientists across genders.
  • SWATI: Science for Women- A Technology & Innovation: SWATI, unveiled on International Women's Day 2021 by the former Department of Biotechnology (DBT) chief, Renu Swarup, promises to be a pioneering platform.
    • Initially described as a portal dedicated to women scientists in DBT and its Autonomous Institutions, SWATI holds potential as a vital resource for advancing gender equality in the scientific sphere.
    • However, detailed information about SWATI has been scarce until recent developments.

Is SWATI a Fresh Start or a Familiar Cycle?

  • The introduction of SWATI signifies a commitment to integrating women into the domains of science and technology, recognizing their invaluable contributions.
  • However, scepticism arises from past initiatives that initially generated excitement but ultimately faltered.
  • Despite this, several aspects of SWATI instill optimism. The platform's inclusivity extends to all genders beyond the male binary, emphasizing support for scientists with diverse gender identities.
  • Unlike previous endeavours, SWATI adopts a flexible approach, eschewing rigid criteria such as mandatory PhD qualifications, and acknowledging the diverse roles women play in science, regardless of formal degrees.

Conclusion

While the introduction of SWATI offers hope for progress in gender equity within Indian science, it's crucial to maintain a balance of optimism and caution. The effectiveness of SWATI will be determined by its transformation from a concept into a resilient and transparent platform capable of comprehensively addressing the multifaceted challenges confronting women in the scientific realm.

The Call for a Progressive Outlook in India's Bilateral Investment Treaties (Indian Express)

  • 10 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News?

While presenting the interim Union budget, Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman stated that India will be negotiating Bilateral Investment Treaties (BITs) with its trade partners to boost the inflow of foreign direct investment.

Background:

  • India's economic terrain is undergoing a significant shift following the Finance Minister's announcement of plans to negotiate Bilateral Investment Treaties (BITs) during the interim Union budget presentation.
  • This decision arrives at a critical juncture, coinciding with India's struggle to address declining levels of foreign direct investment (FDI) and the aftermath of adopting the 2016 Model BIT.
  • Given these circumstances, it becomes imperative to explore the evolution of India's BITs, assess the implications of the 2016 model, and analyze the recent policy shift to gauge its potential impact on FDI.

Evolution of Bilateral Investment Treaties (BITs) in India:

  • Origins of BITs in India (1990s): During the mid-1990s, India embarked on a significant economic policy shift by initiating Bilateral Investment Treaties (BITs) to attract foreign direct investment (FDI) and create an enabling environment for economic growth.
    • The primary aim was to demonstrate India's commitment to protecting investments made by individuals and companies from partner countries.
    • The signing of the first BIT between India and the UK in 1994 laid the groundwork for a series of agreements that would play a pivotal role in India's global economic integration.
  • Expansion of BITs as Economic Diplomacy (Late 90s to 2000s): BITs in India evolved into strategic tools to mutually encourage and safeguard investments in each other's territories.
    • As India sought to position itself as a premier investment destination, these treaties became instrumental in signaling its dedication to safeguarding the rights and interests of foreign investors.
    • This period witnessed a proliferation of BITs, reflecting India's acknowledgement of the importance of foreign capital in stimulating domestic industries and infrastructure development.
  • Emerging Challenges and Disputes (2010s): The significance of BITs became evident in 2010 with the settlement of the first-ever investor treaty claim in India.
    • Subsequent events, including the unfavorable award in the Australia-India BIT dispute (White Industries v Republic of India) in 2011, underscored the complexities and challenges associated with managing disputes arising from these agreements.
    • By 2015, India found itself embroiled in 17 known BIT claims, with the Cairn Energy Plc case being particularly notable.
    • These challenges prompted a critical reassessment of India's approach, leading to the adoption of the 2016 model BIT.
  • Adoption of the 2016 Model BIT and Policy Shift: The adoption of the 2016 model BIT signalled a significant shift in India's approach to BITs.
    • It was viewed as a protective measure, resulting in the termination of numerous existing treaties.
    • However, the 2016 model BIT faced criticism for its exclusion of key international law principles, such as 'fair and equitable treatment' and 'most favoured nation.'
  • Additionally, it introduced a requirement for investors to exhaust local remedies before resorting to international arbitration, potentially delaying the dispute resolution process.

Issues with the 2016 Model of BIT and their Consequences:

  • Protective Nature: The introduction of the 2016 Model BIT marked a significant shift in India's approach to bilateral investment treaties, aiming for greater protection.
    • Positioned as a response to past disputes, it led to the termination of numerous existing treaties, signalling a desire to recalibrate engagement terms with foreign investors.
    • However, concerns arose about its potential impact on India's attractiveness as an investment destination.
  • Absence of Key International Law Doctrines: Criticism was directed at the 2016 model BIT for deviating from established international law doctrines.
    • Notably, it lacked principles like "fair and equitable treatment" and "most favoured nation," raising doubts about fairness and protection for foreign investors.
    • This omission complicated the interpretation and enforcement of investment agreements, adding uncertainty for investors.
  • Requirement for Exhausting Local Remedies: The 2016 model BIT introduced a requirement for investors to exhaust local remedies before pursuing international arbitration.
    • While this aimed to promote domestic dispute resolution, it created delays and challenges.
    • Investors found navigating local legal systems time-consuming and ineffective, potentially discouraging investment.
  • Adverse Impact on FDI and Renegotiation Challenges: The consequences of the 2016 model BIT were evident in declining FDI in India.
    • FDI equity inflows dropped by 24% to $20.48 billion in April-September 2023, reflecting investor concerns.
    • The termination of existing treaties and challenges with the new model hindered India's ability to renegotiate terms, affecting its attractiveness to foreign investors.
    • The Cairn Energy Plc case, resulting in a significant award against India, highlighted the difficulties under the 2016 model BIT.

Government Recommendations and Policy Reforms Following Challenges with the 2016 BIT Model:

  • Acknowledgement of Limitations and Policy Adjustment: Recognizing the constraints and hurdles posed by the 2016 Model BIT, the Indian government has signalled a shift towards more adaptable and practical strategies.
    • The announcement during the presentation of the interim Union budget, highlighting the negotiation of Bilateral Investment Treaties with trading partners, signifies a departure from rigid approaches.
    • This acknowledgement underscores the necessity for a nuanced approach that considers evolving international investment dynamics and global economic shifts.
  • Parliamentary Standing Committee Proposals: In 2021, the Parliamentary Standing Committee on External Affairs proposed several key recommendations to reevaluate the existing BIT framework.
    • These recommendations aimed to tackle challenges associated with the 2016 model BIT and foster a more investor-friendly environment.
    • One notable recommendation emphasized the importance of timely dispute resolution through pre-arbitration consultations and negotiations.
    • This proactive stance aims to streamline the dispute-resolution process and alleviate pressure on both foreign investors and the Indian legal system.
  • Addressing India's Contract Enforcement Ranking: India's low ranking in contract enforcement, currently at 163 out of 190, remains a significant concern.
    • Recognizing the link between an efficient legal framework and foreign investment attractiveness, recommendations from the Parliamentary Standing Committee serve as a call to action.
    • A timely review of treaties and alignment with global best practices becomes crucial to improving the ease of doing business, reinforcing India's commitment to fostering an investment-friendly climate.
  • Free Trade Agreement (FTA) with the UK: As part of ongoing policy reforms, India is working towards finalizing a free trade agreement (FTA) with the UK.
    • This strategic endeavour has undergone over 14 rounds of negotiations, with disputes being a major obstacle.
    • The proposed FTA is expected to eliminate the requirement for exhausting local remedies, offering a mechanism for swift dispute resolution through international arbitration.
  • This pragmatic approach acknowledges the importance of rapid dispute resolution in nurturing international trade relationships.

Conclusion

Achieving a $5 trillion economy hinges on robust international trade and secure investments in India. A forward-looking strategy for BITs is essential to attract and maintain long-term foreign investments, and the government's recent initiative is a positive move. Nevertheless, adopting a more tailored approach, rather than a one-size-fits-all model, is necessary to facilitate rapid yet sustainable growth in cross-border flows.

 

Contribution of Dr MS Swaminathan Towards Indian Agriculture (Indian Express)

  • 09 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News?

Recently, Prime Minister Modi announced that the agriculture scientist M S Swaminathan will be honoured with the Bharat Ratna.

Who was MS Swaminathan?

  • Monkomb Sambasivan Swaminathan (MS Swaminathan) was born on August 7, 1925, in Kumbakonam, Madras Presidency (now Tamil Nadu).
  • He was an agronomist, agricultural scientist, plant geneticist, administrator, and humanitarian.
  • He was known as the ‘father of the Green Revolution’ in India.
  • Swaminathan began his career in 1949 researching the genetics of potatoes, wheat, rice, and jute.
    • He played a crucial role in developing high-yielding varieties of paddy that helped ensure India’s low-income farmers produced more yield.
  • Also known as the ‘father of economic ecology’ by the United Nations Environment Programme, he worked with agriculture ministers including C Subramaniam and Jagjivan Ram during the 1960s and 70s for the success of the ‘Green Revolution’ in India.
    • An initiative that paved the way for an exponential rise in the productivity of wheat and rice through the adaptation of chemical-biological technology.
  • Career: Swaminathan also held administration positions in various agricultural research laboratories.
    • He served as the director general of the Indian Council of Agricultural Research and International Rice Research Institute.
    • He also worked as the principal secretary of the Ministry of Agriculture in 1979.
    • Later, he also served as the President of the International Union of the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources.
    • In 2004, Swaminathan was appointed as chairman of the National Commission on Farmers.
  • Awards and Recognition: He was awarded with the Ramon Magsaysay Award in 1971 and the Albert Einstein World Science Award in 1986.
    • He was awarded the first World Food Prize in 1987, following which he set up the MS Swaminathan Research Foundation in Chennai.
    • Swaminathan has also been conferred with the Padma Shri, Padma Bhushan, and Padma Vibhushan - the three most prestigious awards.
    • Apart from these, he was also given the H K Firodia Award, the Lal Bahadur Shastri National Award, and the Indira Gandhi Prize.
  • Swaminathan also contributed to various agricultural and environmental initiatives globally.
    • He was named one of the 20 most influential Asians of the 20th century by Time magazine.
  • He also served as a Member of Parliament in the Rajya Sabha from 2007 to 2013.
  • MS Swaminathan passed away in September 2023 at the age of 98.
  • His decision to focus on ensuring India's food security led him to become a key figure in the Green Revolution of the 1960s, which transformed India from a food-deficient nation to one of the world's leading agricultural producers.
    • His collaboration with Nobel laureate Norman Borlaug introduced high-yielding varieties of wheat and rice, saving millions from starvation.
  • Dr Swaminathan's transformative influence on Indian agriculture began to emerge when he championed the introduction of high-yielding crop varieties.
    • His visionary approach was instrumental in pioneering the Green Revolution in India when the country was still grappling with poverty and a lack of social security.
  • The impact of Dr. Swaminathan's efforts was nothing short of revolutionary.
  • India's food production skyrocketed, and the nation moved from a state of food scarcity to food self-sufficiency.
  • His work not only averted potential famines but also elevated the economic conditions of countless farming communities.

How MS Swaminathan Contributed to the Green Revolution?

  • MS Swaminathan was greatly influenced by Mahatma Gandhi's teachings of selfless service to the poor and the nation.
  • He was very much influenced by the 1943 Bengal famine, which killed up to three million people and realised the need to improve agriculture and food security in India.
  • After Swaminathan’s work on rice, he and other scientists worked on doing the same to enhance productivity for the wheat crop.
  • India had to get Norin dwarfing genes from Norman Borlaug in Mexico to enhance the productivity and adaptability of its wheat crops.
    • These genes, known for their ability to produce shorter wheat plants, were instrumental in the Green Revolution, as they helped increase yield potential and improve resistance to lodging (falling over) in wheat plants.
    • By acquiring these genes, India aimed to replicate the success of the Green Revolution and address food security challenges by boosting wheat production.
  • Norman Borlaug was an American scientist who was working on developing more productive crop varieties.
    • It led to him winning the Nobel Peace Prize in 1970 for his work in developing High Yielding Varieties (HYVs) of wheat.
  • Many researchers and scientists were involved in this work but there isn’t any doubt that the basic strategic vision underpinning the Green Revolution in India, introducing a new genetic strain or ‘plant type’ responsive to increased fertiliser and water application came from MS Swaminathan.
  • The problem with the traditional wheat and rice varieties was that they were tall and slender.
    • These ‘lodged’ – fell flat on the ground — when they grew and their heads were heavy with well-filled grains produced in response to high fertiliser doses.
    • Through Swaminathan’s research on rice, a reduction in plant height was sought to make them less lodging-prone but this was not easy to do.
  • His strategy of developing semi-dwarf wheat varieties using mutagenesis exposing plants to chemicals or radiation to introduce desirable modifications in their DNA did not, however, work.
    • The lowering of plant heights led to a simultaneous reduction in the size of the grain-bearing panicles or earheads.
  • The search for an ideal variety led him to contact American scientist Orville Vogel.
    • He played a role in developing a ‘dwarf wheat’ called Gaines, which had a high yield.
    • It contained dwarfing genes from a dwarf wheat called the Norin-10.
  • Vogel agreed but was unsure of the wheat’s potential in the Indian climate and thus advised Swaminathan to approach Norman Borlaug, who had incorporated the same dwarfing genes through Vogel’s lines into his spring wheat varieties in Mexico that were better suited for India.
    • Borlaug also later visited India, after Swaminathan proposed so to the Indian Agricultural Research Institute, allowing for the wheat breeding programme to commence.
  • In 1963, they began a serious effort to breed dwarf wheat and within five years, this initiative led to what became known as the "Wheat Revolution."
    • Indira Gandhi, the then Prime Minister of India, released a special stamp to mark the achievement.

The Side Effects of the Green Revolution:

  • Despite its landmark role in achieving food sufficient in India, the Green Revolution has been criticised on multiple counts, such as:
    • Benefiting the already prosperous farmers as it was introduced in states with higher productivity.
  • Swaminathan recognised such issues as early as January 1968, addressing the Indian Science Congress at Varanasi.
  • He highlighted concerns about the rapid spread of a few high-yielding crop varieties replacing diverse local ones, leading to potential problems like soil degradation, desertification, excessive pesticide use, and unsustainable groundwater extraction.
    • Unfortunately, many of these concerns have materialised today.
  • He also lent his support to farmers as the head of the National Commission on Farmers from 2004-06, he recommended that the Minimum Support Price at which farmers sell their crops to the government should be at least 50 per cent more than the weighted average cost of production.
  • For his contributions, Swaminathan was awarded the first World Food Prize Laureate in 1987, for “developing and spearheading the introduction of high-yielding wheat and rice varieties into India during the 1960s when that country faced the prospect of widespread famine.
  • Wheat production doubled in just a few years, making the country self-sufficient and saving millions from extreme food deprivation.

Significance of Union Budget's Deep Tech & Research Funding (Indian Express)

  • 08 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News?

In her Interim Budget speech, Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman announced a Rs 1 lakh crore fund to provide long-term, low-cost or zero-interest loans for research and development.

Context:

  • Finance Minister, Nirmala Sitharaman in her Interim Budget speech, announced a Rs 1 lakh crore fund to provide long-term, low-cost, or zero-interest loans for research and development.
  • A new scheme to strengthen deep-tech capabilities in the defence sector that is likely to be followed up later was also announced.
  • The separate announcements on the fund and defence deep tech are intricately linked and must be seen together with the government’s other plans for the R&D sector.

What is Deep Tech?

  • Deep tech refers to advanced and disruptive technologies, many of which are still under development, that have the potential to trigger transformative change and provide solutions for the future.
  • The term is used to describe cutting-edge research in nanotechnology, biotechnology, material sciences, quantum technologies, semiconductors, artificial intelligence, data sciences, robotics, 3D printing, etc.

What are the Advantages of Deep Tech?

  • These technologies are expected to play a key role in addressing complex global challenges like climate change, hunger, epidemics, energy access, mobility, physical and digital infrastructure, and cyber security including:
  • Economic Implications: Advanced capabilities in deep tech are also likely to enhance productivity drive economic growth create jobs in coming years, and offer a competitive advantage to countries with strong foundations in these areas.
  • Opportunities for India: With its large base of relatively high-quality science and engineering manpower and a fairly well-established technology culture, India feels it is well-placed to be one of the frontrunners in these areas.
  • Potential Benefits: There is scope to contribute to the development of these technologies, which can ensure early adoption, shares in intellectual property, indigenous know-how, and self-reliance.
    • Major associated benefits in terms of spin-off technologies, trained manpower, entrepreneurship and technology exports can accrue as well.

Initiatives by the GOI to Build a Deep Tech Ecosystem

  • Over the past few years, the government has tried to incentivise research in some of these areas by setting up a National Mission on Transformative Mobility and Battery Storage and, more recently, a National Quantum Mission.

National Mission on Transformative Mobility and Battery Storage:

  • This mission is aimed at fostering innovation in the mobility and energy storage sectors.
    • The government encourages research and development in electric vehicles, advanced battery technologies, and sustainable mobility solutions through focused platforms and financial incentives.
    • It targets challenges related to environmental sustainability and energy efficiency.

National Quantum Mission:

  • Recognizing the transformative potential of quantum technologies, the government has initiated the National Quantum Mission.
    • This effort concentrates on promoting research and development in quantum computing, communication, and sensing.
    • Quantum technologies hold promise for revolutionizing various industries, and the mission aims to position India as a leader in global quantum advancements.

National Deep Tech Startup Policy (NDTSP):

  • In addition to mission-oriented strategies, the government has devised a policy framework to create a conducive environment for deep tech companies.
    • The NDTSP addresses specific challenges faced by technology startups and aims to nurture a thriving ecosystem for their growth.
    • Currently awaiting government approval, it embodies a comprehensive approach to cultivating a vibrant deep-tech startup ecosystem in India.
  • Objectives and Key Components of NDTSP: The NDTSP is designed to achieve several objectives, including:
    • Competitiveness: Fostering innovation to enable startups to compete globally.
    • Collaboration: Facilitating partnerships between startups and international counterparts.
    • Incentives: Providing appropriate incentives for companies investing in innovation and research.

The policy outlines key components to achieve its goals, such as:

  • Funding Opportunities: Creating avenues for long-term funding to support sustained innovation.
  • Intellectual Property Rights: Establishing a simplified yet robust intellectual property rights regime.
  • Tax Incentives: Offering tax incentives to encourage investment in deep tech startups.
  • Regulatory Framework: Developing a conducive regulatory environment to streamline operations.
  • Standards and Certifications: Establishing standards and certifications to ensure quality and reliability.
  • Talent Nurturing: Focusing on nurturing talent through skill development and educational initiatives.
  • Industry-Academia Collaboration: Facilitating linkages between industry, research centres, and educational institutions to promote knowledge exchange.

The Challenge of Funding in Deep Tech Research:

  • Challenges in Research Funding Landscape: There's a persistent concern within the scientific community regarding the need for more research funding.
    • India's investment in research lags behind the global average, particularly in comparison to scientifically advanced nations that serve as direct competitors.
  • Disparity Between Targets and Actual Spending: For more than two decades, the Indian government has set a target of allocating at least 2% of the GDP for research and development.
    • Despite an increase in absolute spending, the proportion of GDP dedicated to research has dwindled in recent years.
    • Currently, India allocates a mere 0.65% of its national GDP to research and development activities, significantly below the global average of approximately 1.8%.

Government's Initiatives to Address the Funding Challenges:

  • Harnessing Public-Private Collaboration: Recent governmental directives reflect a recognition that significant boosts in research and development expenditure may only be attainable through effective partnerships with the private sector.
    • Initiatives are underway to forge synergies among industry, research laboratories, and educational institutions, aimed at bolstering both research activities and the financial resources available to support them.
  • Introduction of the National Research Foundation (NRF): The establishment of the National Research Foundation (NRF), operational in recent times, stands as a key component of this strategy.
    • With an objective to tackle the funding hurdle, the NRF is set to procure approximately 70% of its Rs 50,000 crore allocation over the next five years from the private industry.
    • This collaborative model is envisioned to cultivate a more sustainable and resilient ecosystem for deep tech research and development in India.

The 1 Lakh Crore Fund: Anticipations, Enthusiasm, and Doubts:

  • Anticipations: The provision of a Rs 1 lakh crore fund for financing research and development is deemed crucial in fortifying the research landscape.
    • This fund holds particular promise for startups and private sector ventures in need of initial funding to kickstart their projects.
    • Anticipations are high that these initiatives will gain momentum with the injection of funds.
  • Enthusiasm and Doubts: While the government expresses optimism regarding the potential impact of this substantial fund, there exists scepticism within the scientific community.
    • Past expectations of significant private sector contributions to research have not materialized, leading to uncertainties and reservations among researchers.
    • Scientists argue that there's an imbalance in expectations, with excessive reliance on the private sector without a corresponding increase in government funding.
    • The unpredictability and inadequacy of private-sector financing present significant challenges.
    • Currently, the government appears to heavily rely on the success of its new funding initiatives for research.
  • However, the budgetary allocations for science and research departments in the Interim Budget show only nominal increases.

Conclusion

  • The recent initiative promises startups and other private sector ventures access to seed funding, offering potential benefits for their projects, yet, to boost R&D expenditure, fostering deeper partnerships with the private sector is essential. Initiatives are underway to enhance collaboration among industry, research laboratories, and educational institutions, aiming to diversify research activities and amplify available funding.

Union's Control of Financial Flows to State Governments (Indian Express)

  • 07 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News

The Union government’s moves, which reduce the aggregate financial transfers to States, are weakening cooperative federalism.

Background:

  • The fiscal dynamics between the Union government and the states in India have experienced notable shifts since the tenure of the 14th Finance Commission (FC) award period (2015-16).
  • Official data indicates a trend of diminishing financial transfers from the Union government to the states.
  • Thus, it becomes imperative to analyze the nuances of these financial transfers, delving into the deviations from the recommendations of FCs, their repercussions on states, and the potential ramifications for federal fiscal policies.

An Evaluation of Deviation from Finance Commission Recommendations:

  • Recommendation of Substantial Shift in Devolution by 14th FC: Recognising the imperative of empowering the States, the 14th FC recommended a significant increase in the devolution of Union tax revenues.
    • Specifically, the recommendation was to devolve 42% of Union tax revenues to the States, marking a substantial 10 percentage points increase from the preceding 13th FC's suggestion.
    • This ambitious shift was intended to enhance the financial autonomy of the States, aligning with the principles of cooperative federalism.
  • Deviation from FC Recommendations by the Union Government: Instead of adhering to the recommended increase, there has been a consistent reduction in financial transfers to the States.
    • This deviation is particularly perplexing given that the 15th FC retained the recommendation of 41%.
    • It excluded the devolution to Jammu and Kashmir (J&K) and Ladakh, which were reorganized as Union Territories.
    • If the shares of J&K and Ladakh are included, the recommended devolution should stand at 42%.
  • The Dynamics of Financial Transfers of Tax Revenue: The analysis of tax revenue provides a critical understanding of dynamics of financial transfers between the Union government and the States.
    • The Finance Commissions recommend the States' share based on the net tax revenue of the Union government.
    • It is derived after accounting for various factors such as collection costs, revenue assigned to Union territories, and the impact of cess and surcharge.

Analysis of Tax Revenue Disparities:

  • Contrasting Trends in States' Share: A Departure from FC Guidelines: The Fourteenth and Fifteenth Finance Commissions recommended states' shares of 42% and 41%, respectively, of the net tax revenue.
    • However, the actual share of gross tax revenue stood at only 35% in 2015-16, dwindling further to 30% in the 2023-24 Budget Estimate.
    • This discrepancy assumes significance, particularly against the backdrop of a significant surge in the Union government's gross tax revenue, soaring from ?14.6 lakh crore in 2015-16 to ?33.6 lakh crore in 2023-24.
  • Disparities in Revenue Growth: The more than two-fold increase in the Union government's gross tax revenue over this period starkly contrasts with the doubling of states' share in Union tax revenue.
    • This discrepancy raises concerns regarding equitable resource distribution.
    • Essentially, the widening gap between the Union government's revenue generation and states' share indicates a disproportionate augmentation in the former's fiscal capacity.
  • Declining Grants-in-Aid: The disparity becomes more evident when analyzing grants-in-aid to states, another statutory grant recommended by the Finance Commission.
    • The absolute amount of grants-in-aid declined from ?1.95 lakh crore in 2015-16 to ?1.65 lakh crore in 2023-24.
    • Consequently, the collective share of statutory financial transfers in the Union government's gross tax revenue witnessed a notable decline, plummeting from 48.2% to 35.32%.

Potential Factors Contributing to Decreasing States’ Share:

  • Calculation Methodology: One of the primary factors behind the dwindling share of states in gross revenue lies in the calculation method.
    • The net tax revenue, used to determine states' share, excludes revenue collections under cess and surcharge, revenue from Union Territories, and tax administration expenditure.
  • Role of Cess and Surcharge: In 2015-16, revenue collection through cess and surcharge accounted for 5.9% (?85,638 crore) of gross tax revenue, increasing to 10.8% (?3.63 lakh crore) by 2023-24.
    • This notable surge underscores the Union government's strategic utilization of cess and surcharge to channel funds for specific sectoral schemes, enhancing its financial autonomy.
  • Exclusion of States from Cess and Surcharge Revenues: The revenues generated through these additional levies are not shared with states, highlighting a more centralized control over financial resources by the Union government.
    • This selective exclusion limits resources available for devolution to states, potentially impacting their financial autonomy.

Centralization of Public Expenditure and Its Implications:

  • Union Government’s Routes of Financial Transfer: Apart from traditional financial transfers like tax devolution and grants-in-aid, the Union government employs Centrally Sponsored Schemes (CSS) and Central Sector Schemes (CSec Schemes) for direct financial transfers to states.
  • Influencing State Priorities Through CSS: Under CSS, the Union government proposes schemes and provides partial funding, compelling states to align their priorities with those proposed by the Union government.
    • The allocation for CSS has substantially increased from ?2.04 lakh crore to ?4.76 lakh crore between 2015-16 and 2023-24, although actual financial transfers to states under CSS remain lower than allocated funds.
  • CSec Schemes and Exclusive Control: Fully funded by the Union government, CSec Schemes operate in sectors where the Union government holds exclusive legislative or institutional controls.
    • The significant increase in allocation for CSec Schemes from ?5.21 lakh crore to ?14.68 lakh crore between 2015-16 and 2023-24 underscores the Union government's preference for such schemes.
  • Potential Bias in Resource Allocation: The decentralized implementation of CSec Schemes grants the Union government considerable latitude in allocating financial resources, raising concerns about potential bias in resource distribution.
  • Challenges for Cooperative Federalism: The downward revision of states' share in Union tax revenue from 42% to 41%, despite recommendations by the 15th Finance Commission, poses challenges to cooperative federalism.
    • Future discussions before the 16th Finance Commission might continue to address such challenges, potentially impacting collaborative federalism.

Conclusion

The evolving financial landscape between the Union government and states in India underscores the imperative for a comprehensive review of the fiscal architecture. Deviations from Finance Commission recommendations, increasing reliance on non-statutory transfers, and potential biases in resource allocation challenge the principles of cooperative federalism. Addressing these issues is essential to ensure equitable distribution of resources and foster collaborative governance between the Union and states, thus reinforcing the foundation of cooperative federalism for inclusive and sustainable development across the nation.

Public Examinations (Prevention of Unfair Means) Bill, 2024 (Indian Express)

  • 06 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News

The Public Examinations (Prevention of Unfair Means) Bill, 2024, was introduced in Lok Sabha on 5th Feb which aims to prevent “unfair means” in order to “bring greater transparency, fairness and credibility to the public examinations system”.

Context:

  • The Centre recently tabled the draft of the Public Examinations (Prevention of Unfair Means) Bill, 2024 in Parliament.
  • This legislative proposal aims to prevent unfair means in public examinations and common entrance tests held across the country.
  • In a bid to tighten the noose on public examinations, the proposed law provides for punishment, including imprisonment, in instances of malpractice in these tests.
  • The Bill serves as a model draft for states to adopt at their discretion, aiding them in preventing criminal elements from disrupting the conduct of their state-level public examinations.
  • At present, there is no specific substantive law to deal with unfair means adopted or offenses committed by various entities involved in the conduct of public examinations by the Central Government and its agencies.
  • Therefore, it is imperative that elements that exploit vulnerabilities of the examination system are identified and effectively dealt with by a comprehensive Central legislation.

Which Exams are “Public Examinations” as Defined in the Bill?

  • Under Section 2(k) of the Bill, a “public examination” is defined as any examination conducted by a “public examination authority” listed in the Schedule of the Bill, or any “such other authority as may be notified by the Central Government”.
  • The schedule lists five public examination authorities:
    • (i) the Union Public Service Commission (UPSC), which conducts the Civil Services Examination, Combined Defence Services Examinations, Combined Medical Services Examination, Engineering Services Examination, etc.;
    • (ii) the Staff Selection Commission (SSC), which recruits for Group C (non-technical) and Group B (non-gazetted) jobs in the central government;
    • (iii) the Railway Recruitment Boards (RRBs), which recruit Groups C and D staff in the Indian Railways;
    • (iv) the Institute of Banking Personnel Selection (IBPS), which hires at all levels for nationalized banks and regional rural banks (RRBs); and
    • (v) National Testing Agency (NTA), which conducts the JEE (Main), NEET-UG, UGC-NET, the Common University Entrance Test (CUET), etc.
  • Apart from these designated public examination authorities, all “Ministries or Departments of the Central Government and their attached and subordinate offices for recruitment of staff” will also come under the purview of the new law.
  • The central government can add new authorities in the schedule through a notification as and when required.

What is Meant by the Use of “Unfair Means” in an Examination?

  • Section 3 of the Bill lists at least 15 actions that amount to using unfair means in public examinations “for monetary or wrongful gain”.
  • These acts include:
    • Leakage of question paper or answer key or part thereof and colluding in such leakage;
    • Accessing or taking possession of question paper or an Optical Mark Recognition response sheet without authority”;
    • Tampering with answer sheets including Optical Mark Recognition response sheets.
    • Providing solution to one or more questions by any unauthorized person during a public examination, and
    • Directly or indirectly assisting the candidate” in a public examination.
  • The section also lists:
    • Tampering with any document necessary for short-listing of candidates or finalizing the merit or rank of a candidate.
    • Tampering with the computer network or a computer resource or a computer system.
    • Creation of a fake website” and “conduct of fake examination, issuance of fake admit cards or offer letters to cheat or for monetary gain” as illegal acts.

What Punishment does the Proposed Law Provide for Violations?

  • Section 9 of the Bill states that all offenses shall be cognizable, non-bailable, and non-compoundable — which means that an arrest can be made without a warrant and bail will not be a matter of right; rather, a magistrate will determine whether the accused is fit to be released on bail.
    • A non-compoundable offense is one in which the case cannot be withdrawn by the complainant even when the complainant and the accused have reached a compromise, and a trial must necessarily follow.
  • Punishment for “any person or persons resorting to unfair means and offenses” can be three to five years in prison, and a fine up to Rs 10 lakh.
    • If the convict fails to pay the fine, “an additional punishment of imprisonment shall be imposed, as per the provisions of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita, 2023,” Section 10(1) of the Bill says.
  • Under Section 10(2), a service provider who is engaged to provide “support of any computer resource or any material, by whatever name it may be called” for the conduct of the examination can be fined up to Rs 1 crore, along with other penalties.
  • The Bill provides for harsher punishment in cases of organized paper leaks, where “organized crime” is defined as unlawful activity by a group of persons colluding in a conspiracy “to pursue or promote a shared interest for wrongful gain in respect of a public examination”.
  • Section 11(1) says the punishment for organized crime will be “imprisonment for a term not less than five years but which may extend to ten years” and a fine “which shall not be less than one crore rupees”.

Why has the Government Brought this Bill?

  • In recent years, there has been a significant rise in cases of question paper leaks during recruitment exams nationwide.
    • An investigation uncovered at least 48 instances of paper leaks across 16 states over the past five years, disrupting the hiring process for government jobs and affecting approximately 1.51 crore applicants for about 1.2 lakh posts.
  • The Statement of Objects and Reasons of the Bill highlights that malpractices in public examinations lead to delays and cancellations, adversely affecting millions of youth.
    • Currently, there is no specific substantive law addressing unfair means or offenses committed during these examinations.
    • It is crucial to identify and effectively deal with elements exploiting vulnerabilities in the examination system through comprehensive Central legislation.
  • The primary objective of the Bill is to enhance transparency, fairness, and credibility in public examination systems, ensuring that sincere efforts of youth are duly rewarded and their future is secure.
    • It aims to deter individuals, organized groups, or institutions from engaging in unfair practices that undermine the integrity of public examinations for monetary or wrongful gains.
  • The Bill explicitly states that candidates, as defined within its scope, will not be subject to its provisions and will continue to be governed by existing administrative provisions of the relevant public examination authority.
  • Once enacted, the Bill will also serve as a model draft for states to adopt at their discretion.
    • This provision is expected to assist states in preventing criminal elements from disrupting the conduct of their state-level public examinations.

How to restore WTO’s authority (Indian Express)

  • 05 Feb 2024

Why is it in the News

Since the end of 2019, WTO’s crown jewel, the appellate body (AB) stands crippled because the US has single-handedly blocked the appointment of new members.

Context:

  • The 13th ministerial meeting of the World Trade Organization (WTO) is scheduled in Abu Dhabi, presenting a chance to tackle the persistent crisis in the Dispute Settlement Mechanism (DSM).
  • The effectiveness of WTO's key component, the DSM, has diminished since late 2019, mainly due to the United States obstructing the appointment of new Appellate Body (AB) members.
  • Despite the implications of this crisis, there exist specific options for developing countries that could offer potential solutions to rejuvenate the DSM.

What is the World Trade Organization (WTO)?

  • The WTO is an international institution responsible for overseeing global trade rules among nations.
  • With 164 member countries (including Liberia and Afghanistan, the most recent additions in 2016) and 25 observer countries and governments, it officially commenced operations on January 1, 1995, replacing the 1948 General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT) in accordance with the 1994 Marrakesh Agreement.

Organizational Structure:

  • The highest authority within the WTO is the Ministerial Conference, comprising all member states, typically meeting biennially with a consensus-driven decision-making approach.
    • Daily operations are managed by three bodies, sharing the same membership:
  • General Council:
    • Functions as the primary decision-making body.
    • Convenes as the Dispute Settlement Body (DSB) when addressing disputes between WTO members.
  • Dispute Settlement Body (DSB):
    • Empowered to establish dispute settlement panels.
    • Refers matters to arbitration.
    • Adopts reports from panels, Appellate Body, and arbitration.
    • Monitors the implementation of recommendations and rulings, authorizing concession suspension in cases of non-compliance.
    • Exclusive authority to make decisions, while panels and the Appellate Body can only offer recommendations.
  • Trade Policy Review Body:
    • Operates with terms of reference distinct from the General Council and DSB.
    • Assesses the trade policies of member countries through periodic reviews.
    • This structure ensures effective governance and dispute resolution within the WTO framework, emphasizing consensus in decision-making processes.

The Importance of the Appellate Body (AB):

  • Enforceable Decision-Making:nThe Appellate Body (AB) holds the authority to review and, if necessary, overturn legal findings and interpretations by WTO panels.
    • This enforceable nature ensures a conclusive resolution to trade disputes, fostering stability and predictability in international trade relations.
  • Mandatory Jurisdiction: The AB's jurisdiction spans all WTO member countries, creating a mandatory framework for resolving disputes.
    • Member nations are obligated to participate in the AB process, reinforcing the foundation of a rules-based international trading system.
  • Advocacy for Equitable Practices: By addressing disputes and upholding compliance with WTO rules, the AB contributes to the promotion of fair and equitable trade practices.
    • This approach establishes a level playing field for both developed and developing nations, supporting inclusivity and sustainable economic growth.

Challenges in the Dispute Settlement Mechanism (DSM):

  • Appellate Body's Paralysis: Since late 2019, the AB, integral to the DSM, has been practically non-functional due to the blockage of new member appointments, primarily led by the United States dissatisfied with previous dispute outcomes.
    • This obstruction erodes the binding nature of the dispute resolution process, creating a legal void.
  • Evasion of Compliance: With the AB inoperable, countries have found a loophole to evade compliance with WTO panel rulings.
    • Nations can appeal into the void, rendering the DSM ineffective and contradicting its purpose of providing a binding and enforceable resolution to trade disputes.
  • Prolonged Dispute Resolution: The absence of a functioning AB leads to delays in resolving trade disputes.
    • Without a binding appellate process, disputes may linger, contributing to economic uncertainties and potential retaliatory actions among trading partners.
  • Undermining Rules-Based Trade: The DSM crisis jeopardizes the concept of a rules-based international trading system.
    • The inability to enforce agreed-upon rules diminishes predictability and stability crucial for global economic growth through trade.

Potential Measures for Developing Countries to Sustain a Functional Two-Tiered DSM:

  • Participation in the European Union-led MPIA: Developing countries can explore joining the European Union-led multi-party Interim Appeal Arbitration Arrangement (MPIA) as an initial option.
    • This arrangement formalizes the arbitration mechanism already available under the WTO, providing appellate review for panel reports.
    • However, the MPIA's voluntary nature poses challenges, leading to ad hoc tribunals and limited adoption of awards by all WTO members.
  • Creation of a Restricted AB with Limited Powers: Considering the opposition to the AB by the United States, an alternative is formulating a diluted AB with constrained powers.
    • Limiting the AB's authority in various ways, such as deference to parties in dispute and non-persuasive value of rulings, may be explored.
    • However, a diluted AB could contradict the intended role of the DSM in providing security and predictability to the multilateral trading regime.
  • Resurrecting the AB with an Opt-Out Provision: Scholars Robert Howse and Wenhua Ji propose resurrecting the AB with a critical modification—allowing countries to opt out of compulsory AB jurisdiction.
    • Countries opting out would be excluded from participating in the appellate process, settling disputes solely through a single-tier panel jurisdiction.
  • Critics express reservations about altering the intrinsic nature of a two-tier binding DSM but acknowledge the need to safeguard the AB's integrity.

Conclusion

In addressing the WTO DSM crisis, developing countries, including India, confront a complex decision-making process.

While restoring the AB to its original form is ideal, the suggested resurrection with an opt-out provision offers a pragmatic compromise, recognizing challenges while preserving the AB's legitimacy.

As WTO member countries gather in Abu Dhabi, the way forward requires thoughtful consideration of trade-offs to balance DSM effectiveness with accommodating diverse interests in the global trade landscape.

Hybrid Vehicles Could be a Cleaner Solution for India than EVs for the Next Decade (Indian Express)

  • 31 Jan 2024

Why is it in the News?

Calculations by HSBC Research show overall carbon emissions are lower in hybrids compared to electrics. India's electric mobility plan is currently focused on battery electrics. But as global examples show, there are challenges to the wider adoption of EVs in India.

Context:

  • HSBC Research recommends India prioritize hybrid vehicles as a crucial step towards full electrification over 5-10 years.
  • Hybrid cars offer lower emissions compared to traditional and electric vehicles, with emissions likely to converge within a decade.
  • Combining internal combustion engines with onboard electric motors, hybrids provide a balanced propulsion approach.
  • This strategy aligns with India's sustainability goals, bridging the gap towards complete electrification in transportation.

Why does Hybrid Vehicles are a Good Medium-term Solution?

  • Hybrid vehicles are an effective medium-term solution for India's transportation needs as it progresses towards full electrification.
  • Hybrids, along with compressed natural gas cars, offer practical advantages over the next 5-10 years.
  • They are deemed critical not only for cost-effectiveness but also for India's decarbonization efforts.
    • Hybrids emit 133 g/km of total (well-to-wheel) carbon emissions, compared to 158 g/km for electric vehicles, making hybrids at least 16% less polluting.
  • This analysis factors in not just tailpipe emissions but also considers emissions from vehicle operations (tank-to-wheel) and the entire lifecycle, including crude mining, refining, and power generation.

For How Long Is This Situation Expected to Hold?

  • The convergence of emissions between electric vehicles (EVs) and hybrids is anticipated within 7-10 years.
    • Currently, in India, non-fossil fuel sources account for 26% of power generation, with a blended emission rate of 716g/kWh.
    • The emissions from hybrid cars and EVs will align once non-fossil fuel power generation in India reaches 44%.
  • Even with a projected 40% share of non-fossil fuels by 2030, hybrids are predicted to emit 8% less than EVs, although this reduction will be half of the current 16%.

What are the Challenges Faced by Battery Electric Vehicles (BEVs)?

The global push for battery electric vehicles (BEVs) faces several challenges:

  • Upfront Subsidy: BEV adoption, as seen in Norway, the US, and China, heavily relies on state subsidies.
    • However, in countries like India, direct subsidies often benefit middle or upper-middle-class buyers, raising equity concerns.
  • Charging Infrastructure: Investing in charging networks, as demonstrated by Norway and China, significantly boosts EV adoption.
    • However, India's charging infrastructure lags, with only about 2,000 operational public charging stations, posing a challenge, especially considering the dominance of two- and three-wheelers.
  • Electricity Source: Unlike countries with renewable-heavy grids, India largely relies on coal-fired plants.
    • This raises questions about the environmental benefits of EVs and highlights the need for cleaner energy generation.
  • Value Chain: India's reliance on lithium-ion batteries exposes the vulnerability in the global supply chain, primarily dominated by a few countries.
    • Diversification strategies are crucial to mitigate risks and ensure sustainable battery production.

What are the Difference Between Hybrid and Electric Vehicles?

  • Hybrid Vehicles: Hybrid vehicles utilize a combination of an internal combustion engine (usually gasoline-powered) and an electric motor.
    • These vehicles can operate on both gasoline and electricity, either separately or in tandem.
    • The environmental impact of hybrid vehicles is typically lower than that of traditional gasoline-powered vehicles due to their ability to switch to electric power, reducing fuel consumption and tailpipe emissions.
    • However, they still rely partially on fossil fuels and produce emissions during combustion.
  • Electric Vehicles: Electric vehicles (EVs) are powered solely by electricity stored in batteries.
    • They produce zero tailpipe emissions, making them cleaner and more environmentally friendly than hybrid vehicles and traditional internal combustion engine vehicles.
      • However, the overall environmental impact of EVs depends on factors such as the source of electricity generation.
    • If the electricity comes from renewable sources like solar or wind, EVs can have a significantly lower environmental footprint compared to hybrid vehicles.

Does Electric Vehicles Pollute More than Hybrid Vehicles?

It's not accurate to say that electric cars pollute more than hybrid cars in general. However, there are specific contexts where electric cars might appear to have a higher environmental impact than hybrids.

  • One such context is during the manufacturing process. Electric cars typically require large batteries, which involve the extraction of raw materials like lithium and cobalt.
    • The extraction and processing of these materials can result in environmental degradation and pollution.
    • Additionally, the manufacturing process for electric cars may require more energy compared to hybrid vehicles.
  • Another factor is the source of electricity used to charge electric cars.
    • If the electricity comes from fossil fuels like coal or natural gas, then the overall environmental impact of electric cars may be higher than that of hybrids, which can partially rely on gasoline.
    • However, as renewable energy sources like solar and wind power become more prevalent, the environmental benefits of electric cars increase significantly.
  • In terms of operational emissions, electric cars produce zero tailpipe emissions, while hybrids emit pollutants when running on gasoline.
    • However, hybrids still produce fewer emissions than traditional gasoline-powered vehicles.

What About Other “Clean Vehicles”?

  • Apart from electric cars, hydrogen fuel cell vehicles offer another zero-emission alternative.
  • Unlike electric vehicles, which draw power from charging stations, hydrogen fuel cell cars generate electricity internally.
  • They utilize a fuel cell that combines hydrogen from an onboard tank with oxygen from the air, emitting only water vapour and warm air.
  • While hydrogen fuel cell cars hold promise for decarbonizing industries like aviation and shipping, they face challenges.
  • They are less common and pricier than electric cars, with lower energy efficiency.
  • Moreover, the environmental impact of hydrogen production varies: "green hydrogen" sourced from renewable energy is scarce, while most hydrogen is currently derived from "grey" or "blue" processes, which involve emissions or carbon capture complexities.

Conclusion

While hybrid vehicles offer a transitional solution, electric vehicles remain pivotal in reducing emissions. Overcoming challenges in charging infrastructure and energy sourcing is vital for maximizing their environmental benefits. Hydrogen fuel cell vehicles show promise but require significant advancements. A holistic approach, including innovation and policy support, is crucial for realizing the potential of clean mobility solutions.

 

 

Targeting Imperfect Global University Rankings for National Security is Debatable, but Inevitable (Indian Express)

  • 29 Jan 2024

Why is it in the News?

The drafting of India’s first National Security Strategy document includes a provision to expedite domestic defense manufacturing, while concurrently aiming to elevate ten Indian universities into the ranks of the global top 100.

Context:

  • As India develops its first National Security Strategy, the main goal is to speed up the production of defense equipment indigenously.
  • But with the world changing, it's becoming more obvious that there's a strong connection between knowledge and weapons.
  • Technologies like drones, satellite internet, and artificial intelligence are being used in both civilian and military areas, blurring the lines between them.
  • So, it's important for our strategy to adapt to these changes and make sure we're prepared for the future.

Examining Geopolitical Changes and Technological Boundaries:

  • Reviewing Economic Integration: Previously, the United States played a crucial role in accelerating China's integration into the global economy.
    • However, the recognition of the strategic implications of advanced technologies has prompted a reevaluation of this approach.
    • The concept of safeguarding critical technological advancements for national security reasons, as advocated by the U.S. National Security Advisor, suggests a shift towards placing foundational technologies behind a high fence.
  • Scrutinizing Friend Shoring: The notion of friend shoring, which involves maintaining economic partnerships between countries with conflicting interests, is facing increased scrutiny.
    • Recent statements from the White House Economic Council Director regarding concerns over a Japanese company with Chinese operations acquiring a U.S. steel company highlight growing apprehensions surrounding economic ties with potential adversaries.
  • China's Response and Technology Restrictions: In response to perceived threats to its technological sovereignty, China has implemented measures to restrict the use of certain foreign technologies.
    • Notably, Tesla cars and Apple phones have been prohibited from Chinese army bases due to concerns regarding sophisticated surveillance features such as cameras, microphones, and cloud backups.
  • Xi Jinping's Dual Circulation Strategy: Under Xi Jinping's leadership, China has embraced a dual circulation strategy, emphasizing the utilization of Chinese technologies whenever possible and resorting to foreign technologies only when necessary.
    • This strategic approach reflects a deliberate effort to reduce dependence on external sources, aligning with broader objectives of technological self-sufficiency.
  • Challenges in Indo-Pak Relations and China's Evolving Approach: India grapples with ongoing geopolitical challenges, particularly from Pakistan, which remains steadfast in its decades-old conflict stance.
    • China's evolving policy towards prioritizing domestic technologies mirrors shifts in the global landscape.

Technology Advancements Through Military-University Collaborations: A Historical Context

  • MIT's Impact in World War II: During World War II, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) emerged as a crucial centre for pioneering research and technological breakthroughs that significantly influenced the war effort.
    • Led by Vannevar Bush, MIT's School of Engineering transitioned to chair the National Defense Research Committee and the Office of Scientific Research and Development in 1939, facilitating seamless collaboration between academia and the military.
    • MIT's contributions during this period were extensive, ranging from radar development for various applications to the creation of the Long-Range Navigation (LORAN) system.
    • This collaboration demonstrated how academic institutions swiftly responded to wartime demands, providing technological solutions with lasting impacts.
  • The Birth of Silicon Valley: The post-World War II era witnessed the continuation of military-university collaborations, notably contributing to the genesis of Silicon Valley.
    • Frank Terman, an MIT doctoral student under Vannevar Bush and later the dean of Stanford's engineering school, played a pivotal role in fostering connections between academia and the military.
    • Terman's influence was instrumental in nurturing Silicon Valley into a global epicentre of technological innovation.
  • Symbiotic Alliance Between Academia and Defense: The historical collaboration between universities and the military underscores the symbiotic relationship between academic research and national defence.
    • These partnerships, forged during critical historical moments, not only drove technological progress but also underscored the vital role of knowledge exchange between academia and the military in fostering strategic innovation.

Rethinking the Value of Global University Rankings

  • Challenges with Ranking Methodologies: Critics often challenge the validity of global university rankings, suggesting they prioritize popularity over genuine educational excellence.
    • Common metrics like peer surveys can introduce biases and may not accurately reflect an institution's academic prowess.
    • Additionally, certain metrics may not capture the full spectrum of educational quality, raising concerns about the reliability of rankings.
  • Limitations in Evaluation Criteria: Global rankings tend to focus heavily on research output and international reputation, neglecting other crucial aspects such as teaching quality.
    • This incomplete assessment overlooks the diverse educational goals and values of institutions, leading to an ideological bias in the rankings.
    • A more comprehensive evaluation framework that considers a broader range of factors is needed to provide a holistic view of educational excellence.
  • Importance of Global Rankings: While facing criticism, global university rankings remain significant in the academic sphere.
    • Many universities worldwide set goals to improve their rankings, using them as benchmarks for management decisions and promotional efforts.
    • Institutions frequently devise strategies and allocate resources based on their standing in these rankings.

 Evaluating India's University Ranking Objectives: A Strategic Necessity

  • Strategies for Enhancement - Government Initiatives Encompass: Selecting and investing in 20 government universities to establish research centres equipped with substantial resources, including extensive research facilities and industry liaison offices.
    • Streamlining resources by consolidating Research Laboratories and integrating independent research facilities into the top 20 government institutions to promote collaborative research endeavours.
    • Redirecting government research funding primarily towards universities, mirroring the approach of established bodies like the U.S. National Institute of Health and National Science Foundation.
    • Promoting corporate-university research partnerships through financial incentives, such as tax incentives for companies engaging in research activities at Indian institutions.
  • Strategic Alliances with Defense Endeavors: The government's intent to collaborate with defence initiatives, as indicated by the proposed Defence Technology Council, underscores the alignment between academic excellence and national security objectives.
    • Establishing strategic alliances with universities can enhance project management efficiency, addressing concerns highlighted by the Comptroller and Auditor General (CAG) regarding timelines in defence projects.

Conclusion

India's National Security Strategy must evolve in response to shifting geopolitics and technological advancements. It is essential to prioritize the elevation of universities to global stature, recognizing the interconnectedness of knowledge, defence, and national security.

Through strategic initiatives that tackle challenges and foster collaboration between academia and government, India can establish itself as a significant player in the ever-changing global security landscape.

 

The Indian government is currently drawing out an AI Mission that may soon head for Cabinet approval and could outlay more than Rs 10,000 crore. (Indian Express)

  • 27 Jan 2024

Why is it in the News?

To dissuade concerns that Europe is overregulating artificial intelligence (AI), which could stifle innovation in the bloc, the European Commission has released a set of rules to enable start-ups and other businesses to access hardware – such as supercomputers and computing capacity – for them to build large- scale AI models

Context:

  • To address concerns about excessive regulation stifling innovation in Europe, the European Commission has introduced rules allowing startups and businesses to access hardware, like supercomputers, to develop large-scale AI models.
  • This supports the EU's new AI Act, designed to promote trustworthy AI across the region.
  • India is also considering a similar initiative to provide computing capacity for startups, aiming to establish high-capacity data centres through a public-private partnership model.
  • Access to computing power is crucial for building advanced AI systems, alongside innovative algorithms and datasets, especially challenging for smaller businesses to obtain.

What is Artificial Intelligence (AI)?

  • Artificial Intelligence (AI) refers to the simulation of human intelligence processes by machines, particularly computer systems.
  • These processes include learning, reasoning, problem-solving, perception, and language understanding.
  • AI technologies enable machines to analyze large amounts of data, recognize patterns, and make decisions or predictions based on that data.
  • There are several types of AI, including narrow or weak AI, which is designed for specific tasks like speech recognition or playing chess, and general or strong AI, which aims to perform any intellectual task that a human can do.
    • Machine learning, a subset of AI, involves training algorithms to recognise patterns in data and make predictions or decisions without being explicitly programmed to do so.
  • AI has applications across various industries, including healthcare, finance, transportation, and manufacturing.
  • It is used for tasks such as medical diagnosis, fraud detection, autonomous vehicles, and predictive maintenance.
  • As AI technology continues to advance, it holds the potential to revolutionize many aspects of society, improving efficiency, productivity, and decision-making processes.

What is Europe’s AI Innovation Plan?

  • The European Commission has introduced a set of initiatives aimed at assisting European startups and small businesses in creating reliable AI technology.
  • These initiatives encompass various measures to foster innovation among startups, including a proposal to grant special access to supercomputers for AI startups and the wider innovation community. The plan includes:
    • Acquiring, upgrading and operating AI-dedicated supercomputers to enable fast machine learning and training of large general-purpose AI (GPAI) models.
    •  Facilitating access to the AI dedicated supercomputers, contributing to the widening of the use of AI to a large number of public and private users, including start-ups and SMEs.
    •  Supporting the AI startup and research ecosystem in algorithmic development, testing evaluation and validation of large-scale AI models.
    •  Enabling the development of a variety of emerging AI applications based on GPAI models.

How is the EU’s Plan Similar to India’s?

  • The Indian government is currently outlining an AI Mission, which is expected to undergo Cabinet approval soon, with a budget exceeding Rs 10,000 crore.
    • As part of this initiative, the government aims to develop its own 'sovereign AI,' enhance computational capabilities domestically, and provide compute-as-a-service to Indian startups.
    • Capacity building will be pursued both within the government and through a public-private partnership model, emphasizing India’s goal to capitalize on the forthcoming AI boom as a vital economic driver.
  • Overall, the country aims to establish a computing capacity ranging from 10,000 to 30,000 GPUs (graphic processing units) through the PPP model, in addition to 1,000-2,000 GPUs facilitated by the PSU Centre for Development of Advanced Computing (C-DAC).
    • The government is exploring various incentive structures for private companies to establish computing centres in the country, including capital expenditure subsidies, operational expense-based incentives, and a "usage" fee model.
  • The government intends to transform the GPU assembly into a digital public infrastructure (DPI), allowing startups to access its computational capacity at a reduced cost, without having to invest in GPUs, which are typically the largest expense in such operations.

Why is the EU especially enabling AI Innovation?

  • Until now, the most prominent advancements in AI have been spearheaded by American companies like OpenAI and Google, along with emerging ventures such as Perplexity and Anthropic.
  • Europe, which has traditionally prioritized regulating technologies with a focus on human rights, has faced criticism from the industry for potentially overregulating AI even before its widespread adoption across the continent.
    • Unlike the US, where numerous American companies have made significant strides in offering hardware services to businesses, Europe has identified a need to facilitate access to hardware resources for AI development.
  • This move by the European Commission follows the introduction of an AI Act last year, which has faced criticism.
    • The legislation aims to establish safeguards for AI usage within the EU, including clear guidelines for its adoption by law enforcement agencies and provisions empowering consumers to report any perceived violations.
    • Additionally, the AI Act imposes stringent restrictions on facial recognition technology and the use of AI to influence human behaviour, while also outlining severe penalties for companies found in breach of these regulations.
  • Moreover, the legislation stipulates that governments can employ real-time biometric surveillance in public areas only in cases involving serious threats, such as terrorist attacks.

European Commission (EC)

  • The European Commission is the European Union's executive body and represents the interests of Europe as a whole.
    • It drafts proposals for new European laws.
    • It manages the day-to-day business of implementing EU policies and spending EU funds.
  • It is made up of 27 commissioners (one from each member state) and is based in Brussels.
    • Each member state nominates a commissioner, but the nominated candidates must be approved by the European Parliament.
    • The Parliament must also approve the President of the European Commission.
  • The current President of the European Commission is Ursula von der Leyen.
  • Commissioners do not represent their countries. Instead, they have a field of responsibility.
  • To assist the commissioners in the performance of their duties, there is a staff of about 32,000 people employed by the Commission.
    • This staff comes from all of the Member States and includes policy officers, translators, lawyers and researchers.

What does the European Commission do?

  • Legislation – The Commission initiates legislation. It makes proposals for laws that are sent to the European Parliament and Council of the European Union for approval.
  • Upholding EU law – The Commission can take action against businesses or states that are failing to comply with EU law.
  • Policy – The Commission is the executive of the EU. It manages policies and drafts budgets.
  • Representation – The Commission represents the EU in negotiations with other countries or organisations.
  • The Commission meets once a week to adopt proposals, finalise policy papers and make decisions.
    • Decisions are taken by a simple majority vote.

Turkey Finally Backs Sweden’s NATO Bid: Why the Opposition, why it changed its stance (Indian Express)

  • 25 Jan 2024

Why is it in the News?

Turkey’s parliament ratified Sweden’s Nato membership bid recently, clearing the biggest remaining hurdle to expand the Western military alliance after 20 months of delay.

News Summary:

  • Turkey's parliament ratified Sweden's NATO membership bid recently, clearing the biggest remaining hurdle to expand the Western military alliance after 20 months of delay.
  • Sweden and Finland applied to join in May 2022, following Russia's invasion of Ukraine.
    • The two countries feared for their security.
  • Finland - which has a 1,340km land border with Russia - became a Nato member in April 2023.
  • Turkey had been blocking Sweden's application because it said the country had refused to hand over members of militant groups such as the Kurdistan Workers' Party (PKK).
  • Sweden's bid for membership was finally approved by the Turkish parliament on 23 January.
  • Now, Sweden only needs Hungary's parliament to approve its membership.
  • For a nation to become a member of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO), the consent of all current member countries is required.
  • Turkey has been a member of NATO since 1952.

Why does Sweden want to join NATO?

  • Sweden has not fought a war in two centuries, staying neutral through the two World Wars and the Cold War.
  • In recent years, while it joined the European Union and collaborated with NATO, it showed no intention of actually joining the military alliance its powerful neighbour, Russia, is hostile to.
  • However, this neutrality had to be abandoned after Russia invaded Ukraine.
  • With public opinion increasingly in favour of joining NATO, both Sweden and Finland applied for membership in 2022.
  • While Finland’s bid was cleared, Sweden ran into stiff opposition from Turkey’s President Recep Tayyip Erdogan and Hungary’s Prime Minister Viktor Orban.
  • Once a country is a NATO member, an attack on its territory is considered an attack on the US-led alliance, and all 31 members are obliged to defend each other.

Why was Turkey opposing Sweden’s bid?

  • Turkey had accused Sweden of going soft on groups it sees as terrorists, such as the Kurdish militant outfit the Kurdistan Workers’ Party (PKK).
    • Quran-burning protests held in Sweden, which its government says are protected under freedom of speech laws, further soured its relationship with Turkey.
  • Erdogan had also linked Turkey’s support to Sweden with the US agreeing to sell 40 F-16 fighter jets to Ankara. While the US had not said the deal would depend on Turkey’s Sweden actions, the sale is expected to go through now.

What will Sweden bring to NATO?

  • Once Sweden becomes a member, almost all of the Baltic Sea coastline, except that in Russia’s control, will become NATO territory.
  • This will provide the alliance with strategic bases close to Russia, make supply lines more streamlined, and make it easier to defend assets in the sea.
  • Sweden’s military, though numerically small, is modern and experienced in past NATO missions. Importantly, it has advanced aircraft and submarine capabilities.

What is NATO?

  • Established in the aftermath of World War II, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) is an intergovernmental military alliance between 28 European countries and 2 North American countries and is headquartered in Belgium.
  • It implements the North Atlantic Treaty, which is a system of collective security, where its member states agree to mutual defence in response to an attack by any external party.
  • The most recent member to be added was Finland on 4 April 2023.
  • Since its founding on April 4, 1949, the admission of new member states has increased the alliance from the original 12 countries to 30.

Background:

 In the event of a possible attack by Germany, a Treaty of Alliance and Mutual Assistance was signed by France and the United Kingdom in 1947.

  • Later next year, the alliance was expanded to include Belgium, the Netherlands, and Luxembourg, in the form of the Western Union.
  • In 1949, talks for the new military alliance which would include North America resulted in the signing of the North Atlantic Treaty.
  • The Treaty included the members of the Western Union and the United States, Canada, Portugal, Italy, Norway, Denmark and Iceland.
  • In May 1955, West Germany was permitted to rearm militarily, as they joined NATO, which was a major factor in the creation of the Soviet Union-dominated Warsaw Pact, delineating the two opposing sides of the Cold War.
  • In October 1990, East Germany became part of the Federal Republic of Germany and the alliance, and in November 1990, the alliance signed the Treaty on Conventional Armed Forces in Europe (CFE) in Paris with the Soviet Union.
  • The treaty mandated specific military reductions across Europe, which continued after the collapse of the Warsaw Pact in February 1991 and the dissolution of the Soviet Union, which removed the de facto main adversaries of NATO.
  • The Treaty was largely dormant until the Korean War initiated the establishment of NATO to implement it, by means of an integrated military structure, which included the formation of Supreme Headquarters Allied Powers Europe in 1951, adopting the Western Union's military structures and plans.

 What is the Purpose of NATO?

  • According to NATO, its purpose is to guarantee the freedom and security of its members through political and military means.
    • By political, it means the organisation promotes democratic values and enables members to consult and cooperate on defence and security-related issues to solve problems, build trust and, in the long run, prevent conflict.
    • Militarily, NATO says it is committed to the peaceful resolution of disputes, and if diplomatic efforts fail, it has the power to undertake crisis-management operations, under the collective defence clause - Article 5 of the Washington Treaty or under a United Nations mandate, alone or in cooperation with other countries.
  • Article 5 of the North Atlantic treaty, requiring member states to come to the aid of any member state subject to an armed attack, was invoked for the first and only time after the September 11 attacks, after which troops were deployed to Afghanistan.

The Role of NATO in the Russia-Ukraine Conflict:

 Among the 30 countries in the organisation, Ukraine is not a member, even though it has included three former Soviet republics -- the Baltic states of Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania.

  • In 2008, NATO appeared to open the door to membership to two more former Soviet republics when its heads of government declared that Georgia and Ukraine "will become members of NATO."
  • Neither has formally received eventual membership, with a lack of consensus among members.
    • Russian President Vladimir Putin demanded that Ukraine never join the alliance as he seeks to limit NATO’s presence in Eastern Europe.
  • Days before Putin announced a military operation in Ukraine in February 2022, he in a televised address linked the current crisis directly to Russia's Nato demands, which include a guarantee that the organisation stop expanding to the East and pull back its infrastructure from Eastern European countries that joined after the Cold War.
  • If the conflict goes beyond Ukraine and impacts Nato members, it could lead the organisation to invoke its mutual self-defence clause, i.e.,  Article 5 of the Nato treaty.

Why Punjab moved SC against the expansion of BSF jurisdiction (Indian Express)

  • 24 Jan 2024

Why is it in the News?

The Supreme Court is set to hear the dispute over the expansion of the Border Security Force (BSF) jurisdiction in Punjab.

Context:

  • The Supreme Court will hear petitions filed by the Punjab government against the Centre’s notification expanding the jurisdiction of Border Security Forces (BSF) to 50 km from the international border in Punjab.
  • This comes after the Centre in 2021 decided to expand the BSF’s jurisdiction to undertake search, seizure and arrest within a larger 50-kilometre stretch from the International Border compared to the earlier limit of 15 kilometres.
  • The Centre had also decided to decrease the BSF’s area of operation in Gujarat from 80 kilometres from the border to just 50 kilometres.

What is the Border Security Force (BSF)?

  • The BSF was established on 1 December 1965 after the India-Pakistan war.
  • With a strength of about 2.65 lakh personnel, it has 192 operational battalions and deployed along the Pakistan and Bangladesh borders.
  • It is the country’s largest border force and one of the Central Armed Police Forces of the Union of India under the administrative control of the Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA).
    • The other forces include the Indo-Tibetan Border Police (ITBP), the Sashastra Seema Bal (SSB) and the Assam Rifles, Central Industrial Security Force (CISF), Central Reserve Police Force (CRPF) and National Security Guards (NSG).
  • It also contributes dedicated services to the UN peacekeeping Mission by sending a large contingent of its trained manpower every year
  • The BSF is meant to secure India’s borders with its neighbouring nations and is empowered to arrest, search and seize under a number of laws, such as the Criminal Procedure Code, the Passports Act, the Passport (Entry into India) Act, and the NDPS Act, to name a few.

Why was the BSF Jurisdiction Extended?

  • Section 139(1) of the BSF Act allows the central government, through an order, to designate an area “within the local limits of such area adjoining the borders of India” where members of the BSF can exercise powers to prevent offences under any Acts that the central government may specify.
    • Prior to the notification issued in October 2021, the BSF could exercise its powers within 15 kilometres of the border in Punjab, West Bengal and Assam.
    • The Centre expanded this to within 50 kilometres of the border.
  • The notification states that, within this larger 50-kilometre jurisdiction, the BSF can only exercise powers under the Criminal Procedure Code, the Passport (Entry into India) Act and the Passports Act.
    • For other central legislations, the 15-km limit remains.
  • This expansion was in response to the increased use of drones and Unmanned Aerial Vehicles, which have long-range capabilities and enable surveillance and the smuggling of arms and fake currency.
    • The ‘menace of cattle smuggling’ and smugglers often seek refuge outside BSF jurisdiction.
  • The centre also claimed that the notification makes the BSF jurisdiction uniform across states, as the 50-kilometre limit was already in place in Rajasthan.
    • The same notification reduced the jurisdiction in Gujarat from 80 km to 50 km.

Why Punjab Challenged This Act?

  • The state of Punjab filed an ‘original suit’ against the central government in the Supreme Court in December 2021 and alleged that the extension of the territorial jurisdiction of BSF encroaches upon its own constitutional jurisdiction.
    • The Supreme Court has ‘original jurisdiction’ in disputes between the central government and states under Article 131 of the Constitution, which means cases of this kind can only be heard for the first time at the SC “to the exclusion of any other court”.
  • The Punjab government claimed that expanding the jurisdiction of the BSF would compromise the state’s exclusive powers to legislate on matters involving the police and public order.
    • These powers are provided in Entries 1 and 2 of the State List under Article 246 of the Constitution.
    • They also claimed that the notification was issued without consulting with any of the states concerned.

How did Other States Respond?

  • The states at the time had decried the move as an “irrational decision”, a “direct attack on federalism” and an attempt to “interfere through Central agencies”.
  • Punjab and West Bengal denounced the move with the respective state Assemblies even passing resolutions against the Centre’s decision.

What are the Challenges Associated with Expanding Jurisdiction?

  • Public Order vs. Security of State: Maintaining public order and policing, signifying peace, safety, and tranquillity, falls within the purview of State Governments (Entry 1 and Entry 2 of the State list, respectively).
    • However, if a severe public disorder poses a threat to the security or defence of the State or the nation itself (Entry 1 of the Union list), it becomes a matter of concern for the Union Government as well.
  • Federalism Strain: Issuing notifications without state government concurrence may be seen as an infringement on state powers.
    • The Punjab Government argues that such notifications amount to the Centre encroaching under the pretext of security or development.
  • Impact on BSF Operations: The extension of jurisdiction to policing in the hinterland contradicts the role of a border guarding force.
    • This shift could potentially undermine the BSF's ability to fulfil its primary duty of guarding the international border.

Issues Specific to Punjab:

  • Overlapping Powers: The extended 50 km jurisdiction grants concurrent power with state police over every cognizable offence under the Indian Penal Code (IPC).
    • In a relatively small state like Punjab, this extension encompasses all major cities.
  • In other states like Gujarat and Rajasthan, where the extension might be considered, Gujarat has substantial marshland, and extending jurisdiction there might be reasonable as it doesn't encompass major urban centres.
    • Similarly, in Rajasthan, the presence of a desert reduces the impact of jurisdiction extension.

Way Ahead

  • Emphasis on State Consent: Considering the security dynamics in India's vicinity, the existing collaboration between Central armed forces and State civil authorities remains suitable.
    • Nonetheless, consulting with the State Government before deploying armed forces by the Union Government is recommended, whenever possible.
  • State Empowerment: Each State Government, in coordination with the Union Government, should devise both short-term and long-term strategies to fortify its Armed Police.
    • The aim is to achieve substantial self-reliance in managing Armed Police matters, necessitating the Central armed forces' intervention only during exceptionally severe disturbances.
  • Regional Collaboration: Neighboring States can collaboratively establish a framework for utilizing each other's Armed Police in times of necessity through consensus.
    • The Zonal Council stands out as the most apt platform for States within a zone to reach a consensus and formulate such arrangements.

WTO dispute settlement body revival faces delays over country differences: GTRI (Indian Express)

  • 22 Jan 2024

 

Why is it in the News?

Reinstating a fully functional WTO dispute settlement body to resolve trade disputes between countries could take longer than expected as there continue to be wide differences between developed and developing countries over the issue, a GTRI report said recently.

Context:

  • According to the GTRI report, an economic think tank, restoring a fully functional WTO dispute settlement body may take longer due to significant differences between developed and developing countries on the issue.
  • This comes as the 164-member World Trade Organization (WTO) will gather next month in Abu Dhabi for the 13th ministerial conference (MC) to resolve different issues such as reforms in dispute settlement mechanisms, agriculture-related matters, etc.

Highlights of the GTRI Report:

  • Escalating Protectionism: The absence of a functional dispute settlement body has fueled a surge in protectionist measures.
    • Since 2017, the US has obstructed the appointment of new judges to the WTO's seven-member appellate court, citing perceived harm to its interests.
  • Delicate Balancing Act: Addressing India's appeals for an effective appellate body, special and differential treatment (S&DT) provisions, and fairness must be delicately balanced with the concerns of other members.
    • This includes considerations such as transparency and legal certainty, demanding significant compromise and negotiation.
  • Complex Consensus Building: Reforming the dispute settlement system proves challenging as developed and developing nations hold divergent priorities and concerns.
    • Achieving a consensus requires navigating through intricate negotiations.
  • Disproportionate Impact on the US: The proper functioning of the WTO Appellate Body disproportionately affects the US, given that over a quarter of all WTO disputes involve challenges to US laws or measures.

What is the Global Trade Research Initiative (GTRI)?

  • Global Trade Research Initiative (GTRI) is a research Group focused on Climate Change, technology and trade
  • GTRI aims to create high-quality and jargon-free outputs for governments and industry from the perspective of development and poverty reduction.
  • Mr Ajay Srivastava is the Founder of GTRI.

What is the World Trade Organization?

  • The World Trade Organization (WTO) is an international organization that deals with the rules of trade between countries.
  • It was founded in 1995 as a successor to the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT), which, since 1948, had governed trade rules until the establishment of the WTO.
  • The WTO describes its principal function as being to provide a forum for its members to negotiate on trade issues.
  • It operates a body of rules in the form of WTO agreements.
  • It provides a dispute settlement mechanism (DSM) to resolve disagreements over the rules between members.
  • The WTO has many roles:
    • It operates a global system of trade rules, acts as a forum for negotiating trade agreements, settles trade disputes between its members and it supports the needs of developing countries.
  • All major decisions are made by the WTO's member governments:
    • either by ministers (who usually meet at least every two years) or by their ambassadors or delegates (who meet regularly in Geneva).
  • Decision-making:
    • All major decisions within the WTO are made by its member governments.
    • The top decision-making body is the Ministerial Conference, which typically convenes every two years.
    • Day-to-day decisions are overseen by the General Council, which meets regularly in Geneva.
  • Membership
    • The WTO has over 160 members, representing 98% of world trade.
    • Joining the WTO requires aligning economic and trade policies with its rules and negotiating entry terms with the existing membership.
  • Budget:
    • The WTO derives most of the income for its annual budget from contributions by its members.
    • These contributions are based on a formula that takes into account each member's share of international trade.
  • Director-General:
    • Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala is the seventh Director-General of the WTO.
    • She took office on 1 March 2021, becoming the first woman and the first African to serve as Director-General.
    • Her term of office will expire on 31 August 2025.
  • The primary purpose of the WTO is to open trade for the benefit of all.

About the WTO Dispute Settlement Body (DSB):

  • The WTO Dispute Settlement Body (DSB) deals with disputes between WTO members.
  • It was created in Article 2 of the Dispute Settlement Understanding (DSU) administers World Trade Organization (WTO) dispute settlement proceedings.
  • The DSB consists of all WTO members, usually represented by Ambassadors or equivalent.
  • It makes decisions on trade disputes between governments that are adjudicated by the Organization.
  • The DSB has the sole authority to establish “Panels” of experts to consider the case and to accept or reject the Panels’ findings or the results of an appeal.
  • The DSB uses a special decision procedure known as "reverse consensus" or "consensus against" that makes it almost certain that the Panel recommendations in a dispute will be accepted.
  • The process requires that the recommendations of the Panel should be adopted "unless" there is a consensus of the members against adoption.
  • The DSB monitors the implementation of the rulings and recommendations and has the power to authorize retaliation when a country does not comply with a ruling.

Why is the WTO Dispute Settlement Body (DSB) Inoperative?

  • The WTO's dispute settlement system faces a critical challenge as its appeals mechanism is currently non-operational.
  • The root cause lies in the United States objection to the appointment of new judges to the Appellate Body, citing concerns about judicial overreach.
  • Consequently, a significant number of panel reports are left in limbo, with appeals going unanswered and disputes lingering without resolution.
  • This impasse creates a formidable obstacle for WTO members seeking to enforce their obligations through complaints against measures they perceive as violations.

Conclusion

The WTO's dispute resolution mechanism grapples with a formidable crisis, rendering it largely nonfunctional due to the U.S.'s opposition to new Appellate Body judges. This impasse leaves disputes unresolved, severely limiting members' ability to enforce obligations. As the organization grapples with this crisis, finding a resolution becomes paramount to restore the efficacy of international trade agreements and uphold the WTO's core principles.

Resistance to medicines on the rise, Govt urges docs to mention reason when prescribing antibiotics (Indian Express)

  • 19 Jan 2024

Why is it in the News?

With antimicrobial resistance on the rise, the Union Health Ministry has urged doctors to write down the exact reason when prescribing antibiotics.

New Summary:

  • The Union Health Ministry urged all doctors in medical colleges and medical associations to make it a mandatory practice to "write indication/reason/justification" while prescribing antibiotics.
  • The Director General of Health Services also appealed to all pharmacists to strictly implement Schedule H and H1 of the Drugs and Cosmetics Rules and stop the over-the-counter sale of antibiotics.
  • Antimicrobials are listed under Schedule H and H1 of the Drugs and Cosmetics Act, both of which are categories of medicines that cannot be sold without a prescription.

What is Antimicrobial Resistance?

  • According to the World Health Organisation (WHO), antimicrobial resistance occurs when bacteria, viruses, fungi and parasites change over time and no longer respond to medicines.
  • This makes infections harder to treat, increasing the risk of disease spread, severe illness and death.
    • As a result, the medicines become ineffective and infections persist in the body, increasing the risk of spreading to others.
  • AMR affects countries in all regions and at all income levels.
    • Its drivers and consequences are exacerbated by poverty and inequality, and low- and middle-income countries are most affected as per WHO.
  • Currently, AMR is one of the top global public health threats facing humanity.
    • It is estimated that bacterial AMR was directly responsible for 1.27 million global deaths in 2019 and 4.95 million deaths were associated with drug-resistant infections.
  • According to the Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR), 1.25 million lives were lost to drug resistance in 2019.
  • India has one of the highest rates of antimicrobial resistance worldwide.
    • Despite being prescription drugs, antibiotics are commonly available over-the-counter (OTC) at retail pharmacies.
  • In a recent survey, conducted by the National Centre for Disease Control (NCDC) under the Union Health Ministry, over half of the antibiotics prescribed in the country cause antimicrobial resistance.
  • Treatment failures also lead to longer periods of infectivity and the prohibitively high cost of second-line drugs may result in failure to treat these diseases in many individuals.

Scenarios in Which Antimicrobials are Most Commonly Misused?

  • There are two common scenarios in which antimicrobials are misused or overused even by doctors.
    • One is when they cannot make a diagnosis on whether an infection is caused by a bacteria or virus and prescribe antibiotics to err on the side of caution.
    • Two, when they know it is a bacterial infection but want to avoid secondary infection.
      • This is where antibiotics can be conserved because very few people get such secondary bacterial infections.
  • In the case of a serious patient, who is admitted to the hospital, broad-spectrum antibiotics may be prescribed for 48 hours, during which they can be tested for which pathogen is causing the infection.
    • The antibiotics needed to be switched after that.
  • Prescription for antimicrobials before and after a procedure or surgery is another way that antibiotics are commonly overused.
    • Just a single dose of antibiotic 60 to 120 minutes before surgery is enough to prevent surgical site infections.
  • However, doctors end up prescribing antibiotics for seven to 14 days.
    • If proper sterilization of equipment, and preparation of the surgical site are done, infections cannot happen.
    • Shaving the surgical site before surgery should be avoided because it can lead to abrasions that can get infected

The Result of Antimicrobial Overuse and Misuse?

  • Common infections are not curable anymore.
  • Tuberculosis and urinary tract infections have become multi-drug resistant.
  • In hospitals, infections are resulting in longer treatment times with the use of costlier and more toxic antibiotics.
    • Despite all efforts and successful surgeries, people are dying

Factors contributing to Antimicrobial Resistance (AMR):

  • Unnecessary Prescriptions: In many cases, antibiotics are prescribed when they are not necessary or are not used correctly.
    • This can lead to the survival and proliferation of resistant bacteria.
  • Agricultural use: The use and overuse of antimicrobials in agriculture, including to promote growth and prevent disease in livestock, is also a major contributor to the development and spread of AMR.
  • Selective pressure: In the presence of antimicrobials, microbes that carry resistance genes can survive, replicate, and quickly dominate the microbial population.
  • Mutation: Rapid microbial reproduction allows for swift-evolution, and mutations during replication may aid individual microbes in surviving antimicrobial exposure.
  • Inappropriate use: Unnecessary and injudicious use of antibiotic fixed dose combinations may lead to the emergence of bacterial strains resistant to multiple antibiotics.
  • State of the Environment: There is growing evidence that the environment plays a key role in the development, transmission and spread of AMR. Its proliferation is linked to the triple planetary crisis of climate change, nature and biodiversity loss, pollution and waste.
    • For example, higher temperatures, storms and floods can fuel the spread of bacterial, viral, parasitic, fungal and vector-borne diseases.
    • Severe weather events can also cause wastewater and sewage to overwhelm treatment plants, allowing untreated sewage rich in antimicrobial-resistant microbes to contaminate surrounding communities.
    • As well, wastewater laced with medicines, including that from animal production facilities, hospitals and pharmaceutical companies, can feed drug resistance.

Measures Taken by the Government of India to Address AMR:

  • National Action Plan on AMR: The National Action Plan on Containment of Antimicrobial Resistance (NAP-AMR) was launched in 2017.
    • Emphasis is placed on a One Health approach, involving various stakeholder ministries/departments.
  • AMR Surveillance and Research Network (AMRSN): ICMR has set up the AMR Surveillance and Research Network (AMRSN) comprising 30 tertiary care hospitals, both private and government.
    • Its purpose is to generate evidence and capture trends and patterns of drug-resistant infections in the country.
  • Research and International Collaboration: Initiatives by ICMR aim to develop new drugs and medicines through international collaborations.
    • This is intended to strengthen medical research in the field of AMR.
  • Red Line Campaign: The Union health ministry initiated the "Red Line Campaign."
    • It urges people not to use medicines marked with a red vertical line, including antibiotics, without a doctor’s prescription.
    •  The campaign aims to discourage unnecessary prescription and over-the-counter sales of antibiotics, addressing drug resistance for diseases like TB, malaria, urinary tract infections, and HIV.

Way Forward

  • Antimicrobials have saved countless lives and are essential to modern medicine but we need to use them more judiciously.
  • Healthcare professionals should only prescribe antibiotics when necessary and at the right dosage and duration.
  • The use and overuse of antibiotics in agriculture must also be limited.
  • Countries must adopt the One Health approach, which recognizes that the health of people, animals, plants and the environment are interdependent.
  • Preventative measures, such as improving water, sanitation and hygiene, as well as putting in place strong international and national regulatory frameworks to enforce controls on the sale and distribution of antibiotics, will go a long way in reducing AMR.

Conclusion

AMR is a global problem; therefore, international cooperation among nations is essential. Developing multi-stakeholder national action plans is key. Countries must also work together on strategies, information sharing and surveillance of antimicrobial use and resistance. However, fixing the AMR crisis is not just dependent on governments alone. Pharmaceutical companies, the chemical industry, regulators, municipal governments, human and animal healthcare professionals and students, scientists and the public all have a role to play.

How the legal debate over sub-categorisation among SCs has evolved over the years (Indian Express)

  • 19 Jan 2024

Why is it in the News?

A seven-judge constitution bench headed by Chief Justice of India D Y Chandrachud will start to hear the case on the sub-categorisation among Scheduled Castes (SCs) from next week.

News Summary:

  • The Union government has established a five-member committee of Secretaries, led by the Cabinet Secretary.
  • The committee is tasked with evaluating and devising an equitable approach for the distribution of benefits, programs, and initiatives to the most disadvantaged communities among the 1,200 Scheduled Castes across the nation.
    • These communities have often been overshadowed by relatively more advanced and dominant ones.

Key aspects of the committee include:

  • Purpose: The committee will focus solely on strategies such as special initiatives and directing existing schemes toward marginalized communities.
  • Mandate: It strictly refrains from delving into matters of reservation or determining the SC quota for employment and education, as these issues are considered sub-judice.
  • Composition: The committee comprises Secretaries from the Home Ministry, Law Ministry, Tribal Affairs Ministry, and Social Justice Ministry.

About Schedule Caste (SC):

  • Scheduled castes are those castes/races in the country that suffer from extreme social, educational and economic backwardness arising out of the age-old practice of untouchability and certain others on account of lack of infrastructure facilities and geographical isolation, and who need special consideration for safeguarding their interests and for their accelerated socio-economic development.
  • These communities were notified as Scheduled Castes as per provisions contained in Clause 1 of Article 341 of the Constitution.
  • Article 341 of the Indian Constitution grants the President the authority to declare certain castes and classes as Scheduled Castes in a state or union territory.
    • It also empowers Parliament to include or exclude any caste or tribe from this list.
  • Article 342 of the Constitution defines "Scheduled Castes" as castes, races, tribes, or parts of, or groups within such castes, races, or tribes as deemed under Article 341.

What is the Sub Categorisation of Caste?

  • Sub Categorisation of Caste involves the additional classification of broader caste groups into sub-groups, considering various criteria.
  • The call for Caste Sub-Categorization has emerged as certain castes and communities aim for acknowledgement and specific privileges based on distinctive characteristics, historical backgrounds, or socio-economic status.
  • This approach aims to acknowledge and address the diversity within larger caste groups, targeting specific sub-groups perceived as socially and economically disadvantaged for more tailored benefits.

The Legal Aspect of Caste Sub-Categorization:

  • Over the past two decades, several states, including Punjab, Bihar, and Tamil Nadu, have attempted to introduce state-level reservation laws to sub-categorize Scheduled Castes (SCs).
    • However, all these plans are currently stuck in the courts as the Supreme Court forms a larger Constitution Bench to make a decision.
  • E. V. Chinnaiah v State of Andhra Pradesh (2004): In this case, the apex court determined that once a community is included in the Presidential List for Scheduled Castes under Article 341 of the Constitution, they become part of a single, larger class of people for reservation purposes.
    • The Bench emphasised that the state lacked the legislative power to create sub-classifications within this single class, as it would violate the Right to Equality.
    • According to the Constitution, only Parliament can make these lists, and the President can notify them.
  • In 2020, another Supreme Court bench, consisting of five members, in the Davinder Singh case unanimously declared that sub-categorization is constitutionally valid and suggested that a larger constitutional bench rule on the matter.

Sub-Categorization of Scheduled Castes (SCs):

  • In the Telangana Assembly election, PM Modi pledged to address the demand for sub-categorization of Scheduled Castes (SCs).
    • The Madiga community, the most populous among SC communities in Telangana, raised this concern, asserting that their representation share was being overshadowed by another SC community, the Malas.
  • Since 1994, the Madiga community has advocated for the sub-categorization of SCs, leading to the establishment of the Justice P. Ramachandra Raju Commission in 1996 and a National Commission in 2007.
    • Both commissions concluded that there are potential ways to resolve this issue.
  • Currently, a seven-judge Constitution Bench of the Supreme Court is gearing up to commence hearings on this matter.
    • The Supreme Court will determine whether sub-categorization among SCs and Scheduled Tribes is permissible.
    • The focus of the hearing is on the constitutionality of sub-categorization among SCs for breaking up reservations in jobs and education set aside for them.
  • Simultaneously, the government panel will explore "other ways to address their grievances.

Debate Over Sub-Categorization within SCs:

  • Supporting Arguments: One key argument favouring the sub-categorization of Scheduled Castes (SCs) revolves around the existing disparities among these communities.
    • The contention is that graded inequalities persist, with certain SC communities having limited access to essential facilities.
    • Consequently, the more forward communities within the SCs tend to consistently benefit, potentially sidelining the more backward ones.
    • To address this, proponents argue for sub-categorization, providing separate reservations for the more disadvantaged communities within the broader SC category.
  • Opposing Perspectives: Arguments against sub-categorization assert that allocating separate reservations within these categories might not effectively tackle the root cause of the issue.
    • Critics argue that the primary aim of sub-categorization was to ensure representation at all levels.
    • However, even if reserved positions are available at higher levels, the most backward SCs may lack sufficient candidates to be considered.
    • Therefore, it is suggested that existing government schemes and benefits should first reach these underserved sections before contemplating sub-categorization.
  • Additionally, legal experts emphasize the importance of concrete data to support sub-categorization.
  • They highlight the need for a comprehensive caste census, encompassing each community and sub-community along with their socio-economic data.
  • According to these experts, a caste census provides the empirical basis required for the government to justify sub-categorization, determining the specific additional share of benefits needed by each community.

What is the Union Government’s Stand?

  • In 2005, the Union government explored the legal aspects of sub-categorization within Scheduled Castes (SCs).
  • The then Attorney General of India suggested that this could be a viable option only if unquestionable evidence indicated its necessity.
  • During this period, both the National Commission for Scheduled Castes (NCSC) and the National Commission for Scheduled Tribes (NCST) expressed the view that a constitutional amendment might not be essential.
  • They pointed out that Article 16(4) of the Constitution already empowered states to formulate special laws for any backward classes deemed under-represented.
  • Furthermore, they emphasized the urgency of ensuring the prioritized implementation of existing schemes and benefits rather than merely allocating a quota within the existing quota.

Govt disburses Rs 4,415 crore under PLI scheme; low job creation a concern (Indian Express)

  • 18 Jan 2024

Why is it in the News?

Recently, the central government has disbursed an incentive amount of Rs 4,415 crore under its flagship Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) schemes for as many as eight sectors.

News Summary:

  • The central government, through its flagship Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) schemes, has disbursed an incentive amount of Rs 4,415 crore until October in the current fiscal year across eight sectors.
    • In the fiscal year 2023-24, Rs 1,515 crore has been disbursed, compared to Rs 2,900 crore in 2022-23 when payments under the scheme commenced.
  • The government aims to achieve a disbursal target of Rs 11,000 crore by the end of this fiscal year.
    • According to official statements, the employment generation, both direct and indirect, has exceeded 6.78 lakh.
  • As of now, 746 applications have received approval in 14 sectors, with an expected investment exceeding Rs 3 lakh crore.
    • Notably, 176 MSMEs are among the beneficiaries of the PLI schemes, particularly in sectors like pharma and telecom.

What is the Production Linked Incentive Scheme (PLI)?

  • Production-linked incentive (PLI) schemes were first introduced in India in March 2020, mainly targeting three industries – Mobile Manufacturing and Electric Components, Pharmaceutical and Medical Device Manufacturing.
  • The PLI concept has since expanded to 14 sectors to boost India’s manufacturing capabilities and encourage export-oriented production.
  • The PLI schemes aim to develop capacities in the local supply chain, introduce new downstream operations, and incentivise investments into high-tech production.
  • Mechanism: Under the PLI scheme, both domestic and foreign companies receive financial incentives for manufacturing within India, with rewards calculated as a percentage of their revenue over up to five years.
  • Targeted Sectors: The 14 sectors covered by the scheme include mobile manufacturing, medical devices, automobiles and auto components, pharmaceuticals, drugs, speciality steel, telecom & networking products, electronic products, white goods (ACs and LEDs), food products, textile products, solar PV modules, advanced chemistry cell (ACC) batteries, and drones and drone components.
  • Incentive Structure: Incentives are determined based on incremental sales, with certain sectors like advanced chemistry cell batteries, textile products, and the drone industry having calculations considering sales, performance, and local value addition over five years.
    • Emphasizing research and development (R&D) investments aims to align the industry with global trends and enhance competitiveness in the international market.

Performance of the PLI Schemes:

  • Positive Export Growth: India has experienced a substantial boost in mobile handset exports, doubling from Rs 45,000 crore in FY22 compared to FY21, and further estimating exports to reach Rs 90,000 crore in FY23.
    • Additionally, in the pharmaceutical industry, India has successfully manufactured 35 active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs), reducing reliance on imports, particularly from countries like China.
    • Overall, the PLI schemes have contributed to exports exceeding Rs 3.2 lakh crore, notably driven by sectors such as electronics, pharmaceuticals, food processing, and telecom.
  • Challenges in Implementation: Despite positive outcomes, the implementation of PLI schemes has faced sluggish progress.
    • In the fiscal year 2021-22, the government disbursed a mere Rs 10 crore in incentive payouts for mobile handsets, white goods (ACs and LEDs), and the food processing industries combined.
    • However, this figure increased to Rs 2,874 crore in 2022-23, according to DPIIT.
    • During the initial two years of the seven-year initiative, only 1.46 per cent of the total Rs 1.97 lakh crore incentive outlay was disbursed.
    • Some major industries are yet to fully embrace the scheme or initiate significant activities under it.
  • Limited Job Creation: The slow start in implementation has resulted in a lower-than-projected number of jobs created.
    • While the PLIs were anticipated to generate 6 million new jobs over seven years, the actual figure stands at approximately 300,000 jobs, representing only 5 per cent of the total projection, between 2020 and early 2023.

Challenges in the PLI Scheme:

  • Assembly Emphasis Over Value Addition: The subsidy structure within the Mobile and allied Component Manufacturing segment of the PLI scheme primarily incentivizes the completion of phone assembly in India, neglecting the consideration of the actual value added through manufacturing processes.
    • Consequently, many mobile phone components are still imported, encompassing critical elements such as display screens, cameras, batteries, and printed circuit boards.
  • WTO Constraints and Limited Value Addition: India faces constraints imposed by WTO rules, preventing the tying of PLI subsidies to domestic value addition.
    • While India aspires to produce chips domestically, the intricate nature of chip manufacturing and the inability to mandate significant domestic value addition present challenges to realising this goal.
  • Ambiguity in Incentive Disbursement: Despite the establishment of an Empowered Committee to oversee fund disbursement across various sectors, the process lacks transparency and clear criteria.
    • The absence of well-defined parameters for ministries and departments to determine incentive allocations raises concerns about the fairness and effectiveness of the scheme.
  • Absence of a Centralized Database: A notable deficiency in the PLI scheme is the lack of a centralized database that comprehensively captures critical information such as increased production, exports, and the creation of new jobs.
    • This information gap complicates the evaluation process, introducing administrative complexities.
    • The resulting ambiguity impacts transparency, potentially leading to mischief, thereby weakening the overall policy structure.

Way Forward

The government should evaluate the efficacy of the PLI scheme, taking into account factors such as job creation, cost per job, and the identified challenges contributing to its limited success. Before expanding the scheme to encompass additional sectors, a thorough understanding of its limitations is essential, along with proactive measures to address the underlying issues.

 

India’s multidimensional poverty rate is down to 11.28% in 2022-23 from 29.17% in 2013-14 (Indian Express)

  • 16 Jan 2024

Why is it in the News?

The share of India’s population living in multidimensional poverty is estimated to have fallen to 11.28 per cent in 2022-23 from 29.17 per cent in 2013-14, according to a discussion paper released by NITI Aayog on Monday.

Context:

  • According to the NITI Aayog’s discussion paper, multidimensional poverty in India declined from 29.17% in 2013-14 to 11.28% in 2022-23, with about 24.82 crore people moving out of this bracket during this period.
  • The national multidimensional poverty measures simultaneous deprivations across three equally weighted dimensions of health, education, and standard of living that are represented by 12 sustainable development goals-aligned indicators, according to NITI Aayog.

Key Highlights of the MPI in India Since 2005-2006:

  • Overall Decline in Multidimensional Poverty: As per the NITI Aayog discussion paper, India's multidimensional poverty has decreased from 29.17% in 2013-14 to 11.28% in 2022-23.
    • The trend signifies the upliftment of 24.82 crore people from this bracket during the specified period.
  • State-wise Decline: "Uttar Pradesh registered the largest decline in the number of poor with 5.94 crore people escaping multidimensional poverty during the last nine years followed by:
    • Bihar at 3.77 crore
    • Madhya Pradesh at 2.30 crore and
    • Rajasthan at 1.87 crore.
  • NITI Aayog's approach to measuring multidimensional poverty involved considering 12 indicators aligned with the sustainable development goals.
    • These indicators encompass crucial aspects such as nutrition, child and adolescent mortality rates, maternal health, educational attainment, access to basic amenities like clean cooking fuel, sanitation, safe drinking water, electricity, and housing, as well as possession of assets and bank accounts.
  • "Significant initiatives covering all dimensions of poverty have led to 24.82 crore individuals escaping multidimensional poverty in the last 9 years.
    • As a result, India is likely to achieve its SDG target of halving multidimensional poverty well before 2030.
  • The report emphasized impactful programs, such as Poshan Abhiyan and Anemia Mukt Bharat, which have markedly improved accessibility to healthcare services, significantly reducing deprivation.
    • Managing one of the globe's largest food security initiatives, the targeted Public Distribution System (PDS) under the National Food Security Act encompasses 81.35 crore beneficiaries, ensuring the distribution of food grains to both rural and urban populations.
  • "The government's persistent dedication and resolute commitment to enhancing the lives of the most vulnerable and deprived have been instrumental in this accomplishment.

What is Multidimensional Poverty?

  • Poverty can have several negative effects at once. Some of these include inadequate nutrition or health, a lack of power or clean water, low-quality employment, or insufficient education.
  • The true nature of poverty cannot be fully captured by concentrating only on one aspect, such as income.
  • Multidimensional Poverty, as a metric, goes beyond income or consumption alone.
    • It encompasses deprivations in education and access to essential infrastructure, considering factors beyond the monetary aspect.
    • The measurement is conducted at the $2.15 international poverty line, as defined by the World Bank (in 2017 purchasing power parity terms), ensuring a comprehensive assessment of poverty that extends beyond monetary value.

What is the National Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI)?

  • Prepared By: NITI Aayog
  • Objective: The aim is to gauge poverty across various dimensions, complementing existing statistics based on per capita consumption expenditure.
  • Purpose of the National MPI: Provides an enhanced, high-level overview of poverty at the national level.
    • Acts as a complement to monetary poverty measures.
    • Furnishes information crucial for shaping effective policy initiatives.
    • The MPI is founded on the individual or household profile of overlapping or "joint" deprivations experienced by each person.
  • Key Features: Serves as an incentive for leaving no one behind and prioritizing the most marginalized.
    • Adaptable to the national context and maintains transparency.
  • Credible Methodology: India's national MPI employs a methodology developed by the Oxford Poverty and Human Development Initiative (OPHI) and the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), aligning with the globally accepted and robust standards used in the publication of the Global Multidimensional Poverty Index.
  • Three Macro Dimensions: The National MPI is structured around three macro dimensions, each with specific indicators and weights, outlined below –

Significance of the MPI:

  • Crucial Public Policy Instrument: The establishment of India's National MPI introduces a pivotal public policy instrument that monitors multidimensional poverty, facilitating evidence-based and targeted interventions to ensure inclusivity and prevent any individuals from being left behind.
  • Assesses the Efficacy of Multi-Sectoral Interventions: It offers valuable insights into the effectiveness of multi-sectoral interventions aimed at addressing diverse facets of poverty.
  • Encompasses Diverse Deprivations: Notably, functioning as a metric for multidimensional poverty, it captures the myriad and simultaneous deprivations experienced by households.
  • Comprehensive Analysis Across All Tiers: This report conducts a thorough analysis of the headcount ratio and intensity of multidimensional poverty, encompassing national, State/UT, and district levels.

Conclusion

The National MPI in India has been conceived as an all-encompassing tool, expediting purpose-driven initiatives to gauge and systematically eliminate multidimensional poverty. The dimensions of the index have demonstrated their efficacy in identifying and facilitating precise policy interventions aimed at achieving targeted goals.

NITI Aayog

  • NITI Aayog, established on January 1, 2015, succeeded the Planning Commission with a distinctive focus on a 'Bottom-Up' approach.
  • Embracing the vision of 'Maximum Governance, Minimum Government' and echoing the ethos of 'Cooperative Federalism,' NITI Aayog serves as a dynamic institution facilitating collaborative decision-making.

Functional Components: NITI Aayog operates through two principal hubs-

  • Team India Hub: This hub is a crucial interface, fostering effective communication and collaboration between the states and the central government.
    • It plays a pivotal role in aligning the diverse interests of different regions in the spirit of cooperative federalism.
  • Knowledge and Innovation Hub: This hub is dedicated to enhancing the intellectual capacity of NITI Aayog. It functions as a think tank, driving innovative ideas and knowledge creation to inform policy decisions and contribute to the overall development agenda.

INDICES of NITI Aayog:

  • Composite Water Management Index
  • District Hospital Index
  • Export Preparedness Index
  • Global Innovation Index
  • India Innovation Index
  • Multidimensional Poverty Index
  • School Education Quality Index
  • SDG India Index
  • State Energy Index
  • State Health Index

Muizzu asks India to withdraw troops by March 15: Why are Indian soldiers in Maldives? (Indian Express)

  • 15 Jan 2024

Why is it in the News?

Maldivian President Mohamed Muizzu has asked India to withdraw its military personnel from his country by March 15, a senior official said in Male on Sunday, nearly two months after Maldives sought their removal.

Context:

  • Maldives President Mohamed Muizzu has asked India to withdraw its military personnel from the Indian Ocean archipelago nation by mid-March.
  • A high-level core group, set by both nations, to negotiate the withdrawal of troops held its first meeting at the Foreign Ministry in Male on Sunday with Indian High Commissioner Munu Mahawar present.
  • President Muizzu had, during his presidential campaign, asserted that he would accomplish the removal of Indian troops from the Maldives, and had made a formal request to India to withdraw its military personnel soon after assuming office.

How many Indian troops are in the Maldives?

  • India does not have a large military presence in the Maldives contrary to claims by “India Out” protesters that thousands of Indian troops were stationed.
  • There are only 88 Indian military personnel in the Maldives, according to the latest government figures.
    • They have been based there for more than a decade.

What are Indian troops doing in the Maldives?

  • India and Maldives have been allies and defence cooperation has been a crucial part of the relationship.
  • Indian soldiers have been training Maldivian troops in combat and reconnaissance and helping in rescue operations.
  • According to the terms of the bilateral agreement between the two nations, Indian officers were sent to train the Maldivian National Defence Force.
  • The Indian troops are unarmed and mostly assist the Maldivian government with search and evacuation operations, (and) medical evacuation operations.
  • From January 2019 until late 2023, 495 lives have been saved because of medical evacuations and special training conducted by the Indian personnel in the Maldives with the help of two helicopters gifted by India.
  • Also, at least 50 joint search and rescue missions have been conducted.

Have Indian troops conducted military operationss in the Maldives?

  • Yes, Indian troops conducted one military operation in the Maldives in November 1998 called “Operation Cactus”.
  • A group of Maldivians led by businessman Abdullah Luthufi attempted a coup to overthrow the government of Maumoon Abdul Gayoom.
    • They had the backing of Sri Lanka’s People’s Liberation Organisation of Tamil Eelam (PLOTE), a Tamil secessionist group.
  • At least 80 mercenaries of the group entered Male on 3 November 1988 on board a hijacked Sri Lankan fighter.
    • They captured key infrastructure – airports, ports, television and radio stations.
    • While Gayoom was escorted to a safe house, the mercenaries took several hostages including ministers.
  • As the situation escalated in the Maldives, India’s chief of army staff General VN Sharma got a call from the foreign service officer at the Prime Minister’s Office.
    • He asked if the Indian army could help as there was an emergency in the Maldives.
  • Indis agreed and three armed forces – the army, navy, and air force came to the neighbour's rescue.
    • Two hostages were among 19 killed during Operation Cactus.
    • The rest of the casualties were mercenaries.
  • India, thus, helped in thwarting a major political crisis in the Indian Ocean Region.

Anti-India sentiments among a section of the Maldives’ population:

  • In 2020, the “India Out” campaign started as on-ground protests in the Maldives which later spread widely across social media platforms.
    • By the second half of 2021, it had developed into an active and visible political campaign.
  • The supporters of the campaign had claimed that it had been started to protest against what they called Indian military presence in the country.
  • They had actively targeted all aspects of India-Maldives bilateral relations.
  • During the International Yoga Day celebration in 2022, organised by the Indian High Commission in the capital Male which was held at the Galolhu Stadium was disrupted by a group around 150 of protesters.
    • The mob attacked participants practising yoga and vandalised property.

What are the major factors behind the fear and suspicion?

  • The controversy started after two Dhruv Advanced Light Helicopters were given by India to the Maldives in 2010 and 2015.
    • These were used for search and rescue operations, maritime weather surveillance and for airlifting patients.
    • However, some in Progressive Party of Maldives  (PPM) hinted that India was attempting to create a military presence in Maldives as these were military choppers.
  • The other causes of concern are the perceived lack of transparency in dealings with India under the rule of Ibrahim Mohamed Solih and the reliance on India for maritime security.
  • UTF Harbour Project: Under this agreement, India was to develop and maintain a coastguard harbour and dockyard at Uthuru Thilafalhu, a strategically located atoll near the capital Malé.
    • Sections of Maldivian media had speculated that the UTF project would be turned into an Indian naval base.

India-Maldives Bilateral Relations:

  • India and Maldives share strong ties encompassing ethnic, linguistic, cultural, religious, and commercial dimensions, fostering close and multi-faceted relations.
  • The historical trajectory of their relationship is marked by significant milestones:
  • Diplomatic Relations: India, recognizing Maldives' independence in 1965, established diplomatic ties promptly.
    • During the 1988 coup attempt, India's rapid intervention under Operation Cactus solidified trust and laid the groundwork for enduring bilateral relations.
    • Timely assistance during natural calamities, such as the 2004 Tsunami and the 2014 water crisis, showcased India's commitment to the well-being of the Maldives.
    • The Swift dispatch of medical aid in 2020 during a measles outbreak demonstrated India's continuous support.
  • Security and Defence Cooperation: A comprehensive Defence Action Plan was signed in April 2016, consolidating defence collaboration.
    • India plays a crucial role in training the Maldivian National Defence Force, meeting 70% of their training needs over the last decade.
    • Annual Defence Cooperation Dialogues, initiated in July 2016, underscore the strategic partnership.
  • Development Cooperation: India's significant developmental contributions include projects like:
    • Indira Gandhi Memorial Hospital
    • Maldives Institute of Technical Education (now Maldives Polytechnic)
    • India-Maldives Faculty of Hospitality & Tourism Studies
    • Technology Adoption Programme in the Education Sector
    • National College for Police and Law Enforcement
    • Infrastructure & Connectivity Projects under Exim Bank Line of Credit ($800 million)
  • Economic and Trade Relations: India emerged as Maldives' second-largest trade partner in 2022, with bilateral trade totalling $501.82 million.
    • In November 2022, India provided financial assistance of US$ 100 million to address economic challenges.
    • The RBI-Maldives Monetary Authority Currency Swap Agreement in December 2022 further strengthened economic ties.
  • Tourism and Indian Community: Indians constitute the largest group of tourists in the Maldives, with over 200,000 visitors in 2023.
    • The Indian community, the second-largest expatriate group, contributes significantly to various sectors, with approximately 22,000 individuals.
    • Notably, 25% of doctors and teachers in the Maldives are Indian nationals.
    • The India-Maldives relationship continues to evolve, reflecting shared values, mutual interests, and a commitment to fostering prosperity and stability in the region.

What does President Muizzu want?

  • Muizzu is a pro-China leader and wants Indian troops to leave the country.
  • This was among the pre-poll promises he made during his campaign.
  • His main theme was about an alleged threat to the Maldives’ sovereignty by some Indian military personnel on an island, part of his party’s years-long “India out” strategy.
  • After his just-concluded visit to China, President Muizzu, announced plans to reduce the country’s dependency on India, including securing imports of essential food commodities and medicine and consumables from other countries.
  • Maldives is also reportedly reviewing more than 100 bilateral agreements with India signed by the previous government.

Way Forward

The trajectory of India-Maldives relations is shaped by evolving geopolitical dynamics, leadership shifts, and shared regional interests. India's steadfast commitment to the Maldives involves going beyond customary measures to foster a comprehensive partnership. Any abrupt actions jeopardizing this carefully cultivated alliance would potentially inflict more harm on the Maldives than on India. Recognizing and proactively addressing these challenges, both nations can skillfully navigate the intricacies of their relationship, paving the way for a more robust, resilient, and mutually advantageous partnership in the future.

To combat climate challenges, the Finance Commission needs to step up (Indian Express)

  • 13 Jan 2024

Why is it in the News?

As the union government constituted the 16th Finance Commission (FC), experts recommend including variables related to climate change, beyond forest cover.

Background:

  • In the contemporary era, India has gained prominence as a key participant in global initiatives aimed at addressing climate change and promoting increased forest coverage.
  • This engagement has not only positively impacted environmental sustainability but has also strengthened the adaptability of communities and ecosystems.
  • In addressing the hurdles presented by climate change, the concept of fiscal federalism, with a specific focus on the role of the Finance Commission (FC), has emerged as a crucial factor in encouraging states to prioritize conservation endeavours.

Role of the Finance Commission in Fiscal Federalism and Forest Conservation:

  • Promoting Conservation Initiatives: The Finance Commission's role has been pivotal in actively promoting and incentivizing state-led efforts towards forest conservation.
  • Through dedicated fund allocations, the Commission acknowledges the inherent connection between vibrant forests, sustainable ecosystems, and the overall national well-being.
  • Financial backing serves as a catalyst, motivating states to prioritize conservation endeavours while safeguarding their economic interests.
  • Balancing Revenue Capacities and Expenditure Needs: Beyond their biodiversity significance, forest resources represent valuable economic assets for states.
  • The Finance Commission recognizes that preserving existing forests and augmenting forest cover density directly impact the revenue capacities and expenditure requirements of states.
  • Finding an equilibrium between economically exploiting forest resources and ensuring their conservation becomes essential for achieving both environmental sustainability and economic prosperity.

Previous Instances of Finance Commission Initiatives in Forest Conservation:

  • The Finance Commission’s formulae for tax sharing have evolved since the first one, constituted in 1951, for the period 1952-1957.
    • Since then, FCs have been constituted at intervals every five years with the 16th one currently being implemented.
  • Initially, the formula for distributing tax among states respectively, known as horizontal devolution, gave significant weightage, around 80% to 90%, to the population of the states, meaning states with higher populations were given a higher share of the tax.
    • Then, the 7th FC drastically reduced the weightage assigned to the population to 25% and increased the weightage given to equity, in which income, land area, and sometimes infrastructure and fiscal discipline too, played a significant role in determining how much each state would receive from the central government.
  • Similarly, there have been changes in determining the funds allocation for environmental initiatives.
    • The 12th FC (2005-10) dedicated Rs 1,000 crore for forest conservation across states.
    • The 13th FC (2010-15) enhanced this allocation to Rs 5,000 crore.
      • However, it is important to note that these grants comprised less than 0.05% of the total funds transferred from the central government to the states.
  • Ecological Fiscal Transfers (EFT) – where public revenue is shared based on ecological indicators – were introduced in 2015 with the 14th FC which incorporated forest cover as a criterion for tax devolution, allocating it a weightage of 7.5% in the distribution formula for the tax-transfer during the period 2015-16 to 2019-2020.
    • The 14th FC (2015 to 2020) considered several recommendations and replaced the grants with a more prominent placement for the forestry sector — it dedicated 7.5 per cent of the divisible central tax pool to ecology and forests.
      • The allocation was based on the forest cover in each state.
  • The 15th FC (2021–22 to 2025–26) extended this share to 10 per cent.
  • Having mobilised and distributed over Rs 4.5 lakh crore to states against not only their forest cover but also forest density, the 15th FC effectively became the largest payment for ecosystem services (PES) systems in the world.
    • The Commission also gave grants to combat air pollution.
  • The fiscal transfers that are earmarked for a specific department or programme have traditionally been much smaller than fiscal transfers to the general state budget.
    • For example, the specific-purpose grants for forestry under the 12th and 13th FC were a fraction of the general-purpose transfers (those not assigned to specific purposes) that followed under the 14th and 15th FC.
  • The formula-based finance commission transfers are unconditional and are not tied to the Department of Forest or Ecology.
  • Whether there is a need for conditions to ensure the funds are invested in the environment, at least in principle, the enticement of receiving larger general-purpose transfers should motivate states to invest in forest protection.
  • Since 2005, the central government has been sharing annual forest grants with states.
    • These grants serve as both compensation and incentive mechanisms.
    • However, it remains unclear to what extent these grants have contributed to the increased forest cover in the states.

Addressing Complexities in the Intersection of Fiscal Federalism and Environmental Conservation:

  • Harmonizing Conservation Costs and Economic Imperatives: Balancing conservation expenses with economic necessities becomes challenging, particularly for states grappling with financial constraints.
    • The substantial opportunity costs linked with forest preservation may strain state budgets, presenting a hurdle in garnering widespread commitment.
  • Innovating Financing Models for Conservation: Traditional financing models for conservation may prove inadequate or unsustainable in the long term.
    • Overreliance on grants can create dependencies, hindering the development of self-sustaining mechanisms for conservation.
  • Addressing Climate-Induced Economic Vulnerabilities: The repercussions of climate change pose considerable threats to economic stability, especially for states heavily dependent on climate-sensitive sectors.
    • Unpredictable weather patterns, floods, and forest fires can intensify existing vulnerabilities.
  • Strategically Allocating Resources: The Finance Commission encounters the intricate task of strategically allocating resources to maximize both environmental and economic advantages.
    • Ensuring targeted funding for critical conservation initiatives while aligning with state development objectives demands a nuanced approach.
  • Integrating Environmental Goals with Fiscal Capacity: States may grapple with aligning their environmental objectives with fiscal capabilities, potentially creating a gap between aspirations and implementation.
  • Ensuring Equitable Participation: A potential risk exists where states with greater fiscal capacities may disproportionately benefit from conservation incentives, potentially exacerbating existing economic disparities.

The Potential Role of 16th Finance Commission's:

  • Integrating Climate Considerations into Tax Devolution Framework: The 16th Finance Commission has the potential to bring about a transformative shift by integrating climate vulnerability and emission intensity as pivotal factors in the tax devolution formula.
    • This alignment directly supports India's Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) under the Paris Agreement, providing states with robust fiscal incentives to actively contribute to national climate goals.
  • Implementing Performance-Based Grants for Key Sectors: Recognizing the instrumental role of specific sectors in achieving NDCs and Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), the 16th Finance Commission could contemplate introducing performance-based grants.
    • These grants, which are specifically designed to help areas like renewable energy, sustainable land and forest management, and air pollution efforts, provide states with focused financial assistance and motivate them to take proactive steps toward change.
  • Addressing Emission Reduction Challenges: Prioritizing emission reduction, the commission can focus on decarbonizing critical sectors like energy and transport.
    • This entails incentivizing states to embrace clean energy practices and fostering innovation to tackle persistent issues like crop burning.
    • Through strategic fund allocation, the 16th Finance Commission can drive tangible progress in mitigating emission sources.
  • Funding Innovations for Ecological Challenges: Allocating funds to innovative solutions for ecological challenges induced by climate change becomes a crucial role for the 16th Finance Commission.
    • Whether supporting mangrove restoration to counter weather vagaries or addressing the escalating incidents of forest fires, the commission can catalyze research, development, and implementation of sustainable strategies.
  • Utilizing Scientific Data for Informed Decision-Making: Leveraging advanced technology, the 16th Finance Commission can utilize scientific data, pollution inventories, and remote sensing to assess state vulnerabilities and mitigation efforts.
    • This data-driven approach ensures that fiscal decisions are rooted in empirical evidence, enabling the commission to design an effective and equitable performance-based system for fund allocation.
  • Transforming into a Leader in Climate Readiness: Going beyond its traditional fiscal role, the 16th Finance Commission has the potential to evolve into a leader in India's climate readiness.
    • This transformation involves active participation in designing and implementing a fiscal blueprint that balances economic growth with environmental imperatives, guiding policies that meet present needs without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own.

Conclusion

In the current juncture where India grapples with the intertwined paths of economic advancement and environmental safeguarding, the Finance Commission's significance in fiscal federalism cannot be overstated.

The 16th Finance Commission, poised to influence tax distribution principles and stimulate climate-conscious endeavours, emerges as a pivotal player in fostering a harmonious equilibrium between economic progress and ecological conservation.

By adopting strategic measures and pioneering innovative strategies, the Finance Commission has the potential to evolve into a formidable catalyst in India's pursuit of climate resilience.

 

Why has South Africa taken Israel to the International Court of Justice? (Indian Express)

  • 12 Jan 2024

Why is it in the News?

What is the case before the World Court?

  • South Africa brought a case against Israel to the ICJ on December 29, under the UN’s 1948 Genocide Convention.
  • South Africa argued that Israel, in its ongoing Gaza assault, has transgressed from the provisions of Article 2 of the Convention.
    • This article defines the term “genocide” to mean “acts committed with intent to destroy, wholly or partly, a national, ethnic, racial, or religious group”.
  • The ICJ will eventually decide whether Israel is committing genocide or not — this may take years.
    • But first, it will decide whether it has jurisdiction on this matter and whether the alleged acts fall under the 1948 Convention.
  • South Africa has also sought interim relief for the Palestinians and asked the ICJ to order Israel to immediately suspend all military operations in Gaza, as an interim measure.
  • While the court’s rulings are legally binding, it has no way to enforce them.
  • Nonetheless, its opinions carry weight with the UN and other international institutions.

What is the International Court of Justice (ICJ)?

  • The ICJ is the principal judicial organ of the United Nations that settles legal disputes between States in accordance with international law.
  • Established in 1945 through the United Nations charter, the ICJ commenced its operations in April 1946.
  • It is located at the Peace Palace in The Hague, Netherlands, distinguishing it from the other six principal UN organs situated in New York, USA.
  • The ICJ specializes in settling legal disputes between states and providing advisory opinions on legal questions referred to by authorized United Nations organs and specialized agencies, all in accordance with international law.

Structure:

  • Comprising 15 judges, elected for nine-year terms by the United Nations General Assembly and the Security Council, the Court ensures a simultaneous but separate voting process by these organs.
    • To be elected, a candidate must secure an absolute majority of votes in both bodies.
    • To maintain continuity, one-third of the Court is elected every three years, with judges eligible for re-election.
    • The Court is supported by a Registry, its administrative organ, and operates in English and French as its official languages.

Regional Distribution of Judges:

  • The 15 judges are distributed across regions as follows:
    • Three from Africa.
    • Two from Latin America and the Caribbean.
    • Three from Asia.
    • Five from Western Europe and other states.
    • Two from Eastern Europe.

Indian Judges at ICJ:

  • Four Indians have been members of the ICJ so far.
  • Justice Dalveer Bhandari, former judge of the Supreme Court, has been serving at the ICJ since 2012.

Independence of Judges:

  • In contrast to other international organizations' organs, the ICJ is unique in its composition, as it is not made up of government representatives.
  • The Court's members are independent judges who, prior to assuming their duties, make a solemn declaration in open court, pledging to exercise their powers impartially and conscientiously.

Jurisdiction and Operations:

  • The ICJ functions as a global court with a dual jurisdiction—addressing legal disputes between states submitted by them (contentious cases) and providing advisory opinions on legal questions referred to it by United Nations organs and specialized agencies (advisory proceedings).
  • In contentious cases, only states that are members of the United Nations and have become parties to the Statute of the Court, or those that have accepted its jurisdiction under specific conditions, can participate.
    • The judgments rendered in these cases are final, binding on the involved parties, and not subject to appeal.
    • At most, there may be provisions for interpretation or, in cases of newly discovered facts, revision.

What is the Genocide Convention?

  • The Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide, commonly known as the Genocide Convention, serves as a foundational instrument in international law, officially defining the crime of genocide for the first time.
  • According to the provisions of the Genocide Convention, genocide is deemed a crime applicable both in times of war and peace.
    • This pivotal human rights treaty marked a historic milestone as the initial treaty adopted by the United Nations General Assembly on 9 December 1948.
    • It symbolizes the global commitment to the principle of 'never again,' echoing the collective resolve of the international community in the aftermath of the atrocities witnessed during the Second World War.
  • The definition of genocide outlined in the Convention has gained widespread acceptance on both national and international fronts, finding incorporation into significant legal frameworks, including the 1998 Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court (ICC).
    • The Rome Statute, a pivotal development, introduced four core international crimes: genocide, crimes against humanity, war crimes, and the crime of aggression—all of which are explicitly stated to be exempt from any statute of limitations.
  • Crucially, the Genocide Convention imposes on State Parties the responsibility to undertake measures for the prevention and punishment of genocide.
    • This includes the enactment of relevant legislation and the punishment of perpetrators, irrespective of their status as constitutionally responsible rulers, public officials, or private individuals (Article IV).
  • Both South Africa and Israel are parties to the Convention.

How often do such cases come before the ICJ?

This is not the first case the court will hear under the Genocide Convention.

  • In 2022, Ukraine filed a case against Russia, and in 2019, the Gambia filed a case against Myanmar with respect to the Rohingya.
  • The Myanmar case was the first time that a State invoked the court’s jurisdiction to seek redress for genocidal acts committed against the citizens of another state.
    • The court agreed that the Gambia had standing to bring the case.
  • Like the Gambia, South Africa has based its jurisdiction under obligations erga omnes partes — that is, as a party to the Convention, it can bring this case because of its community interest in preventing genocide.

What will happen now?

  • South Africa’s case appears to meet the threshold for the court to make a provisional measures order.
    • The Court must be satisfied it has prima facie jurisdiction; there is a “plausible” link between the rights asserted by South Africa and the measures it requests; and a risk of irreparable harm and urgency.
  • That order will come within weeks and will have legal significance for all States that are parties to the Genocide Convention because such an order is binding on all States, even though the court lacks enforcement mechanisms.
  • Israel has called the case “baseless” and a “blood libel”, and called on the international community to reject it.
    • The United States, Hungary, and Guatemala have done so.
  • Palestine has welcomed South Africa’s case, as have the 57 Organisation of Islamic Cooperation (OIC) countries, Malaysia, Turkey, Jordan, Bolivia, Venezuela, Mexico, Bangladesh, Namibia, Nicaragua, and some others.
  • France has stated that it will support the court’s decision and India has not issued any statement.

 

Optimizing Logistics Costs in India and the Critical Role of Accurate Data (Indian Express)

  • 11 Jan 2024

Why is it in the News?

Logistics has been talked about for a long time and India has also focused on improving performance. We are now getting some precise data on measurement and quantification.

Context:

  • The logistics sector plays a vital role in shaping a nation's economic dynamics, and its intricacies are of paramount importance.
  • India's steady progress in the Logistics Performance Index (LPI) rankings reflects positive advancements in its logistics sector, showcasing a dedicated effort to boost global competitiveness and streamline trade logistics efficiency.
  • Consequently, a comprehensive examination of India's logistics landscape, involving the analysis of key indicators, methodologies, and recent reports, becomes essential for a nuanced comprehension of its achievements and hurdles.

The Logistics Performance Index (LPI):

  • Developed by the World Bank, the Logistics Performance Index (LPI) stands as a crucial tool for evaluating a country's trade logistics efficiency and effectiveness.
  • Comprising six key dimensions—customs, infrastructure, international shipments, logistics competence, tracking and tracing, and timeliness—the LPI offers a comprehensive insight into a nation's logistical capabilities.

India's Position in the LPI:

  • Despite inherent methodological considerations in survey-based indices, the 2023 LPI places India at the 38th position out of 139 countries, showcasing an improvement from its 2014 rank of 54.
  • This positive trajectory aligns with India's 2022 vision to reduce logistics costs, enhance LPI rankings, and establish a data-driven decision support mechanism.
  • Furthermore, the introduction of PM Gati Shakti in 2021, though its impact is not immediately reflected in the LPI 2023 due to understandable time lags.

Assessing Logistics Costs in India:

  • Economic Survey 2022-23: The Economic Survey 2022-23 reveals a consistent range of logistics costs in India, hovering between 14-18% of the Gross Domestic Product (GDP).
  • This starkly contrasts with the global benchmark of 8%, highlighting the challenges in achieving optimal efficiency in India's logistics operations.
  • The survey emphasizes the need for strategic interventions to address the significant gap between India's logistics costs and international standards.
  • Dun and Bradstreet (D&B) 2018 Report: An in-depth examination of seaport business costs by a Dun and Bradstreet (D&B) 2018 report indicates that the cost is approximately 15-16% of the consignment value.
  • Notably, there is considerable variation across ports, emphasizing the necessity of a nuanced approach in evaluating logistics costs within specific segments of the supply chain.
  • NCAER Report (December 2023): The National Council of Applied Economic Research (NCAER) introduces a fresh perspective in its report on logistics costs in India.
  • Acknowledging the absence of official estimates, the report references various private sector and academic institutions' estimates.
  • Employing meticulous methodology, including supply and use tables, the report provides a nuanced and precise estimation.
  • According to this report, logistics costs in 2021-22 ranged between 7.8% and 8.9% of GDP, showcasing a decline over time with a transient increase in 2017-18 and 2018-19.
  • CII-Arthur D Little Report (2020): Delving into logistics costs throughout the supply chain, the CII-Arthur D Little Report (2020) estimates them to be around USD 400 billion, equivalent to 14% of India's GDP.
  • Comparative assessments with global peers, including the United States, Europe, and China, expose a competitiveness gap of USD 180 billion.
  • The report underscores the urgency of addressing these high logistics costs to bolster India's economic competitiveness globally.

Logistics Cost Performance Across States:

  • As per the Commerce Ministry's LEADS (Logistics Ease Across Different States) report for 2023:
  • States are categorized into four groups - coastal, landlocked, north-east, and Union Territories.
  • States exhibiting strong performance are termed achievers.
  • States with moderate performance are referred to as fast movers.
  • States with below-average performance are labelled as aspirers.
  • Performance of Coastal States:
  • Approximately 75% of export cargo is traced back to coastal states.
  • Among coastal states, Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, Karnataka, and Tamil Nadu are notably successful.
  • However, lagging behind in performance are Goa, Odisha, and West Bengal.
  • While most states, including Goa and Odisha, have implemented a state-level logistics policy, West Bengal, ranking lowest in the coastal category, lacks one.

Difficulties and Variations for Policymakers in Developing a Successful Plan for India's Logistics Sector:

  • Methodological Variations: A key challenge in deciphering logistics cost reports stems from the diverse methodologies employed across different studies.
  • These reports adopt varied approaches, ranging from consignment value percentages to supply and use tables, to estimate logistics costs.
  • The resulting disparities in methodologies contribute to variations in reported figures, necessitating careful consideration when drawing conclusions.
  • India's Global Competitiveness: The consistent comparison with global benchmarks, particularly the 8% GDP threshold for logistics costs, prompts questions about India's competitiveness on the international stage.
  • Reports consistently highlight a competitiveness gap, with logistics costs surpassing global averages.
  • This has implications for India's capacity to attract investment, participate in global trade, and position itself advantageously in the interconnected world economy.

Shifting Perspectives on India’s Logistics Costs:

  • Reassessing Established Views: The evolving discourse on logistics costs in India challenges conventional perceptions regarding the country's logistics expenses.
  • As methodologies advance and newer reports offer more accurate estimations, the narrative may transition from a broad acknowledgement of high costs to a more nuanced comprehension of the sector's intricacies.
  • This evolving narrative carries implications for businesses, investors, and policymakers, prompting them to stay informed of the latest data and adjust strategies accordingly.
  • Encouraging Trends Amid Challenges: While challenges persist, positive trends also emerge from the data.
  • The improvement in India's Logistics Performance Index (LPI) rankings over time and the downward trend in logistics costs, as highlighted by the NCAER report, present a more optimistic outlook.
  • These positive signals indicate that endeavors to enhance logistics efficiency and reduce costs may be gaining momentum, pointing towards a positive trajectory for India's logistics landscape.

Conclusion

The logistics landscape in India is intricate, featuring indices like LPI, varied cost assessments, and state-level nuances that collectively contribute to a holistic understanding.

The recent NCAER report establishes a crucial methodological groundwork for future deliberations, challenging existing perceptions and emphasizing the importance of accurate measurement in assessing India's logistics capabilities.

In the pursuit of elevating its global position in logistics, India must adopt a nuanced approach that considers both macro and micro perspectives. This approach is vital for fostering sustainable growth and driving efficiency improvements throughout the nation.

After ECI guidelines, charting a path to disability inclusion in politics (Indian Express)

  • 10 Jan 2024

Why is it in the News?

Recently, the Election Commission of India released an advisory for political parties to follow disability-sensitive terminologies and be more inclusive of persons with disabilities.

Context:

  • On December 21, the Election Commission of India released a significant advisory, encouraging political parties to embrace terminology that is sensitive to disability issues.
  • This initiative is designed to enhance communication that is inclusive of individuals with disabilities, guarantee the accessibility of information, and advocate for inclusion within the structures of political parties.
  • This proactive measure is especially noteworthy in light of recent instances where national leaders have used disparaging language about disabilities in their election speeches, contributing to the creation of an "attitudinal barrier" as defined by the Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016.
    • For example, in September 2023, Tamil Nadu leader A Raja compared Sanatan Dharma to people with leprosy and HIV in a derogatory manner.

What is Disability?

  • Disability is characterized by a limitation or absence of capacity to engage in typical human activities, often resulting from an impairment.
  • According to the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UN CRPD), individuals with disabilities are those facing long-term physical, mental, intellectual, or sensory challenges, which, in conjunction with societal barriers, hinder their complete involvement in community life.
  • This issue holds substantial importance in public health, particularly in nations undergoing development, such as India.
  • The International Day of Persons with Disabilities, marked on December 3rd by the United Nations, is dedicated to globally raising awareness about challenges related to disabilities.

About the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (PwD) Act, 2016:

  • An Important Legislative Framework for PwD: This legislation plays a significant role in safeguarding and advancing the rights and privileges of persons with disabilities (PwD).
    • Replacing the Persons with Disabilities (Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights and Full Participation) Act, 1995, the 2016 Act marks a significant stride toward promoting the rights and inclusivity of persons with disabilities across India.
  • Rights and Entitlements: Clearly articulating the rights and entitlements of persons with disabilities, the Act ensures their right to equality, protection against discrimination, and active participation in society.
  • Education: The Act guarantees free education for persons with disabilities up to 18 years of age and advocates for inclusive educational practices.
  • Employment: Promoting equal opportunities, the Act prohibits discrimination and mandates both government and private sector establishments to reserve a designated percentage of jobs for persons with disabilities.
  • Reservation in Higher Education: The Act advocates for the reservation of seats in higher educational institutions for persons with disabilities.
  • Special Employment Exchanges: Recognizing the importance of facilitating employment, the Act mandates the establishment of special employment exchanges.
  • Accessibility: Highlighting the significance of barrier-free access, the Act stresses the need for inclusive designs in public buildings, transportation, and information and communication technologies.
  • Healthcare: Ensuring access to affordable and quality healthcare services, the Act prioritizes the healthcare needs of persons with disabilities.
  • Legal Capacity: Acknowledging the right to equal recognition before the law, the Act supports the decision-making capacity of persons with disabilities.
  • Social Security: The Act advocates for social security and welfare measures to support the well-being of persons with disabilities.
  • National and State Advisory Boards: To oversee effective implementation, the Act calls for the establishment of National and State Advisory Boards.
  • Offences and Penalties: Prescribing penalties for offences against persons with disabilities, the Act ensures accessible legal proceedings for their protection.

Important Features of the Disability-Inclusive Communication Guidelines from ECI:

  • Prohibition of Ill-Health Terminologies: The guidelines emphasize refraining from using ill-health terminologies when referring to individuals with disabilities.
    • This prohibition aims to counteract the use of language that may stigmatize or marginalize people with disabilities, as demonstrated by instances such as Tamil Nadu leader A Raja's derogatory comparison in September 2023, highlighting the urgent need for corrective measures.
  • Prevention of Dehumanization and Stereotyping: Another vital aspect of the guidelines is the call to avoid dehumanizing portrayals and the perpetuation of stereotypes related to Persons with Disabilities (PwDs).
    • Instances of national leaders using disability as a demeaning tool during election speeches underscore the deep-rooted problem these guidelines aim to address.
    • By discouraging language that fosters stereotypes, the guidelines work to dismantle attitudinal barriers identified under the Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016.
  • Recognition of Legal Implications: The advisory acknowledges the legal implications of violating these communication guidelines.
    • Breaches, especially in disability-inclusive communication, could subject political parties and their members to action under section 92 of the Rights of PwD Act.
    • This section, a punitive provision for offences against PwDs, underscores the severity of the issue.
    • Therefore, the guidelines not only aim to enhance communication but also contribute to legal measures protecting the rights and dignity of PwDs.

Ideas to Improve the Effectiveness of ECI's Guidelines:

  • Need for a Uniform Mandate: Despite the critical nature of these guidelines, a thorough analysis reveals a potential area for improvement.
    • While guidelines within the disability-inclusive communication category use mandatory language like ‘should’ and ‘shall,’ others, especially those related to inclusion within the political party framework, employ discretionary terms such as ‘may.’
    • To bolster their impact, a uniform mandate across all categories is essential, establishing a consistent and enforceable framework for political parties.
  • Incorporate Guidelines into Model Code of Conduct (MCC): These guidelines are not yet part of the MCC.
    • The advisory notes that a breach of guidelines related to disability-inclusive communication could lead to action under section 92 of the Rights of PwD Act, but it remains unclear whether other breaches will invoke this provision.
    • Section 92 serves as a punitive measure for offences against PwDs, and the guidelines should be integrated into the MCC, similar to gender guidelines, to fortify their enforcement.
  • Address Ambiguity in Phraseology: There is some ambiguity within the guidelines regarding specific phraseology, such as the mention of words like "blind," "deaf," and "dumb" as incorrect terminologies.
    • While their translation in Hindi or another language might be derogatory, these are technical terms for people with visual, hearing, and speech disabilities.
    • A detailed list of disability-sensitive words and phraseology, aligned with the UN Disability Inclusion Strategy, could guide the ECI in providing clarity.
  • Incorporate a Chapter on Political Inclusion in the National Policy: The draft National Policy for PwD released last year lacked a dedicated chapter on political inclusion.
    • The ECI advisory emphasizes that political parties must strive to include PwDs at all levels and adhere to accessibility norms.
    • To catalyze the political inclusion of PwDs, a dedicated chapter on political inclusion should be integrated into the national policy, aligning with the principles of Article 29 of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities.
  • Creation of a Database on Legislators with Disabilities: Currently, there is no data on the number of legislators with disabilities, and the ECI's nomination forms lack a column on disability.
    • This absence of data significantly contributes to the political exclusion of PwDs.
    • The ECI must address this gap, possibly by introducing a column on disability in nomination forms and affidavits during elections, as a second step towards fostering the political inclusion of PwDs.

Conclusion

The Election Commission of India's recent advisory introducing disability-sensitive guidelines for political parties marks a significant stride towards fostering inclusivity in the political sphere. Nevertheless, to unlock the complete potential of these guidelines, key improvements are imperative. These include adopting a uniform and obligatory language, integrating the guidelines into the Model Code of Conduct (MCC), and adopting a holistic approach to political inclusion within national policies. By addressing these facets, India has the opportunity to shape a more inclusive political landscape that upholds and empowers individuals with disabilities.

Revival of the tiger: A joint effort, a cultural renaissance (Indian Express)

  • 06 Jan 2024

Why is it in the News?

Jim Corbett Tiger Reserve has achieved success through comprehensive conservation strategies, including habitat protection, community involvement, and ecological sustainability. The reserve's efforts focus on maintaining a balance between wildlife conservation and the well-being of local communities, showcasing a commitment to the coexistence of both nature and people.

Background:

  • India has a profound history of forest and wildlife conservation, marked by a notable achievement at the Corbett Tiger Reserve (CTR) in Uttarakhand.
  • CTR has seen the successful implementation of comprehensive efforts and strategies, resulting not only in a remarkable rise in the tiger population but also establishing itself as a global exemplar in wildlife management.

About Jim Corbett National Park:

  • Established in 1936 as Hailey National Park, Jim Corbett National Park holds the distinction of being India's first national park.
  • In 1973, it gained Tiger Reserve status, becoming the pioneer in the Project Tiger initiative.
  • Nestled in the Shivalik hills of the Himalayas, Corbett Tiger Reserve spans across the Pauri Garhwal, Nainital, and Almora districts of Uttarakhand.
  • Renowned for its global record, it proudly hosts the highest tiger density, reaching 260 in 2022, a notable increase from 231 four years earlier.

Cultural and Economic Significance of Tigers in India:

  • Beyond ecological importance, the tiger carries profound cultural and historical significance in India.
  • The resurgence of tiger populations, particularly at CTR, represents a cultural revival and the renewed embrace of conservation values.
  • The thriving eco-tourism industry illustrates the economic interdependence between local communities and tigers, highlighting the profound connection between wildlife and people at CTR.

An Overview of Effective Biodiversity and Tiger Conservation Plan at CTR:

  • Implementation of a Comprehensive Strategy: CTR owes its success to the meticulous execution of the Tiger Conservation Plan, focusing on the well-being of both tiger populations and broader biodiversity.
    • Spanning 1288.31 sq km across Uttarakhand, CTR showcases the plan's efficacy in nurturing a flourishing ecosystem.
  • Clear Division of Core and Buffer Zones: The foundation of the Tiger Conservation Plan lies in delineating core and buffer zones within the reserve, offering wildlife a sanctuary.
    • Core zones provide undisturbed habitats crucial for breeding, while buffer zones minimize conflicts between human settlements and wildlife.
  • Increase in Tiger Population: Recent statistics highlight a significant rise in CTR's tiger population, from 231 to 260 in just four years.
    • This surge underscores the plan's success, safeguarding not only tigers but also the overall health and balance of the forest ecosystem.
  • Maintenance of Rich Biodiversity: CTR's success extends beyond tiger numbers, encompassing a biodiverse landscape that attracts researchers, conservationists, and tourists.
    • The diverse flora and fauna contribute to ecological balance, fostering harmonious coexistence between predator and prey.
  • Promotion of Ecotourism and Conservation: CTR's vibrant ecosystem has made it a hub for ecotourism, creating economic opportunities for local communities.
    • Tourists contribute to both nature appreciation and the local economy, making conservation and tourism mutually beneficial.
  •  Effective Grassland and Water Management: CTR employs a nuanced approach to grassland management with 27 grassland types, crucial for sustaining prey species.
    • Strategic water management, including solar-pump-fed waterholes, supports diverse wildlife needs, ensuring a sustainable ecosystem.
  • Dedicated Forest Staff: The dedicated forest staff, comprising foot-soldiers, mahouts, and guards, are integral to CTR's success.
    • Initiatives like timely wages and enhanced safety measures underscore the importance placed on the well-being of these unsung heroes.
  • Focus on Wildlife Corridors and Habitat Protection: CTR prioritizes wildlife corridors for gene pool exchange, aligning with the Tiger Conservation Plan's recommendations.

Human-Wildlife Conflict at CTR:

  • Increasing Incidents and Challenges: The upsurge in conflicts between humans, elephants, and tigers at CTR stems from factors like habitat encroachment, limited animal corridors, and the behavioral conditioning of predators.
    • Straying milch and domestic animals from villages become easy prey for tigers, leading to predatory behavior towards humans, especially in buffer forest areas.
  • The Complexity of 'Wicked Problems': Described as a 'wicked problem' due to its intricate nature, human-wildlife conflict at CTR requires a nuanced and context-specific approach.
    •  CTR emphasizes the significance of every solution attempt, recognizing that there's no one-size-fits-all remedy, and continuous adaptation and innovation are essential for evolving conflict scenarios.

Strategies Implemented for Human-Wildlife Conflict Mitigation and Co-Existence Promotion at CTR:

  • Forest Department Initiatives: Proactive measures by the forest department at CTR have successfully eliminated poaching activities, particularly along the sensitive southern boundary.
    • Dedicated foot soldiers, along with digital surveillance through the electronic-eye project, have played a pivotal role in reducing wildlife threats.
  • Community Engagement Strategies: Community engagement is fundamental to CTR's approach to resolving human-wildlife conflicts.
    • Local stakeholders actively participate in conservation through initiatives like the Living with Tigers program, engaging villagers and school children in behavioral and response awareness.
    • This educational effort aims to deepen understanding of wildlife behavior patterns and promote practices that enhance safety for both humans and animals.
  • Provision of Economic Incentives for Conservation: The forest department has initiated projects offering economic incentives for conservation, such as the beehive-fencing project.
    • Strategically placing beehives along village-forest borders, the resulting Corbee Honey brand is managed by local Eco Development Committees (EDCs), fostering economic cooperation and coexistence with local stakeholders.

Conclusion

  • Corbett Tiger Reserve emerges as a triumph in wildlife conservation, embodying a comprehensive and integrated approach. Through careful habitat management and community engagement, CTR exemplifies the promise of sustainable coexistence between humans and wildlife. As an integral chapter in India's conservation story, the ongoing success of the reserve relies on the collaborative endeavors of the forest department, local communities, and passionate conservation advocates.

Centre Wants to End Free Movement Regime With Myanmar (Indian Express)

  • 03 Jan 2024

Why is it in the News?

The Centre has decided to scrap the Free Movement Regime (FMR) along the Indo-Myanmar Border (IMB), which was implemented in 2018 as part of India’s Act East policy.

What is the Free Movement Regime?

  • The FMR is a mutually agreed pact between India and Myanmar that allows tribes dwelling along the border on either side to travel up to 16 km inside the other country without a visa.
  • The members of hill tribes have to produce a border pass, which is valid for a year and can stay in the other country for about two weeks per visit.
  • The FMR was introduced in 2018 as part of the government’s ‘Act East Policy’ when relations between India and Myanmar were on the rise.
  • The agreement aimed to facilitate people-to-people ties between the countries as residents in the region enjoy strong ethnic and familial relations on both sides of the border.
  • The FMR was also brought to provide impetus to local trade and business.
  • Originally planned for 2017, its implementation was delayed due to the Rohingya refugee crisis that emerged in August of that year.

Background and Purpose:

  • The boundary delineation by the British in 1826 separated people of the same ethnicity and culture into two nations without their opinion.
  • The FMR sought to address this historical division, allowing ethnically similar communities across borders to move freely without visa requirements.
  • Initially designed to boost local trade and business, the FMR has faced criticism for inadvertently facilitating issues such as illegal immigration, drug trafficking, and gun-running.

Why it is being removed?

  • India and Myanmar share a mostly unfenced border.
  • The IMB goes through forested terrain which is difficult to monitor.
  • In Manipur, just 10 km of its border with Myanmar is fenced.
  • Mizoram has a 510-km-long porous border with Myanmar.
  • Nagaland shares a 215 km boundary with the Southeast Asian nation and
  • Arunachal Pradesh has a 520 km-long boundary with Myanmar.
  • Since the ethnic conflict erupted in Manipur last year, the free movement regime has come into the spotlight.
  • The Meiteis have blamed the illegal migration of tribal Kuki-Chin peoples from Myanmar for stirring up tensions in the state.
  • On the other hand, the Kukis in Manipur have accused the Meiteis and Chief Minister N Biren Singh of using this as an excuse for “ethnic cleansing”.
  • The alleged illegal migration via the FMR has emerged as a key issue between local leaders in Manipur.
  • The FMR was suspended several times in the past, including in 2020 during COVID-19.
  • Since the military coup in Myanmar on 1 February 2021, a large number of tribals fleeing violence in their country have crossed over to India, especially into Manipur and Mizoram.
  • Over 40,000 refugees belonging to the Kuki-Chin-Zo ethnic group took shelter in Mizoram, while about 4,000 migrants are said to have entered Manipur.
  • There are allegations that these refugees took shelter on Indian soil and then got involved in illegal activities such as drug smuggling.

Is ending FMR the solution?

  • Many insurgent groups such as the United National Liberation Front (UNLF), the People’s Liberation Army (PLA), the United Liberation Front of Assam (ULFA), the National Socialist Council of Nagaland (NSCN), and small groups of Kukis and Zomis have constructed camps in Myanmar’s Sagaing Division, Kachin State and Chin State.
  • “They took shelter there, obtained arms, trained cadres, and, most importantly, engaged in illegal activities such as smuggling drugs and selling weapons to raise funds.
  • This is possible because of the porous borders and frequent misuse of FMR.
  • Therefore, managing and administering the border areas effectively is pertinent for reducing drug trafficking and illegal cross-border movement on unfenced borders.

Conclusion

The Indo-Myanmar border, spanning 1,643 km, presents challenges related to secessionist movements, insurgency, and narcotics smuggling. Neither cancelling the FMR nor completely fencing the border is the solution as it could affect livelihoods, education and essential travel for health care. It is imperative for India to tackle the issue by pursuing the ‘killing the snake without breaking the stick’ stance. A collaborative and multifaceted approach is crucial to addressing these challenges and ensuring stability in the region.

Indo-Myanmar Border:

  • The Indo-Myanmar border spans 1,643 km, with Arunachal Pradesh (520 km), Nagaland (215 km), Manipur (398 km), and Mizoram (510 km) sharing common borders with Myanmar.
  • Demarcation of the Border: Approximately 1,472 km of the border has been demarcated, leaving only two sections unmarked:
  • Lohit sub-sector in Arunachal Pradesh (136 km) and
  • Kabaw Valley in Manipur (35 km).

Security Challenges

  • Secessionist Movements: The Greater Nagaland movement, encompassing areas in both India and Myanmar, has heightened instability along the border.
  • Support to Insurgents: Insurgents in India's Northeastern states maintain ties with groups in Myanmar, offering political support, economic aid, logistics, military training, or arms supplies.
  • Narcotics Smuggling:  Proximity to the Golden Triangle, a hub for drug production, contributes to rampant drug trafficking, with concerns about synthetic drug trafficking to and from Myanmar.

Border Management

  • Security Forces: The Assam Rifles, known as the "Friends of the North East People," safeguards the Indo-Myanmar border in the North East.
  • Modern Surveillance Equipment: Modern tools like Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs), Battlefield Surveillance Radar (BFSR), and Laser Range Finders enhance border security.
  • Border Fencing: To curb infiltration and illegal activities, the Indian government is implementing fencing measures along the Indo-Myanmar border.
  • Comprehensive Border Infrastructure Project: A comprehensive project aims to enhance infrastructure on the India-Myanmar border.
  • Integrated Check Posts (ICPs): Major entry points on land borders are designated as Integrated Check Posts (ICPs) for efficient management.
  • Border Area Development Programme (BADP): The Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) undertakes various developmental initiatives under the Border Area Development Programme (BADP) for a holistic approach to border development.

XPoSat: ISRO’s New X-ray Eye in Space (Indian Express)

  • 02 Jan 2024

Why is it in the News?

Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) put its first polarimetry mission X-ray Polarimeter Satellite (XPoSat) in a precise circular orbit of 650 km on Monday (January 1) after a 21-minute flight.

Context:

  • As the world welcomed the first morning of 2024, ISRO's launch vehicle successfully placed a new X-ray payload, XPoSat (X-ray Polarimeter Satellite), into orbit for astronomical research.
  • XPoSat is the world’s second satellite-based mission dedicated to making X-ray polarimetry measurements.
  • If the mission proceeds as planned, this entirely indigenous instrument in design and fabrication will mark another significant achievement for Indian astronomers.

What is XPoSat (X-ray Polarimeter Satellite)?

  • X-ray Polarimeter Satellite (XPoSat) is India’s first  and world’s second mission dedicated to analysing the polarisation of X-rays emanating from bright celestial sources in the medium frequency band.
  • XPoSat comprises two payloads, including Indian X-ray Polarimeter (POLIX) and X-ray Spectroscopy and Timing (XSPECT).
  • They have been built by Raman Research Institute and UR Rao Satellite Centre, both located in Bengaluru.
  • The spacecraft is designated for observation from low earth orbit (~ 650 km, low inclination of ~ 6 degree).
  • It has an estimated mission life of about five years during which XPoSat will observe sources that emit polarised X-rays.
  • The observations will be done when the magnetars or neutron stars (they are highly magnetic and display a wide array of X-ray activity) are in transit through the Earth’s shadow, for instance, during the eclipse period.

What are the Two Scientific Payloads Onboard XPoSat?

  • POLIX: It is the world’s first instrument designed to operate in the medium X-ray of 8 to 30 kilo electron Volt (keV) energy band.
  • It comprises a collimator, which is the key component to filter light originating from bright sources in the field of view.
  • Moreover, there is a scatterer consisting of four X-ray proportional counter detectors (that prevent the trapped light from escaping).
  • It will observe a few tens of astronomical sources. It was conceived, designed, and built at RRI.
  • XSPECT: It is designed to conduct fast timing and high spectroscopic resolution in a soft X-ray energy band (0.8-15 keV).
  • It will observe a variety of sources like X-ray pulsars, black hole binaries, low-magnetic field neutron stars, active galactic nuclei or AGNs (a compact region at the centre of a galaxy that emits a significant amount of energy across the electromagnetic spectrum) and magnetars.

Why is the XPoSat Mission Significant?

  • Till now, astronomers have largely used and depended on spectroscopic, imaging and timing–based data obtained from either ground-based telescopes or satellite-based missions from the optical to the radio frequency band of the electromagnetic spectrum.
  • Polarisation of celestial sources was done either in the optical or radio bands.
  • XPoSat, however, will be a game-changer and facilitate X-ray polarisation measurements possible from bright sources, that too, in the medium energy band (8-30 keV) energy range – which has never been attempted ever before.
  • The XPoSat team has identified several tens of sources radiating X-rays.
  • XPoSat will observe two kinds of sources:
  • Persistent sources (targeted and known sources) and
  • Transient sources (pulsars, active galactic nuclei, magnetars).
  • Out in space, X-rays get polarised due to multiple causes.
  • For example, X-rays when subject to strong magnetic fields or due to the interactions with material present around black holes.
  • So, by studying the polarised X-rays emanating from excellent sources like magnetars, black holes and their surrounding environments, and neutron stars, scientists can probe the nature of the radiations and the multitudes of processes involved in the generation of these radiations.
  • POLIX will undertake important measurements like the degree and angle of polarisation of X-ray photons from the environment surrounding black holes, neutron stars, and other such cosmic entities.
  • These two additional parameters, along with the spectrographic, timing and imaging data, will aid researchers to overall improve the present understanding of the celestial bodies and ultimately unravel some of the unknown mysteries of the Universe.

What is the Polarisation of X-rays and Why Study It?

  • X-rays comprise electric and magnetic waves that are constantly in motion.
  • Being sinusoidal waves, they do not follow a patterned direction of motion.
  • Whereas, a polarised X-ray is both organised and has two waves vibrating in the same direction.
  • When magnetars or black holes emit X-rays, they encounter a wide variety of materials in the Universe.
  • As X-rays pass through the thick cloud of materials, the electric component of the X-ray emits a photon in a changed direction, as it has now undergone scattering.
  • In the process, the new photon has got polarised in a direction perpendicular to the plane formed between the original and scattered photon.
  • The polarisation measurements – angular and degree of polarisation – are believed to provide clues about the bright X-ray emitting sources the nature of these radiations and the complex process they undergo.
  • X-rays are electromagnetic radiation whose wavelength is 0.01-10 nanometres (where 1 nanometre is one-billionth of a metre), corresponding to energies of 100-100,000 electron-volt (eV).
  • Electromagnetic radiation is characterised by an electric field and a magnetic field vibrating perpendicular to each other.
  • The polarisation of electromagnetic radiation refers to the orientation of these two fields as the radiation moves through space.
  • X-rays can be polarised when they get scattered.
  • For example, when an X-ray travelling through space encounters an atom, the electric field of the X-ray can energise an electron, which will then emit a photon.
  • Since X-rays are also photons, the new photon will give the impression that an X-ray photon has been scattered.
  • Polarised X-rays are also produced when the path of a fast-moving charged particle is bent by a magnetic field.
  • Studying these X-rays can reveal which way the magnetic field is pointing, and tracking how these X-rays evolve in time can reveal many things about the body producing such fields, like a pulsar.

How Does XPoSat Compare With X-ray Experiments or Missions Globally?

  • Missions on X-ray polarisation measurements have been a handful, the world over.
  • Some like HX-POL and XL-Calibur have been balloon-based and short-duration experiments by NASA and collaborators.
  • Indian astronomers, using AstroSat which is India’s first astronomy-based space mission launched in September 2015 — performed timing and broadband spectroscopy of X-ray sources but no polarisation studies were performed.
  • The lack of development of highly sensitive and precise instruments makes missions for polarisation measurements of X-rays extremely challenging, thus fewer missions have been attempted so far.
  • In 2021, NASA launched Imaging X-ray Polarimetry Explorer (IXPE).
  • It has been designed to operate and perform X-ray polarisation measurements within the soft X-ray band (2 to 8 keV energy band).
  • Besides complementing IXPE, XPoSat’s payload POLIX will offer an expanded observational energy band, as it is designated to perform X-ray polarisation in the medium X-ray band (8 to 30 keV).

Conclusion

The accomplished launch of XPoSat and the deployment of POLIX mark a substantial advancement in India's commitment to excelling in space-based X-ray astronomy. With the inventive design of POLIX and its capability to investigate lower energy X-rays, coupled with its collaboration with NASA's instrument, Indian astronomers find themselves at the forefront of unravelling the enigmas surrounding pulsars and black holes. As XPoSat embarks on its cosmic scanning mission, the scientific community is eagerly anticipating the valuable insights it is poised to deliver.

Rebel Group ULFA Signs Peace Accord With Centre, Assam Govt (Indian Express)

  • 30 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Union Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA), the Assam government and the pro-talks faction of the United Liberation Front of Asom (ULFA) signed a memorandum of settlement on Friday.

News Summary:

  • The pro-talks faction of the United Liberation Front of Assam (ULFA) has officially signed a tripartite Memorandum of Settlement recently with the Central government and the Assam government.
  • Chairperson Arabinda Rajkhowa led the ULFA pro-talks faction, which initiated peace talks with the government on September 3, 2011, following the signing of an agreement for the Suspension of Operations with the central and state governments.
  • This Memorandum of Settlement signifies the formal commitment of the ULFA faction to renounce violence and integrate into the mainstream.
  • It's noteworthy that the hardline faction of ULFA, led by Paresh Baruah, remains outside the purview of the peace accord, and Baruah is reportedly residing along the China-Myanmar border.
  • As part of the agreement, Assam will receive a substantial development package, marking a significant step in the peace process.
  • Over the past five years, there have been 9 peace and border-related agreements signed in the Northeast region.
  • In November 2023, a peace agreement was successfully negotiated with the United National Liberation Front (UNLF) in Manipur, a separatist group representing the Meitei community.

Insurgency in Assam: Causes and Dynamics

  • Assam has grappled with insurgency since the 1980s, even after the formation of separate states like Nagaland, Mizoram, Meghalaya, and Arunachal Pradesh.
  • The primary demand of many militant groups in the region has been increased political autonomy, often articulated through calls for separate statehood.

Factors Driving the Insurgency in Assam:

  • Ethnic Complexities: Assam is marked by historical tensions among its indigenous ethnic groups.
  • Autonomous districts like Karbi Anglong and North Cachar Hills are home to 15 recognized tribes, while the rest of the state has 14 tribes.
  • Bodo, Mishing, Karbi, Rabha, Sonowal Kachari, Lalung, Garo, and Dimasa are major tribes, with sustained autonomy movements, especially among Bodo groups.
  • Immigration Challenges: Large-scale immigration of Bengali-speaking Muslims from Bangladesh has fueled tension.
  • Assamese residents perceive this migration as a threat to their identity, culture, and economic stability.
  • Political Dynamics: Movements advocating sub-regional aspirations have clashed with State Governments and Autonomous Councils.
  • Example: The All Bodo Students' Union (ABSU) intensified its movement in 1987, seeking a separate state of Bodoland on the North Bank of the Brahmaputra.
  • Economic Concerns: The region's economic isolation after partition has adversely impacted its economy.
  • The central government’s perception of resource exploitation has fueled sentiments supporting the insurgency.
  • Understanding these complex dynamics is crucial for addressing the longstanding insurgency issues in Assam.

The Dynamic Landscape of Insurgent Groups in Assam:

  • United Liberation Front of Asom (ULFA): ULFA was established in April 1979 with Assamese nationalism as its guiding principle.
  • It promised to free Assam and create an autonomous region called Swadin Asom (Independent Assam) that would be home to the Assamese-speaking ethnic group.
  • Bodo Movement in Assam: The 1960s saw the emergence of the Bodo political movement, advocating for a homeland known as Udyachal for Assam plains tribal communities.
  • The All-Bodo Students Union (ABSU), formed in 1967, became a key advocate for the Bodo cause.
  • Post the Assam Accord in 1985, the ABSU played a pivotal role in reviving the movement, eventually supported by armed groups like the National Democratic Front of Bodoland (NDFB).
  • Bodo Accords (1993, 2003, 2020): Three accords were signed, leading to the formation of the Bodoland Autonomous Council (1993), Bodo Territorial Council (2003), and a truce with NDFB factions (2020).
  • The accords granted legislative, administrative, executive, and financial powers to the councils, recognizing Bodo as an associate official language.
  • Karbi Insurgency: Five major militant groups in Karbi Anglong, including:
  • Karbi People’s Liberation Tiger,
  • People’s Democratic Council of Karbi Longri (PDCK),
  • Karbi Longri NC Hills Liberation Front (KLNLF),
  • Kuki Liberation Front (KLF), and
  • United People’s Liberation Army (UPLA).
  • The insurgency by these groups revolved around the demand for an autonomous state and had taken off in the 1980s.
  • A settlement in 2021 granted greater autonomy, special packages, and a Rs 1,000 crore development package over five years for the Karbi Anglong Autonomous Council.
  • Dimasa Uprising: DNLA, the latest group in Dima Hasao district, engaged in a tripartite agreement.
  • The settlement mirrors the provisions of the Karbi Anglong agreement, focusing on autonomy and special development packages for the Dimasa community.

These insurgent movements, rooted in regional aspirations, have undergone transformations through accords and settlements, aiming at greater autonomy, linguistic recognition, and developmental packages for the respective ethnic communities in Assam.

In conclusion, the recent Memorandum of Settlement between the Union Ministry of Home Affairs, the Assam government, and the pro-talks faction of ULFA is a positive stride towards peace. However, historical patterns warn of potential challenges post-negotiations. To holistically manage the region, establishing a North East Security Council is vital. The persistent demand for sovereignty by the Paresh Baruah-led ULFA (I) remains a significant hurdle, necessitating a nuanced and sustained approach to lasting peace.

What is the Assam Accord?

  • The Assam Accord inked on 15 August 1985, stands as a pivotal Memorandum of Settlement (MoS) resulting from extensive negotiations between the Government of India and representatives of the Assam Movement.
  • This historic accord materialized after a six-year-long agitation, commencing in 1979, led by the All Assam Students’ Union (AASU).
  • The core demand of the protestors, primarily driven by concerns about the influx of Bangladeshi immigrants, was the identification and expulsion of illegal foreigners.
  • In the presence of then-Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi in New Delhi, the accord marked a turning point.
  • The leaders of the Assam Movement, cognizant of the issue’s complexity, reached a consensus to accept migrants who had entered Assam before 1 January 1966.
  • In a reciprocal gesture, the Government of India acknowledged and addressed the political, social, cultural, and economic apprehensions of the Assamese people.
  • As a significant commitment, the government pledged to review the electoral database, aligning it with the aforementioned date.
  • Additionally, the accord underscored the government's commitment to the identification and deportation of refugees and migrants who entered Assam after 25 March 1971.
  • Thus, the Assam Accord, born out of a prolonged struggle, aimed to address the multifaceted concerns surrounding immigration and safeguard the interests of the indigenous population in Assam.

Severe Drought in the Amazon Rainforests (Indian Express)

  • 19 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

Hundreds of fish dead, no drinking water, food or other supplies — the latest spell of drought in the Amazon rainforest has disrupted the lives of tens of thousands of Indigenous people.

Amazon Rainforest Drought:

  • In the period from July 2023 to September 2023, eight Brazilian states experienced the lowest rainfall in over four decades.
  • Projections indicate that rainfall is expected to remain below average until the year's end.
  • This recent calamity further contributes to the ongoing destruction of the Amazon, often referred to as the planet's lungs due to its role in storing over 150 billion metric tonnes of carbon.

Impact of the Drought:

  • Depletion of Water Bodies: The Rio Negro, among the world’s largest rivers, registers a historic low of 13.59 meters.
  • The Madeira River, a crucial Amazon tributary, experiences a decline, causing the suspension of operations at the Santo Antonio hydroelectric dam due to exceptionally low water levels.
  • Loss of Marine Life: Elevated mortality among fish and river dolphins (Boto) results from the drought's impact on water levels.
  • Carcasses contaminate water sources, compelling residents to use compromised water for essential activities like cooking, bathing, and drinking.
  • State of Emergency and Humanitarian Concerns: Brazilian authorities express apprehension about approximately 500,000 people being affected by the end of October.
  • Manaus, the largest city in Amazonas, declares states of emergency in 55 out of 62 municipalities due to acute water shortages.
  • Escalation of Wildfires: The rainforest, now more susceptible due to extreme dry conditions, witnesses a surge in wildfires.
  • Amazonas state records an unprecedented 2,700 blazes this month, marking the highest for October in the past 25 years.
  • Deteriorating Air Quality in Manaus: Smoke from wildfires adversely impacts air quality in Manaus, a city of two million in the heart of the Amazon.
  • Hazardous pollution levels pose health risks, leading to respiratory issues for children and older residents, prompting hospitalisations.

What are the Reasons Behind this Drought?

  • Droughts are not unprecedented in the Amazon, with the most notable recent instance occurring in 2021, marking the driest period in at least 90 years.
  • The current drought, however, appears to be even more severe, attributable to two simultaneous natural phenomena impeding cloud formation and exacerbating the already diminished rainfall levels in the region.
  • Influence of El Niño: El Niño denotes an abnormal warming of surface waters in the equatorial Pacific Ocean.
  • This weather pattern tends to elevate the likelihood of setting temperature records and induces heightened heat extremes across various global regions, including the ocean.
  • Elevated Water Temperatures in the Atlantic Ocean: The other contributing factor is the unusually high water temperatures observed in the northern tropical Atlantic Ocean.
  • Elevated ocean temperatures prompt the ascent of heated air into the atmosphere, reaching the Amazon rainforest.
  • The warmth inhibits cloud formation, resulting in a substantial reduction in rainfall.

Studies Highlighting Concerns for the Future of the Amazon Rainforests:

  • Numerous studies over the years have consistently warned that the Amazon faces an increased risk of prolonged and more frequent droughts due to escalating global temperatures.
  • A 2022 research publication in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences (PNAS) projected that if current fossil fuel consumption rates persist, the rainforest could endure significant droughts in 9 out of every 10 years by 2060.
  • Another study, featured in the journal Nature in 2022, disclosed a concerning trend: Amazon's diminished ability to recover from prolonged droughts over the last two decades, bringing it dangerously close to a tipping point.
  • Crossing this threshold could result in the transformation of the lush green forest into a drier open savanna, releasing substantial stored carbon and contributing to further global warming.
  • With 17 to 20 percent of the Amazon destroyed in the past five decades, urgent measures are imperative to combat deforestation and greenhouse gas emissions, and where feasible, undertake reforestation initiatives in the depleted areas, as advocated by experts.

About Amazon Rainforests:

  • Amazon is the world’s largest tropical rainforest covering over 5.5 million square kilometres.
  • Tropical forests are closed-canopy forests growing within 28 degrees north or south of the equator.
  • Due to the thickness of the canopy (the top branches and leaves of the trees), the Amazon floor is in permanent darkness.
  • Tropical forests are very wet places, receiving more than 200 cm of rainfall per year, either seasonally or throughout the year.
  • The Amazon is found in South America, spanning across Brazil, Bolivia, Peru, Ecuador, Colombia, Venezuela, Guyana, Suriname and French Guiana.
  • Running through the north of the rainforest is the Amazon River — a network of many hundreds of waterways that stretches 6,840km.
  • Around 400-500 indigenous Amerindian tribes call the Amazon rainforest home.
  • It’s believed that about fifty of these tribes have never had contact with the outside world!
  • The Amazon has an incredibly rich ecosystem – there are around 40,000 plant species, 1,300 bird species, 3,000 types of fish, 430 mammals and a whopping 2.5 million different insects. Wow!
  • The Amazon is home to a whole host of fascinating – and deadly! – creatures, including electric eels, flesh-eating piranhas, poison dart frogs, jaguars and some seriously venomous snakes.
  • This area of immense natural beauty plays an important role in limiting climate change. This is because the rich vegetation takes carbon dioxide (a greenhouse gas) out of the air and releases oxygen.

Qatar court drops death penalty for 8 Indians, Govt says sentences reduced (Indian Express)

  • 29 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

A Qatar court has reduced the death sentences awarded to eight former Indian Navy personnel last month in connection with an alleged case of espionage.

What is the Case?

  • Arrest of Eight Navy Personnel: On August 30, 2022, eight former Indian Navy personnel, accompanied by two others, were apprehended under undisclosed charges and subsequently placed in solitary confinement.
    • These individuals were affiliated with Al Dahra Global Technologies and Consultancy Services, a defense services provider company.
    • Sources indicate that the Indian nationals were privately engaged with the company to supervise the induction of Italian small stealth submarines U2I2.
    • The company's previous website, now defunct, mentioned its provision of training, logistics, and maintenance services to the Qatari Emiri Naval Force (QENF).
  • Charges Against the Men: The specific charges against the individuals have not been publicly disclosed; however, media reports suggest that the eight Indians are accused of espionage on behalf of Israel.
  • Death Penalty for Navy Veterans: In March 2023, after multiple unsuccessful bail pleas, the trial for the Navy veterans commenced, culminating on October 26, 2023, with the imposition of the death sentence on all eight men.
  • India's Appeal: In November 2023, the Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) announced the filing of an appeal, revealing that its legal team possessed details of the charges.
    • The Indian ambassador in Doha visited the incarcerated individuals on December 3, providing consular access.
    • This access occurred shortly after Prime Minister Modi met Qatar’s Emir Sheikh Tamim bin Hamad Al-Thani during the COP28 summit in Dubai on December 1.

What Options Has India Explored?

  • One avenue involves legal challenges, a step that has been acknowledged and has temporarily mitigated the sentence.
  • Concurrently, India has actively utilized diplomatic channels to engage with the Qatari authorities.
  • The families have submitted a mercy plea to the Emir of Qatar, leveraging the tradition of pardons granted during Ramadan and Eid, with support from the Indian government.

India-Qatar Bilateral Relations:

  • Economic Ties: In recent years, the trade volume between India and Qatar has witnessed fluctuations.
    • During the fiscal year 2015-2016, trade between the two nations reached an impressive $10 billion.
    • However, recent years have seen a slight decline in trade due to falling gas and oil rates in the international market.
  • Trade Statistics and Import Dependence: In the fiscal year 2022-23, India's total imports from Qatar amounted to $16.81 billion, primarily in fossil fuels like liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), plastics, and petrochemical products.
    • Conversely, India's exports to Qatar during the same fiscal year were valued at $1.97 billion, covering items such as cereals, copper articles, iron and steel products, vegetables, fruits, spices, and processed food items.
  • Investment Interests and Collaborative Projects: Qatari authorities, particularly the Qatar Investment Authority, express interest in investing in India, focusing on infrastructure development, roads, highways, economic corridors, and projects related to gas and fertilizers.
    • India reciprocates with a keen interest in direct investments in liquefied natural gas, chemical industries, fertilizer production, urea, petrochemicals, and infrastructure projects.
  • India's Growing Energy Needs: India, with its growing energy needs, has a robust energy partnership with Qatar, dating back to a 1990 agreement.
    • This commitment involves India purchasing 7.5 million tonnes of LNG annually for 25 years.
    • The collaboration was further strengthened in December 2015, with Qatar agreeing to augment its LNG supply to India by an additional one million tonnes annually.
  • Collaboration in Defence Affairs: India's defense collaboration with Qatar focuses on training, mutual participation in conferences and events, and visits by Indian Navy and Coast Guard vessels.
    • Notably, the joint naval exercise 'Zair-Al-Bahr' showcases significant cooperation between the Indian and Qatari Navies.
    • Both nations are committed to combating the financing of terrorism.
  • Cultural Interaction: The Indian Cultural Centre (ICC) plays a crucial role in overseeing Indian community associations in Doha.
    • Qatar's role as a co-sponsor of the United Nations General Assembly Resolution designating June 21 as the International Day of Yoga is highly valued by India.
  • Indian Diaspora in Qatar: The Indian community in Qatar, numbering approximately 700,000, constitutes the largest expatriate group.
    • Their contributions span diverse sectors, including projects related to the Qatar 2022 FIFA World Cup, and annual remittances to India are estimated at around 750 million dollars.
  • Indispensable Role of Qatar as an LNG Supplier: The cornerstone of the bilateral trade relationship lies in liquefied natural gas (LNG), where Qatar plays a pivotal role by meeting 80% of India's LNG requirements.
    • India imported a total of 19.85 million tonnes of LNG in the fiscal year 2022-23, with approximately 54% of this LNG.
    • This significant reliance on Qatar, both through long-term contracts and spot purchases, underscores the challenge of diversifying India’s sources of LNG.

Challenges in India-Qatar Bilateral Relations:

  • BJP Spokesperson's Controversy: The initial strain in the relationship arose in June 2022 when BJP spokesperson Nupur Sharma made derogatory references to the Prophet on a TV show.
    • Qatar was the first country to object and demanded a public apology from India.
  • Jailing of Navy Personnel: The second significant challenge involves the imprisonment of eight ex-Navy personnel.
    • This development caught New Delhi off guard, particularly given the substantial Indian expatriate community in Qatar, where 800,000 Indians live and work.
  • Israeli-Gaza Conflict: The news of the death penalty for the Indians coincided with heightened tensions in the Middle East due to the Israeli bombardment of Gaza.
    • Qatar, with its strong sympathy for the Palestinians, has played a mediating role, including securing the release of American hostages from Hamas captivity.
    • Qatar's diplomats are actively engaged as regional mediators in the ongoing crisis.

Maximizing Opportunities for Strengthened Relations:

  • Safeguarding Expatriate Workers: India must engage in negotiations aimed at ensuring the protection of the rights and well-being of its expatriate workers in Qatar, who have encountered various labour-related challenges.
  • Cultural Exchange and Soft Power: Recognizing the widespread popularity of Bollywood among Qataris, India should actively explore diverse avenues for cultural exchange to amplify its soft power influence.
    • This cultural diplomacy can serve as a bridge for deeper understanding between the two nations.
  • Cooperation in the Education Sector: The presence of esteemed Western universities in Qatar presents an opportunity for Indian students to access quality education abroad without the usual constraints of long distances and high living costs.
    • Strengthening cooperation in the education sector can further elevate the resilience and depth of the India-Qatar relationship, even in the face of seemingly intractable diplomatic challenges.
  • Collaborative Environmental Sustainability: India and Qatar can forge a collaborative path towards fostering a cleaner and more energy-efficient environment.
    • Joint efforts in environmental sustainability can contribute to shared global goals.

India-Maldives Relations Amidst Chinese Influence (Indian Express)

  • 14 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

Following the recent presidential elections in Maldives, there are concerns about the potential impact on India-Maldives relations due to the 'India-Out' campaign led by President-elect Mohamed Muizzu.

Context:

  • The recent election in Maldives resulted in the victory of a candidate perceived as Pro-China for the presidential role, sparking apprehensions for India.
  • Maldives had a historical shift from an Executive Presidency system dating back to 1968 to a multi-party democracy in 2008.
  • The absence of a re-elected incumbent president since 2008 is causing concern for India on this occasion.

Geographical Bonds Between India and Maldives:

  • The Maldives is an archipelago spread across 90,000 square kilometres, predominantly comprising 99.6% of the ocean, leaving the remaining land scattered among over 1,200 islands.
  • A concerning forecast by experts suggests that by 2050, 80% of the Maldives may face submersion due to the effects of 'Global Boiling.'
  • In this geographical tapestry, India emerges as the closest neighbour, positioned just 70 nautical miles away.
  • In times of crisis, it is India alone that stands as Maldives' immediate and unwavering ally.
  • The profound words of Ibn Khaldun, the Tunisian philosopher, find resonance in the destiny woven by geography between these two nations.
  • As he asserted, geography plays a pivotal role, and in the case of India and the Maldives, it s

How Has India Assisted the Maldives in the Past?:

  • Essential Support and Communication Dependence: Historically, Maldives has leaned on India for essentials and communication, with India standing as a consistent and indispensable factor in the island nation's development.
  • Even during the British protectorate years (1887-1965), Maldives relied on India for essentials and as a gateway to the outside world.
  • State Bank of India's Role in Tourist Economy: India played a pivotal role in shaping Maldives' tourist economy, with the State Bank of India serving as a major financier in building the foundation of the country's tourism sector.
  • This enduring support positions the State Bank of India as the largest bank in the Maldives to this day.
  • Non-Interference in Internal Developments: Crucially, India has refrained from interfering in Maldives' internal affairs, offering support during critical moments such as the attempted coup in 1988 and subsequent assistance in various forms over the decades.
  • The profound dependence of Maldives on India, coupled with India's unconditional support, has played a pivotal role in the island nation's emergence as the highest per capita country in South Asia.
  • India's Prompt Response in Crises: During three major crises in 1988 (coup), 2004 (tsunami), and 2014 (water shortage), India emerged as the first responder, exemplifying its commitment to Maldives' well-being.
  • Critical Role of Indian Professionals: In education and health, Indian teachers and doctors continue to play crucial roles, extending their influence even to remote inhabited islands.
  • Strategic Defense Cooperation: The strategic defence cooperation between India and Maldives goes beyond material assistance, focusing on capacity building through joint exercises like Ekuverin and Ekatha, as well as collaboration in surveillance assets, training 1,400 MNDF trainers in recent years, and disaster management efforts.

What is the Current Situation of India-Maldives Bilateral Relations?

  • India stands as the predominant partner in various sectors, be it trade or tourism.
  • Demonstrating commitment to elevating Maldives' infrastructure, India is actively engaged in projects such as enhancing connectivity in Greater Male.
  • India plays a vital role in supplying a diverse range of essential commodities in bulk, including rice, wheat flour, sugar, potatoes, onions, eggs, vegetables, and even special dispensations like river sand and construction materials.

India's Strategic Interests in Maldives:

  • Strategic Significance: Maldives holds paramount importance for India as a primary line of defense against various threats, including terrorism, piracy, drug trafficking, narcotics, and maritime crimes.
  • Geographically, Maldives is strategically positioned merely 70 nautical miles from Minicoy and 300 nautical miles from India's West coast.
  • It serves as a pivotal point within the commercial sea lanes traversing the Indian Ocean.
  • Geo-Political Alignment: India's interests in Maldives align on various fronts, encompassing:
  • Securing sea lanes of communication.
  • Combating piracy and sea-based terrorism.
  • Transforming the Indian Ocean into a conflict-free zone, restoring its status as a peaceful maritime region.
  • Exploring the potential of the blue economy and enhancing trade relations.
  • Internal Security Concerns: Maldives' proximity and shared maritime borders have direct implications for India's internal security.
  • The upsurge in Maldivians joining terrorist groups, such as the Islamic State (IS), poses a significant challenge.
  • Political instability and socio-economic uncertainties contribute to the growth of Islamist radicalism, raising concerns about the potential use of remote Maldivian islands as launch pads for terror attacks against India and its interests.

What are the Challenges to India-Maldives Bilateral Relations?

  • Rising Islamic Radicalization: The Maldives has witnessed an alarming increase in per capita numbers of individuals joining foreign terrorist groups in Syria and Iraq.
  • A 2020 report by the European Foundation for South Asian Studies highlights the challenge of growing Islamic radicalization among the Maldivian population.
  • India Out Campaign: The India Out campaign, supported by Maldives' opposition leader Abdulla Yameen and the newly elected president, projects a sceptical view of India's investments and defence partnerships.
  • Allegations include concerns about compromising the sovereignty of the island nation by allowing Indian military presence, fostering a negative sentiment towards India's role as a net-security provider.
  • The China Factor: China's engagement in the region is perceived as self-serving, characterized by debt financing leading to potential debt traps and China's expanding influence.
  • Concerns arise over China's interference in Maldives' internal politics and support for conservative elements, posing a threat to the development of a vibrant democracy.
  • There are apprehensions that elements aligning with China may perpetuate a legacy of controlled regimes from the Gayoom era, potentially compromising the nation's long-term interests.

Way Ahead for India-Maldives Relations: Detrimental Effects of Anti-India Campaigns

  • India remains steadfast in its commitments to the Maldives, consistently investing in efforts to strengthen bilateral relations.
  • Any hasty attempts to unravel this carefully nurtured partnership are poised to inflict more harm on the Maldives than on India itself.
  • A telling example is the 2012 'GMR out' campaign, which cost Maldives a substantial $270 million payout to GMR.
  • The Yameen era, marked by a pro-China policy, plunged Maldives into a debt crisis, underscoring the potential pitfalls of such geopolitical shifts.

Conclusion

Throughout the decades, India has been a reliable source of security assistance for Maldives, extending a hand of friendship and trust. It is anticipated that the newly elected President Muizzu will likely refrain from taking drastic measures that could alter the fabric of relations with India. While elections are often driven by emotions and promises, the pragmatic realities of governance may lead him to recognize the potential repercussions of undermining the longstanding ties with India.

PLI is good for high-end manufacturing, but industrial policy is the best bet for mass job creation (Indian Express)

  • 27 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • While India has experienced positive outcomes from liberalization efforts, it is important to acknowledge a significant shortcoming—the country did not successfully establish a robust manufacturing foundation and underwent premature de-industrialization.
  • It's crucial to recognize that no nation has achieved industrialization solely through deregulation.
  • To facilitate the structural transformation of the economy, the implementation of a well-crafted industrial policy becomes imperative, with thoughtfully selected import restrictions serving as a key component of this policy mechanism.

The Make in India (MII) Initiative and Its Goals:

  • Make in India Campaign: Officially inaugurated by Prime Minister Modi in September 2014, the Make in India campaign is a strategic effort aimed at advancing manufacturing, attracting foreign direct investment (FDI), fostering innovation, and generating employment opportunities within the nation.

Objectives of the Make in India:

  • Advancing Manufacturing: The initiative strives to elevate India's status to a global manufacturing hub by encouraging both domestic and international companies to establish manufacturing units within the country.
  • Attracting Foreign Investment: Make in India seeks to allure foreign direct investment by streamlining the business environment, simplifying regulatory norms, and providing incentives to foreign companies for investing in India's manufacturing sector.
  • Infrastructure Enhancement: Emphasizing infrastructure development, the campaign focuses on improving key elements such as roads, ports, and logistics to ensure the seamless operation of manufacturing units.
  • Skill Development: Recognizing the pivotal role of a skilled workforce in a thriving manufacturing sector, Make in India incorporates initiatives to enhance the skill sets of the Indian workforce, aligning them with the requirements of modern manufacturing.
  • Innovation and Technology: The campaign places a significant emphasis on fostering innovation and integrating modern technology into manufacturing processes.
    • This strategic approach aims to enhance efficiency and competitiveness in the manufacturing sector.

Differentiating Made in India (MII) from Previous Policies:

  • The Make in India campaign, launched in 2014, represents a departure from the self-sufficiency doctrine that India adopted in the 1970s.
    • It does not bring back memories of the licensing raj or import-substituting industries of the past.
  • While concerns have been expressed about the implementation of Make in India, particularly in certain sectors where tariff duties are raised to provide protection and incentivize the establishment of domestic industries, it is crucial to note that the campaign is fundamentally different.
    • Worries about a potential spread of protectionist tendencies to other sectors, though possibly overstated, are not entirely unfounded, especially for those who experienced the challenges of the 1970s and 1980s.
  • During those years, indiscriminate protectionism led to shortages, black markets, and widespread rent-seeking, all ostensibly in the name of the poor and distributive justice.
    • Producers who benefited from such protection actively advocated for its continuation.
    • Importantly, considering that an average mobile phone manufactured in India consists of 80-85 percent imported content (India Cellular and Electronics Association, 2022), it is empirically evident that Make in India significantly differs from the concept of self-sufficiency.
  • Given these empirical distinctions, it is imperative to move beyond baseless comparisons and recognize the unique nature of the Make in India initiative.

Evaluation of Commitments and Performance of Make in India:

  • A Sizeable Domestic Market Falls Short of Competitiveness in Exports: Make in India (MII) encompasses two related concepts, namely Made in India and Make for India, with MII serving as the foundational and overarching policy.
    • While Made for India focuses on manufacturing for the domestic market, it is essential to recognize that a substantial domestic market alone does not substitute for the crucial aspect of export competitiveness.
      • Historical examples, such as Japan, Korea, and China, underscore that export competitiveness has been a common feature of nations that have experienced significant economic growth.
  • The necessity of an Effective Make in India Operation: Made in India functions as a branding strategy, promoting manufacturers rooted in Indian factors of production—land, labor, capital, entrepreneurship, technology, etc.
    • However, the success of Made in India hinges on the effectiveness of the broader Make in India operation.
  • Alignment with National Manufacturing Policy (NMP 2011): Make in India was launched as a follow-up to prior initiatives, particularly the National Manufacturing Policy (NMP) of 2011, which aimed to cultivate a robust and competitive manufacturing sector.
    • The NMP 2011 identified challenges such as inadequate physical infrastructure, a complex regulatory environment, and insufficient availability of skilled manpower hindering manufacturing growth.
    • The policy set ambitious targets, including raising the manufacturing contribution to GDP from a stagnant 15 percent since the 1980s to at least 25 percent and generating 100 million additional jobs.
  • Dynamic Objectives of Make in India: Beyond the objectives outlined in the NMP 2011, Make in India aspires to elevate India into a global design and manufacturing export hub.
    • In essence, Make in India envisions a transformation where India becomes a manufacturing powerhouse catering to the global market.

Requirement for Supplementary Industrial Policy Measures During Ongoing PLI Implementation:

  • Diversified Articulation Beyond Production Linked Incentive (PLI): Beyond the current implementation of the Production Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme, there is a crucial need for an additional industrial policy tailored to sectors such as toys, readymade garments, and footwear.
    • A more nuanced and sector-specific articulation of industrial policies is essential to meet the unique requirements of diverse sectors.
  • Emphasis on Job Creation: Industrial policy must prioritize job creation, especially in a country abundant in labour but with average educational attainments and skills.
    • Policies should be designed to create productive job opportunities, particularly focusing on labour-intensive manufacturing and opening avenues for women in the workforce.
  • Addressing the Jobless Growth Critique: Acknowledging the criticism of jobless growth, the absence of quality jobs with social protection has contributed to this narrative.
    • Industrial policies should explicitly target mass job creation, considering both job quality and the provision of social protection.
  • Navigating the Challenges of Inclusive Policy Formulation: The government should confront the complexities of formulating industrial policies that foster mass job creation, especially in comparison to policies solely focused on exports.
    • Inclusive policies that align with the overarching goal of creating high-quality jobs and ensuring social protection are essential.
  • Treating Job Creation as the Benchmark: The effectiveness of industrial policies should be assessed based on their impact on mass job creation in India.
    • This underscores the significance of addressing concerns related to jobless growth and prioritizing policies that generate inclusive and high-quality employment opportunities.
  • Confronting Labor Market Challenges: India's labour market research indicates the prevalence of low-paying, low-productivity, and largely informal jobs in the unorganized sector.
    • With more than 99 percent of India's 63 million micro, small, and medium enterprises (MSMEs) in the unorganized sector, there is limited flexibility for creating productive jobs.
  • The assessment of how Make in India, complemented by other policies, has addressed these challenges is crucial.
    • However, the lack of frequent and short-interval official data poses a significant hurdle, necessitating attention to enhance policy efficacy through more regular and timely data collection.

Conclusion

A thorough examination of the nation's circumstances and capabilities is imperative for effective government decision-making.

  • India must formulate an industrial policy that extends the advantages of technological advancements beyond just the privileged laptop class.
  • However, it is essential to exercise caution in steering discussions on industrial policy, avoiding the pitfalls of showmanship, theoretical oversimplification, or misleading historical comparisons.
  • The global landscape demands that India adopt a substantive industrial policy, placing a genuine emphasis on the significance of manufacturing.
  • In this context, it is evident that there is no substitute for a well-considered and serious industrial policy.

Demand for Special Category State Status for Bihar (Indian Express)

  • 11 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

Bihar Chief Minister Nitish Kumar on Sunday urged Union Home Minister Amit Shah to give Bihar the status of Special Category State, during the meeting of the Eastern Zonal Council (EZC) in Patna.

Context:

  • During the 26th meeting of the Eastern Zonal Council on 10th Dec. which was chaired by Home Minister Amit Shah, Bihar Chief Minister Nitish Kumar urged the Home Minister to give Bihar the status of Special Category State.
  • He also demanded that the Centre should place two amendment bills raising the quota for deprived castes from 50 to 65% in state government jobs and educational institutions in the 9th Schedule of the Constitution to make them to make them immune to legal scrutiny.
  • The Ninth Schedule of the Constitution includes a list of Central and state laws that cannot be challenged in courts.
  • In 1992, the Supreme Court capped reservations for the backward classes at 50 per cent.
  • Regarding Caste Based Survey, he said the Central government never had any intention of creating hurdles in the caste-based survey.

What is a Special Category Status (SCS)?

  • It is a classification granted by the Centre to assist the development of States that face geographical or socio-economic disadvantages.
  • The SCS was introduced in 1969 on the recommendation of the Fifth Finance Commission (FC).
  • Five factors such as:
  • (i) hilly and difficult terrain
  • (ii) low population density and/or sizeable share of tribal population
  • (iii) strategic location along international borders
  • (iv) economic and infrastructural backwardness and
  • (v) non-viable nature of state finances, are considered before granting SCS.
  • In 1969, three States — Jammu & Kashmir, Assam and Nagaland — were granted the SCS.
  • Subsequently, eight more States including Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Sikkim, Tripura, Himachal Pradesh, and Uttarakhand were given the SCS by the erstwhile National Development Council.

What are the Benefits of Special Status?

  • The SCS States used to receive grants based on the Gadgil-Mukherjee formula, which earmarked nearly 30% of the total central assistance for States to the SCS States.
  • However, after the abolition of the Planning Commission and the recommendations of the 14th and 15th FC, this assistance to SCS States has been subsumed in an increased devolution of the divisible pool funds for all States (increased to 41% in the 15th FC from 32%).
  • Additionally, in the SCS States, the Centre-State funding of centrally sponsored schemes is divided in the ratio of 90:10, far more favourable than the 60:40 or 80:20 splits for the general category States.
  • Besides, there are several other incentives available to the SCS States in the form of concession in customs and excise duties, income tax rates and corporate tax rates to attract investments to set up new industries etc.

Why is Bihar demanding the Special Category Status (SCS)?

  • The demand for SCS for Bihar has been made by various political parties of the State time and again.
  • The poverty and backwardness of the State are argued to be because of the lack of natural resources, continuous supply of water for irrigation, regular floods in the northern region and severe droughts in the southern part of the State.
  • Simultaneously, the bifurcation of the State led to the shifting of industries to Jharkhand and created a dearth of employment and investment opportunities.
  • With a per-capita GDP of around ?54,000, Bihar has consistently been one of the poorest States.

Is Bihar’s demand justified?

  • Although Bihar meets most of the criteria for the grant of SCS, it does not fulfil the requirement of hilly terrain and geographically difficult areas, which is considered to be the primary reason for difficulty in infrastructural development.
  • In 2013, the Raghuram Rajan Committee set up by the Centre, placed Bihar in the “least developed category” and suggested a new methodology based on a ‘multi-dimensional index’ for devolving funds instead of an SCS, which can be revisited to address the State’s socio-economic backwardness.

Do other States also want Special Category Status (SCS)?

  • Since its bifurcation in 2014, Andhra Pradesh has asked for a grant of SCS on the grounds of revenue loss due to Hyderabad going to Telangana.
  • Additionally, Odisha has also been requesting for the SCS, highlighting its vulnerability to natural calamities such as cyclones and a large tribal population (nearly 22%).
  • However, the Central government citing the 14th FC report, which made a recommendation to the Centre that no State be accorded the SCS, has repeatedly denied their demands.

What are the Challenges Associated with Special Category Status (SCS)?

  • Resource Allocation: The provision of Special Category Status (SCS) involves extending additional financial aid to the state, potentially straining the central government's resources.
  • Balancing fund allocation among states becomes crucial, raising concerns about disparities or dissatisfaction among non-SCS states.
  • Dependency on Central Assistance: States awarded SCS often develop a heavy reliance on central assistance, potentially discouraging efforts toward self-sufficiency and independent economic growth.
  • Implementation Challenges: Even after receiving SCS, challenges may arise in effectively utilizing funds due to administrative inefficiencies, corruption, or inadequate planning. Ensuring the allocated funds serve their intended purposes remains a significant hurdle.

The Way Forward:

There is a necessity to review and refine the criteria for granting SCS to ensure fairness and transparency. Clearly defining eligibility parameters based on socio-economic indicators, infrastructure development, and other relevant factors is crucial.

Encourage states to formulate comprehensive development plans focused on sustainable growth, job creation, infrastructure development, and human capital enhancement. SCS should be part of a broader strategy for holistic development. 

Implement policies that gradually reduce states' dependence on central assistance, promoting self-sufficiency and economic diversification. States should be encouraged to generate their revenue streams.

Supreme Court Upholds Abrogation of Article 370 (Indian Express)

  • 12 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Supreme Court in a 5-0 unanimous ruling upheld the Centre’s abrogation of Article 370 of the Constitution on December 11.

News Summary:

  • A five-member Constitution bench of the Supreme Court, headed by Chief Justice D.Y. Chandrachud, unanimously upheld on December 11 the abrogation of Articles 370 and 35A and the carving out of Ladakh as constitutionally valid.
  • The SC noted that Article 370 was a temporary provision and that the erstwhile State of Jammu and Kashmir had no internal sovereignty.
  • The top court has directed the Election Commission to ensure elections are held to the J&K assembly by September 30, 2024.
  • The court has also recommended the government form a truth and reconciliation commission to record the human rights abuses in Jammu and Kashmir by both state and non-state actors.

Key Highlights from the Judgment:

  • Regarding the 'unique' and 'special status' of Jammu and Kashmir: The Supreme Court clarified that J&K lost its sovereignty after acceding to India in 1947.
  • Despite an initial proclamation by Maharaja Hari Singh expressing intent to retain sovereignty, his successor, Karan Singh, declared that the Indian Constitution would prevail.
  • This proclamation, issued on November 25, 1949, repealed the Government of India Act, 1935, and made the Constitution of India applicable to J&K, essentially merging it with India.
  • On Jammu and Kashmir being an integral part of India: Chief Justice Chandrachud cited Section 3 of the J&K Constitution, along with Articles 1 and 370 of the Indian Constitution.
  • Article 3 of the J&K Constitution explicitly states that the state is an integral part of the Union of India.
  • The court emphasized that having its own Constitution did not confer special status; it aimed at everyday governance, while Article 370 intended integration with India.
  • On the restoration of statehood: The court deemed the reorganization into Union Territories in 2019 as temporary and directed the Centre to restore statehood and conduct Legislative Assembly elections.
  • Article 370 - temporary or permanent: The Supreme Court affirmed that Article 370 is a temporary, transitional provision, originally meant for the specific circumstances during the state's accession to India in 1947.
  • Concerning the effective abrogation of Article 370: The Court upheld both presidential proclamations of August 2019, including the redefinition of the 'constituent assembly of Jammu and Kashmir' as the 'Legislative Assembly of Jammu and Kashmir.'
  • It referred to the 'SR Bommai v Union of India' ruling, asserting that actions taken during the President's rule were not prima facie malafide.
  • Truth and Reconciliation Commission: Justice Sanjay Kaul proposed establishing a Truth and Reconciliation Commission to investigate alleged human rights violations by both state and non-state actors in J&K.
  • Such a commission would officially acknowledge and disclose past wrongdoings to address and resolve historical conflicts.

What is Article 370 of the Constitution of India?

  • On October 17, 1949, Article 370 became part of the Indian constitution as a 'temporary provision.'
  • This article granted special privileges to Jammu & Kashmir, allowing it to create its own constitution and limiting the legislative powers of the Indian Parliament in the state.
  • Origin: N Gopalaswami Ayyangar introduced Article 370 as Article 306 A in the draft constitution.
  • Provisions: Under Article 370, the Constituent Assembly of Jammu & Kashmir had the authority to recommend which articles of the Indian Constitution should be applicable to the state.
  • After drafting the state's constitution, the J&K Constituent Assembly was dissolved.
  • Clause 3 of Article 370 gives the President of India the power to amend its provisions and scope.
  • Article 35A: Stemming from Article 370, Article 35A was introduced in 1954 through a Presidential Order based on the J&K Constituent Assembly's recommendation.
  • It empowers the Jammu & Kashmir legislature to define the state's permanent residents and their special rights and privileges.

Abrogation of Article 370:

  • On August 5, 2019, the Government of India, repealed nearly all provisions of Article 370 in the Indian constitution.
  • The President issued The Constitution (Application to Jammu And Kashmir) Order, 2019 on the same day.
  • This order substituted the term ‘Constituent Assembly’ in Article 370(3) with ‘Legislative Assembly [of Jammu & Kashmir].’
  • It's important to note that the Order technically modified the interpretation clause of Article 367, not Article 370 itself; it utilized Article 370(1) for this purpose.
  • Subsequently, a Statutory Resolution was presented in the Rajya Sabha, leading to the abrogation of the majority of Article 370.
  • This action was possible without the concurrence of the Jammu & Kashmir Legislative Assembly as the State was under the President’s rule.
  • On August 6, Parliament approved the Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Bill, 2019, dividing the State into two Union Territories: Jammu & Kashmir and Ladakh, with the former being provided with a legislative assembly.

The Supreme Court’s ruling is in line with what the Centre had argued during the hearing. The Union government had said the 1949 proclamation accepted the supremacy of the Indian Constitution and surrendered sovereignty to it, where the sovereign was ‘We the people of India’.

Why India cannot Afford to Repeat its Nuclear Weapons Mistakes with AI (Indian Express)

  • 07 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

As India hosts the GPAI summit 2023, discussions are raised on the comparison of the nuclear revolution with advancement in Artificial Intelligence.

Context:

  • As India prepares to host the GPAI summit next week, the current discourse on the geopolitics of Artificial Intelligence inevitably revolves around the nuclear experience.
  • India, with its complex nuclear history, now has the opportunity to reflect on and apply lessons from its nuclear journey in addressing the challenges and opportunities presented by AI.

What is Artificial intelligence (AI)?

Artificial Intelligence (AI) is the development of computer systems that emulate human intelligence, encompassing tasks like learning, reasoning, and problem-solving.

  • Significance in Healthcare: AI aids in disease diagnosis, treatment planning, and data-driven healthcare solutions.
  • Economic Impact: AI optimizes financial processes, enhancing trading strategies, risk management, and overall efficiency in various industries.
  • Automation and Efficiency: In manufacturing and logistics, AI-driven automation streamlines processes, improving productivity.
  • Personalized Experiences: AI enhances user experiences through personalized content recommendations, virtual assistants, and language translation.
  • Research and Development: AI accelerates scientific discoveries, innovation, and problem-solving across diverse fields.
  • Autonomous Vehicles: AI contributes to the development of autonomous vehicles, improving safety and efficiency in transportation.
  • Global Impact: AI is a transformative force with the potential to reshape industries, and decision-making, and address complex challenges, underlining its significance in the technological and societal landscape.

Despite its benefits, ethical concerns include data privacy, bias, and potential job displacement, requiring careful management.

Comparisons Between Nuclear Revolution and Ongoing AI Revolution:

  • Profound Consequences: While inherently distinct, the nuclear revolution characterized by atomic bombs in 1945 shares notable similarities with the ongoing AI revolution.
  • Both revolutions carry far-reaching implications, with AI being perceived as potentially exerting even more sweeping and transformative impacts on the economy, society, and polity.
  • Resembling Governance Challenges: Issues surrounding AI governance closely parallel those faced at the onset of the nuclear age.
  • Common challenges encompass managing geopolitical implications, preventing misuse, and establishing international norms and institutions to govern AI.
  • Military AI Regulation Advocacy in Both Contexts: Similar to the nuclear era, there are calls to regulate military applications of AI, including proposals for a freeze on research and development pending a thorough assessment.
  • Despite these concerns, rapid advances in AI persist, echoing the historical trajectory of nuclear technology.
  • AI Dominance Race Discourse: In the discourse on AI, the US and China, akin to the US-Soviet dominance in the nuclear era, emerge as central figures.
  • Agreements between the US and China on AI are considered crucial for navigating the technological revolution.

Actions Taken to Tackle AI Governance Challenges:

  • Efforts to Navigate Competition: The United States is actively addressing competition in military AI with China, initiating discussions on regulatory measures.
  • This includes implementing restrictions on the supply of advanced chips to China, with the aim of slowing down AI development.
  • Proposals for Establishing International Norms and Initiatives: In response to potential negative consequences of the AI revolution, there is a proposal for the creation of international norms, drawing inspiration from the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) established for nuclear energy regulation.
  • Concepts such as the 'International Agency for Artificial Intelligence' (IAAI) and initiatives like the Global Partnership for Artificial Intelligence (GPAI) have been put forward.
  • Formation of Coalitions and Emphasis on Military Deterrence: The United States is actively building coalitions with like-minded partners to discuss AI development and effectively manage its impacts.
  • Initiatives such as GPAI, comprising 28 members, are integral to broader efforts, and alliances are being strengthened for military deterrence, particularly in relation to Russia and China.
  • Global Partnership on AI (GPAI): GPAI, a multi-stakeholder initiative launched in June 2020 with 15 members, seeks to bridge the gap between theory and practice in AI.
  • It supports cutting-edge research and applied activities on AI-related priorities and has since expanded to 29 members, including India.
  • The OECD serves as its secretariat.
  • Recent London AI Summit: The summit, held recently, aimed to harness the potential of AI for new knowledge, economic growth, advancements in human capabilities, and problem-solving.
  • A discussion paper released by the British government highlighted AI-related risks, from the spread of disinformation to potential misuse for harmful purposes.
  • The British Prime Minister emphasized the direct addressing of these concerns, assuring people that their safety would be prioritized while seizing the opportunities for a better future offered by AI.

Guiding Principles for India: Drawing Insights from Nuclear History to Navigate the AI Landscape

  • Pragmatic Stance over Idealism: India's historical pursuit of the "time-bound elimination of nuclear weapons" incurred significant costs, emphasizing the need for a pragmatic and strategic approach in dealing with the complexities of AI.
  • Seizing Collaborative Opportunities: Learning from past missed opportunities in nuclear cooperation, India should actively foster partnerships, particularly with the US, capitalizing on the existing momentum in joint efforts related to AI and emerging technologies.
  • Avoiding Exceptionalism: India's historical inclination towards exceptionalism and pursuing a third way in technological development poses challenges.
  • In the context of AI, recognizing the universality of science and technology is essential, promoting collaboration over isolationist postures.
  • Empowering the Private Sector: Unlike the government-led progress in nuclear and space endeavours, AI's evolution is primarily driven by the private sector in the West.
  • India must enhance the role of the private sector in AI research, development, and innovation for sustained growth.
  • Urgent Reforms for Global Competitiveness: While recent efforts to open up science and technology sectors are commendable, India must prioritize urgent and comprehensive reforms to strengthen its position in the global AI landscape.

Conclusion

When it comes to AI, India's policy is not characterized by the disarmament idealism that shaped its approach to nuclear weapons. Emphasizing pragmatic strategies and harnessing international partnerships are crucial elements that should underpin India's strategic approach to AI development. Recognizing the strategic significance of AI, it is imperative for India to avoid replicating past mistakes made in the realm of nuclear weapons with regard to AI.

Baiga Tribal Group Gets Habitat Rights in Chhattisgarh (Indian Express)

  • 11 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

Ahead of Assembly elections in Chhattisgarh, the Baiga Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Group (PVTG) recently became the second to get habitat rights in the state, after the Kamar PVTG.

Context:

  • Chhattisgarh has granted habitat rights to the Baiga Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Group (PVTG), marking them as the second PVTG to receive such rights in the state, following the Kamar PVTG.
  • This development affects seven PVTGs residing across 17 districts in Chhattisgarh, namely Kamar, Baiga, Pahadi Korba, Abujhmadiya, Birhor, Pando, and Bhujia.
  • Specifically, 19 Baiga villages, home to 6,483 individuals across 2,085 families, have been granted these habitat rights.

About the Baiga Tribe:

  • The Baiga Tribe stands among the Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PVTGs) and is distributed across Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, Bihar, Odisha, West Bengal, Madhya Pradesh, and Uttar Pradesh.
  • Traditionally, the Baiga led a semi-nomadic lifestyle and engaged in slash-and-burn cultivation.
  • Presently, their livelihood primarily hinges on minor forest produce.
  • Their agricultural practices include a form of shifting cultivation known as "Bewar."
  • Notably, ‘Mahua’ holds significance in Baiga cuisine and beverages, as it is an intoxicant derived from fermenting and distilling the flowers of the Mahua tree.
  • Tattooing plays a pivotal role in Baiga culture, with specific tattoos designated for different ages and body parts, reflecting the cultural richness and diversity of the community.

What are Habitat Rights?

  • Habitat rights recognition entails granting a community authority over their customary habitation territory, encompassing socio-cultural practices, economic and livelihood activities, intellectual knowledge of biodiversity and ecology, and traditional wisdom in utilizing natural resources.
  • These rights also encompass protecting and conserving both natural and cultural heritage.
  • Recognising habitat rights serves to safeguard and enhance traditional livelihoods and ecological knowledge that have been transmitted through generations.
  • Additionally, it facilitates the integration of diverse government schemes and initiatives from various departments, empowering Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PVTGs) to foster the development of their habitats.

What Does ‘Habitat’ Mean?

  • According to Section 2(h) of the Forest Rights Act (FRA), “Habitat includes the area comprising the customary habitat and such other habitats in reserved forests and protected forests of primitive tribal groups and pre-agricultural communities and other forest dwelling Scheduled Tribes.

Under What Law Are Such Rights Granted?

  • Habitat rights are given to PVTGs under section 3(1) (e) of The Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006.
  • It is also known as the Forest Rights Act (FRA).

The Forest Rights Act of 2006

  • The Forest Rights Act of 2006, also referred to as the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, stands as a significant legal milestone in India.
  • Its primary purpose is to acknowledge and confer forest rights, including the occupation of forest land, to forest-dwelling Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers.
  • This legislation is designed to address historical injustices inflicted upon these communities and to duly recognize their contributions to forest conservation.

How Does the Government Fix a Habitat?

  • The procedure is based on a detailed guideline given for this purpose in 2014 by the Ministry of Tribal Affairs (MoTA).
  • Based on the MoTA guidelines, the traditional tribal leaders of the tribe are consulted about the extent of their culture, traditions, and occupation.
  • It is corroborated by the government and then a habitat is declared.

How Many States Have Recognised Habitat Rights?

  • Out of 75 PVTGs in India, only three have habitat rights.
  • The Bharia PVTG in Madhya Pradesh was the first, followed by the Kamar tribe and now the Baiga tribe in Chhattisgarh.

Significance of Granting Habitat Rights:

  • Preservation of Cultural and Heritage Richness: The granting of habitat rights plays a pivotal role in safeguarding the distinctive cultural, social, and traditional heritage of tribal communities.
  • This recognition enables them to uphold their unique languages, rituals, customs, and traditional knowledge systems.
  • Conservation of Biodiversity: Tribal communities possess unique knowledge about their local ecosystems, flora, fauna, and sustainable resource management.
  • Recognition of their rights plays a vital role in preserving biodiversity and facilitating the sustainable management of natural resources.
  • Fostering Sustainable Development: By acknowledging the rights of tribal communities, governments can foster sustainable development.
  • Indigenous practices often prioritize sustainability and conservation, crucial for environmental well-being and the overall prosperity of society.
  • Empowerment and Advancement of Social Justice: Bestowing habitat rights empowers tribal communities through legal recognition, ensuring their active participation in decision-making processes that impact their lives.
  • This rectification of historical injustices contributes to the establishment of a more equitable and just society.
  • Safeguarding Livelihoods: Many tribal communities rely on their natural surroundings for sustenance.
  • Granting rights to lands and resources ensures the continuity of their traditional occupations such as hunting, gathering, fishing, and farming, thereby supporting their economic well-being.

Can Habitat Rights be Used to Stop Activities Like Mining?

  • The habitat rights will help the PVTG protect their habitat from developmental activities harmful to them.
  • The title may not be an ownership title in the nature of a private property owner, but consent and consultation of the gram sabha will be needed for any developmental activity.
  • Forest Rights have legal protection under the Forest Conservation Act, the Land Acquisition Law of 2013, and even the SC/ST Prevention of Atrocities. Act.
  • The grant of habitat rights under the Forest Rights Act provides an additional layer of legal protection.
  • If any kind of development activity is hampering their habitat rights, the tribal group concerned can take up the matter with the administration under the Forest Rights Act, and if not resolved, the matter can be taken to court.

What is a Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Group (PVTG)?

  • According to the Ministry of tribal affairs, tribal communities that are technologically backward, have stagnant or declining population growth, extremely low levels of literacy, and a subsistence level of economy are declared as PVTG.
  • PVTGs have low health indices and largely reside in isolated, remote, and difficult areas in small and scattered hamlets/habitats.
  • The ministry has identified 75 PVGTs in 18 states and one Union Territory.
  • In 2019, the MoTA started a scheme for their protection and improvement in terms of social indicators like livelihood, health, nutrition and education to decrease their vulnerability.

Government Initiatives for Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PVTGs):

  • The Ministry of Tribal Affairs administers a program titled 'Development of Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PVTGs),' which operates as a Centrally Sponsored Scheme with 100% Central assistance extended to 18 states and the Union Territory of Andaman & Nicobar Islands.
  • The primary objective of this initiative is to foster the comprehensive socio-economic development of PVTGs while preserving their rich cultural heritage.
  • Under the Development of PVTGs scheme, State Governments execute projects tailored to address key sectors such as education, health, and livelihood, with the overarching goal of ensuring the holistic well-being of PVTG communities.

Gandhi's Perspectives on Jewish Nation-state in Palestine (Indian Express)

  • 10 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Mahatma was deeply sympathetic to the plight of the Jewish people in Europe. But he was against Zionists and the attempt to create a state of their own by force in Palestine, which was already inhabited by the Palestinian Arab people.

What was Mahatma Gandhi’s Views on Jews and A Separate Jewish Homeland?

Gandhi was deeply sympathetic to the Jewish people.

  • The Mahatma always made it clear that he had deep sympathies for the Jewish people who had historically been unjustly persecuted for their religion.
  • In his article ‘The Jews’ he said, “My sympathies are all with the Jews. They have been the untouchables of Christianity. Religious sanction has been invoked for the justification of the inhuman treatment meted out to them.”
  • He further said that the German persecution of the Jews seems to have no parallel in history and expressed his concern with Britain’s policy of placating Adolf Hitler at the time (before World War II broke out).
  • He wrote that“If there ever could be a justifiable war in the name of and for humanity, a war against Germany, to prevent the wanton persecution of a whole race, would be completely justified.

Yet, he did not support a Zionist state in Palestine.

  • Gandhi opposed the establishment of a Zionist State in Palestine, contending that imposing Jews on the Arabs was both wrong and inhumane. He considered it a crime against humanity to diminish the dignity of the proud Arabs by restoring Palestine, either in part or wholly, as the national home for the Jews.

What are the Reasons Behind His Opposition to A Jewish Homeland?

  • Religious Text as a Pretext: Mahatma Gandhi contended that the creation of a separate state based on religious grounds was unjustified.
  • He believed that Palestine already belonged to Arab Palestinians, and the British-facilitated settlement of Jews was inherently violent.
  • In his view, a religious act, such as Jews returning to Palestine, should not involve the use of force through the bayonet or the bomb.
  • Goodwill of Arabs: Gandhi asserted that for Jews to settle in Palestine, it was essential to have the goodwill of the Arabs.
  • He argued that this goodwill could only be achieved by forgoing the use of the British bayonet in the process.
  • Contradiction to Global Struggle: Gandhi opposed the concept of a Jewish homeland, seeing it as contradictory to the broader struggle for increased rights that Jews were pursuing across the globe.
  • He wasn't alone in holding this view, as it was shared by others during that period.
  • Forced Relocation Concerns: He questioned the practicality of confining Jews to Palestine, wondering if they would appreciate being compelled to leave other parts of the world where they had settled.
  • Gandhi expressed the concern that the Jewish claim for a national home could be seen as providing a justifiable reason for the expulsion of Jews, as witnessed in Germany.

Impact of Mahatma Gandhi’s Views on Indian Foreign Policy

  • Shaping India's Foreign Policy through Gandhi's Influence on Nehru: Mahatma Gandhi's perspectives and his staunch anti-imperialism significantly influenced Jawaharlal Nehru, India's inaugural Prime Minister, shaping the nation's foreign policy for decades.
  • Nehru, in many ways, inherited and embraced this perspective from Gandhi.
  • Rejection of the Two-Nation Solution and Support for the Palestinian Cause: India's political stance toward Israel took firm shape shortly after gaining independence in 1947.
  • Both Jawaharlal Nehru and Mahatma Gandhi advocated for the Palestinian cause and firmly rejected the concept of two nations based on religious criteria.
  • While expressing sympathy for the Jews, they believed that a state founded on religious exclusivity lacked moral and political sustainability, aligning with their opposition to the partition of India.
  • India's Anti-Israel Votes at the UN: India's position on Palestine reflected not only its alignment with the Arab world but also resonated with the principles of the Non-Aligned Movement and the United Nations.
  • During the UN vote on the partition of Palestine, India, along with Arab countries, cast its vote against the proposal.
  • Similarly, when Israel sought admission to the UN, India once again voted against the move.
  • Recognition of Israel as a Nation with Limited Diplomatic Relations: India officially acknowledged Israel's status as a nation on September 17, 1950, following similar recognitions by two Muslim-majority countries, Turkey and Iran.
  • In 1953, Israel gained permission to establish a consulate in Mumbai, yet it was not granted diplomatic representation in New Delhi.
  • Engagement with Palestinian Leadership under Yasser Arafat: During the late 1960s and early 1970s, the Palestine Liberation Organisation (PLO) emerged as the representative body for the people of Palestine under the leadership of Yasser Arafat.
  • India fostered connections with the primary political faction within the PLO, Al Fatah.
  • Recognition of PLO as the Legitimate Representative of the Palestinian People: On January 10, 1975, India took a significant step by officially recognizing the PLO as the exclusive and legitimate representative of the Palestinian people.
  • Furthermore, India permitted the PLO to establish an independent office in New Delhi.
  • While India was among the last non-Muslim states to recognize Israel, it achieved the distinction of becoming the first non-Arab state to acknowledge the legitimacy of the PLO.

Conclusion

Mahatma Gandhi maintained his perspectives on the Palestine-Israel issue throughout his life, emphasizing his disapproval of the unjust treatment of Jews. Simultaneously, he consistently reaffirmed his longstanding opposition to the creation of a separate nation for the Jewish community.

For numerous decades, Gandhi's viewpoints significantly influenced Indian foreign policy. However, in more recent times, India has undergone a shift in approach, decoupling its relations with Israel and Palestine. Establishing robust ties with Israel marks a departure from the historical hyphenation of India-Israel-Palestine relations, reflecting a changing dynamic in India's diplomatic engagements.

Women participation in NREGS continues to rise, by 59% this fiscal (Indian Express)

  • 26 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

As per the Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS), published by the Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, the female Labour Force Participation Rate has increased in the country in recent years.

News Summary:

  • Recent data highlights a significant surge in women's engagement in the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme (MGNREGS), reaching its highest point in a decade.
    • In the fiscal year 2022-23, women accounted for 57.47% of person-days, showcasing a notable increase from the previous year's 54.82%.
  • Analyzing the broader landscape, statistics from the NREGS portal for the period up to December 24, 2023, reveal that out of a total of 238.62 crore person-days, women contributed 141.37 crore person-days, constituting an impressive 59.25%.
  • The Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS), conducted by the Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, provides further insights into the evolving dynamics of female labor force participation in the country.
    • Notably, the Female Labour Force Participation Rate (LFPR) has witnessed a substantial uptick in recent years, particularly in rural areas.
    • In the rural context, the LFPR soared to 30.5% in 2022-23 (July-June), a significant leap from 18.2% recorded in 2017-18.
  • Complementing this positive trend, the female unemployment rate has experienced a noteworthy decline, dropping to 1.8% in 2022-23 from 3.8% in 2017-18.
    • These statistics collectively underscore a positive trajectory in women's participation and employment, signaling progressive changes in the socio-economic landscape.

What is Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA)?

  • The National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (NREGA) came into effect in September 2005.
    • In 2009, an amendment renamed the Act to the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA).
  • Mandate: MGNREGA is designed with the primary objective of offering a minimum of 100 days of guaranteed wage employment within a financial year to every rural household whose adult members willingly engage in unskilled manual labor.
    • The operationalization of this guarantee is facilitated through the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme (Mahatma Gandhi NREGS).
  • Funding Structure: As a Centrally-Sponsored Scheme, MGNREGS receives joint financial backing from both the Central government and the State governments.
    • This collaborative funding approach underscores the shared commitment to addressing rural employment challenges.
  • Administrative Oversight: The Ministry of Rural Development is the overseeing authority responsible for the implementation and management of MGNREGS, emphasizing the central role of rural development in realizing the objectives of this significant initiative.

Key Characteristics of the Program:

  • Enshrined Legal Entitlement: MGNREGA establishes a legal assurance for wage employment, granting every rural household the right to enroll in the program. Notably, the scheme mandates that at least one-third of its beneficiaries must be women. Legal provisions are in place to address situations where work is not provided on demand or when there are delays in wage payments, ensuring accountability and fair compensation.
  • Demand-Driven Structure: This initiative operates on a demand-driven framework, responding to the explicit requests for work from wage-seekers. The provision of employment is triggered by the expressed demand, creating a responsive system that aligns with the needs of the community.
  • Decentralized Implementation Model: State governments wield the authority to establish rules and modify relevant state schemes, fostering a decentralized mode of implementation. Gram Panchayats (GPs) play a crucial role by executing at least 50% of the work in terms of cost. Decision-making processes, including plans for works, site selection, and the order in which each task is initiated, occur in open assemblies of the Gram Sabha, ensuring community involvement and transparency.
  • Parliamentary Accountability: An Annual Report, compiled by the Central Employment Guarantee Council (CEGC), detailing the outcomes of MGNREGA, is mandated to be presented annually to the Parliament by the Central Government. The CEGC, established under Section 10 of MGNREGA, is chaired by the Union Minister for Rural Development.
  • Nationwide Coverage: MGNREGA extends its coverage across the entire country, with the exception of districts that boast a one hundred percent urban population, reflecting its comprehensive reach and impact.

Key Accomplishments of the MGNREGA Scheme:

Achievements in 2022-23:

  • Employment opportunities were provided to 11.37 crore households.
  • A total of 289.24 crore person-days of employment were generated, with specific allocations as follows:
    • 56.19% for women
    • 19.75% for Scheduled Castes (SCs)
    • 17.47% for Scheduled Tribes (STs).

What are the Challenges in Implementing the Scheme?

  • Delay and Insufficiency in Funds Disbursement: Many states have not adhered to the mandated 15-day wage disbursement timeline under MGNREGA.
    • Moreover, workers face a lack of compensation for delayed wage payments, transforming the scheme into a supply-based program.
    • Consequently, worker interest in participating has waned.
    • Evidence, including a Ministry of Finance admission, points to insufficient funds as a key factor behind delays in wage payments.
  • Caste-Based Disparities: Notable discrepancies in payment delays exist along caste lines.
    • While 46% of payments to Scheduled Caste (SC) workers and 37% to Scheduled Tribe (ST) workers were completed within the stipulated seven days, non-SC/ST workers experienced a dismal 26% compliance.
    • The adverse effects of caste-based disparities are particularly pronounced in economically challenged states like Madhya Pradesh, Jharkhand, Odisha, and West Bengal.
  • Ineffective Role of Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs): Gram Panchayats, lacking autonomy, struggle to implement the act efficiently. Limited decision-making authority hampers their effectiveness in executing MGNREGA.
  • High Number of Incomplete Projects: Delays in project completion and irregular project inspections pose challenges to MGNREGA.
    • Additionally, concerns regarding the quality of work and asset creation persist within the scheme.
  • Fabrication of Job Cards: Issues related to the existence of fake job cards, inclusion of fictitious names, missing entries, and delays in updating job cards contribute to administrative challenges within the program.

Way Forward

  • Enhanced Coordination among Government Departments: Improved collaboration is essential among various government departments and the development of a streamlined mechanism for the allocation and measurement of work.
    • This will contribute to a more efficient and transparent execution of projects.
  • Addressing Gender Pay Disparities: Efforts should be directed towards rectifying discrepancies in payouts, particularly addressing the gender pay gap.
    • Currently, women in the sector earn, on average, 22.24% less than their male counterparts, emphasizing the need for gender-inclusive policies and fair remuneration practices.
  • Prompt Commencement of Public Works: State governments should ensure the prompt initiation of public works in every village.
    • Workers arriving at worksites should be swiftly provided with employment opportunities, minimizing delays and optimizing the scheme's effectiveness.
  • Empowering Gram Panchayats: Gram Panchayats should be equipped with ample resources, authority, and responsibilities to sanction works, meet demands for employment, and authorize timely wage payments.
    • This empowerment is crucial to eliminate delays in payments and enhance the efficiency of grassroots administration.
  • Convergence with Other Government Initiatives: MGNREGA should be strategically aligned and integrated with other government schemes, such as the Green India initiative and Swachh Bharat Abhiyan.
    • This convergence will maximize the impact and effectiveness of these programs, fostering a synergistic approach towards holistic rural development.

French President Emmanuel Macron to be chief guest for 2024 Republic Day parade (Indian Express)

  • 23 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

FRENCH President Emmanuel Macron will visit India as Chief Guest for the 75th Republic Day celebrations, the Ministry of External Affairs said Friday, days after it became clear that US President Joe Biden will be unavailable.

Context:

  • The Ministry of External Affairs in India has announced that French President Emmanuel Macron is set to honour the 75th Republic Day celebrations as the Chief Guest.
  • This decision comes in the wake of the unavailability of US President Joe Biden, marking the sixth occasion where a French leader will partake in the Republic Day festivities.

An Overview of  Bilateral Relations Between France and India:

  • Since the establishment of diplomatic ties in 1948, India and France have enjoyed 75 years of close and friendly relations.
  • In 1998, India and France elevated their diplomatic relationship to a Strategic Partnership which completed 25 years in January 2023.
  • This Strategic Partnership, the first for France outside the EU, has been instrumental in the comprehensive growth of the India-France relationship.

Key Elements of India-France Cooperation:

  • Economic Ties: Both nations share substantial bilateral investments and engage in trade and commercial cooperation, particularly in sectors like IT corridors, smart cities, railways, capital and trade exchanges, and skill development.
    • Bilateral trade witnessed a notable 7.72% increase, reaching $13.4 billion in 2022-23
  • Defence Partnership: The Agreement on Defence Cooperation, initially signed in 2006 and extended for an additional decade in 2016, serves as the overarching framework for all collaborative defence activities between India and France.
  • Space Collaboration: The Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO) and the French Space Agency (CNES) collaborate on various joint research programs and satellite launches.
    • An example is the successful launch of the GSAT-24 communication satellite in June 2022.
  • Civil Nuclear Cooperation: Formalized in 2008, the agreement on civil nuclear cooperation endorses joint efforts.
    • India's involvement in ITER, a multinational initiative constructing an experimental fusion reactor in Cadarache, France, further solidifies this partnership.
  • Trilateral Engagements: Beyond bilateral discussions, both nations engage in separate trilateral institutional exchanges, with India participating in dialogues alongside Australia and France collaborating with the UAE.
  • Marine and Maritime Partnership: The Indo-French Maritime Cooperation, guided by the India-France Roadmap on Blue Economy and Ocean Governance adopted in 2022, underscores joint efforts in marine and maritime domains.
  • Digital Collaboration: The India-France Roadmap on Cybersecurity and Digital Technologies, a result of the 2019 visit by the Prime Minister of India to France, underlines the commitment to digital cooperation.
  • Cultural and Tourism Relations: Numerous Indo-French cultural associations orchestrate events across France.
    • For instance, the 'Namaste France' cultural festival organized by the Government of India in 2016 showcased the rich cultural tapestry.
  • Indian Community in France: Comprising around 109,000 individuals, including NRIs, the Indian community in mainland France has roots in French enclaves like Puducherry, Karaikal, Yanam, Mahe, and Chandernagore.
  • Unified Stand on NATO+: Both nations share a stance against the NATO-plus partnership plans, with France publicly expressing disapproval and India rejecting the notion, emphasizing that NATO is not a template applicable to its geopolitical context."

Agreement Between India and France on Various Global and Regional Matters:

  • UN Security Council and UN Reforms: France has consistently endorsed India's pursuit of a permanent seat on the UN Security Council and the broader reforms within the United Nations.
  • Support in International Groups: France played a crucial role in India's inclusion in significant international forums such as the Missile Technology Control Regime (MTCR), Wassenaar Arrangement (WA), and Australia Group (AG).
    • Furthermore, France continues to back India's bid to join the Nuclear Suppliers Group (NSG).
  • Reciprocal Support in Regional Organizations: India actively supported France's membership in the Indian Ocean Rim Association (IORA), and in turn, France backed India's observer status in the Indian Ocean Commission (IOC).
  • Joint Efforts Against Terrorism: Both nations have consistently condemned terrorism and are committed to collaborating for the adoption of the Comprehensive Convention on International Terrorism (CCIT) within the United Nations framework.
  • Shared Concerns on Climate Change: There is a significant convergence of views between India and France on issues related to climate change, renewable energy, and sustainable development.
    • An illustrative instance is the joint announcement of the creation of the International Solar Alliance (ISA) during the 2015 Paris COP21.
    • This alliance aims to promote solar energy as a crucial resource in transitioning away from fossil fuels.

Challenges in the Bilateral Relationship:

  • Trade Limitations: Although the diplomatic relations between France and India are positive, the absence of a Free Trade Agreement (FTA) poses a hurdle, restricting the full realization of trade potential.
    • Additionally, the slow progress on the India-EU Broad-Based Trade and Investment Agreement (BTIA) exacerbates this challenge.
  • Divergent Approaches in Defence and Security Cooperation: Despite a robust defence partnership, differences in priorities and approaches between India and France may influence their defence and security cooperation.
    • India's regional focus and adherence to a "non-aligned" policy could occasionally clash with France's global interests.
  • Intellectual Property Rights Concerns: France has expressed apprehensions regarding India's perceived inadequate protection of intellectual property rights.
    • This concern has implications for French businesses operating within India, creating a point of contention in the bilateral relationship.

Importance of India’s Invitation to the French President for the 75th Republic Day Celebrations:

  • The selection of the French President as the chief guest for the 75th Republic Day celebrations in New Delhi is driven by a multifaceted set of considerations, incorporating strategic, diplomatic, business, global geopolitical, and bilateral engagement imperatives.
  • This year holds particular significance as both nations commemorate the 25th anniversary of the India-France Strategic Partnership.
  • The reciprocal nature of high-level visits underscores the strength of the relationship: the Indian Prime Minister was the Guest of Honour at the Bastille Day Parade in Paris on July 14, 2023, and President Macron visited India for the G-20 Summit on September 8-9, 2023.
  • Notably, in 2022, the Indian Prime Minister made a special stopover in Paris, marking the first meeting between world leaders and President Macron after his re-election for a second term.
    • This visit followed the Indian PM's return from Denmark.
  • In essence, India's invitation to the French President serves as a significant gesture, symbolizing and reinforcing the profound depth of the bilateral relationship between the two nations.

 

Good Governance Day: Last-mile delivery, leaving no one behind is key to growth (Indian Express)

  • 25 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

Good Governance Day 2023 is being celebrated today on the birth anniversary of former Prime Minister Atal Bihari Vajpayee, which falls on December 25th.

About Good Governance Day:

  • December 25 marks the birth anniversary of the late Prime Minister and Bharatiya Janata Party leader, Atal Bihari Vajpayee.
  • Origin: In 2014, the Prime Minister of India Narendra Modi declared December 25 as "Good Governance Day" to be celebrated nationwide.

Significance of Good Governance Day:

  • Raising Governance Awareness: Good Governance Day aims to raise awareness among citizens regarding government accountability and efficient administration.
  • Equitable Treatment of Citizens: This day emphasizes the fair and prompt delivery of various government services to ensure equitable treatment for the country's residents.
  • Advancement of e-Governance: National Good Governance Day endeavors to advance "e-Governance" with the official event slogan being "Good Governance through e-Governance.

What is Good Governance?

  • Governance encompasses the decision-making process and the subsequent implementation (or lack thereof) of those decisions.
    • It manifests in various contexts, including corporate governance, international governance, national governance, and local governance.
  • It is characterized as "the manner in which power is exercised in the management of a country's economic and social resources for development."
    • This concept, rooted in historical perspectives, was elaborated by Chanakya in the Arthashastra.
  • Foundation of Citizens Centric Administration: The cornerstone of a citizens-centric administration lies in the principles of good governance, emphasizing transparency, accountability, and equitable societal development.

8 Principles of Good Governance:

  • Participation: Ensures the inclusion of diverse perspectives, including men, women, vulnerable sections, backward classes, minorities, etc.
    • Upholds freedom of association and expression.
  • Rule of Law: Impartial enforcement of the legal framework, particularly in human rights laws.
    • A foundation for preventing the 'law of fish,' where the strong prevail over the weak.
  • Consensus Oriented: Facilitates decision-making that aims for a common minimum acceptable to everyone, fostering a broad consensus.
    • Mediates differing interests toward a mutually beneficial outcome.
  • Equity and Inclusiveness: Strives for an equitable society, ensuring opportunities for all to enhance or maintain their well-being.
  • Effectiveness and Efficiency: Focuses on processes and institutions that yield results meeting the community's needs.
    • Maximizes the effective utilization of community resources for optimal output.
  • Accountability: Demands accountability from governmental institutions, private sectors, and civil society organizations to the public and institutional stakeholders.
    • Aims for governance that serves the betterment of the people.
  • Transparency: Requires accessible, understandable, and monitored information.
    • Advocates for a free media and public access to information.
  • Responsiveness: Dictates that institutions and processes serve all stakeholders within a reasonable timeframe.

What is the Significance of Good Governance?

  • Safeguarding Public Interests: The implementation of good governance practices is crucial for safeguarding the interests of the public.
  • Optimal Resource Utilization: Good governance empowers organizations to maximize the efficient utilization of available resources, facilitating the delivery of high-quality services.
  • Ensuring Checks and Balances: Through good governance practices, mechanisms are established to prevent the undue exercise of power and authority, maintaining a system of checks and balances.
  • Facilitating Public Engagement: The active involvement of the public in the governance process becomes achievable when good governance practices are firmly in place.

What are the Challenges to Good Governance in India?

  • Corruption: The pervasive level of corruption in India is widely recognized as a substantial impediment to enhancing the quality of governance.
  • Empowerment of Women: The inadequate representation of women in government institutions and related sectors poses a significant challenge to achieving gender equality.
  • Delayed Justice: Ensuring timely justice for citizens is a fundamental right, but numerous factors, such as a shortage of personnel and logistical resources within the legal system, contribute to delayed justice.
  • Criminalization of Politics: The intertwining of the political process with criminal elements and the collaboration between politicians, civil servants, and business entities negatively impact public policy formulation and governance.
  • Centralization of Administrative System: Efficient functioning of lower-level governments, particularly Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs), depends on adequate empowerment.
    • The existing challenges involve insufficient devolution of funds and personnel to carry out constitutionally assigned functions.

What are the Initiatives for Enhancing Good Governance in India?

  • National e-Governance Plan: With a vision to make government services easily accessible to the common man, the National e-Governance Plan aims to ensure efficiency, transparency, and reliability of services at affordable costs.
    • The plan focuses on meeting the basic needs of the public through widespread service delivery outlets.
  • Good Governance Index (GGI): Launched by the Ministry of Personnel, Public Grievances & Pensions, GGI serves as a comprehensive tool to evaluate the state of governance in the country.
    • It systematically analyzes the impact of various interventions initiated by State Governments and Union Territories.
  • Right to Information Act, 2005: This crucial legislation plays a pivotal role in fostering transparency within governance by granting citizens the right to access information.
    • The Right to Information Act, 2005, empowers individuals to seek and receive information, contributing to a more transparent and accountable system.

About Atal Bihari Vajpayee

  • Atal Bihari Vajpayee, the 10th Prime Minister of India, distinguished himself not only as a statesman but also as a revered poet and literary figure.
  • His association with the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS), the ideological precursor of the BJP, further shaped his political journey.
  • Early Life: Born on December 25, 1924, in Gwalior, Madhya Pradesh, Vajpayee joined the RSS in 1939, transitioning into a full-time role in 1947.
    • His literary prowess led him to collaborate with Deen Dayal Upadhyaya on various publications, marking the beginning of his impactful career.
  • Political Ascension: Vajpayee assumed the role of national president of the Jana Sangh in 1968 following Deen Dayal Upadhyaya's demise.
    • His political journey commenced with his election to the Lok Sabha from the Balrampur seat in the 1957 general election, where his eloquence positioned him as a defender of Jana Sangh's policies.
  • Key Political Milestones: Post-emergency, Vajpayee played a vital role in the formation of the Janata Party, securing victory in the 1977 general elections and subsequently serving as the External Affairs Minister.
    • The transformation of Jana Sangh into the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) in 1980 marked a significant phase under his leadership, with the party gaining electoral prominence.
  • Political Tenures: Vajpayee's political career saw him elected ten times to the Lok Sabha and twice to the Rajya Sabha, representing constituencies such as Balrampur, New Delhi, Gwalior, and Lucknow.
    • His administrative journey commenced as the External Affairs Minister in 1975, with commendation for his UN General Assembly speech in Hindi.
  • Prime Ministerial Stints: Vajpayee served as the Prime Minister of India in three distinct tenures:
    • A brief 13-day term in 1996
    • 13-month period from 1998 to 1999, and
    • A full term from 1999 to 2004.
  • Notable Achievements: Vajpayee's administration left an indelible mark with achievements such as the Pokhran Nuclear Test, success in the Kargil War, the implementation of the Golden Quadrilateral project, the Pradhan Mantri Gramin Sadak Yojana, and the Sarva Siksha Abhiyaan.
  • Diplomatic Outreach: Vajpayee's diplomatic efforts included a groundbreaking bus journey to Lahore to meet with Pakistani Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif, signaling a commitment to improving relations.
  • Honors and Recognition: Atal Bihari Vajpayee was bestowed with prestigious honors, including the Bharat Ratna in 2015, recognition for his role in the Bangladesh Liberation War, and the Order of Ouissam Alaouite from Morocco.
    • Additionally, the Government of India designated his birth anniversary as Good Governance Day in 2014.

Lok Sabha passes three criminal law Bills: Here are the key changes (Indian Express)

  • 21 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

Three new criminal code bills, focusing on justice rather than punishment, were passed by the Lok Sabha on Wednesday.

Context:

  • Lok Sabha has passed by voice vote the three Bills that aim to overhaul the country's criminal justice system by replacing colonial-era laws.
  • The three bills passed are:
    • The Bharatiya Nyaya (Second) Sanhita - replace the Indian Penal Code (IPC)
    • Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha (Second) - replace Code of Criminal Procedure (CrPC)
    • Bharatiya Sakshya (Second) Sanhita - replace the Indian Evidence Act
  • According to the Home Minister, Amit Shah, the three new bills seek to establish a justice system based on Indian thinking and will free people from the colonial mindset and its symbols.

Background:

  • Bill Presentation in August 2023: In August 2023, the Union government introduced  three Bills in Parliament intending to revitalize the country's criminal justice system.
    • The Bills in question were the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita Bill, 2023 (BNS), the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita Bill, 2023 (BNSS), and the Bharatiya Sakshya Bill, 2023 (BSB).
  • Referral to Parliamentary Standing Committee: The three Bills underwent scrutiny as they were referred to the Parliamentary Standing Committee on Home Affairs for a thorough review and recommendations.
    • After three months of meticulous deliberation, the committee released reports on each Bill—BNS, BNSS, and BSB—suggesting necessary changes.
  • Opposition Dissent on Hindi Titles: A notable point of contention arose during the committee's proceedings, particularly regarding the Hindi nomenclature of the Bills.
    • Opposition members contested that the vernacular titles contravened Article 348, which stipulates English as the official language for courts and legislative matters.
    • Despite opposition dissent, the parliamentary committee sanctioned the Hindi titles for all three Bills.
  • Introduction of Revised Versions: After the committee's recommendations, on December 12, the three Bills were withdrawn from Parliament.
    • In a prompt response, revised iterations of the Bills were promptly introduced for further consideration.

Why were new bills deemed necessary?

  • Colonial Legacy: From 1860 to 2023, the nation's criminal justice system operated under British-imposed laws.
    • These laws, formulated during colonial times, use outdated language and concepts that may not accurately represent current social norms and values.
  • Advances in Technology: The evolution of technology has introduced new aspects to crime, evidence, and investigation, necessitating a response from the legal framework.
  • Simplification and Streamlining: Over time, the laws have become intricate, confusing legal practitioners, law enforcement agencies, and the general public.
    • Simplifying and streamlining the legal framework is seen as a way to enhance transparency and understanding.
  • Evidence Collection and Presentation: The Indian Evidence Act predates the era of modern forensic science and technological tools, highlighting the need for an update in this regard.
  • Reports and Recommendations: Various reports, including those from the department-related Parliamentary Standing Committee on Home Affairs (146th report), emphasized the necessity for a comprehensive review of the country's criminal justice system.
    • Earlier reports (111th and 128th) had also underscored the need for reforms in criminal laws.

About Bharatiya Nyaya (Second) Sanhita (BNS II) Bill, 2023:

The BNS II Bill brings about significant modifications in the treatment of various offences, including criminal conspiracy, mob lynching, death by negligence, organized crimes, and terrorist acts.

  • Life Imprisonment: While the BNS defined life imprisonment as 'imprisonment for life,' BNS II retains this phrase alongside the newer definition.
  • Terrorist Acts: BNS II removes vague language, focusing on innovative acts such as damaging critical infrastructure, undermining monetary stability, and using force against public functionaries.
  • Terrorist Act Offenses: In BNS II, the possession of property derived from a terrorist act is punishable only if acquired 'knowingly.'
  • Harboring a person who committed a terrorist act is punishable if done 'knowingly' or 'voluntarily.'
  • Criminal Conspiracy: BNS II modifies Clause 61 to include conspiracy with 'common intention.'
  • Mob Lynching: The minimum punishment of seven years for mob lynching, as in BNS, is removed in BNS II.
    • Murder by a group based on identity markers incurs life imprisonment or death, plus a fine.
  • Organized Crimes: BNS II adds organized crimes, including kidnapping, extortion, and cybercrime committed on behalf of a syndicate. Petty organized crime is also now an offence.
  • Changes in Offenses: Sedition is no longer an offence in BNS II, replaced by a new offence endangering the sovereignty, unity, and integrity of India.
    • Community service is explicitly defined as court-ordered work benefiting the community, and serving as a punishment for offenders.
  • Supreme Court Conformity: BNS II aligns with Supreme Court decisions, omitting adultery as an offence and introducing life imprisonment as a penalty for murder or attempt to murder by a life convict.
  • Sexual Offenses: BNS II retains provisions from the Indian Penal Code (IPC) on sexual offences against women, increasing the age threshold for major classification in gang rape from 16 to 18 years.
    • It criminalizes sexual intercourse with a woman through deceitful means or false promises.

About Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha (Second) Sanhita (BNSS2) Bill, 2023:

  • The Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha (Second) Sanhita, 2023 (BNSS2) is designed to supplant the Criminal Procedure Code, 1973 (CrPC), which delineates the procedures for arrest, prosecution, and bail within the Indian legal framework.
  • The CrPC, originally enacted in 1861 to streamline India's diverse legal systems, underwent a significant overhaul in 1973.
    • The comprehensive revision led to the introduction of the present CrPC, incorporating changes such as the provision for anticipatory bail.
  • The BNSS2 Bill aims to introduce several amendments to the existing CrPC framework, particularly addressing aspects related to trials, investigations, and other procedural matters.
    • The proposed changes reflect an effort to modernize and enhance the efficiency of the criminal justice system in alignment with contemporary needs.

Key Features of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha (Second) Sanhita (BNSS2) Bill, 2023:

  • Detention of Undertrials: According to the BNSS2, the provision of releasing an accused on a personal bond after spending half of the maximum imprisonment period does not apply to offences punishable by life imprisonment or if proceedings are pending in more than one offence.
  • Medical Examination: Unlike the CrPC, which restricts medical examinations to certain cases, the BNSS2 expands the scope, allowing any police officer to request an examination, broadening accessibility.
  • Forensic Investigation: The BNSS2 introduces a mandatory forensic investigation for offences carrying a minimum sentence of seven years.
    • Forensic experts are empowered to collect evidence on-site, documented through mobile phones or electronic devices.
    • In the absence of local facilities, states can utilize facilities in other states.
  • Signatures and Finger Impressions: While the CrPC empowers magistrates to order specimen signatures or handwriting, the BNSS2 extends this to include finger impressions and voice samples.
    • Notably, these samples can be collected from individuals not yet arrested.
  • Timelines for Procedures: The BNSS2 establishes clear timelines for various procedures.
    • For instance, medical practitioners examining rape victims must submit their reports to the investigating officer within seven days, ensuring a more expedited legal process.

Bharatiya Sakshya (Second) Bill, 2023:

  • Admissibility of electronic evidence: Section 61 of the original Bill allowed the admissibility of electronic evidence by underscoring that an electronic record shall have the same legal effect as a paper record.
    • However, there was no requirement for a certificate under section 63 (corresponding to the requirement of a certificate under section 65B of the Indian Evidence Act).
    • This provision has now been revised to state that the admissibility of an electronic record is subject to section 63.

Criticism of the Bill:

Experts have flagged that the three revised Bills present a missed opportunity to rectify extensive overcriminalisation and wider police powers that aggravate state control.

  • The provision of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha (Second) Sanhita, 2023, which permits police custody beyond the initial 15 days of arrest endangers civil liberties.
    • The massive expansion of the possible duration of police custody in the BNSS strikes at the very heart of civil liberties protection.
  • The BNSS expands the maximum limit of police custody under general criminal law from 15 days to either 60 days or 90 days (depending on the nature of the offence).
    • Under current law, police custody is limited to the first 15 days of arrest.
  • The expansion under the proposed BNSS heightens the risk of exposure to police excesses.
  • Given widely acknowledged concerns about the safety of arrested persons in police custody, and the heightened risk of coerced and fabricated evidence after prolonged detention, this provision of the BNSS is a shocking expansion of police powers.

PM Modi is in Varanasi to participate in the Viksit Bharat Sankalp Yatra events, and inaugurate the second edition of the Kashi Tamil Sangamams (Indian Express)

  • 18 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

PM Modi recently participated in the Viksit Bharat Sankalp Yatra events and inaugurated the second edition of Kashi Tamil Sangamam in Varanasi.

What is Viksit Bharat Sankalp Yatra?

  • The Viksit Bharat Sankalp Yatra is a government initiative being undertaken across the country, to raise awareness about and track the implementation of flagship central schemes, such as Ayushman Bharat, Ujjwala Yojana, PM Suraksha Bima, PM SVANidhi, etc.
  • On the occasion of the Janjatiya Gaurav Divas, marking the birth anniversary of tribal icon Birsa Munda, Prime Minister Modi flagged off the Viksit Bharat Sankalp Yatra from Khunti, Jharkhand.
  • It has four aims:
    • Reach out to the vulnerable who are eligible under various schemes but have not availed of benefits so far.
    • Dissemination of information and generating awareness about schemes.
    • Interaction with beneficiaries of government schemes through their personal stories/ experience sharing; and
    • Enrolment of potential beneficiaries through details ascertained during the Yatra.
  • The program involves various Union ministries and state governments.
    • In a short span of one month, the Yatra has reached over 2.50 crore citizens across 68,000 Gram Panchayats, with nearly 2 crore individuals taking the Viksit Bharat Sankalp.

What is Kashi Tamil Sangamam?

  • Kashi Tamil Sangamam celebrates many aspects of the historical and civilisational connection between South and North India.
  • Aligned with the National Education Policy 2020, which emphasizes cultivating a modern yet culturally rooted mindset, the policy encourages the fusion of traditional Indian Knowledge Systems with contemporary knowledge.
  • This integration has yielded enriching outcomes, such as incorporating Yoga and Ayurveda into modern medicine, employing technology for traditional crafts, blending ancient Vaastushilpa with modern archaeology, and creatively interpreting classical Raagas.
  • Recognizing the value of rediscovering and integrating ancient knowledge into modern thinking, the month-long Kashi-Tamil Sangamam has been initiated.
  • This endeavour promotes direct interaction among scholars, experts, and practitioners from diverse fields, fostering the exchange of expertise and best practices.

About Kashi-Tamil Sangamam:

  • An initiative by the Government of India under the "Azadi ka Amrit Mahotsav" and in line with the "Ek Bharat Shreshta Bharat" spirit, Kashi-Tamil Sangamam underscores unity amid the cultural diversity of states and Union Territories.
  • The program aims to celebrate, reaffirm, and rediscover the enduring connections between Tamil Nadu and Kashi, two ancient seats of learning.
  • This initiative provides a platform for individuals from various walks of life, including scholars, students, and philosophers, from both regions to converge, share their knowledge, culture, and best practices, and learn from each other's experiences.
  • IIT Madras and BHU serve as the implementing agencies for the program.
  • Following the inaugural edition in 2022, this year's Kashi-Tamil Sangamam is scheduled to take place from December 17 to December 31.

Cultural Significance:

  • In the 15th century, King Parakrama Pandya, the ruler of the Madurai region, aspired to construct a temple dedicated to Lord Shiva.
    • To fulfil this vision, he embarked on a journey to Kashi (Uttar Pradesh) to acquire a lingam.
  • During his return journey, he paused to rest under a tree.
    • To his surprise, when he attempted to resume the journey, the cow carrying the lingam steadfastly refused to move.
    • Recognizing this as a divine sign, Parakrama Pandya chose to install the lingam at that very spot, giving rise to what is now known as Sivakasi in Tamil Nadu.
  • For those unable to make the pilgrimage to Kashi, the Pandyas thoughtfully erected the Kasi Viswanathar Temple in present-day Tenkasi, situated in the southwestern part of Tamil Nadu near the state's border with Kerala.

What is the reason for choosing Tamil Nadu and Kashi?

  • Despite their geographical separation, Kashi and Tamil Nadu share profound and vibrant historical connections that have endured through the centuries.
    • Renowned as embodiments of Indian culture, these regions have been revered by many for their cultural richness.
  • Historically, seekers of knowledge from various places, including Kashi, Prayagraj, Ayodhya, and Gorakhpur, in the north, and Kanchipuram, Puducherry, Madurai, Thanjavur, Rameshwaram, Srirangam, Kanyakumari, Thoothukudi, Tirunelveli, and the Tamraparani River in the south, have been drawn to these regions as significant knowledge hubs.
  • The ancient ties between these two knowledge centres are evident in various aspects of life, including recurring themes in literature and the presence of the name "Kashi" in numerous villages in Tamil Nadu.
  • Notably, Saint Kumaragurupara from Tamil Nadu showcased audacity in negotiating with the Sultanate of Kashi, even bringing a lion to his courtyard to reclaim Kedarghat and secure a site for the consecration of the Vishweshwara Lingam.
    • His literary contribution, "Kashi Kalambakam," is a grammatical composition of poems on Kashi.
  • King Adhiveera Rama Pandiyan of the Pandya Dynasty, after a pilgrimage to Kashi, dedicated a Shiva Temple in Tenkasi, Tamil Nadu, and composed "Kashi Kandam," a Skanda Purana in Tamil poetic verses.
    • Exploring and rediscovering the profound links between these two centres promises to yield essential knowledge in both intellectual and practical domains.

 

Beyond Jammu and Kashmir: Why many states in India enjoy special provisions (Indian Express)

  • 16 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

On December 12, 2023, a unanimous decision by a 5:0 majority of Supreme Court judges clarified that Article 370 of the Indian Constitution is a facet of asymmetric federalism and does not imply internal sovereignty.

What is Asymmetric Federalism?

  • Asymmetric federalism involves the uneven distribution of powers and relationships within the political, administrative, and fiscal domains among the federal units comprising a federation.
  • This asymmetry can manifest in both vertical (between the center and states) and horizontal (among the states) dimensions.
  • It can arise not only from constitutional provisions but also from the practical implementation of administrative, political, and fiscal systems within a federation.
  • India's founding fathers acknowledged the importance of a diverse governance model that respects the unique cultural differences across the nation, allowing for a blend of self-rule within the framework of shared governance.

Why is it stated that India practices Asymmetric Federalism?

  • India's administrative structure comprises the Centre and the States as primary forms of administrative units.
    • However, additional forms exist, each designed to cater to specific local, historical, and geographical contexts.
  • In addition to the Centre and the States, India features Union Territories with a legislature, as well as Union Territories without a legislature.
    • Notably, territories like Puducherry and Delhi possess legislatures, while others under the Centre lack legislatures or a ministerial council for advisory purposes.
  • Even among territories with legislatures, distinctions arise.
    • Puducherry holds legislative powers over matters in the State List or Concurrent List applicable to the Union Territory.
    • In contrast, Delhi, with a similar scope, has exceptions in three areas: police, land, and public order are beyond its jurisdiction.
      • However, Parliament retains overriding powers over laws enacted by the Assembly in Union Territories.
  • Much like the non-identical powers of the Centre and the States, variations exist in the relationships between certain States and other constituent units of the Indian Union and the Centre.
  • This introduces a noticeable asymmetry in the functioning of India's federal system.

What is Article 370 of the Indian Constitution?

  • The most prominent illustration of asymmetry in Centre-State relations was evident in the special status enjoyed by Jammu and Kashmir until August 6, 2019, when the President announced the cessation of its special privileges.
  • Under Article 370, the State had the authority to maintain its separate Constitution, establish its criteria for 'permanent residents,' restrict outsiders from owning property, and have the prerogative to not automatically apply any Indian law to its territory.
    • Specific approval by its Assembly was required for the operation of Indian laws.
  • Jammu and Kashmir had the autonomy to formulate its Penal and Criminal Procedure Codes.
  • The President had the authority to notify, at intervals, the constitutional provisions that could be extended to the State, with or without modifications.

Is Jammu and Kashmir the only state to enjoy special powers under the constitution?

  • No, its not the only Indian state to enjoy such special provisions — 11 other states still continue to do as per the Indian Constitution.
  • The Part XXI of the Constitution consists of articles on Temporary, Transitional and Special Provisions of some states, other than Jammu and Kashmir.
    • In the Part, apart from Article 370, there are also Articles 371, 371A, 371B, 371C, 371D, 371E, 371F, 371G, 371H, 371I, and 371J – which provide special provisions to Maharashtra, Gujarat, Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Goa and six of the seven sister states of North East India — Nagaland, Assam, Manipur, Sikkim, Mizoram, Arunachal Pradesh.
  • However, Article 371I and Article 371E which deal with Goa and Andhra Pradesh respectively, do not offer any such special provisions to the state – and stand out from the rest.
  • Articles 370 and 371 have been the part of Indian Constitution since it came into force on January 26, 1950.
    • But Articles 371 A- I was incorporated later through various amendments under Article 368, which is described as the “power of Parliament to amend the Constitution and procedure therefor”.

The states and the Articles under which they enjoy special provisions:

  • Maharashtra and Gujarat (Article 371): The Governor of Maharastra has a special responsibility to establish “separate development boards” for regions like Vidarbha and  Marathwada, in Maharashtra; while Gujarat has the power to do so in Saurashtra and Kutch.
    • This was done to ensure “equitable allocation of funds for developmental expenditure over the said areas”, and “equitable arrangement providing adequate facilities for technical education and vocational training, and adequate employment opportunities” under the state government.
  • Nagaland (Article 371A): In Nagaland, the Indian Parliament cannot legislate in matters of Naga religion or social practices, Naga customary law and procedure, administration of civil and criminal justice involving decisions according to Naga customary law, and ownership and transfer of land and its resources, without the state Legislative Assembly’s nod.
    • These provisions were included in the Constitution after a 16-point agreement between the Centre and the Naga People’s Convention in 1960, which led to the creation of Nagaland in 1963.
    • It also gives the Governor a special responsibility for law and order situations in Nagaland, especially in case of internal disturbances occurring in the Naga Hills-Tuensang Area.
    • Also, there is a provision for a 35-member Regional Council for Tuensang district, which elects the Tuensang members in the Assembly.
    • A member from the Tuensang district is Minister for Tuensang Affairs.
  • Assam (Article 371B): Quite like Nagaland, The President of India may provide for the constitution and functions of a committee of the state Legislative Assembly consisting of members elected from the tribal areas of the state.
  • Manipur (Article 371C): Similar to Assam here as well, the President may provide for the constitution and functions of a committee of elected members from the Hill areas of the state in the Assembly for the modifications to be made in the rules of business of the Government.
    • It also entrusts “special responsibility” to the Governor to ensure its proper functioning, and report to the President every year regarding the administration of the Hill Areas of the State.
  • Andhra Pradesh (Article 371D, 371E): The President of India must ensure “equitable opportunities and facilities for the people” or ensure reservation in the matter of government jobs, education and other schemes by the state government.
    • The President also has power for direct recruitment to posts in any local cadre of the state government, and admissions in any university or educational institution in the state.
    • He is also entrusted for setting up an administrative tribunal outside the jurisdiction of the High Court to deal with issues of appointment, allotment or promotion in state civil services.
    • Article 371E allows the establishment of a Central University in Andhra Pradesh by a law of Parliament.
  • Sikkim (Article 371F): The Article gives Sikkim to hold a Legislative Assembly of minimum 30 members, notwithstanding anything this the Constitution.
    • These members shall elect the representative of Sikkim in the Indian Parliament.
    • To protect the rights and interests of various sections of the population of Sikkim, Parliament may provide for the number of seats in the Assembly, which may be filled only by candidates from those sections.
    • The Governor of the state also has “special responsibility for peace and for an equitable arrangement for ensuring the social and economic advancement of different sections of the population”.
    • It also states that any existing laws in Sikkim during its formation shall continue, and any adaptation or modification shall not be questioned in any court.
  • Mizoram (Article 371G): According to the Article, the Legislative Assembly of AP should not contain less than 40 members.
    • Apart from that, similar to Nagaland in Mizoram as well the Parliament can not make laws on “religious or social practices of the Mizos, Mizo customary law and procedure, administration of civil and criminal justice involving decisions according to Mizo customary law, ownership and transfer of land” unless the state Assembly decides to do so.
  • Arunachal Pradesh (Article 371H): This article vests the Governor with special responsibility for law and order of the state, but he will have to consult the Council of Ministers in the state before exercising his individual judgment.
    • However, if a matter arises where the Governor is required to act in the exercise of his individual judgment, then it should be considered as final and “shall not be called in question.”
  • Karnataka (Article 371J): Article 371J allows the establishment of a separate development board for the backward districts in the Hyderabad-Karnataka region — similar to the provisions made for Maharashtra and Gujarat.
    • This board will have to report to the state Assembly every year.
    • It also ensures reservation for people of this region, in government jobs and education.

Allahabad HC allows survey of Mathura Idgah: What is this plea in the Sri Krishna Janmabhoomi case (Indian Express)

  • 15 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Allahabad High Court on Thursday allowed the primary survey of the Shahi Idgah complex adjacent to the Shri Krishna Janmabhoomi Temple in Uttar Pradesh's Mathura by a court-monitored three-member team of advocate commissioners.

Context:

  • The Allahabad High Court recently approved the survey of the Shahi Idgah complex in Uttar Pradesh's Mathura.
    • Petitioners claim that the Shahi Idgah adjoining the Krishna Janmabhoomi temple in Mathura holds signs suggesting that it was a Hindu temple once.
  • The Krishna Janmabhoomi-Shahi Idgah case is the second temple-mosque dispute in which the high court has allowed to conduct a survey over the past months.
  • Earlier, a survey was ordered in the Gyanvapi-Kashi Vishwanath temple dispute in Varanasi.

What is Krishna Janmabhoomi-Shahi Idgah case?

  • The mosque was built by Aurangzeb in 1670 on the site of an earlier temple.
  • The area was regarded as nazul land — non-agricultural state land owned by the Marathas, and then the British.
  • Before the mosque was built, Raja Veer Singh Bundela of Orchha had also built a temple on the same premises in 1618.
  • In 1815, Raja Patni Mal of Benaras bought the 13.77 acres in an auction from the East India Company.
  • The Raja’s descendants — Rai Kishan Das and Rai Anand Das — sold the land to Jugal Kishore Birla for Rs 13,400, and it was registered in the names of Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya, Goswami Ganesh Dutt, and Bhiken Lalji Aattrey.
  • The Shri Krishna Janmabhoomi Trust was set up by Birla, and it acquired the ownership rights over the Katra Keshav Dev temple.
  • In 1951, the 13.77 acres were placed in the trust, with the condition that the “trust property will never be sold or pledged.”
  • In 1956, the Shri Krishna Janmasthan Sewa Sangh was set up to manage the affairs of the temple.
    • In 1977, the word ‘Sangh’ in the registered society’s name was replaced with ‘Sansthan.’

What is the Latest Plea in the Sri Krishna Janmabhoomi-Shahi Idgah Case?

  • The latest application was filed by the Hindu side, seeking a survey of the Shahi Idgah mosque — which was allowed by a Bench of Allahabad High Court recently.
  • The petition pleads that the High Court passes an order directing the UP Sunni Central Waqf Board and the Shahi Idgah mosque committee “to remove the construction raised by them encroaching upon the land” in dispute.
    • The petition further asks the court to direct the two opposing parties to hand over the land to the Shree Krishna Janmbhoomi Trust within the time provided by the court.
  • The plea further seeks an order restraining the Waqf Board and the mosque committee, and that people on their behalf from entering into the premises of the 13.37 acres of land at Katra Keshav Dev City and District Mathura.
  • It also says that a “compromise agreement” dated October 12, 1968, between the Shri Krishna Janmasthan Seva Sansthan — the temple management authority, a registered society under law — and the Trust Shahi Masjid Idgah – was “illegal and void”.
    • The reasoning behind this, as per the plea is that “society Shree Krishna Janmasthan Seva Sangh had no right over the property involved”.
  • The petition filed by the Hindu side says that “it is a matter of fact and history that Aurangzeb ruled over the country and had issued orders for demolition of a large number of Hindu religious places and temples including the temple standing at the birth place of Lord Shree Krishna at Katra Keshav Dev, Mathura in the year 1669-70 AD”.
  • “The army of Aurangzeb partly succeeded in demolishing Keshav Dev Temple and a construction was forcibly raised showing the might of power and said construction was named Idgah Mosque.
  • The petition also says that “the order (for demolition) passed by Aurangzeb finds a place in the Official Court Bulletin (Akhbaraat) of January – February 1670”.

What are the counterclaims from the Muslim side?

  • The Muslim side claimed that “the Shahi Idgah Mosque does not fall within the ambit of 13.37 acres land at Katra Keshav Dev”.
  • “The place of birth of Lord Krishna does not lie beneath the Mosque. The claim of the plaintiffs is based on guesswork and is not substantiated by any documentary evidence.

The case so far and Gyanvapi order:

  • At least a dozen cases were filed in courts in Mathura by different petitioners.
    • A common thread in all the petitions is a prayer for the removal of the mosque from the 13.77-acre complex.
  • The latest Mathura order is similar to the one in Varanasi’s Gyanvapi Mosque, also built adjacent to a venerated Hindu temple.

What Happened in the Case of the Gyanvapi Mosque?

  • Last year in the month of May, a videographic survey of the Kashi Vishwanath temple-Gyanvapi mosque was completed by a Commission appointed by the local court.
    • During the survey proceedings, a structure which the Hindu side claimed was a “shivling”, and the Muslim side claimed was a “fountain”, was found to be inside the mosque premises.
  • Subsequently, a scientific survey of the Gyanvapi mosque complex was ordered by the Varanasi district court.
  • This time, the District and Sessions Judge AK Vishvesha had directed the ASI to “undertake scientific investigation/survey/excavation at the property in question.
  • The survey was halted after the mosque committee approached the Allahabad High Court, and then the Supreme Court, seeking a stay on the survey.
  • Both the courts cleared the decks for the survey which was resumed on August 4 amid tight security arrangements.
  • The ASI teams have been surveying the campus since.
  • Recently, the Varanasi district court granted some more time to the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) to submit the findings of the court-ordered scientific survey of the Gyanvapi mosque premises.

ECI members to have the same status as SC judges: Why Govt has chosen to make U-turn on proposed Bill (Indian Express)

  • 13 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

Following protests by former Chief Election Commissioners (CECs) and Opposition parties, the Centre on Tuesday moved amendments which sought to retain the status of the Election Commissioners (ECs) on par with Supreme Court Judges.

Context:

  • In response to protests from former Chief Election Commissioners (CECs) and Opposition parties, the Centre introduced amendments on Tuesday aiming to preserve the equivalence of status for Election Commissioners (ECs) with Supreme Court Judges.
    • Earlier, the Chief Election Commissioner and Other Election Commissioners (Appointment, Conditions of Service and Term of Office) Bill, 2023, first introduced in Rajya Sabha on August 10, had sought to downgrade their salaries, perks and allowances, aligning them with those of a Cabinet Secretary.
  • The Bill, along with the amendments, was discussed and passed by voice vote in just over four hours in Rajya Sabha on Tuesday, after the Opposition staged a walkout.
    • The Bill is yet to be introduced in Lok Sabha.
  • The Bill regulates the appointment of the CEC and two ECs by constituting a three-member selection committee comprising the Prime Minister, the Leader of the Opposition and a Cabinet Minister.
    • Till now, the CEC and ECs were appointed by the President on the advice of the government, as there was no law enacted for the purpose.

Key Highlights of the New Bill:

  • Exclusion of CJI and Inclusion of Cabinet Minister: The bill proposes the removal of the Chief Justice of India from the selection panel, replacing the position with a Cabinet Minister nominated by the Prime Minister.
    • The Leader of Opposition in Lok Sabha is designated as a member of the selection committee.
  • Selection Criteria: The Election Commission of India (ECI) will comprise a Chief Election Commissioner (CEC) and other Election Commissioners (ECs) selected from individuals who have held a position equivalent to Secretary to the Government of India.
    • Emphasis on integrity, knowledge, and experience in election management.
  • Selection Process: A Search Committee, led by the Law Minister, will propose a list of names to the selection committee.
    • The Selection Committee, chaired by the Prime Minister, includes the Leader of Opposition or the leader of the largest Opposition party in Lok Sabha, and a Cabinet Minister appointed by the Prime Minister.
    • The Selection Committee may consider individuals beyond the Search Committee's recommendations.
  • Terms and Tenure: The term of CEC and ECs remains at 6 years or until the age of 65, whichever comes earlier.
    • The salary of CEC and ECs aligns with that of a Supreme Court judge.
  • Repeal of 1991 Act: The bill repeals the Election Commission (Conditions of Service of Election Commissioners and Transaction of Business) Act, 1991, which guided the functioning of the ECI.
  • Decision-Making within ECI: Business of the ECI should ideally be conducted unanimously; in case of a difference of opinion, the majority's decision prevails.
  • Removal Process: CEC's removal aligns with the procedure and grounds applicable to a Supreme Court judge.
    • Removal of election commissioners is subject to the recommendation of the CEC.
  • Protection Clause: The bill introduces a provision safeguarding current and former CECs and election commissioners from civil or criminal proceedings related to their official duties.

The Supreme Court's Stance on Election Commission Appointments:

  • A Constitution Bench comprising five judges addressed multiple petitions advocating a selection process akin to that of the Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI) Director.
  • In March 2023, the Court unanimously criticized the existing system where the Centre appoints members of the election watchdog.
  • Citing Article 324(2) of the Constitution, the Court urged Parliament to enact legislation specifying the criteria for selection, terms of service, and tenure for the Chief Election Commissioner (CEC) and Election Commissioners (ECs).
  • Pending legislative action, the apex court constituted a panel consisting of the Prime Minister, the Chief Justice of India, and the leader of the opposition to carry out these appointments.

What happens now?

  • Since no vacancy has emerged in the ECI since the Supreme Court order of March, no appointments have been made through the mechanism laid down by the court.
    • The next vacancy is expected to arise in February 2024, when EC Anup Chandra Pandey will retire.
  • Meanwhile, the amendments that are set to be moved by Law Minister are expected to restore the equivalence with a Supreme Court judge.
  • According to the amendments proposed by the Minister, the status of the EC would be kept the same as that of a Supreme Court judge, with the same salary, dearness allowance and leave encashment rules.

Election Commission of India (ECI):

  • The Election Commission of India (ECI) is an independent and permanent constitutional body entrusted with the responsibility of conducting impartial and transparent elections in India.
  • Constitutionally empowered, the ECI oversees and directs elections for Parliament, state legislatures, the president, and the vice-president of India.

Key Functions of the ECI:

  • Delimiting electoral constituencies nationwide.
  • Regularly updating and revising electoral rolls, enrolling eligible voters.
  • Announcing election schedules, scrutinizing nomination papers, and fixing election dates.
  • Granting recognition to political parties and allocating election symbols.
  • Advisory role in post-election disqualification matters for sitting members.
  • Enforcing the Model Code of Conduct during elections to prevent unfair practices.

Composition:

  • Comprising a Chief Election Commissioner (CEC) and two Election Commissioners (ECs).

Appointment Process:

  • The President appoints the CEC and ECs under Article 324(2), based on the advice of the Union Council of Ministers led by the Prime Minister.

Tenure and Conditions:

  • Commissioners serve a term of 6 years or until age 65, whichever is earlier, with conditions similar to a Supreme Court judge.

Removal Safeguards:

  • The CEC enjoys security of tenure, removable only in the same manner and on the same grounds as a Supreme Court judge. Other commissioners can be removed on the CEC's recommendation.

 

Today, India is poised at the moment and GDP that China was in in 2007. Does it have the same gumption? (Indian Express)

  • 14 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

If India slowly but steadily raises its development cooperation budget to less than 0.5 per cent of its GDP by 2030, it will still have put around $70 billion into the global system. India is already the voice of the Global South; it will become the bank of the Global South.

Context:

  • In 2007, China's GDP stood at approximately $3.6 trillion. Fast-forward to the present, India's GDP has reached $3.7 trillion or potentially more, framing a significant context for a crucial juncture in Indian diplomacy under the current leadership.
  • As India wraps up its transformative diplomatic year in 2023, highlighted by its G20 presidency, it becomes imperative to reflect on the geopolitical lessons drawn from China's rise post the 2008 financial crisis.

Global South and India:

  • Global South represent a group of countries primarily located in Asia, Africa, and Latin America which are referred to as "developing" or "underdeveloped".
    • Global North on the other hand is completely opposite to this- developed, high per capita income, higher life expectancy and having a strong voice in various multilateral organizations.

Significance of the Global South:

  • Economic Projections: By 2030, three out of the four largest economies are anticipated to emerge from the Global South (China, India, Japan, Indonesia).
  • BRICS Dominance: The GDP of BRICS nations, measured in terms of purchasing power, now surpasses that of the G7 countries.
  • Increased Intra-South Trade: Intra-South trade has surged, constituting over a quarter of global trade.
  • Addressing Global Challenges: Collaborating with Global South nations is crucial for tackling issues like climate change, inequality, malnutrition, and energy security.
  • Foreign Direct Investment: Outflows of foreign direct investment from the South contribute significantly to global flows.

India's Initiatives as a Global South Leader:

  • Multilateral Reforms: India advocates for the reform of multilateral institutions to enhance inclusivity.
  • Aarogya Maitri Project: Providing medical supplies to disaster-affected countries.
  • Global South Diplomacy: Initiatives like the Global South Young Diplomat Forum and the Global South Centre of Excellence for R&D.
  • Educational Support: Offering Global South Scholarships for students pursuing higher education in India.
  • While India possesses the potential and political will to lead the Global South, it must also strive to narrow the gap between the Global North and South, aligning with its vision of 'Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam'—The World is One Family."

The Rise of China to Geoeconomic Prominence: An Analysis

  • China's Strategic Moves During the Financial Crisis: Back in 2007, China had not yet achieved the geo-economic prominence it now holds.
    • However, despite having a GDP lower than India's today, it swiftly emerged as a pivotal nation during the global financial crisis in 2008.
  • Countries worldwide sought to deepen their ties with China, aiming to secure a special standing in their diplomatic relations with the People's Republic.
  • China's strategic advantage lies in its provision of institutional and geo-economic responses.
    • These responses included the establishment of a development bank, the initiation of a cross-continental lending program, and the catalyzation of infrastructure projects without the legacy constraints associated with Western agencies.
    • This marked the beginning of what later evolved into the Belt and Road Initiative.
  • China's Role as a Crucial Non-Western Alternative: In 2008, China capitalized on its economic potential to amass significant economic and political influence, a position it has maintained ever since.
  • This was achieved by positioning itself as a vital addition to the global order.
    • While the US grappled with post-crisis recovery and the Eurozone faced internal challenges, China emerged as a symbol of stability and economic dynamism.
  • The world, in search of an extra engine for growth and an additional source of investment, welcomed China as a crucial alternative outside the Western world.
  • Hence, China's adept strategic manoeuvres not only offered a remedy during the financial crisis but also solidified its status as an indispensable centre of geopolitical power on the global stage.

Does India Possess Enough Resources to Continue China's Ascent the Path?

  • Unleashing India's Potential for Global Influence: India is in a similar position and has a comparable GDP. This is the foundation that Indians must comprehend in order to grasp their current position in the world as we approach 2024.
  • Recent history shows us that a $4 trillion economy, comparable to India's, can have a significant impact.
  • It can make a place for itself beside economies that are four or five times larger than its own, such as the US, the EU, and China, with foresight and deft diplomacy.
  • A Unique Opportunity for India: In 2024, as Europe stagnates, the US withdraws, and China faces internal issues and sees a nominal decline in its share of the global economy, there is real potential for India.

What Additional Advantages India Can Provide Along China's Lines?

  • Momentum-Focused Additionalities: Unlike China's case, India's aspirations for additionalities require momentum more than extraordinariness.
    • With its trajectory set on a green and digital future, in contrast to China's manufacturing dominance, India aims to leverage its $4 trillion economy to wield influence comparable to a $15 trillion economy.
  • Systematic Approach to Additionalities: India's quest for additionalities should emulate China's approach from 15 years ago, emphasizing a systematic roadmap.
    • This roadmap, outlining India's unique proposition, signals that its economy is positioned to exert significant influence globally.
  • Dedicated Development Finance Institution: To meet global corporate needs beyond trade finance, India should establish an outward-focused development finance corporation, mirroring China's China Development Bank.
    • This institution should carry a distinct global imagery and play a pivotal role as a major source of development finance.
  • Strategic External Engagement: Collaborating with like-minded partners, India should strategically map priority infrastructure, connectivity routes, business hubs, and developmental projects.
    • This external engagement approach aligns with the vision for India's global role and positions 2024 as the year to articulate a comprehensive world map reflecting this vision.

Priorities for India's Upcoming Government in the Years Ahead:

  • Information Technology (IT) and Innovation: Demonstrate India’s global potential, following the model set by China in 2007 and during the 2008 financial crisis.
    • Leverage the established status as a global IT hub to propel software services and technology exports to new heights.
  • Entrepreneurship and Start-ups: Sustain and enhance the flourishing start-up ecosystem through supportive policies and funding.
    • Capitalize on the growing number of Unicorns (over 100) as a testament to India's entrepreneurial prowess.
  • Strategic Location: Leverage India's strategic geographical location as a gateway between the Middle East, Europe, and Asia for enhanced international trade.
    • Strengthen India's role in the India-Middle East Europe corridor, offering an alternative trade route to the Middle East and Europe.
  • Key Reforms and Policies: Continue the momentum of economic reforms aimed at improving the business environment and ease of doing business.
    • Build on initiatives such as Make in India and Goods and Services Tax (GST) to streamline processes and stimulate economic activity.
    • These strategic focus areas can propel India’s global standing, foster innovation, and contribute to sustained economic growth.

As India enters a transformative phase in 2024, its capacity to translate economic momentum into global influence becomes pivotal for its role in the changing geopolitical scenario.

Drawing insights from China's ascent, a strategic roadmap, systematic methodologies, and visionary diplomacy emerge as crucial elements for reshaping the global order.

India's trajectory toward becoming the bank of the Global South hinges on its ability to contribute significantly to global growth, institutions, and security through strategic additions.

 

Rat-Hole Mining in Uttarkashi Tunnel Rescue (Indian Express)

  • 28 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

Experts in Uttarakhand have resorted to ‘rat-hole’ mining to help rescue 41 workers trapped inside the collapsed Silkyara tunnel.

Context:

  • Rat hole mining, a controversial and outlaw mining practice is back in the spotlight nearly 9 years after it was banned by the National Green Tribunal (NGT) over severe environmental impacts and unsafe labour conditions.
  • The rat hole mining technique is being used to extract the 41 construction workers trapped inside a collapsed Uttarakhand tunnel after modern machinery failed to execute the rescue operation.
  • The attempt to free 41 trapped workers in the collapsed Silkyara-Barkot tunnel encountered a significant setback as the auger joint of the debris-drilling machine broke.

What is Rat-hole Mining?

  • Rat hole mining is a method of extracting coal from narrow, horizontal seams, prevalent in Meghalaya.
  • The term “rat hole” refers to the narrow pits dug into the ground, typically just large enough for one person to descend and extract coal.
  • Once the pits are dug, miners descend using ropes or bamboo ladders to reach the coal seams.
  • The coal is then manually extracted using primitive tools such as pickaxes, shovels, and baskets.
  • The rat-hole mining is broadly of two types.
  • The first type is a side-cutting procedure, in the side-cutting procedure, narrow tunnels are dug on the hill slopes and workers go inside until they find the coal seam.
  • The coal seam in the hills of Meghalaya is very thin, less than 2 m in most cases.
  • In the other type of rat-hole mining, called box-cutting, a rectangular opening is made, varying from 10 to 100 sqm, and through that a vertical pit is dug, 100 to 400 feet deep.
  • Once the coal seam is found, rat-hole-sized tunnels are dug horizontally through which workers can extract the coal.

Environmental and Safety Concerns Associated with Rat-hole mining:

  • Rat hole mining poses significant safety and environmental hazards.
  • The mines are typically unregulated, lacking safety measures such as proper ventilation, structural support, or safety gear for the workers.
  • Additionally, the mining process can cause land degradation, deforestation, and water pollution.
  • This method of mining has faced severe criticism due to its hazardous working conditions, environmental damage, and numerous accidents leading to injuries and fatalities.
  • Despite attempts by authorities to regulate or ban such practices, they often persist due to economic factors and the absence of viable alternative livelihoods for the local population.

When and Why was Rat-hole Mining Banned?

  • This rat-mining method has faced severe criticism due to its hazardous working conditions, environmental damage, and numerous accidents leading to injuries and fatalities.
  • Experts have opined that the mines are typically unregulated, lacking safety measures such as proper ventilation, structural support, or safety gear for the workers, thereby creating a rather harmful environment for the rat-miners.
  • The National Green Tribunal (NGT) banned the practice in 2014 and retained the ban in 2015.
  • The NGT observed, “It is also informed that there is umpteen number of cases where by virtue of rat-hole mining, during the rainy season, water flooded into the mining areas resulting in the death of many individuals including employees/workers."

How Rat-hole Mining has Helped in Uttarakhand Tunnel Rescue Operation?

  • The state-of-the-art American auger machine drilled roughly 47-48 meters of a horizontal tunnel.
  • After that, it’s driller tool broke inside the drilled passage and authorities said that the damage was beyond repair.
  • The rescue teams then resorted to manual drilling – a safer but time-consuming option. However, they brought in a team of rat hole mining experts who completed the remaining task in less than two days.
  • The rat hole miners went inside the steel pipe being pushed inside the rubble through which trapped workers were pulled out and drilled a horizontal passage.
  • The process was somewhat similar to the digging of a narrow tunnel for coal mining.

What are the Other Methods Used to Rescue the Trapped Workers in the Silkyara Tunnel?

  • Vertical drilling: Vertical drilling is done through a boring machine, digging straight down from the ground using electrical tools and equipment.
  • In the case of the Uttarakhand tunnel collapse, a vertical drill had been boring into the ground and an 800-mm pipe had been inserted to bring out the trapped workers.
  • Auger mining (horizontal drilling): A horizontal auger machine or a directional drill is a specialised tool designed to drill horizontal bores or create underground tunnels without disturbing the ground.
  • These machines are used to lay down water and gas pipes and to dig a tunnel.
  • However, the auger machine in the case of the Uttarakhand tunnel collapse failed to free the trapped workers as it hit metal obstructions and eventually broke down, beyond repair.

What is a Horizontal Auger Machine?

  • A horizontal auger machine, also known as a horizontal boring machine or directional drill, is a specialized tool designed for creating horizontal bores or underground tunnels without causing surface disruption.
  • It typically features a rotating helical screw blade, referred to as an auger, attached to a central shaft or drill, facilitating penetration through rotation.
  • Applications: Widely utilized in construction, utility installations (such as laying pipes or cables), and various infrastructure projects.
  • Working Mechanism: Positioned at the starting point of the bore, often on the surface, the machine comprises a drill head with an auger or a drill string.
  • The rotating auger at the front of the machine cuts through soil, rock, or other underground materials.
  • The rotation is powered by hydraulic or mechanical systems.
  • As the auger progresses, it removes the material from the tunnel.
  • The removal process is usually facilitated by a drilling fluid or mud pumped through the drill string.
  • The drilling fluid serves multiple purposes, including lubricating the drilling process, cooling the cutting head, and transporting excavated material back to the surface.

The President of India Advocates for the “All India Judicial Service” (Indian Express)

  • 27 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

President Draupadi Murmu on Sunday called for the creation of an all-India judicial service to recruit judges, saying this will help make the judiciary diverse by increasing representation from marginalised social groups.

News Summary:

  • President Draupadi Murmu in her inaugural address, advocates for the establishment of an all-India judicial service during the Supreme Court’s Constitution Day celebrations on 26th Nov.
  • November 26th is observed as Constitution Day to commemorate the adoption of the Constitution of India by the Constituent Assembly in 1949.
  • The creation of an all-India judicial service is proposed to diversify the judiciary, increasing representation from marginalized social groups.
  • She also discusses gender and caste representation, emphasizing the need for accessible justice and suggested a merit-based, competitive, and transparent process for recruiting judges from varied backgrounds.
  • The President envisions an all-India judicial service selecting talented individuals from across the country, providing opportunities to less-represented social groups.
  • She calls for removing colonial remnants from all domains as part of India's continued democratization.
  • She highlights India's democratic strides post-independence, celebrating diverse leadership across genders and socially disadvantaged groups.

About All-India Judicial Service:

  • The concept of the All-India Judicial Service was initially introduced in the 14th Report of the Law Commission of India in 1958.
  • This service envisions the central recruitment of district judges through an all-India examination, with subsequent allocation to each state, mirroring the organizational structure of other All-India Services such as IAS and IPS.
  • The primary objective is to establish a transparent and efficient recruitment method, aiming to attract the finest legal talent in India.
  • The idea was again proposed in the Law Commission Report of 1978, which discussed delays and arrears of cases in the lower courts.
  • In 2006, the Parliamentary Standing Committee on Personnel, Public Grievances, Law and Justice in its 15th Report backed the idea of a pan-Indian judicial service and also prepared a draft Bill.
  • Currently, the appointment of district judges is carried out by the state governor based on the recommendations of the chief justice of the respective state's high court.

What is the procedure to set up an All-India Service?

  • The 42nd Constitutional Amendment (1976) brought about modifications to Article 312(1), granting the Parliament the authority to legislate for the establishment of one or more All-India Services.
  • Following this, as per Article 312(1) of the Constitution, the Rajya Sabha must pass a resolution with the support of at least two-thirds of its members present and voting.
  • Subsequently, Parliament can amend Article 233 and Article 234 by a simple majority to institute an All-India Judicial Service (AIJS).
  • The recruitment procedures and terms for individuals appointed to All India services are subject to regulation by Parliament through the enactment of the All India Service Act, 1951.
  • Importantly, this process does not necessitate a constitutional amendment under Article 368.

Arguments Setting of the All-India Judicial Service (AIJS):

  • Enhanced Judicial Efficiency: Implementation of the All-India Judicial Service (AIJS) ensures an efficient subordinate judiciary by addressing issues such as different pay scales, faster vacancy fulfillment, and standardized training across states.
  • Vacancies and Pendency of Cases: As of July 2023, the subordinate judiciary's working strength was 19,858, with 5,000 posts remaining vacant against the sanctioned strength of 25,246.
  • Over 85% of the 5 crore pending cases, especially in district courts, contribute to a significant backlog, with more than one lakh cases pending for over 30 years.
  • Balancing Judges To Population Ratio: The AIJS aligns with a Law Commission report (1987) suggesting a judge-to-population ratio of 50 judges per million people, a considerable increase from the then-existing 10.50 judges.
  • Despite progress, the current figure of 20 judges in terms of sanctioned strength remains comparatively lower than the U.S. (107) and the U.K. (51) ratios.
  • Enhanced Representation for Marginalized Sections: The AIJS is advocated by the government as an optimal solution for achieving equitable representation of marginalized and deprived sections of society within the judiciary.
  • Addressing Corruption and Nepotism: A bottoms-up approach to recruitment through the AIJS is seen as a strategy to tackle issues like corruption and nepotism prevalent in the lower judiciary.
  • Absence of career growth: Currently, less than 25% of judicial officers have the chance to ascend to High Court judgeship, primarily reaching the rank of district judges towards the end of their careers.
  • The remaining 75% quota is allocated for High Court judge recruitment from the Bar Association of India.
  • The establishment of an All-India Judicial Service (AIJS) would ensure a richer talent pool with a younger age profile for selection by High Courts and the Supreme Court, offering a remedy to the issue of limited career growth.

Criticism Against Setting up an All-India Judicial Service:

  • Centralization and State Power Concerns: The adoption of a centralized recruitment process is criticized as infringing on federalism, and encroaching on the constitutional powers granted to states.
  • Language Barrier Challenge: An argument against AIJS is that judges recruited through this process may lack proficiency in the local languages of the States where they are posted.
  • Given that civil and criminal court proceedings are conducted in languages prescribed by respective State governments, this language barrier is a significant concern.
  • Impact on Local Reservations: Centralized testing may potentially dilute reservations based on caste, rural backgrounds, or linguistic minorities, undermining localized efforts to ensure representation.
  • Conflict with Separation of Powers: Opposition stems from constitutional principles of the separation of powers.
  • Centralized testing raises concerns about the executive gaining influence in the appointment of district judges, potentially diminishing the role of High Courts.
  • Limited Impact on Structural Issues: Critics argue that the creation of the All-India Judicial Service (AIJS) fails to address inherent structural challenges in the lower judiciary.
  • Uniformity in pay scales, as addressed by the Supreme Court in the 1993 All India Judges Association case, is seen as a more effective approach.
  • Alternative Solutions Over Central Exam: Experts contend that addressing structural issues involves increasing pay universally and ensuring that a portion of High Court judges are selected from the lower judiciary.
  • This approach is seen as more effective than relying solely on a central exam to attract quality talent.

Supreme Court’s Stand:

  • In 1992, the Supreme Court (SC) issued a directive in the case of All India Judges’ Association v. The Union of India, instructing the Centre to establish an All India Judicial Service (AIJS).
  • However, during a review of this judgment in 1993, the court granted the Centre the freedom to take the lead on the AIJS matter.
  • In 2017, the SC independently addressed concerns about the appointment of district judges, suggesting the exploration of a Central Selection Mechanism.
  • Senior advocate Arvind Datar, acting as amicus curiae (friend of the court), circulated a concept note to all states proposing a common examination instead of separate state exams.
  • The merit list from this common examination would guide High Courts in conducting interviews and appointing judges.
  • Datar emphasized that this approach would not alter the constitutional framework or diminish the authority of states or High Courts.

Way Forward

Despite the prolonged debate spanning decades, numerous States and High Courts have expressed reservations regarding the creation of an All-India Judicial Service (AIJS). Therefore, it is imperative to foster a comprehensive consensus among the Centre, States, and the Judiciary before the Parliament proceeds with establishing the AIJS. In the meantime, efforts should be concentrated on implementing more targeted and immediate solutions to effectively address the challenges faced by the Indian judiciary.

25 years of the International Space Station (Indian Express)

  • 24 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

The International Space Station (ISS) celebrated its 25th anniversary on November 20, 2023. It was launched in 1998, the first module marked the beginning of a remarkable journey. With over 140,000 Earth orbits and a quarter-century milestone, the ISS remains a symbol of peaceful collaboration for scientific endeavors.

What is the International Space Station (ISS)?

  • The International Space Station (ISS) is a space station that was assembled in low earth orbit (LEO) by the United States and Russia, with assistance and components from a multinational consortium.
  • It is a collaborative effort between multiple space agencies, including the Canadian Space Agency (CSA), the Federal Space Agency of Russia (Roscosmos), Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency (JAXA), the European Space Agency (ESA), and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).
  • The ISS has been inhabited continuously and serves as an important platform for research and exploration in space.
  • The success of the ISS is largely due to the implementation of various space standards and agreements, which help to ensure that the station is designed, operated, and maintained safely and efficiently.
  • ISS is the longest continuous human presence in space, amounting to around 25 years.
  • However, it is not the first-ever manned space station as Salyut, Almaz, Mir, and Skylab preceded it in this regard.
  • Moreover, ISS is divided into two zones, the Russian Orbital Segment (ROS) and the United States Orbital Segment (USOS).
  • ROS is where Russia’s cosmonauts work, whereas USOS is where space crews from the US, Japan, Canada, and Europe collaborate.

When did the International Space Station launch?

  • The first segment of the ISS — the Zarya Control Module — was Russian and launched on November 20, 1998.
  • Zarya supplied fuel storage and battery power, and served as a docking zone for other space vehicles arriving at the ISS.
  • One month later, on December 4, 1998, the US launched the Unity Node 1 module.
  • Together, the two modules were the start of a functioning space laboratory.
  • Over the course of 42 assembly flights, the ISS became what it is today.
  • Among the first “live-in” astronauts were Bill Shepherd of NASA and Roscosmos cosmonauts Yuri Gidzenko and Sergei Krikalev.
  • Since then, the ISS has been continuously inhabited.

Characteristics of ISS:

  • Size and Composition: Weighing around 460 tons, the ISS boasts a habitable volume comparable to a Boeing 747 aircraft's interior.
  • Comprising interconnected modules, laboratories, living quarters, and docking ports, forming a complex structure in space.
  • Orbit and Circulation: Travels at a speed of 8 kilometers (5 miles) per second, completing an orbit around Earth every 90 minutes.
  • Generates 16 sunrises and sunsets in a 24-hour cycle, passing overhead multiple times daily.
  • Mission Durations: Standard missions last approximately six months, though crew members may have shorter or longer stays.
  • During their tenure, astronauts and cosmonauts conduct experiments, maintain systems, and perform essential tasks for the station's functioning.
  • Presence of International Crew: The ISS is continuously occupied by a diverse crew hailing from various nations.
  • Rotating crews of astronauts and cosmonauts live and work on the station, contributing to scientific research and station upkeep.
  • Scientific Endeavors: Provides a unique environment for scientific experiments in microgravity, spanning biology, physics, astronomy, and materials science.
  • Serves as a testbed for technologies crucial for future deep-space exploration.
  • Global Symbol of Unity: The ISS stands as a testament to international collaboration in space exploration, fostering unity among participating nations.
  • It exemplifies the peaceful coexistence of astronauts from different backgrounds in the pursuit of shared scientific goals.

Why Is the Space Station Important?

  • The significance of the Space Station lies in its role as a platform for diverse scientific research and experiments in the distinctive microgravity setting of space.
  • Microgravity, also known as near-zero gravity or weightlessness, provides a unique environment for researchers worldwide to explore various fields, including biology, physics, astronomy, and Earth sciences.
  • Through the ISS, valuable insights have been gained in areas such as human health in space, materials science, and climate change.
  • The station serves as a continuous habitat for human presence in space, marking a sustained human presence since the arrival of the first crew.

What do astronauts do onboard the ISS?

  • When ISS astronauts not conducting scientific experiments, they go on regular spacewalks to add new components to the station, such as robotic arms, or run maintenance.
  • There have been times when astronauts have had to inspect or fix holes that were created by space debris.
  • The astronauts are also on a strict health regimen. They have to mitigate the loss of muscle and bone mass, which is caused by microgravity in space.
  • That includes working out on specially designed machines, including treadmills, for at least two hours a day.
  • But the astronauts’ daily exercise is used to improve our scientific understanding of the effects of space on our bodies.

What scientific discoveries on the ISS have benefited life on Earth?

  • Astronauts have conducted hundreds of scientific experiments on the ISS.
  • Sometimes they experiment on themselves, monitoring their general health, nutrition, or the effects of solar radiation and sometimes they conduct experiments for scientists on Earth.
  • These experiments have led to numerous scientific breakthroughs.
  • From Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s disease to cancer, asthma, and heart disease — it’s all been studied in space.
  • Scientists say some medical experiments are best done in space because cells behave in microgravity more like they do inside the human body, but it’s difficult to recreate such conditions on Earth.
  • There have been discoveries to benefit drug development, new water purification systems, methods to mitigate muscle and bone atrophy, and those that have led innovations in food production.

How long will the ISS be operational?

  • Plans for the future operation of the ISS were thrown into uncertainty with the start of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in early 2022.
  • Both the European Space Agency and national bodies withdrew from international collaborations with Russia, and Russia said it was leaving the ISS to build its own space station.
  • Also, old and new spacefaring nations want to make an independent mark on space.
  • They include Japan, China, India, the United Arab Emirates and others.
  • The US and Europe have said they remain committed to the International Space Station through 2030.
  • But plans are afoot for a post-ISS world, as well: NASA is almost entirely focused on its Artemis program and plans to populate the moon and ESA is working toward a new space station, which it is calling Starlab.

Uttarakhand Tunnel Collapse (Indian Express)

  • 21 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

On November 12, the under-construction Silkyara-Barkot tunnel on the Yamunotri National Highway in Uttarakhand’s Uttarkashi district collapsed.

News Summary:

  • On November 12, 2023, the Silkyara Bend - Barkot tunnel, which was under construction, collapsed in the Uttarkashi district of Uttarakhand.
  • The collapse trapped at least 40 workers inside the tunnel.
  • The National Disaster Response Force (NDRF), the State Disaster Response Force (SDRF), and the police promptly initiated and led the rescue operations.
  • The tunnel is a part of the Char Dham all-weather road project which commenced in 2016.

What is the Char Dham All Weather Road Project?

  • It is a central govt. Project to improve the existing condition of Highways in the state of Uttarakhand.
  • In this project, the govt. will upgrade and develop the road which connects all four 'Dhams' i.e.
  • Gangotri, Yamunotri, Kedarnath, and Badrinath  in the upper Himalayas.
  • The 12,000-crore dream project will turn 1100 km of damaged highways of Uttarakhand into all-season roads.

About the Silkyara Tunnel which Collapsed:

  • The tunnel, designed to connect Silkyara to Dandal gaon in Uttarkashi district, spans a total length of 4.5 km.
  • As part of the Char Dham all-weather road project, this double-lane tunnel is recognized as one of the longest and aims to reduce the journey from Uttarkashi to Yamunotri Dham by 26 kilometers.
  • Construction progress includes 2.3 km completed from the Silkyara side and 1.6 km from the Barkot end. Approximately, a 400m stretch of the tunnel is yet to be constructed.
  • Regarding the incident:
  • The Silkyara Tunnel, located on Uttarkashi-Yamnotri Road, became the site of the accident where workers are currently trapped. The collapse occurred approximately 270m from the entrance on the Silkyara side.

What are the Tunnel Excavation Techniques Utilised in India?

In India, two primary methods of Tunnel Excavation are employed: the drill and blast method (DBM) and tunnel-boring machines (TBMs).

  • Tunnel-boring machines (TBMs): TBMs bore into the rock from the front using a rotating head.
  • The excavated tunnel section is supported by installing precast concrete segments.
  • TBMs are preferred when the rock cover is up to 400 meters in height.
  • Notably, the TBM method was applied in constructing tunnels for the Delhi Metro.
  • Drill and Blast Method (DBM): DBM involves drilling holes into the rock and loading them with explosives.
  • Upon detonation, the rock breaks apart.
  • DBM is the chosen method for mountains ranging from 1000 to 1200 meters in height.
  • This method is commonly used for tunnel construction in the Himalayas, Jammu & Kashmir, and Uttarakhand.

What could be the Possible Causes of the Tunnel Collapse in Uttarakhand?

  • Presence of Fractured or Fragile Rock: Fractured rocks with numerous joints are weaker, making them susceptible to collapse under significant overhead weight, possibly leading to tunnel collapse.
  • Water Seepage: Over time, water seepage can erode loose rock particles, creating a void on the top of the tunnel, which might contribute to the tunnel caving in.
  • Landslide-Prone Young Himalayan Rock System: The proximity of the incident site to the Main Central Thrust (MCT)/Barkot thrust of the Himalayas raises the possibility that seismic waves could trigger a landslide in the tunnel.
  • Improper Study of Shear Zone and Lack of Protection Measures: Experts suggest that the lack of adequate geological mapping studies of the shear zone and failure to implement protective measures, such as steel ribs, rock bolts, or shotcrete, may have contributed to the collapse due to insufficient monitoring.

In addition to these, expert-provided reasons, concerns have been raised about the Himalayas' fragility in supporting massive infrastructure projects like the Char-Dham project and large-scale hydroelectric power projects.

What Measures Have Been Taken to Ensure Safe Tunnel Construction in India?

  • Establishment of Tunnel Zone Department in the MoRTH: A dedicated Tunnel Zone department has been set up in the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MoRTH).
  • Its primary role is to enhance tunneling capabilities and formulate guidelines for the design and construction of tunnels.
  • Formation of Expert Committee on Tunnel: An Expert Committee on Tunnel has been constituted to address technical challenges arising during the implementation of tunnel projects across the country.
  • Indian Standard Code for Tunnel Construction: The issuance of Indian Standard Codes, specifically IS 15026 (2002) and IS 4756 (1978), provides comprehensive guidelines for tunnel design, lighting, and ventilation.
  • Implementation of IRC Codes for Tunnels: The implementation of the IRC code for tunnels in 2019 ensures that road tunnels adhere to international standards.
  • Adherence to Standard Codes in Tunnel Construction: Ensuring compliance with various standard codes, including Integrated Tunnel Control Systems (ITCS), The Work in Compressed Air Regulations 1996, Emergency Evacuation and Rescue Plans for tunnels, and guidelines from the Research Designs and Standards Organisation (RDSO).
  • Incorporation of International Tunnelling and Underground Space Association Safety Practices: Following safety practices outlined by the International Tunnelling and Underground Space Association, emphasizing specific escape routes marked by signs and the development of contingency plans for emergency situations during tunnel construction.

What Steps Should Be Taken for Ensuring Safe Tunnel Construction?

  • Enhanced Geotechnical Studies: In India, the simultaneous design and construction of tunnel projects should be accompanied by more detailed geotechnical studies, including petrographic analysis.
  • This information is crucial for incorporating precise design and construction elements into the tunnel project.
  • Ongoing Monitoring by Specialist Geologists: Independent specialist geologists should regularly visit construction sites to conduct thorough inspections.
  • This practice ensures the early identification of potential failures and helps determine the stand-up time of the rock. (Rock stand-up time refers to the duration for which a rock can remain stable without support.)
  • Testing Adequacy of Tunnel Supports: All tunnel supports, such as shotcrete, rock bolts, steel ribs, and tunnel pipe umbrellas, need rigorous testing to ensure their adequacy in preventing tunnel collapse.
  • This proactive approach helps in maintaining the stability and integrity of the tunnel structure.
  • Emergency Evacuation Arrangements: Robust arrangements for safe evacuation in the event of a collapse are imperative.
  • Deployment of National Disaster Response Force (NDRF) personnel, along with the provision of proper safety equipment, is essential. Construction companies bidding for projects should submit comprehensive safety plans as part of their project proposals.

High Court Quashes Haryana Govt's 75% Quota in Private Sector Jobs (Indian Express)

  • 20 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Punjab and Haryana High Court on Nov 17 quashed a law passed by the Haryana government in 2020 that provided 75% reservation in private jobs to residents of the state.

Context:

  • The Punjab and Haryana high court on Friday struck down a Haryana law that reserved 75% private sector jobs, paying up to ?30,000 a month, for local candidates.
  • The court found it unconstitutional and stated that the 2021 law violated fundamental rights as per the Constitution, emphasizing that individual rights should align with the Constitution's text and spirit, not popular or majoritarian notions.

Key Provisions of Haryana State Employment of Local Candidates Act 2020:

  • The Act is applicable to all private companies, societies, partnership firms, trusts, any person employing ten or more persons in Haryana, or any other entity as may be notified by the Government.
  • The Act requires private sector employers to reserve 75% of job posts that offer a salary of less than INR 30,000 for individuals who are domiciled in Haryana.
  • The Government of Haryana has also made the residency (domicile) requirement to 5 years for a person to obtain a residency certificate.
  • The Act enables the Haryana Government to focus on securing employment opportunities for domiciled individuals.
  • However, domiciled linked reservations are not a new concept since other States have also introduced similar laws.
  • For instance, the Government of Andhra Pradesh notified the Andhra Pradesh Employment of Local Candidates in the Industries / Factories Act, 2019 which provided for reservation of 75% of posts in existing and upcoming factories, industries, joint ventures, and public-private partnership projects for local candidates.
  • However, central or state governments or any organisation owned by them were kept outside the ambit of this Act.
  • Employers can seek an exemption if enough local candidates with required skills are unavailable; the Designated Officer decides based on an inquiry.
  • The law was made applicable for 10 years but was stayed by the high court last year.

Haryana was also one of several states that have enacted laws in recent years to provide reservations for local residents in the private sector. These include Maharashtra (up to 80% quota), Karnataka (75%), Andhra Pradesh (75%) and Madhya Pradesh (70%). However the validity of most of these laws has been challenged before the Supreme Court and high courts.

Who challenged the law and on what grounds?

  • The Faridabad Industries Association and other Haryana-based associations went to court, contending that Haryana wanted to create reservations in the private sector by introducing a policy of “sons of the soil”, which was an infringement of the constitutional rights of employers.
  • The petitioners argued that private sector jobs are purely based on skills and an analytical bent of mind, and employees have a fundamental right to work in any part of India.
  • Therefore, they argued, “The act of the respondent (government) forcing the employers to employ local candidates in the private sector vide this impugned Act is the violation of the federal structure framed by the Constitution of India, whereby the government cannot act contrary to the public interest and cannot benefit one class”.
  • The Haryana government argued that it had the power to create such reservations under Article 16(4) of the Constitution, which says that the right to equality in public employment does not prevent the State from “making any provision for the reservation of appointments or posts in favour of any backward class of citizens which, in the opinion of the State, is not adequately represented in the services under the State”.

What was the ruling of the High Court?

  • The High Court ruled that the law violates Part III of the Constitution (Fundamental Rights) and declared it ineffective "from the date it came into force."
  • It expressed concerns that certain provisions, such as the obligation for employers to submit quarterly reports and the authorization for officers to request documents or verification, resembled an "Inspector Raj" situation.
  • The court concluded that the state's actions constituted an "absolute control over a private employer," leading to violations of an individual's right to engage in occupation, trade, or business under Article 19(1)(g) of the Constitution.
  • The judges held that notions about individual rights have to be in accordance with the text and spirit of the Constitution and not popular or majoritarian notions.
  • The court also said that:
  • “The state cannot direct the private employers to do what has been forbidden to do under the Constitution of India.
  • It cannot do such discrimination against the individuals on account of the fact that they do not belong to a certain state and have a negative discrimination against other citizens of the country”.

The Structure and Development of Reservations in Public Employment in India:

  • Reservation in public employment was initially limited to Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.
  • Later extended to include Other Backward Classes (OBCs) based on Mandal Commission recommendations (1980).
  • Mandal Commission's Recommendations:
  • The Mandal Commission proposed a 27% reservation for OBCs in central services and public sector undertakings.
  • This was an addition to the existing reservation for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.
  • Constitutional Perspective: Reservation is not a fundamental right.
  • While the constitution emphasizes non-discrimination in public employment, the state has the authority to promote specific societal sections through reservation in education or employment.
  • Basis for Reservation: Reservation can be based on factors such as domicile (residence) or backwardness.
  • Parliamentary Authority: Parliament can enact laws regarding employment to a state office, specifying requirements like residence within that state (Article 16(3)).
  • State's Authority: The State has the power to advance socially and educationally backward classes or Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (Article 15(4)).
  • Provisions can be made to reserve posts for backward classes not adequately represented in the State services (Article 16(4)).

Some Important Judgements related to Reservation:

  • Indra Sawhney v. Union of India Case (1992):
  • The court affirmed the constitutionality of 27% reservation but set a 50% cap on public employment reservation.
  • The court recommended excluding advanced sections within OBCs (creamy layer) from reservation benefits.
  • M.Nagaraj v. Union Of India Case (2006 ):
  • The Supreme Court validated the constitutional legitimacy of the 77th Amendment, allowing the state to reserve posts for underrepresented backward classes.
  • It emphasized excluding the creamy layer from the reservation, extending this principle to Scheduled Castes and Tribes.
  • Dr. Jaishri Laxmanrao Patil vs Chief Minister Case (2021):
  • The Supreme Court reaffirmed the Indra Sawhney decision and invalidated Section 4(1)(a) and Section 4(1)(b) of the Act.
  • These sections provided 12% reservation for Marathas in educational institutions and 13% reservation in public employment.
  • This judicial decision sent a strong message, highlighting instances where certain state governments exceeded the prescribed limits on reservations without any justifiable exceptional circumstances.
  • Janhit Abhiyan (EWS) Case (2022):
  • The Supreme Court upheld the validity of the 103rd Constitutional Amendment, providing 10% reservation for Economically Weaker Sections (EWS).
  • The court clarified that the EWS quota doesn't breach the 50% reservation cap, as it falls within the non-reserved category.

India, UK Proposed Free Trade Agreement (FTA) (Indian Express)

  • 18 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

India and the UK officials are expected to soon hold the next round of talks for the proposed free trade agreement (FTA) to iron out differences on issues such as social security pact, automobiles, medical devices, and the movement of professionals.

Context:

  • External Affairs Minister S Jaishankar discussed the India-UK Free Trade Agreement (FTA) with Britain’s Prime Minister Rishi Sunak and Foreign Secretary David Cameron recently.
  • These talks were held as the bilateral trade between India and the UK increased to USD 20.36 billion in 2022-23 from USD 17.5 billion in 2021-22.
  • When signed, the India-UK FTA will serve as a template for an agreement with India’s second-largest trade partner, the European Union (EU).
  • Breaking from the look east policy for trade deals under the UPA that saw widening deficits with Japan, South Korea, and ASEAN countries, the government is counting on economic integration with Western and African nations to fuel export growth.

What is a Free Trade Agreement?

  • A Free Trade Agreement (FTA) is a deal between two or more countries aimed at lessening obstacles to the exchange of imports and exports.
  • In a free trade arrangement, goods and services can move across borders with minimal government tariffs, quotas, subsidies, or prohibitions.
  • This concept stands in contrast to trade protectionism or economic isolationism.
  • FTAs can take various forms, such as Preferential Trade Agreements, Comprehensive Economic Cooperation Agreements, and Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreements (CEPAs).

Expectations from the India-UK Free Trade Agreement:

  • Merchandise Trade: Indian products like petroleum, medicines, diamonds, machine parts, airplanes, and wooden furniture worth $6 billion already enjoy tariff-free access to the UK, even without the FTA, so there might be limited additional benefits.
  • Services: India aims for immediate advantages, such as obtaining priority visas for Indian professionals on short-term assignments in the UK.
  • However, acquiring a substantial number of short-duration business visas may be challenging, given the UK's cautious approach post-Brexit, associating visas with immigration.
  • Rules of Origin: Ensuring that products from third countries receive FTA benefits only if they undergo significant transformation in the exporting country.
  • India's preference for conservative rules of origin may lead to prolonged discussions and negotiations.
  • Government Procurement: Allowing UK producers to sell to India’s government procurement sector would create a level playing field.
  • Conversely, Indian firms may face a competitive and restricted government procurement market in the UK, necessitating a cautious approach.
  • Labour Standards, Gender, Environment, Digital Trade, IPRs: India should establish domestic rules/standards before committing to these aspects under the FTAs.
  • Until then, India must avoid undertaking burdensome obligations on non-trade issues.

Factors Behind the India-UK Free Trade Agreement:

  • The China Factor: Disruptions in supply chains during the pandemic highlighted the risks of excessive reliance on China, leading Western companies to adopt a 'China-plus one' approach.
  • Australia's tensions with China and the complementary nature of the Indian economy created a compelling case for a trade deal between India and the UK.
  • India's RCEP Exit: Following its withdrawal from the China-dominated Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership (RCEP), India has been actively pursuing trade agreements with the UK, Australia, and the EU to balance its regional engagement against China.
  • Brexit Impact: The UK, facing a challenging election in early 2025, sees a trade deal with India as crucial.
  • The negotiations are influenced by the post-Brexit landscape as the UK seeks to strengthen its economic ties globally.

What India will Gain from this FTA?

  • India’s labour-intensive sectors such as apparel and gems and jewellery have seen a steep decline in market share over the last five years.
  • Indian textile exports face tariffs walls as high as 10% in the UK; a trade deal could put India on par with competition such as Bangladesh, and revive textile exports.
  • However, the British Parliament has been warned in a report that granting zero-duty access to Indian textiles under the FTA could bring stress on Least Developed Countries such as Bangladesh.

UK Gain in this Deal:

  • Past deals with Japan and the ASEAN countries have shown that the elimination of duty does not automatically result in export growth.
  • Also, many Indian exports to the UK already enjoy low or zero tariffs, while British exports to India such as cars, Scotch whisky, and wines, face considerable tariffs of 100-150%.
  • Tariff reductions on these goods will potentially offer them deeper access into Indian markets.
  • Notably, the average tariff on goods imported from India into the UK is 4.2% but the average tariff in India on goods imported from the UK is 14.6%

What are the Challenges in the India-UK FTA?

  • Non-tariff barriers: Modern FTAs go beyond tariff reduction. India could use the negotiations to eliminate non-tariff barriers (NTBs) that have historically been a concern for exporters, especially for agri exports.
  • NTBs often come in the form of regulations, standards, testing, certification, or pre-shipment inspection that are aimed at protecting human, animal, or plant health and the environment.
  • Vegetable and fruit exporters often face strict limits imposed by European economies on pesticides and other contaminants in agri imports.
  • In manufacturing too, Indian products face high rejection based on conformity assessments and technical requirements.
  • Issue of carbon tax: Like the EU, the UK is looking to impose a levy on metal imports based on carbon emissions.
  • An EU-style carbon border adjustment mechanism (CBAM) will hurt India’s exports to the UK even if India wins significant removal of tariffs.
  • The UK’s carbon tax could be harsh, as one of its aims is to reduce dependence on Russian energy imports.

Mount Etna Eruption: What is a Volcano and How do they erupt? (Indian Express)

  • 15 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • Mount Etna, Europe's tallest and most active volcano, erupted again on the island of Sicily on Sunday, November 12, 2023.
  • The eruption sent a lava fountain into the air and ash miles into the sky.
  • The ash fell on the nearby city of Catania, causing some disruption to air travel.

About Mount Etna:

  • Mount Etna is a large stratovolcano on the eastern coast of Sicily, Italy.
  • It is the highest and most active volcano in Europe, and one of the most active in the world.
  • Its recorded volcanic activity dates back to 1500 B.C. Since then, it has erupted more than 200 times.
  • Mount Etna is a complex volcanic system, made up of several different lava domes and craters.
  • The summit crater, known as the Voragine, is a large depression that is often filled with lava.
  • The volcano also has several calderas, which are large, sunken depressions that are formed by the collapse of the volcano's summit.
  • In recent years, Mount Etna has become increasingly active, with several eruptions in the past decade. The most recent eruption began in 2022 and has produced a number of lava flows and ash clouds.
  • The eruption has also caused a number of earthquakes, some of which have been felt in nearby towns and cities.

Other volcanoes erupt for much longer than Etna:

  • One of the most famous long-term eruptions was the Kilauea volcano in Hawaii.
  • Its spewing spree in 1983 continued — almost nonstop — for 35 years until 2018, only to start again in 2021. The eruption is still ongoing.
  • Dukono in Indonesia started erupting in August 1933 and is still continuing.
  • Santa Maria in Guatemala began erupting in June 1922 and continues to this day.
  • Yasur in Vanuatu first rumbled to life in about 1270 (± 110 years) and as of June 2023, was still erupting.
  • Lava domes: Lava domes are formations created by the slow extrusion of viscous lava, typically rhyolitic or andesitic, forming a steep-sided mound or dome-shaped structure near a volcano's vent.
  • Crater: A volcanic crater is a bowl- or funnel-shaped depression that usually lies directly above the vent from which volcanic material is ejected.

What is a volcano?

  • Volcanoes are openings, or vents where lava, tephra (small rocks), and steam erupt onto the Earth’s surface.”
  • Volcanoes can be on land and in the ocean.
  • They are, in part, a result of their own eruptions but also the general formation of our planet, as tectonic plates move.
  • Mountain ranges like the Andes in South America and the Rockies in North America, as well as volcanoes, formed through the movement and collision of tectonic plates.
  • How do volcanoes erupt?
  • Essentially, it’s a case of magma, or molten rock, below the surface of the Earth, bubbling up, rising, and overflowing, like boiling milk out of a pot on a stove.
  • The magma finds its way to vents in the volcano and gets spewed across the land and into the atmosphere.
  • When magma erupts from a volcano, it is called lava.
  • There are four main types of volcanoes:
  • Cinder cones
  • Composite or stratovolcanoes
  • Shield volcanoes and
  • Lava domes
  • Their type is determined by how the lava from an eruption flows and how that flow affects the volcano, and, as a result, how it affects its surrounding environment.
  • Each volcano is unique and can vary in size and composition, but a crucial aspect of these mountains is the amount of silicon dioxide present in the magma and rocks below the surface.
  • A high silica content can lead to violent eruptions that are categorized as explosive.
  • Silica makes magma preventing it from readily flowing.
  • Eruptions such as Alaska’s Novarupta in 1912 and Washington’s Mount St. Helens in 1980 all were composed of high amounts of silica.
  • When silica values are low, eruptions are categorized as effusive with magma that is thinner and tends to be less explosive.

Types of Volcanoes:

  • Cinder Cones: Cinder cones are considered to be the most common and simplest type of volcano in the world.
  • Their structures are typically small, so their footprint doesn’t cover much terrain.
  • Many are considered by volcanologists to be monogenetic and only erupt once during their lifespan.
  • Once a cinder cone volcano becomes dormant, it usually never erupts again.
  • Composite Volcanoes: Composite volcanoes are some of the largest and the most picturesque of any mountain in the world.
  • Eruptions can be explosive and produce devastating impacts.
  • Unlike a cinder volcano, composite volcanoes are usually active over a period of thousands of years.
  • Mount St. Helens, Krakatoa, Mount Pinatubo, and Hunga-Tonga-Hunga-Ha’apai are all considered to be composite volcanoes, which also can be known as stratovolcanoes.
  • The last significant composite volcano eruption was in Tonga in early 2022.
  • Shield Volcanoes: This type of volcano is typically the largest on Earth and covers a broad swath of terrain.
  • Hawaii’s Mauna Loa and K?lauea are classic examples of shield volcanoes and are among the most active in the world.
  • Mauna Loa, from the sea floor base to its top elevation, is more than 33,000 feet tall.
  • The great width of these volcanoes is a result of thin lava flows.
  • Eruptions are not considered to be eruptive and usually rank low on the VEI.
  • Threats from landslides and volcanic smog are usually significant with these types of volcanoes.
  • Lava Domes: Lava dome features are usually quite small and due to thick magma, the lava doesn’t have wide impacts.
  • These types of volcanoes can be explosive and are frequently found in the craters of composite volcanoes.
  • Domes tend to grow from material that builds up over time by hardening lava from eruptions.
  • Explosive eruptions can occur with little warning, which makes these features dangerous, if in the immediate area.

Volcanoes that are particularly active in the Pacific Ring of Fire:

  • Some of the most active volcanoes are located in the Pacific Ring of Fire, which includes New Zealand, Southeast Asia, Japan, and the western coast of the Americas.
  • About 90% of all earthquakes worldwide strike within this region.

Can scientists predict volcanic eruptions?

  • Scientists are capable of predicting volcanic eruptions hours, or sometimes several days, in advance.
  • This is not the case with earthquakes, which are much harder to predict.
  • Scientists use seismographic data from earthquakes and other tremors, because those can be a precursor to volcanic eruptions.
  • They monitor the ground for signs of deformation, which may be caused by the movement of magma.
  • They also take readings of volcanic gas emissions, and changes in gravity and magnetic fields.

Digital Advertisement Policy, 2023 (Indian Express)

  • 13 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

The government recently announced that it had approved a new policy allowing its advertising wing, the Central Bureau of Communication (CBC), to undertake advertisement campaigns on social media, OTT platforms, and other digital media.

News Summary:

  • The government has introduced a digital advertising policy, facilitating websites with a minimum of 2.5 lakh unique users per month, OTT platforms, and podcasts to participate in publicity campaigns.
  • Released by the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, the policy empowers the Central Bureau of Communication (CBC) to conduct digital media campaigns.
  • The policy incorporates competitive bidding for rate discovery, ensuring transparency for three years.

Key Provisions of the Digital Advertisement Policy, 2023:

  • Empowerment for Digital Campaigns: The Ministry of Information and Broadcasting has formally sanctioned the implementation of the "Digital Advertisement Policy, 2023." This landmark decision aims to empower the Central Bureau of Communication, facilitating the execution of comprehensive campaigns within the Digital Media Space.
  • Mission Alignment with Evolving Media Landscape: In response to the dynamic changes in the media landscape, this policy marks a significant milestone in CBC's mission.
  • It focuses on disseminating information and raising awareness about various government schemes, programs, and policies.
  • Expansion into Digital Platforms: The policy extends CBC's reach into the realm of digital advertising by allowing the empanelment of agencies and organizations in the Over-The-Top (OTT) and Video on Demand Space.
  • Leveraging Podcasts and Digital Audio: CBC can now capitalize on the growing number of listeners on Podcasts and Digital Audio platforms.
  • Empanelment of Digital Audio platforms facilitates the dissemination of government messages to a broader audience.
  • Mobile Application Outreach: For the first time, CBC has the capability to channelize public service campaign messages through Mobile Applications.
  • This diversifies the channels through which government communication can reach the public.
  • Streamlined Advertisement on Social Media: Recognizing the popularity of Social Media Platforms as channels for public conversations, the policy simplifies the process for CBC to place advertisements for government clients on these platforms.
  • Enhanced Outreach with Digital Media Agencies: The policy empowers CBC to panel Digital Media Agencies, further expanding its outreach through various digital platforms.
  • This enhances the ability to effectively communicate government initiatives.
  • Embracing Innovation and Transparency: The policy acknowledges the dynamic nature of the digital landscape and allows CBC to onboard New and Innovative Communication Platforms within the Digital Space.
  • The approval process involves a duly constituted committee.
  • Competitive Bidding and Rate Discovery: An important aspect of the policy is the introduction of competitive bidding for rate discovery, ensuring transparency and efficiency in the selection of advertising rates.
  • Rates discovered through this process remain valid for three years and are applicable to all eligible agencies.

Why is there a need for the Digital Advertisement Policy?

Digital advertising is the promotion of products and services via online platforms like streaming media, websites, and more. Digital advertisements are available in text, image, audio, and video formats.

  • Impact of Digital India Initiative: The government's Digital India initiative has significantly increased the country's internet connectivity, leading to a substantial rise in the number of people engaged with online and social media platforms.
  • Substantial Internet Penetration: Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) reports internet penetration in India surpassing 880 million as of March 2023, highlighting the extensive reach and potential of digital media.
  • Consultative Policy Formation: The Digital Advertisement Policy 2023 has been formulated after extensive discussions involving various stakeholders, ensuring a comprehensive and inclusive approach to its design.
  • Enhancing Citizen Outreach: This policy serves as a roadmap for amplifying the Government of India's digital outreach efforts, aiming to enhance information dissemination to its citizens, aligning with the evolving digital landscape.

About Central Bureau of Communication:

  • Central Bureau of Communication (CBC) is a unit of the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting.
  • It has the mandate of providing 360 degrees communication solutions to Ministries, Departments, Public Sector Undertakings (PSUs), and autonomous bodies.
  • It was set up in December 2017 by the integration of the erstwhile Directorate of Advertising and Visual Publicity (DAVP), Directorate of Field Publicity (DFP), and Song & Drama Division (S&DD).
  • With 23 Regional Offices (ROs) and 148 Field Offices (FOs), CBC is engaged in the process of educating people, both rural and urban, about the Government’s policies and programmes to evoke their participation in developmental activities.
  • As an advisory body to the government on media strategy, CBC aims to elevate the government's image as the key enabler of public empowerment, adapting policies to match the evolving media landscape.
  • CBC comprises divisions such as the Advertising and Visual Communication Division, Folk Communication Division, and Field Communication Division, each employing different forms of communication—ranging from traditional media to live performances—to maximize outreach and understanding of government schemes among the populace.
  • CBC orchestrates comprehensive and integrated communication campaigns that transcend singular advertising efforts, employing a diverse range of communication channels to disseminate information and engage with the public extensively.

Ben Gurion Canal: An Alternative to the Suez Canal (Indian Express)

  • 11 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

Speculation suggests that Israel's desire to control the Gaza Strip, including the elimination of Hamas, may be tied to a long-debated economic opportunity, the Ben Gurion Canal Project.

Historical Context: Ben Gurion Canal Project:

  • This ambitious project aims to chart a course from the Red Sea to the Mediterranean, echoing historic initiatives such as the Suez Canal, which has long been a pivotal maritime route since its completion in the 19th century.
  • The proposed Ben Gurion Canal not only signals Israel’s aspirations to claim a stake in global trade dynamics but also reflects the ongoing quest to expand its geopolitical influence, a narrative that has been part of the region’s history since Israel’s establishment in 1948.

A Rivalry Revived

  • The Ben Gurion Canal, if completed, would challenge the supremacy of the Suez Canal, potentially diverting commerce and reshaping economic currents.
  • The strategic move can be seen as a continuation of the historical tensions that saw Israel and Egypt at odds during the Suez Crisis in 1956, where control over this critical passageway was a central issue.

About the Ben Gurion Canal Project:

  • The Ben Gurion Canal Project, named after Israel’s founding father David Ben-Gurion (1886-1973), remains one of the most ambitious infrastructure projects ever planned on paper.
  • It was first envisioned in the 1960s to create an alternative route to the Suez Canal, potentially enhancing economic prospects in the region.
  • Estimated cost may exceed $100 billion.
  • The idea is to cut a canal through the Israeli-controlled Negev Desert from the tip of the Gulf of Aqaba — the eastern arm of the Red Sea that juts into Israel’s southern tip and south-western Jordan — to the Eastern Mediterranean coast.

Historical Significance of Suez Canal:

  • Upon its 1869 opening, the Suez Canal transformed global maritime trade.
  • Linking the Mediterranean and Red Seas via the Isthmus of Suez, it facilitated direct ship passage between Europe and Asia, circumventing the need to navigate around the entirety of Africa.
  • The canal significantly reduced the travel distance between London and Bombay (now Mumbai) by over 41 percent.
  • During the 2022-23 fiscal year, approximately 26,000 vessels traversed the Suez Canal, contributing to nearly 13 percent of global shipping.

What are the Issues with the Suez Canal?

  • The Suez Canal, stretching 193 km in length, 205 m in width, and 24 m in depth, stands as the world's largest shipping bottleneck.
  • Despite being widened and deepened over the years, it remains perennially congested, with long queues at either end.
  • In March 2021, the mammoth cargo ship Ever Given got stuck in the canal, blocking passage for more than a week.
  • It was estimated that the resulting “traffic jam” held up an estimated $ 9.6 billion of goods every day.
  • Also, Egypt’s control over the waterway has been a source of conflict for almost 70 years now.
  • In 1956, after President Gamal Abdel Nasser (1918-70) decided to nationalise the canal, war broke out, with the UK, France, and Israel attacking Egypt in order to regain control.
  • The Suez Crisis ended in a military victory for the aggressors but an overwhelming political victory for Egypt, which kept control over the canal, which was shut for more than six months due to the conflict.
  • This was also a pivotal moment in the Cold War, with Soviet threats of intervention key to stopping the allied aggression against Egypt.
  • The Suez Canal was also the focal point of both the 1967 and 1973 Arab-Israeli wars, and was shut from 1967-75.
  • However, the canal holds immense significance for Egypt's economy.
  • The Suez Canal Authority collects all toll revenue generated, along with the local economic advantages it provides.
  • In the 2022-23 fiscal year, toll revenues reached a record $9.4 billion for Egypt's Suez Canal Authority, contributing to almost 2 percent of Egypt's GDP, which stood at $476.8 billion, as per the World Bank.

Thus, for the West, a shipping lane through Israel would be ideal:

  • The idea of a new shipping route through Israel has long interested the West.
  • A declassified 1963 US government memo proposed using nuclear explosives to create a 160-mile sea-level canal across Israel, connecting the Mediterranean to the Gulf of Aqaba.
  • This alternative to the Suez Canal was seen as strategically important and potentially beneficial for regional economic development.

What is preventing Israel from constructing the canal?

  • Cost and Complexity: One of the primary obstacles was the immense cost and complexity of such an endeavor.
  • Estimates suggested a price tag of up to $100 billion, significantly higher than the potential cost of widening the existing Suez Canal to address its traffic issues.
  • Consideration of Nuclear Excavation: Due to the high cost of conventional excavation, planners explored the controversial concept of using nuclear explosives for construction, as indicated in a declassified 1963 US government memorandum.
  • Of course, this is also a very dangerous choice due to the possibility of radioactive fallout.
  • Geographical Limitations: The proposed route faced challenges due to the topography and terrain, resulting in a planned canal that was over 100 kilometers longer than the Suez Canal.
  • Economic Viability and Preference for Shorter Routes: Even if the project were to be realized, concerns existed about the economic viability as many ships might continue to favor the shorter, established route via the Suez Canal.
  • Geopolitical Challenges: The region's ongoing military threats, including the constant risk from conflicts and attacks, presented significant concerns for the feasibility and security of a canal carrying billions of dollars in freight daily.

Cash For Query Charges: Mahua Moitra To Be Barred From The LS (Indian Express)

  • 10 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Ethics Committee of Lok Sabha, which inquired into the cash-for-query allegations leveled by BJP MP Nishikant Dubey against TMC MP Mahua Moitra, adopted its draft report Thursday, recommending her expulsion from the 17th Lok Sabha for “unethical conduct” and “serious misdemeanors.”

Cash-for-Query (Mahua Moitra) News Summary:

  • The report recommending Moitra's expulsion was labeled 'prejudiced and incorrect' by 4 opposition panel members.
  • They accused the Ethics Committee chairman and BJP members of breaching rules by leaking panel proceedings.
  • Next Steps: Former Lok Sabha Secretary General P. D. T. Achary states that the speaker now holds the authority to decide whether the report will be made public.
  • In the upcoming parliamentary session, the committee's chairperson will present the report, sparking a debate and a subsequent vote on the member's expulsion.
  • This event could mark a historic moment as it might be the first time the Lok Sabha Ethics Committee suggests an MP's expulsion.
  • A prior 'cash-for-query' case in 2005 saw 11 MPs facing expulsion, but it was the Rajya Sabha Ethics Committee and a Lok Sabha Inquiry Committee that proposed those expulsions.

The 2005 Cash-for-Query Scandal:

  • Back in 2005, a hidden camera sting operation exposed the involvement of 11 Members of Parliament who were allegedly willing to use their positions to promote a company and ask questions in the House in exchange for money.
  • As a result of the parliamentary committee's investigations, 10 Members of Lok Sabha faced expulsion from the lower house.
  • Furthermore, the Rajya Sabha conducted its own inquiry through the Ethics Committee, leading to the expulsion of 1 of its members.
  • In 2007, the Supreme Court upheld these expulsions, asserting that the authority to expel members was within the privileges and immunities of Parliament.
  • This landmark decision was made in the case of Raja Ram Pal v/s The Hon'Ble Speaker.

About the Lok Sabha’s Ethics Committee:

  • Committee Formation:
  • The Speaker appoints members to the Ethics Committee for a one-year term.
  • This 15-member Committee is responsible for investigating complaints about unethical behavior by Lok Sabha Members referred by the Speaker, offering recommendations accordingly.
  • Historical Insight:
  • The concept of ethics panels for both Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha was first discussed at a 1996 conference in Delhi.
  • Vice President K. R. Narayanan established the Rajya Sabha's Ethics Committee in 1997 to oversee moral conduct and examine misconduct cases.
  • The idea for a Lok Sabha Ethics Committee emerged in 1997 but was officially recommended during the 13th Lok Sabha by the Committee of Privileges.
  • An ad hoc Ethics Committee was formed in 2000 by the late Speaker G. M. C. Balayogi, eventually becoming a permanent House fixture in 2015.
  • Handling Complaints:
  • Anyone, through a Lok Sabha MP, can file a complaint against a Member, supported by evidence and a statement verifying the complaint's validity.
  • The Committee also considers self-complaints by Members without the need for an affidavit.
  • The Speaker refers complaints against MPs to the Committee after a preliminary inquiry.
  • Function and Scope:
  • The Committee examines complaints but does not entertain those solely based on media reports or matters under legal consideration.
  • It presents its findings to the Speaker, seeking approval for the report's consideration.
  • There's provision for a brief discussion on the report in the House.

Ethics Committee vs. Privileges Committee: A Comparison

  • Overlap in Responsibilities: The roles of the Ethics Committee and the Privileges Committee often coincide, leading to some shared functions.
  • The regulations, such as those outlined in the Rules of Procedure and Conduct of Business in the Lok Sabha, that are applicable to the Committee of Privileges also extend to the Ethics Committee.
  • Handling Allegations: When an allegation of corruption involving an MP arises, it can be directed to either committee. Typically, more severe accusations are referred to the Privileges Committee.
  • Privileges Committee's Mandate: The primary role of the Privileges Committee is to protect the "freedom, authority, and dignity of Parliament."
  • These privileges apply to individual Members as well as the entire House, ensuring their collective and individual dignity and authority.
  • Breach of Privilege: MPs can be investigated for breaching privilege, and individuals who are not MPs can also face allegations of breaching privilege for actions that challenge the authority and dignity of the House.
  • Ethics Committee's Focus: In contrast, the Ethics Committee's main responsibility is addressing cases of misconduct involving Members of Parliament only.

What Lies Ahead?

The time taken by a Committee depends on the complexity of the case it's handling. However, the Committee lacks the authority to refer cases to investigative agencies like the CBI or the Police. It also doesn't possess executive powers to directly penalize a Member.

Instead, the Committee can recommend the suspension of a Member for a defined period. These recommendations are then presented to the House for approval or rejection, including the suggested punishment. In the event of claims related to unconstitutionality, gross illegality, or denial of natural justice, a Member has the option to challenge the decision in a court of law.

What are the Pollutants in Our Air, and How They Impact Health (Indian Express)

  • 08 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

Rising pollution levels in north India have led to focus returning on the Air Quality Index (AQI) score, a measure of air pollution.

Context:

  • The escalating pollution in northern India has once again drawn attention to the Air Quality Index (AQI) score, which gauges air pollution levels.
  • On Monday, Delhi, for instance, registered an AQI score exceeding 400.
  • This categorizes the air quality as 'severe,' with any reading above 100 indicating at least a moderate level of pollution on the index.

What is the Air Quality Index (AQI)?

  • AQI is a number, which is a measure of air quality.
  • The higher the AQI, the worse the air.
  • The color-coded AQI index was launched in India in 2014, and it helps the public and the government understand the condition of the air and what subsequent measures are to be taken to combat the situation, based on its severity.
  • According to the Central Pollution Control Board, part of the Ministry of Environment, Forests, and Climate Change, the AQI transforms complex air quality data of various pollutants into a single number (index value), nomenclature, and color.
  • The pollutants measured include PM 10, PM 2.5, Nitrogen Dioxide, Ozone, Carbon, etc.
  • There are six categories of AQI, namely ‘Good’ (0-50), ‘Satisfactory’ (51-100), ‘Moderately polluted’ (101-200), ‘Poor’ (201-300), ‘Very Poor’ (301-400), and ‘Severe’ (401-500).

How Pollutants Impact Our Health?

PM 10 and PM 2.5

  • These are extremely fine particulate matter (PM) particles, with the digits accompanying them referring to their diameter.
  • So, PM 10 and PM 2.5 are smaller than 10 and 2.5 microns in their diameter, respectively.
  • One micron is about a thousandth of a millimeter and this tiny size has a role to play in how they impact human health.
  • The finer the particles are, the more difficult it gets to protect oneself from them.
  • Due to their size, the PM 2.5 particles can easily bypass the nose and throat and can enter the circulatory system.
  • The particles can also lead to chronic diseases such as asthma, heart attack, bronchitis, and other respiratory problems.
  • Byproducts of emissions from factories, vehicular pollution, construction activities, and road dust, such particles are not dispersed and stay suspended in the air that we breathe.

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)

  • Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) gets in the air from the burning of fuel, with sources including emissions from vehicles and power plants.
  • Short-term exposure to high levels of NO2 can aggravate respiratory diseases like asthma, and lead to other problems such as coughing or difficulty in breathing.
  • Long-term exposure may also contribute to the development of asthma and could increase susceptibility to respiratory infections.

Ozone (O3)

  • Ozone is a gas that is present in the upper layers of the atmosphere, protecting human health from the impact of the Sun’s UV rays.
  • However, surface-level ozone is among the most significant air pollutants. It is formed by the reaction of atmospheric pollutants in the presence of sunlight.
  • According to the International Journal of Medical Public Health, with the increase in surface ozone levels, there is a likelihood of an increase in the risk of hospital admissions for Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Diseases (COPD) and the number of cardiovascular and respiratory deaths.

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

  • The largest source of SO2 in the atmosphere is the burning of fossil fuels by power plants and other industrial facilities.
  • Additional sources are industrial processes and natural sources such as volcanoes.
  • As with other gases, SO2 exposure is harmful to the cardiovascular system and can lead to the development of respiratory illnesses.
  • SO2 can also react with other compounds to form particulate matter.
  • At high concentrations, gaseous SOx can harm trees and plants by damaging foliage and decreasing growth.

Ammonia (NH3)

  • A 2017 NASA-funded study said that in India, “A broad increase in fertilizer use coupled with large contributions from livestock waste have resulted in the world’s highest concentrations of atmospheric ammonia.”
  • While gaseous ammonia is a natural part of Earth’s nitrogen cycle, excess ammonia is harmful to plants and reduces air and water quality.
  • In the troposphere –where all weather takes place and where people live – ammonia gas reacts with nitric and sulfuric acids to form nitrate-containing particles.
  • Those particles contribute to aerosol pollution that is damaging to human health.
  • Ammonia gas can also fall back to Earth and enter lakes, streams, and oceans, where it contributes to harmful algal blooms and “dead zones” with dangerously low oxygen levels.

Lead (Pb)

  • Lead is a naturally occurring toxic metal found in the Earth’s crust. But in increased quantities, exposure to it becomes extremely dangerous to health.
  • Important sources of environmental contamination come from mining, smelting, manufacturing and even recycling activities.
  • Young children are particularly vulnerable to lead poisoning because they absorb four to five times as much ingested lead as adults from a given source.
  • Children who survive severe lead poisoning may be left with permanent intellectual disability and behavioral disorders.

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

  • A toxic, colorless, and odorless gas, it is given off when fuel containing carbon, such as wood, coal, and petrol, is burned.
  • If CO levels are high enough, a person may become unconscious and die. Long-term exposure has been linked with an increased risk of heart disease.

Extension of PM Garib Kalyan Ann Yojana (PMGKAY) (Indian Express)

  • 06 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

Recently, Prime Minister Narendra Modi said that the Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Anna Yojana, the Centre’s free ration scheme that aids 80 crore poor, will be extended for five more years.

News Summary

  • Prime Minister Narendra Modi, announced the extension of the free foodgrain provision under the National Food Security Act, 2013 for the next five years.
  • The PM Garib Kalyan Ann Yojana (PMGKAY) scheme, which was originally set to end in December 2023, will now continue.
  • This scheme was introduced in 2020 during the COVID-19 pandemic to provide free food grains to beneficiaries under the National Food Security Act, 2013.

What is Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Ann/Anna Yojana (PM-GKAY)?

  • The Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Anna Yojana (PMGKAY) was launched in April 2020 as a part of the Atmanirbhar Bharat initiative to help the poor people whose livelihoods were shuttered by a countrywide lockdown aimed at containing the spread of the Covid-19.
  • It was a part of Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Package (PMGKP) to help the poor fight the battle against Covid-19.
  • Under this scheme, about 80 crore beneficiaries covered under the National Food Security Act (NFSA) get free 5 kg foodgrains per person per month.
  • This assistance is in addition to the subsidised ration provided under the National Food Security Act (NFSA), allowing families covered under the Public Distribution System (PDS) to access essential food items at a nominal cost ranging from Rs 1 to Rs 3 per kilogram.
  • Objective of PM-GKAY: To feed India's poorest citizens by distributing food grain to all priority households—those with ration cards and those designated by the Antyodaya Anna Yojana scheme—through the Public Distribution System.
  • The Antyodaya Anna Yojana is a centrally sponsored scheme that was introduced in 2000 with the goal of giving millions of the poorest households access to heavily subsidized food.
  • To ensure the availability of protein, 1 kg of pulses were provided to families (as per regional preferences)
  • Implementing Agency: Department of Food and Public Distribution, Ministry of Consumer Affairs, Food and Public Distribution.

Who is eligible for the scheme?

  • Families eligible for PM-GKAY include those under the Antyodaya Anna Yojana (AAY) and Priority Household (PHH) categories.
  • PHH beneficiaries are identified by state governments and Union territory administrations based on their specific criteria.
  • This ensures that households in most need receive the necessary support.
  • AAY families, comprising widows, terminally ill persons, disabled individuals, elderly individuals without means of subsistence or societal support, primitive tribal households, and various vulnerable categories, are also eligible for the scheme.

The merger of PMGKAY and NFSA:

  • In January 2023, the government approved the integration of PM-GKAY benefits with the provisions of the NFSA Act.
  • This integration will streamline the delivery of free food grains.
  • It also ensures that families falling under the Antyodaya Ann Yojana (AAY) and priority households (PHH) categories receive free food grains according to their entitlement under NFSA.
  • For the financial year 2023-24, the central government has allocated around 60 mt of food grain under the NFSA.
  • This includes around 40 mt of rice, 19 mt of wheat, and 1 mt of coarse grains.
  • The central issue price (CIP), the rate at which grains are made available to NFSA beneficiaries, is Rs 3 per kg for rice, Rs 2 per kg for wheat, and Rs 1 per kg for coarse cereals.

Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Package (PMGKP) vs PMGKAY:

  • The Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Package (PMGKP) was introduced in the wake of the Covid-19 pandemic to provide economic relief to the vulnerable sections of society.
  • Launched in March 2020, the scheme included various measures such as free food grains, cash transfers, and insurance coverage for healthcare workers, among others, to support those affected by the pandemic and the subsequent lockdown measures.
  • The insurance scheme under PMGKP covered Rs 50 lakh per health worker fighting Covid-19.
  • This insurance scheme was further extended by 180 days in April 2022.

What is National Food Security Act (NFSA), 2013?

  • The National Food Security Act (NFSA) was notified on 10th September, 2013.
  • The objective of this scheme was to provide for food and nutritional security in the human life cycle approach, by ensuring access to adequate quantities of quality food at affordable prices for people to live a life with dignity.
  • Coverage: 75% of the rural population and up to 50% of the urban population for receive subsidized food grains under the Targeted Public Distribution System (TPDS).
  • Overall, NFSA caters to 67% of the total population.
  • State governments are tasked with identifying Antyodaya Anna Yojana (AAY - poorest of the poor) and priority households (PHH) beneficiaries within the Targeted Public Distribution System (TPDS)-covered population.
  • Provisions: 5 Kg of foodgrains per person per month at Rs. 3/2/1 per Kg for rice/wheat/coarse grains.
  • The existing AAY household will continue to receive 35 Kg of foodgrains per household per month.
  • Meal and maternity benefits of not less than Rs. 6,000 to pregnant women and lactating mothers during pregnancy and six months after childbirth.
  • Meals for children up to 14 years of age.
  • Food security allowance to beneficiaries in case of non-supply of entitled foodgrains or meals.
  • Setting up of grievance redressal mechanisms at the district and state levels.

What are the Challenges and the Issues?

  • Inadequate Coverage: The National Food Security Act relies on data from the last census in 2011, leaving out a growing number of food-insecure individuals who have emerged since then.
  • Financial Burden: Sustaining the program imposes a significant financial burden on the government, necessitating a continuous supply of affordable grains.
  • In 2022, India had to impose restrictions on wheat and rice exports due to unpredictable weather conditions affecting harvests, adding pressure to food prices and unsettling global agricultural markets.
  • Fiscal Deficit Concerns: The extension of the program could potentially jeopardize the government's goal of further reducing the fiscal deficit to 6.4% of the gross domestic product.
  • Impact on Inflation: The program's continuation may also influence inflation rates, particularly in the case of rice and wheat, which contribute around 10% to India's retail inflation.
  • Decreased production caused by factors like heatwaves and irregular monsoons has led to rising prices for these essential food items.

CAR-T Cell Therapy (Indian Express)

  • 03 Nov 2023

Why is it in the News?

The drugs regulator has granted market authorisation to India's breakthrough CAR-T cell therapy for patients with B-cell lymphomas who didn't respond to standard treatments like chemotherapy.

News Summary:

  • India’s first indigenously developed Chimeric Antigen Receptor (CAR)-T Cell T therapy, a cutting-edge treatment for specific types of cancer patients, has shown promising results and could be the safest therapy in this category so far, researchers have said.
  • The therapy was tested on six paediatric patients of Acute Lymphocytic Leukaemia and 10 adults suffering from B-cell lymphoma as part of phase one clinical trials by researchers associated with the Tata Memorial Hospital in Mumbai and the Indian Institute of Technology, Bombay.

What is CAR-T cell therapy, and how do CAR-T cells find and destroy cancer cells?

  • CAR-T is a revolutionary therapy that modifies immune cells, specifically T-cells, by turning them into potent cancer fighters known as CAR-T cells.
  • T-cells are special cells (white blood cells that find and fight illness and infection) whose primary function is cytotoxic, meaning they can kill other cells.
  • In CAR-T therapy, we genetically modify them into cancer-fighting cells. These supercharged cells are then put back into the body, and they go after cancer cells — especially in blood cancers like leukaemia and lymphomas.

Here's how CAR-T cell therapy works?

  • Collection: First, a patient's T cells are taken from their blood through a process called "leukapheresis."
  • Genetic Modification: These T cells are then sent to a laboratory where they are genetically modified to make them better at attacking cancer.
  • Preparation: Before the modified T cells are returned to the patient, the patient typically undergoes several days of chemotherapy.
  • This chemotherapy helps create the right environment in the body for the modified T cells to work against the cancer.
  • Infusion: Once the environment is ready, the patient receives an infusion of the modified T cells.
  • This process is similar to receiving a blood transfusion and takes about 30 to 90 minutes.
  • Activation: The CAR-T cells become active and start to attack the cancer cells.
  • However, this activation process can lead to side effects, such as a high fever, a fast heart rate, low blood pressure, and low blood oxygen levels.
  • Some patients may also experience temporary neurological effects like confusion, tremors, and difficulty communicating.
  • Recovery typically occurs within two weeks after one cycle of the treatment.
  • Approximately 70% of patients respond to the treatment, with variations between leukaemia and lymphoma cases.
  • About 50% of these responsive patients achieve a complete response.

How effective and different is this from other cancer treatments like, say, chemotherapy?

  • While chemotherapy and immunotherapy may add a few months or years to a cancer patient’s life, cell-and-gene therapy is designed to cure and provide lifelong benefits.
  • It makes treatment easier with a one-time therapy [unlike several sessions of chemotherapy] that can be truly transformative [for a patient].
  • It’s a lifeline for non-responsive cancer patients.

What is NexCAR19?

  • NexCar19 is a type of CAR-T and gene therapy developed indigenously in India by ImmunoACT, which is a company incubated at IIT Bombay.
  • This therapy is designed to target cancer cells that carry the CD19 protein.
  • This protein acts like a flag on cancer cells, which allows CAR-T cells to recognise and attach themselves to the cancer cells and start the process of elimination.
  • India is now one of the first developing countries to have its indigenous CAR-T and gene therapy platform.
  • Even some developed nations don’t have their own CAR-T therapies; they import them from the United States or Europe.

Who is eligible for the NexCAR19 therapy?

  • This therapy is for people with B-cell lymphomas who didn’t respond to standard treatments like chemotherapy, leading to relapse or recurrence of the cancer.
  • B-cell lymphoma is a kind of cancer that begins in white blood cells called lymphocytes.
  • Lymphocytes produce antibodies, which are proteins that aid in the fight against infections.
  • They are frequently discovered in lymph nodes and other lymphoid organs, like the spleen.

Are the children eligible for this therapy too?

  • B-cell leukaemia is most common among children.
  • The paediatric trial phase is currently underway at the Tata Memorial Hospital, in collaboration with IIT-Bombay.
  • Although the therapy for children will not be any different, for now, ImmunoACT has received CDSCO approval for use in patients aged 15 years and older.

Is there any side-effects of this therapy?

  • It significantly reduces drug-related toxicities, causing minimal harm to neurons and the central nervous system—a condition known as neurotoxicity.
  • Neurotoxicity can occasionally occur when CAR-T cells recognize the CD19 protein and access the brain, potentially leading to life-threatening situations.
  • Additionally, the therapy results in minimal Cytokine Release Syndrome (CRS), characterized by inflammation and hyperinflammation in the body due to the death of a substantial number of tumor cells.

Conclusion

The treatment is not intended for someone who is newly diagnosed. Instead, it’s an alternative for those who already have gone through other more conventional cancer therapy, such as chemotherapy or immunotherapy, and that treatment has been unsuccessful.

A considerable amount of research is underway to see if CAR-T cell therapy could be appropriate as a treatment for different forms of cancer, too, including other blood cancers such as multiple myeloma. So if a patient has a type of cancer that hasn’t responded well to traditional treatment, it may be worthwhile to explore the possibility of enrolling in a clinical research trial that’s using CAR-T cell therapy.

Kerala Blast: Who are Jehovah’s Witnesses (Indian Express)

  • 30 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • Two people were killed and scores injured after a series of blasts at a Sunday prayer convention of the Jehovah’s Witnesses sect near Kochi.
  • The incident took place at the Zamra International Convention and Exhibition Centre at Kalamassery, where around 2,500 faithful from across the state had gathered for a prayer session.
  • Dominic Martin, an estranged member of Jehovah’s Witnesses, who is now in police custody, posted a video on social media taking responsibility for the act.

Who are Jehovah’s Witnesses?

  • Jehovah’s Witnesses are a Christian sect with a distinctive monotheistic belief system.
  • They do not adhere to the Holy Trinity doctrine, which sees God as existing in three equal persons: the Father, the Son (Jesus Christ), and the Holy Spirit.
  • Origins in the 1870s:
  • The sect's origins trace back to the Bible Student movement initiated in the 1870s by American pastor Charles Taze Russell.
  • Today, the Governing Body of Jehovah’s Witnesses is headquartered in Warwick, New York.
  • The primary organization responsible for disseminating the sect's doctrines is the Watch Tower Bible and Tract Society of Pennsylvania, also headquartered in Warwick.
  • Worship of Jehovah:
  • They worship Jehovah as "the one true and Almighty God, the Creator."
  • Jehovah is viewed as the God of key biblical figures, including Abraham, Moses, and Jesus.
  • Their places of worship are called "Kingdom Halls," which are plain, functional buildings resembling small conference centers.
  • View of Jesus Christ:
  • Jehovah’s Witnesses recognize Jesus Christ as the "King of God’s Kingdom in heaven" but not as the Almighty God.
  • Their beliefs are solely based on the text of the Bible, which they consider to be the word of God.
  • Rejection of Traditional Festivals:
  • They do not celebrate Christmas or Easter, as they believe these festivals have roots in Pagan traditions.
  • Evangelical Work and End-Times Beliefs
  • Door-to-Door Evangelism:
  • Jehovah’s Witnesses are well-known for their evangelical work, which involves going door to door to share their religious teachings, often referred to as "The Truth."
  • They believe that the end of the world is imminent.
  • According to their teachings, the "Kingdom of God" will replace human governments and fulfill God's purpose for the Earth.
  • Religious Isolation:
  • Jehovah’s Witnesses tend to keep a distance from other religious groups.
  • They maintain strict neutrality in political affairs and avoid affiliation with other religions.
  • Despite their own religious isolation, they respect the choices made by individuals in matters of religion and politics.
  • Political Neutrality:
  • Jehovah’s Witnesses are well-known for their political neutrality, which sets them apart from many other religious groups.
  • While they accept government authority in many matters and pay taxes, they do not vote in elections, serve in the military, or salute the flag.
  • They believe that engaging in such acts compromises their primary loyalty to God.

Jehovah’s Witnesses: A History of Persecution

  • Jehovah’s Witnesses have no political affiliations, and they renounce violence. However, they make an easy target for governments looking for internal enemies, as they refuse to bow down to government symbols. Many nationalists call them “enemies of the state.”
  • As a result, they have often suffered persecution throughout history in many parts of the world.
  • In Nazi Germany, they were killed in concentration camps.
  • African Jehovah’s Witnesses faced violence for refusing to support dictators.

Jehovah’s Witnesses in India:

  • Jehovah’s Witnesses have been present in India since 1905.
  • They established an office in 1926 in Bombay (now Mumbai), and obtained legal registration in 1978.
  • The Jehovah’s Witnesses website (jw.org) mentions that their members in India have at times been accused of trying to convert people due to their evangelical work.

Jehovah’s Witnesses and National Anthem Case:

  • Bijoe Emmanuel & Ors vs State Of Kerala & Ors
  • In 1985, three Jehovah’s Witness students in Kerala faced suspension for refusing to sing the national anthem on religious grounds.
  • Their case reached the Supreme Court in 1986, emphasizing the freedom of conscience enshrined in Article 25 of the Constitution.
  • The Supreme Court ruled that respectfully standing, without vocal participation, during the anthem did not violate the Prevention of Insults to National Honour Act of 1971.
  • This landmark case balanced religious freedom with national symbols, setting a significant precedent in India's legal history.

India-Qatar Relations: Death Sentence to Eight Former Indian Navy Officers (Indian Express)

  • 28 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

In a setback to India’s efforts at securing their release, eight former personnel of the Indian Navy, arrested in an alleged case of espionage, were handed the death sentence by a court in Qatar.

About India- Qatar Relations:

  • Economic Cooperation: Economic cooperation is a cornerstone of the India-Qatar relationship.
  • Qatar exports products like LNG, LPG, chemicals, petrochemicals, fertilizers, plastics, and aluminum articles to India.
  • India exports cereals, copper articles, iron and steel articles, vegetables, and fruits to Qatar.
  • In 2021, India ranked among the top four largest export destinations for Qatar and is among the top three sources of Qatar's imports, with bilateral trade totaling approximately $15 billion.
  • The India-Qatar Start-up Bridge is a collaborative initiative to connect the startup ecosystems of both nations.
  • Energy Partnership: Qatar is a significant supplier of LNG to India, and this energy partnership has grown over the years.
  • India's total imports from Qatar in FY2022-23 were valued at $16.81 billion, of which LNG imports alone were worth $8.32 billion.
  • Political and Diplomatic Relations: Both countries maintain strong political ties. High-level visits by leaders from both sides have led to the signing of various agreements and Memorandums of Understanding (MoUs) covering diverse areas, including defense, trade, and investment.
  • For instance, former PM Manmohan Singh’s visit in November 2008
  • In November 2022, Vice President Jagdeep Dhankar traveled to Doha for the FIFA World Cup and addressed the Indian diaspora.
  • Cultural and People-to-People Exchanges: The cultural aspect of the relationship is strengthened by the presence of a large Indian community in Qatar.
  • An extensive Indian community of over 800,000 individuals resides in Qatar, fostering strong ties between the two nations through expatriates.
  • The Qatar Fund for Development (QFFD) provided COVID-19 medical relief materials to India.
  • Defense Collaboration: The two countries have explored defense collaboration and joint military exercises, strengthening their defense ties and strategic partnerships.
  • For instance, Joint military exercises, such as the Za’ir-Al-Bahr (Roar of Sea) naval exercise, promote cooperation between the Indian and Qatari Navies.
  • The 2008 Defense Cooperation Agreement is a pivotal aspect of India-Qatar relations, involving mutual training and visits, notably for the Qatari Emiri Naval Forces in India.
  • Maritime collaboration includes interactions between Indian and Qatari ports.
  • Education and Skill Development: Qatar has also partnered with India in the field of education and skill development, providing opportunities for Indian workers to enhance their skills and employability.
  • For instance, 14 Indian schools in Qatar are offering CBSE curricula.

What are the challenges associated with the India-Qatar relationship?

  • Detention of 8 Ex-Navy Personnel: Eight former Indian Navy personnel are imprisoned in Qatar, with some facing the death sentence.
    • This is a significant concern, particularly as a large Indian expatriate community resides in Qatar.
  • Strained Relations Post-2017 Qatar Blockade: India's engagement with nations like Saudi Arabia and the UAE has strained its relationship to some extent with Qatar due to the Gulf blockade in 2017.
  • Geopolitical Complexities within OIC: Qatar, in collaboration with Turkey, Pakistan, and Malaysia, has challenged the UAE and Saudi Arabia within the Organization of Islamic Cooperation (OIC), raising concerns for India.
  • Support for Militant Groups: Qatar's alignment with Iran and its support for groups like the Muslim Brotherhood and Hamas have caused tensions with India.
  • Historical Rivalry with Israel: Qatar and Israel have a historical enmity, and India's growing ties with Israel have not been well-received by the Qatari leadership.
  • Controversy Over Prophet Comments: Controversy arose due to comments by an Indian ruling party spokesperson against the Prophet.
    • Qatar demanded a public apology, which was resolved after the spokesperson was removed from their position.
  • Media Concerns About Minorities: Qatar's media (i.e. Al Jazeera) has expressed concerns about the treatment of minorities by the ruling government, further impacting bilateral relations.
  • Participation in US-Led Initiatives: India's involvement in U.S.-led initiatives like I2U2 and the IMEEEC has contributed to strained relations with Qatar, particularly in light of the Hamas attacks and the Abraham Accords.

Why is Qatar important to India's Look West Policy despite these challenges?

  • Geopolitical Significance: Qatar hosts leaders from various opposition and militant movements, including Hamas, the Muslim Brotherhood, and the Taliban, positioning itself as a key player in the intricate dynamics of the Islamic world.
  • Global and Regional Interests: Qatar houses American and Turkish military bases while maintaining diplomatic ties with Iran, which significantly influences the geopolitics of the region.
  • Soft Power Influence: Qatar wields substantial soft power through the government-owned Al Jazeera broadcaster, allowing it to shape opinions across the region.
  • GCC Membership: Qatar's membership in the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) holds strategic importance for India, especially concerning regional matters such as Kashmir.
  • UNSC Support: Qatar's support is crucial for India's pursuit of a permanent seat on the United Nations Security Council.
  • Business Relationships: Numerous major Indian companies operate in Qatar, fostering economic ties between the two nations.
  • Gulf Stability: The stability of the Gulf region is of paramount importance to India's energy and maritime security, underscoring the significant role Qatar plays in this context.

What are the options available for India in the present case?

  • Legal Recourse and Diplomatic Pressure: In response to the verdict, India is actively pursuing a range of legal options and retains the possibility of escalating the matter to the International Court of Justice (ICJ) if due process is not followed.
  • Transfer of Sentenced Persons: There exists a bilateral agreement for the transfer of sentenced prisoners, enabling Indian nationals sentenced in Qatar to serve their sentences in India.
  • Economic Influence: India's substantial market for Qatar's LNG stands as a potent economic leverage.
  • Given India's sustained growth and energy demands, Qatar maintains a vested interest in nurturing a robust economic relationship.
  • This opens avenues for potential concessions and a review of trade agreements that could mutually benefit both nations.
  • Prudent Diplomacy: Effectively navigating challenges and engaging in constructive dialogue underscores the importance of diplomacy in resolving international disputes.
  • For instance, India is dedicated to providing consular and legal support and has raised the verdict issue with Qatari authorities, particularly in light of families filing a mercy plea with the Emir of Qatar.

Conclusion

The situation involving the 8 Indian citizens and former naval servicemen necessitates a concerted effort involving legal, diplomatic, and humanitarian actions. The government must place a strong emphasis on negotiations with Qatari authorities, potentially warranting high-level intervention. At this juncture, a swift and diplomatic approach, rather than brinkmanship, is of utmost importance.

Canada-India Standoff and Vienna Convention (Indian Express)

  • 25 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • Relationships between India and Canada, which were already tense, have gotten worse as a result of Canada's most recent accusation that India has unilaterally revoked the diplomatic immunity of Canadian diplomats based in India.
  • According to Canada, India has violated both the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations (VCDR) and international law.

Context:

  • The recent diplomatic dispute between India and Canada arose due to controversial comments by Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau linking Indian agents to the killing of a Khalistani separatist leader.
  • In response, India demanded that Canada withdraw 41 of its diplomats to ensure parity in diplomatic representation.
  • India cited provisions of the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations to justify its demand.
  • The convention allows the receiving state to limit the size of a diplomatic mission to a reasonable number.
  • Canada complied with India's demand, withdrawing the 41 diplomats, but expressed concerns about potential violations of the Vienna Convention.
  • This ongoing dispute between India and Canada has brought attention to the Vienna Convention and its rules governing diplomatic relations between states.

What is the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations?

  • The Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations (1961) is a United Nations treaty that set some common principles and terms on how countries must treat each other’s diplomatic representatives, in order to ensure friendly relations and maintain proper communication channels between countries.
  • It was approved on April 14, 1961, at the Neue Hofburg in Vienna, Austria, during the United Nations Conference on Diplomatic Intercourse and Immunities.
  • 193 nations have ratified the convention as of right now.
  • India ratified it through the Diplomatic Relations (Vienna Convention) Act of 1972.

Major Provisions of the Vienna Convention:

  • Diplomatic immunity is one of the Convention's guiding principles.
  • It guarantees that ambassadors can carry out their responsibilities without intimidation, fear, or threat.
  • Diplomats are exempt from arrest and detention under Article 29 of the Convention.
  • The host nation is obliged to treat the diplomatic agent with due respect and to take all reasonable precautions to shield the diplomat's person, liberty, or dignity from any harm or violation.

Does India Have the Right to Ask Any Country to Reduce the Size of its Mission?

  • Yes, India has every right to make unilateral decisions and it’s actions are entirely compliant with the parity clause.
  • According to the Ministry of External Affairs, India's action is consistent with Article 11(1) of the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations (VCDR).
  • According to Article 11.1 of the Convention, the host nation may set reasonable and suitable restrictions on the size of a foreign diplomatic mission, taking into account the specific needs of the mission as well as the conditions and circumstances that currently exist in the host country.
  • The receiving State may, at any time and without cause, declare the head of the mission or any member of the diplomatic staff persona non grata, or unwelcome, in accordance with Article 9 of the Convention.
  • According to MEA, India feels that a reciprocal diplomatic presence in both nations is necessary due to the significantly greater number of Canadian diplomats in India and their ongoing meddling in (India's) internal affairs.
  • People with diplomatic privileges and immunities are required by Article 41(1) of the VCDR to refrain from meddling in the domestic affairs of the receiving state.
  • Therefore, it would be a violation of Canada's VCDR if these Canadian diplomats were meddling in internal matters in India.
  • Additionally, this may be cause to revoke or limit diplomatic immunity.
  • In Line with India’s Diplomatic Relations Act of 1972,
  • India passed this law in accordance with the Diplomatic Relations Act of 1972 to give the VCDR effect.
  • According to Section 4 of this Act, if a nation violates the VCDR, the central government may limit diplomatic privileges and immunities granted to that nation.

International Precedents and Legal Grounds for India's Actions:

  • UK's Restriction on the Soviet Mission: The United Kingdom imposed restrictions on the Soviet Union's mission in the UK due to the discovery of Russian diplomats involved in unacceptable activities.
  • The UK invoked Article 11 of the VCDR to substantiate its decision.
  • US Measures against the Iranian Mission (1979): In 1979, the United States exercised its authority to limit the number of Iranian diplomats stationed in Washington.
  • Estonia and Moldova's Approach to the Russian Mission: Earlier this year, Moldova and Estonia both requested Russia to reduce the size of its mission, emphasizing the principle of parity.
  • In justifying their actions, both Moldova and Estonia relied on Article 11 of the VCDR.
  • Moldova alleged the involvement of Russian diplomats in destabilizing Moldova's internal situation, while Estonia argued that Russian diplomats were actively undermining its security.

Conclusion

Beyond the legal aspects, a larger issue is the current lack of trust between Ottawa and New Delhi. Both sides should focus on adopting confidence-building measures to address this issue.

Allegations of breaching international law could further strain the situation and hinder diplomatic relations.

Allocation of Election Symbols to Political Parties in India (Indian Express)

  • 24 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • The Supreme Court declined to hear a petition that the ruling Telangana's Bharat Rashtra Samiti (BRS) party filed challenging the attribution of election symbols to two other parties.
  • BRS contended that the symbols 'road roller' and 'chapatti roller' given to 'Yuga Thulasi Party' and 'Alliance of Democratic Reforms Party' resembled BRS's car symbol, potentially causing confusion among voters during elections.
  • The Supreme Court declined the petition, expressing confidence in voters' ability to distinguish between the symbols.

How are Election Symbols Allotted to Political Parties in India?

  • The Election Commission of India (ECI) is responsible for symbol allotment, operating under The Election Symbols (Reservation and Allotment) Order, 1968.
  • This order aims to specify, reserve, choose, and allocate symbols for elections in Parliamentary and Assembly Constituencies, primarily for recognized political parties.
  • Symbols can be either reserved for exclusive use by recognized political parties or 'free' for unrecognised registered parties.
  • Unrecognized registered parties or candidates can choose from 'free' symbols because they have not secured enough percentage of votes to fulfill the prescribed criteria to become a recognised party.
  • Once selected by parties, these symbols become 'free' for others to choose in subsequent elections.
  • Recognized national and state parties receive exclusive symbols.
  • For instance, the Samajwadi Party leader Mulayam Singh Yadav chose the symbol of a bicycle for the 1993 Uttar Pradesh Assembly polls.
  • The ECI announces party symbols through notifications published in the Gazette of India.
  • As per recent notifications, there are six national parties, 26 state parties, and 2,597 registered unrecognised parties in India.

Do political parties get to state their preferences?

  • The 1968 order empowers the Election Commission (EC) to manage the specification, reservation, choice, and allocation of symbols for parliamentary and assembly elections, particularly for recognizing political parties.
  • Unregistered parties are required to provide a list of ten symbols in order of preference from the set of free symbols published by the EC.
  • Parties have the option to propose up to three new symbols of their choice.
  • These proposals should include names and clear designs, ranked in order of preference.
  • The EC may consider these proposals for allocation as a common symbol if no objections arise.
  • Proposed symbols must not resemble existing reserved or free symbols, have no religious or communal connotations, and should not depict birds or animals.

What happens when a recognised political party splits?

  • When a recognised political party splits, the Election Commission takes the decision to assign the symbol.
  • For instance, the Congress party, in the first elections of 1952, had a pair of bulls as its symbols. Following splits in the party over the years, the current symbol of hand eventually went to the party.
  • More recently, the EC allowed the Eknath Shinde faction of the Shiv Sena to retain the party’s traditional bow and arrow symbol, while the Udbhav Tackeray faction was allotted a flaming torch.
  • The factions had asked for the trident (Trishul) and the mace (Gada), which were rejected citing religious connotations.
  • Both factions had also wanted the ‘rising sun’, which the EC pointed out was the DMK’s election symbol.
  • In case of a split, the EC is empowered to decide on the claims of opposing factions under Paragraph 15 of the Symbols Order, 1968.
  • After considering all of the relevant information, considering the circumstances of the case, and consulting with the parties' representatives, the EC makes a decision.
  • All of these rival sections or groups are bound by the Commission's decision.
  • When registered but unrecognized parties split, the ECI usually advises the warring factions to settle their differences internally or go to court.

Sadiq Ali Case

  • In the Sadiq Ali v. Election Commission of India (1971), it was decided that in matters of disputes among groups of a political party, the test of majority support among members of the party's "organizational and legislative wings" was the critical test to decide the dispute.
  • It includes the Party Constitution Test, Party Constitution Aims and Objectives Test, and Majority Test.

What happens to the faction that doesn't receive the symbol of the parent party?

  • Before 1997, the Election Commission recognized the group not obtaining the symbol based on specific criteria defined in Paras 6 and 7 of the Symbols Order.
  • This recognition depended on whether the breakaway party had the support of a sufficient number of MPs/MLAs according to those criteria, leading to their recognition as a National or State Party.
  • However, in 1997, the Election Commission determined that merely having MPs and MLAs was insufficient.
  • This was because these elected representatives had contested and won elections on the tickets of their parent (undivided) parties.
  • Consequently, the Election Commission introduced a new rule.
  • Under this rule, the splinter group of the party, different from the group that received the party symbol, was required to register itself as a separate political party.
  • These newly registered parties could only attain national or state party status based on their performance in elections at the state or central level following their registration.

Registration of Political Parties:

  • According to the Election Commission of India (ECI), any party seeking registration must submit an application to the Commission within 30 days of the date of its formation in accordance with the Commission's rules.
  • It acts in accordance with Article 324 of the Indian Constitution and Section 29A of the Representation of the People Act, 1951.
  • According to Section 29A of the Representation of the People Act of 1951, all political parties must register before participating in elections.

Supreme Court’s Same-sex Marriage Verdict (Indian Express)

  • 18 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

A five-judge Constitution Bench led by Chief Justice of India (CJI) D Y Chandrachud unanimously rejected same-sex marriage recognition. In a 3-2 majority decision, the Bench also refused to authorize civil unions for non-heterosexual couples.

What is the Supreme Court's Observation?

The Denial of Marriage as a Fundamental Right:

  • All five judges on the Bench agreed that there's no fundamental right to marry in the Constitution.

Limitations on Modifying the Special Marriage Act (SMA), 1954:

  • They also unanimously agreed that changing the Special Marriage Act (SMA) of 1954 using gender-neutral language to allow same-sex marriage isn't possible.
  • The petitioners wanted the Supreme Court to interpret the word marriage as being between spouses instead of man and woman.
  • Alternatively, they asked for removing the gender-restrictive provisions of the SMA.
  • The Chief Justice of India (CJI) said that striking down the SMA provisions would impact the legal framework for interfaith and inter-caste couples.
  • Interpreting the SMA in a gender-neutral way, he added, would be like making new laws from the judiciary, which goes against the separation of powers.

Rejection of Civil Unions for Non-Heterosexual Couples:

  • The bench ruled 3:2 against allowing civil unions for non-heterosexual couples.
  • The minority judges believed that the right to form unions comes from the fundamental right to freedom of speech and expression, and the right to life.
  • They argued that the right to enter into a union shouldn't be restricted based on sexual orientation, as it's a violation of Article 15 of the Constitution.
  • The majority view was that it's the legislature's role, not the Court's, to recognize and grant legal status to non-heterosexual relationships formally.
  • Regarding rights for non-heterosexual couples, all five judges noted that a high-level Cabinet committee will consider the rights that can be given to non-heterosexual couples.
  • This could include joint bank accounts, same-sex spouses being beneficiaries for provident funds, pensions, inheritance, and making medical decisions for the other spouse.

Considerations on Adoption Rights of Children:

  • On the rights to adopt children, the Supreme Court unanimously agreed that one's sexual orientation shouldn't determine one’s suitability to be adoptive parents.
  • However, in a 3:2 split verdict, the Court upheld the existing regulations that deny unmarried couples, including queer individuals, the right to adopt a child as a couple.
  • Since same-sex marriage isn't legal in India, they also cannot adopt children as a couple.
  • In 2022, the Central Adoption Resource Authority (CARA) issued new Adoption Regulations, requiring a couple to be in a stable marital relationship for two years to be eligible for adoption.
  • This made it impossible for queer couples to adopt, as it prohibited individuals in live-in relationships from adopting children.
  • The minority view by CJI Chandrachud and Justice Kaul argued that CARA's guidelines discriminate against unconventional, unmarried couples seeking to adopt children.

What is the Legal Status of Same-Sex Marriages in India?

  • The right to marry isn't explicitly recognized as a fundamental or constitutional right in the Indian Constitution; instead, it's a statutory right.
  • However, the recognition of marriage as a fundamental right has evolved through judicial decisions by India's Supreme Court.
  • These legal declarations are binding on all courts throughout India under Article 141 of the Constitution.

Earlier Views of the Supreme Court on Same-Sex Marriages:

  • Marriage as a Fundamental Right (Shafin Jahan v. Asokan K.M. and others 2018):
  • The Supreme Court, while referring to Article 16 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the Puttaswamy case, determined that the right to marry a person of one's choice is an integral aspect of Article 21 of the Constitution.
  • Article 16 (2) in the Indian Constitution prohibits discrimination based on religion, race, caste, sex, descent, place of birth, residence, or any of these factors.
  • The right to marry is an inherent part of the liberty guaranteed by the Constitution as a fundamental right, as it pertains to individuals' ability to make decisions crucial to their pursuit of happiness, including matters of belief and faith.
  • LGBTQ Community's Entitlement to Constitutional Rights (Navtej Singh Johar and others v. Union of India 2018):
  • The Supreme Court ruled that members of the LGBTQ community "are entitled, just like all other citizens, to the complete spectrum of constitutional rights, including the liberties protected by the Constitution."
  • They have the right to equal citizenship and "equal protection of the law.

What are the Arguments Supporting Same-Sex Marriage?

  • Equal Rights and Protection Under the Law: Every person, regardless of their sexual orientation, has the fundamental right to marry and build a family.
  • Parity in Legal Rights: Same-sex couples should enjoy the same legal rights and safeguards as heterosexual couples.
  • Combating Discrimination: The non-recognition of same-sex marriage constitutes discrimination that undermines the dignity of LGBTQIA+ couples.
  • Strengthening Families and Communities: Marriage offers social and economic advantages to couples and their families, which are equally valuable to same-sex couples.
  • Cohabitation as a Fundamental Right: The Chief Justice of India (CJI) has recognized cohabitation as a fundamental right, emphasizing the government's responsibility to legally acknowledge the societal significance of such relationships.
  • Challenging Absolute Biological Gender: The Supreme Court of India acknowledges that biological gender is not an absolute concept and that gender is more intricate than merely one's physical characteristics.
  • The understanding of a man or woman is not fixed.
  • Global Acceptance: Same-sex marriage is legally recognized in many countries worldwide.
  • Denying this right to individuals in a democratic society contradicts global principles. Notably, same-sex marriage is legal in 32 countries.

What are the Arguments Opposing Same-Sex Marriage?

  • Religious and Cultural Beliefs: Many religious and cultural communities uphold the belief that marriage should exclusively involve a man and a woman.
  • They contend that altering the traditional definition of marriage would contradict their fundamental religious and cultural principles.
  • Procreation: Some argue that the primary purpose of marriage is procreation, and same-sex couples are unable to have biological children.
  • Consequently, they believe that permitting same-sex marriage contradicts the natural order of reproduction.
  • Legal Concerns: There are apprehensions that legal issues may arise if same-sex marriage is allowed, including complications related to inheritance, taxation, and property rights.
  • Some argue that modifying existing laws and regulations to accommodate same-sex marriage would be overly complex.
  • Adoption Challenges: When queer couples adopt children, it can lead to societal stigma, discrimination, and potential negative effects on the emotional and psychological well-being of the child.
  • This is particularly relevant in Indian society, where universal acceptance of the LGBTQIA+ community is not yet achieved.

What Can Be the Way Forward?

  • Promoting Awareness: Conduct awareness campaigns to foster equality and acceptance of all sexual orientations, broadening public understanding of the LGBTQIA+ community.
  • Legal Reforms: Consider amending the Special Marriage Act of 1954 to permit same-sex couples to legally marry and access the same rights and privileges as heterosexual couples.
    • In the interim, establishing contract-like agreements can provide similar rights for LGBTQIA+ individuals.
  • Dialogue and Engagement: Initiate conversations with religious leaders and communities to bridge the gap between traditional beliefs and contemporary attitudes regarding same-sex relationships.
  • Legal Challenges: The Indian LGBTQIA+ community can legally challenge the constitutionality of existing laws that prohibit same-sex marriage.
    • Such challenges can set a legal precedent, potentially leading to the legalization of same-sex marriage.
  • Collaboration: Achieving the legalization of same-sex marriage necessitates a collective effort involving various stakeholders, including the LGBTQIA+ community, government, civil society, and religious leaders.
  • Collaboration is key to creating a more inclusive society where everyone has the freedom to love and marry whomever they choose, regardless of their gender.

What is the Special Marriage Act (SMA) 1954?

In India, all marriages can be registered under their respective personal laws, such as the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, or the Muslim Marriage Act, 1954. Alternatively, couples can choose the Special Marriage Act, 1954, for their marriage registration, ensuring the protection of the rights of both partners.

About:

  • The Special Marriage Act, 1954, is legislation enacted by the Parliament of India that provides for civil marriages, open to Indian citizens and nationals abroad, regardless of their religious or faith affiliations.
  • This act enables individuals from diverse religious backgrounds to unite in matrimony and outlines the procedures for both solemnizing and registering the marriage.

Key Provisions:

  • Advance Notice to the Marriage Officer: Couples are required to provide a notice to the Marriage Officer, along with the necessary documents, 30 days prior to the intended wedding date.
  • Registration Process: After the submission of documents, both parties must be present for the issuance of a public notice, inviting objections.
  • The registration takes place 30 days after the notice date, following the resolution of any objections that may have arisen during that period, overseen by the Sub-Divisional Magistrate (SDM).
  • Presence of Parties and Witnesses: On the registration day, both parties, along with three witnesses, must be present to complete the marriage registration process.

The figures of Sammakka-Sarakka, their significance (Indian Express)

  • 06 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

The Union cabinet has given its approval for the establishment of the Sarakka Central Tribal University in Telangana. This university will be located in the Mulugu district, with a budget of Rs 889 crore allocated for its development. During a recent visit to Telangana, the Prime Minister of India announced that the university would be named after Sammakka-Sarakka, a respected mother-daughter duo within the local tribal community.

News regarding the Sarakka Central Tribal University:

  • The Central government had committed to establishing the Tribal University as part of the Andhra Pradesh Reorganisation Act, 2014.
  • This Act resulted from the division of the former state of Andhra Pradesh into Telangana and the remaining Andhra Pradesh state, following the Telangana movement.
  • According to the Act, both Andhra Pradesh and Telangana were entitled to support for the creation of a tribal university each.
  • However, the Telangana tribal university faced significant challenges, primarily related to the timely allocation of 500-600 acres of land.

About the Legend of Sammakka and Sarakka:

  • The Legend of Sammakka and Sarakka tells the story of Sammakka, who was married to Pagididda Raju, a feudal chief of the Kakatiyas, a Deccan dynasty that ruled the Warangal area.
  • They had two daughters, Sarakka (also known as Saralamma) and Nagulamma, as well as a son named Jampanna.
  • In the 13th century, a battle against local rulers erupted due to the imposition of taxes.
  • Tragically, Saralamma lost her life in the conflict, while Sammakka disappeared into the hills.
  • The local Koya tribals held a belief that Sammakka transformed into a vermillion casket.

The Sammakka Saralamma Jatara:

  • Mulugu hosts a biennial festival known as the Sammakka Saralamma Jatara, often referred to as the tribal version of the Kumbh Mela.
  • This event commemorates the courageous stand of the mother-daughter duo against the taxation imposed on the Koya people.
  • Over time, this festival has grown significantly in importance, and it is believed that after the Kumbh Mela, the Sammakka Saralamma Jatara attracts the largest number of devotees in the country.
  • Approximately 1.5 crore devotees, hailing from various tribal and non-tribal communities, participate in this festival, including people from Andhra Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Odisha, and other regions.
  • Due to the immense turnout, the Samakka-Sarakka Jatara was designated as a state festival in 1996.

The Political and Cultural Significance of the Sammakka Saralamma Jatara:

  • This festival receives consistent participation from both the Union Ministry of Tribal Affairs and the Telangana state government, including the Chief Minister.
  • The Central Government allocated Rs 6.25 crore for the yatras held in 2018, 2020, and 2022, with additional funds set aside for the construction of community shelters and other essential infrastructure.
  • Furthermore, the Ministry of Tourism approved a substantial sum of Rs. 75.88 crore for the comprehensive development of a tribal circuit under the Swadesh Darshan Scheme.
  • This tribal circuit encompasses Mulugu, Laknavaram, Medavaram, Tadvai, Damaravi, Mallur, and Bogatha Waterfalls, where the Sammakka-Sarakka temple is situated.
  • Mulugu, an assembly seat reserved for Scheduled Tribes (ST), boasts a population of approximately 2.6 lakhs as per the 2011 Census, with a 75% ST population.
  • Notably, the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Ramappa Temple is located just around 15 km from Mulugu.

Cyclone Michaung to make landfall in Tamil Nadu: What is a cyclone — and its different types? (Indian Express)

  • 02 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

Cyclone Michaung: The deep depression currently over the Bay of Bengal is likely to intensify into a cyclonic storm within the next 24 hours, bringing heavy rain to coastal Tamil Nadu and Andhra Pradesh.

News Summary:

  • The India Meteorological Department (IMD) has issued a warning as Cyclone Michaung looms over the Bay of Bengal and the South Andaman Sea.
    • It is the fourth tropical cyclone of the year over the Bay of Bengal.
  • With the potential to intensify, the cyclone is expected to make landfall in and around Tamil Nadu on December 4, prompting concerns and precautionary measures across southern India.
  • Govt. has issued an ‘orange’ alert over Tamil Nadu, as well as coastal and interior Andhra Pradesh, and issued advisories to fishermen in coastal areas, urging them to suspend activities in the sea for safety reasons.

What is a Cyclone?

  • A cyclone is a large-scale system of air that rotates around the centre of a low-pressure area. It is usually accompanied by violent storms and bad weather.
  • As per NDMA, a cyclone is characterised by inward spiraling winds that rotate anticlockwise in the Northern Hemisphere and clockwise in the Southern Hemisphere.
  • The National Disaster Management Authority (NDMA) classifies cyclones broadly into two categories: tropical cyclones and extratropical cyclones.

What are Tropical Cyclones?

  • Tropical cyclones is a weather phenomenon formed only over warm ocean waters near the equator.

Formation:

  • When warm, moist air over the ocean rises upward from near the surface, a cyclone is formed.
  • When the air rises up and away from the ocean surface, it creates an area of lower air pressure below.
  • It causes the air from surrounding areas with higher pressure to move towards the low-pressure area which further leads to the warming up of the air and causes it to rise above.
  • As the warm, moist air rises and cools the water in the air forms clouds.
  • The complete system of clouds and wind spins and grows, along with the ocean's heat and water evaporating from the ocean surface.
  • As the wind system rotates with increasing speed, an eye gets formed in the middle.
  • The centre of a cyclone is very calm and clear with very low air pressure.
  • The difference in temperature between the warm, rising, and cooler environment causes the air to rise and become buoyant.
  • When the wind speed is 39 mph (63 kmph), the storm is called a "tropical storm".
  • Whereas when the wind speed reaches 74 mph (119 kmph), the storm is officially a "tropical cyclone" or hurricane.
  • Annually, around 70 to 90 cyclonic systems develop all over the globe.
  • The Coriolis force causes the wind to spiral around a low-pressure area.
  • As the presence of Coriolis force is negligible in the equatorial belt between 5 degrees north and 5 degrees south latitudes, hence cyclonic systems do not develop in this region.

What are Extratropical Cyclones?

  • Extratropical cyclones are also known as mid-latitude depressions, temperate cyclones, frontal depressions, and wave cyclones.
  • They occur in the mid-latitudinal region, between 35° and 65° latitude, in both hemispheres.
  • These cyclones move from west to east, especially during the winter seasons, when polar and tropical air masses meet and create fronts.

Formation of Extratropical Cyclones:

  • Temperate cyclones form following the Polar Front theory.
    • This theory explains that warm-humid air from the tropics meets cold-dry air from the poles, forming a polar front.
    • The denser and heavier cold air pushes up the warm air, creating instability and low pressure at their meeting point.
    • This low pressure results in a void that surrounding air rushes in to fill.
    • Due to the Earth's rotation, a cyclone is formed at the center of these interactions.
  • Extratropical cyclones are less intense compared to the more severe cyclones or hurricanes in tropical regions, which develop in areas with more consistent temperatures.

How are Tropical Cyclones Named?

  • The meteorologist gives each tropical cyclone a name to avoid confusion, according to the World Meteorological Organisation.
  • In general, tropical cyclones are named according to the rules at the regional level.
    • For the Indian Ocean region, a formula for naming cyclones was agreed upon in 2000.
    • Thirteen countries in the region - Bangladesh, India, Iran, Maldives, Myanmar, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Sri Lanka, Thailand, United Arab Emirates, and Yemen - contributed a set of names, which are assigned sequentially whenever a cyclonic storm develops.
  • Worldwide, there are six regional specialised meteorological centres (RSMCs) and five regional Tropical Cyclone Warning Centres (TCWCs) mandated for issuing advisories and naming tropical cyclones.
  • The names are chosen to be easy to remember and pronounce, and they must not be offensive or controversial.
  • They are also chosen from a variety of languages so that people from different regions can identify with them.
    • Cyclone Michaung, for example, is one of the names proposed by Myanmar, which means "strength and resilience".
  • The responsibility of choosing a name for a cyclone in the North Indian Ocean falls upon the Indian Meteorological Department, in accordance with the decree issued by the World Meteorological Organisation (WMO).
  • The naming system has evolved over time. In the early years of the practice, the names were chosen alphabetically, with one name assigned to each letter of the alphabet.
  • However, this system was found to be confusing and difficult to remember, so the current system of pre-defined names was introduced.
  • In the Atlantic and Southern hemispheres (Indian Ocean and South Pacific), tropical cyclones receive names in alphabetical order, alternating between women’s and men's names.
  • In the Northern Indian Ocean, nations began using a new system for naming tropical cyclones in 2000.
    • Names are listed alphabetically country-wise and are neutral gender-wise.
  • The name list is proposed by the National Meteorological and Hydrological Services of WMO Members of a specific region and approved by respective tropical cyclone regional bodies at their annual or biennial sessions.

How are Cyclones Classified?

  • Cyclones are categorized on the basis of the strength of the winds by the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD):
    • Depression: Wind speeds of between 31–49 km/h
    • Deep Depression: Between 50-61 km/h
    • Cyclonic Storm: Between 62–88 km/h
    • Severe Cyclonic Storm: Between 89-117 Km/h
    • Very Severe Cyclonic Storm: Between 118-166 Km/h
    • Extremely Severe Cyclonic Storm: Between 166-221 Km/h
    • Super Cyclonic Storm: Above 222 Km/h

Indian Meteorological Department (IMD):

  • Established in 1875, the India Meteorological Department (IMD) serves as the National Meteorological Service of the country and is the primary government agency for meteorology and related subjects.
  • The Director General of Meteorology leads the department, overseeing its operations.

Key Features:

  • The IMD operates under the Ministry of Earth Sciences (MoES) and has its headquarters in New Delhi.
  • There are six Regional Meteorological Centres, each headed by a Deputy Director General, located in Mumbai, Chennai, New Delhi, Calcutta, Nagpur, and Guwahati.

IMD's Mandate:

  • Conduct meteorological observations and provide current and forecast meteorological information for activities such as agriculture, shipping, aviation, and offshore oil explorations.
  • Issue warnings for severe weather phenomena, including tropical cyclones, norwesters, duststorms, heavy rains and snow, and cold and heat waves.
  • Supply meteorological statistics essential for agriculture, water resource management, industries, oil exploration, and other nation-building activities.
  • Conduct and promote research in meteorology and related disciplines.

Bucking global trends, Malaria cases and deaths have continued to decline in India. (Indian Express)

  • 04 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • The recently released World Malaria Report shows that the number of cases and deaths due to the mosquito-borne infection India have continued to decline.

About the World Malaria Report 2023:

Every year, the World Health Organization (WHO) releases a report on malaria worldwide. This report gives us the latest information about how malaria is being controlled and reduced globally.

Global Malaria Trends:

  • The number of malaria cases had dropped from 243 million to 233 million globally between 2000 and 2019.
  • However, the number of malaria deaths also remained higher than the pre-pandemic levels.
    • There were 608,000 deaths reported in 2022 as compared to 576,000 cases in 2019.

Climate Change Challenge:

  • This time, the report talks about how climate change and malaria are connected. Changes in temperature, humidity, and rainfall can affect the mosquitoes that carry malaria.

Other Challenges:

  • Besides climate change, things like conflicts, humanitarian crises, and problems with drugs and insecticides also make it hard to control malaria.

Positive Takeaway:

  • The report shares some positive news, too. It talks about the first malaria vaccine, RTS, S/AS01, being used in three African countries.
  • And now, in October 2023, WHO recommended another safe and effective malaria vaccine, R21/Matrix-M.
  • Having two vaccines should help more people get protection, especially in Africa.
  • Some countries with low malaria cases are also making progress towards getting rid of malaria. In 2022, 34 countries had less than 1000 cases, compared to only 13 countries in 2000.

What does the Report Say About India?

  • According to the World Malaria Report, India accounted for 66% of malaria cases in the World Health Organization’s South-East Asia region in 2022.
  • India and Indonesia accounted for about 94% of all malaria deaths in the region last year, the World Health Organization said.
  • The report said that nearly 46% of all cases in the region were caused by Plasmodium vivax, a protozoal parasite and a human pathogen.
  • According to World Malaria Report 2023, the number of cases and deaths due to the mosquito-borne infection India have continued to decline.
    • With an estimated 33.8 lakh cases and 5,511 deaths, India saw a decline of 30% in malaria incidence and 34 per cent in mortality in 2022, compared to the previous year.
  • India’s downward trend was reflected in the larger WHO South East Asian region that remained on track to achieving the 2030 target of reducing cases and deaths by 90%.

What is the Reason Behind India’s Success Story?

  • As per experts, a focus on providing primary healthcare to the remotest areas, surveillance that is now being backed by digital data, and better handling of extreme weather events such as cyclones have been key to India’s success.
  • Good preventive practices, use of effective tools to keep the mosquito population in check, use of point of care tests for quick diagnosis, and good management of the malaria cases have been key to reducing cases and deaths due to malaria over the years.
  • There has been a lot of investment in insecticide mosquito nets, antimalarial drugs, and point of care tests to quickly detect the disease.
    • Urbanisation also reduces incidence of malaria by reducing breeding grounds for most mosquitoes that spread the disease.”
  • States such as Odisha that regularly see extreme weather events such as cyclones are now well prepared to handle it, thereby reducing incidences of malaria associated with such events.

Climate Change and Malaria:

  • The malaria parasite and mosquito are both extremely sensitive to temperature, humidity, and rainfall.
  • The report says that climate change can not only directly increase geographies for malaria spread, but also indirectly affect the impact of the disease by reducing access to healthcare facilities and timely treatment.
  • Climate change is likely to lead to an increase in temperatures, with newer areas especially in the Himalayan belt suitable for the spread of the disease.
    • High risk zones will also emerge in states that face very high rainfall periodically.     
    • Planning for the disease should also take into account such extreme weather events as better planning for them can reduce incidence of malaria.
  • Almost half of the five million additional malaria cases reported globally in 2022, 2.1 million, were from Pakistan that witnessed an extreme flood.
    • The standing water after the floods became ideal breeding ground for mosquitoes and led to a five-fold increase in malaria cases in Pakistan.
    • The floods destroyed infrastructure and isolated millions, hindering medical access and increasing disease risk.
  • With increasing frequency of such extreme weather events, the annual report for the first time focused on climate change and malaria.

Need for Improved Surveillance:

  • With fewer cases being reported, there has to be intensified efforts to find and treat the scattered cases.
    • “When the burden of disease is higher, any intervention in areas reporting most of the cases results in drastic reduction in numbers.
    • However, when the numbers go down, the cases are scattered and difficult to find.
    • This is where the role of surveillance comes in
  • It is important to have real-time digital data of these cases to help local administrations better plan the interventions.

Challenges Ahead:

  • While India is doing well when it comes to malaria, issues such as resistance may derail it from its target of elimination by 2030.
    • The biological threats include drug resistance, insecticide resistance, gene deletions in parasites which make diagnosis difficult.
  • Another challenge is vivax malaria, which accounts for over 40 per cent of malaria cases in India.
    • The vivax plasmodium is known to hide in the liver and cause recurrent infections.
    • To treat, a 14-day course of therapy has to be taken.
    • Experts say the challenge with that is many do not complete the treatment and stop taking the drug once they feel better.
  • To achieve the malaria elimination target of 2030, there has to be emphasis on strengthening of surveillance as well as tailoring of malaria interventions at sub-national level which should be data driven.
  • In addition updating policies and adopting new tools as per national and subnational need in line with WHO guidance is critical.

Government Initiatives to Control Malaria in India:

  • From 2000 onward, India has successfully reduced malaria cases by over 50% and malaria-related deaths by more than 66%.
  • In 2016, India implemented its inaugural National Framework for Malaria Elimination (2016-2030).
  • The objective is to achieve a malaria-free nation by 2027, with complete elimination by 2030.
  • In 2019, the Indian government significantly boosted funding for the National Vector Borne Disease Control Programme by over 25%.
  • Additionally, India increased its support as a donor to the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis, and Malaria.

What is Malaria and how is it Spread?

  • Malaria is an illness caused by the Plasmodium parasite, primarily transmitted to humans through bites from infected mosquitoes, specifically female Anopheles mosquitoes.
  • These mosquitoes are often referred to as "night-biting" mosquitoes because they typically bite between dusk and dawn.
  • While there are various types of the Plasmodium parasite, only five can cause malaria in humans.
    • Plasmodium falciparum: Most common in Africa, responsible for the majority of malaria deaths globally.
    • Plasmodium vivax: Predominant in Asia and South America, causing milder symptoms and potential for relapses due to lingering in the liver.
    • Plasmodium ovale: Uncommon and typically found in West Africa, can persist in the liver for several years without symptoms.
    • Plasmodium malariae: Rare and mainly present in Africa.
    • Plasmodium knowlesi: Very rare and located in parts of Southeast Asia.

How Malaria Spreads?

  • Female Anopheles mosquitoes transmit the Plasmodium parasite during their bites, primarily occurring between dusk and dawn.
  • When an infected mosquito bites a person, the parasite enters the bloodstream and travels to the liver.
  • After developing in the liver, the infection re-enters the bloodstream, invading red blood cells (RBCs).
  • The parasites multiply within the RBCs, causing them to burst at regular intervals, releasing more parasites into the blood.
  • While mosquitoes can become infected by biting an already infected person, malaria does not spread directly from person to person.

How to read the NCRB 2022 report on crime in India (Indian Express)

  • 05 Dec 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • The National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB) released its annual report on crime in India for the year 2022 on Sunday (December 3).
  • The report is a compilation of data on reported crime from across the country, and provides the big picture of broad trends in crime registration.
  • Reports by the NCRB, which functions under the Union Ministry of Home Affairs, include statistics on offences ranging from crimes against women to economic and financial crimes.

What does the 2022 NCRB report say?

  • Overall Crime Statistics: In 2022, a total of 58,24,946 cognizable crimes, including 35,61,379 Indian Penal Code (IPC) crimes and 22,63,567 Special & Local Laws (SLL) crimes, were officially recorded.
    • This marked a 4.5% decrease in case registrations compared to the challenging pandemic year of 2021.
  • The crime rate has declined: The crime rate, indicating crimes registered per lakh population, saw a decline from 445.9 in 2021 to 422.2 in 2022.
    • This shift is considered a more insightful indicator, recognizing that absolute crime numbers tend to rise with population growth.
  • Increase in crime against women: Crime against women witnessed an uptick in 2022, with 4,45,256 reported cases, reflecting a 4% increase from the figures recorded in 2021.
    • Notably, the major share of these crimes under IPC sections included 'Cruelty by Husband or His Relatives' (31.4%), 'Kidnapping & Abduction of Women' (19.2%), and 'Assault on Women with Intent to Outrage her Modesty' (18.7%).
  • Increase in reporting of cybercrime: Cybercrime reporting witnessed a substantial surge, increasing by 24.4 percentage points compared to 2021, with a total of 65,893 cases.
    • Predominantly, 64.8% of these cases involved fraud, followed by extortion (5.5%), and sexual exploitation (5.2%).
  • Significant increase in suicides cases: Suicides reported during 2022 increased by 4.2% compared to 2021, totaling 1,70,924 cases.
    • Major contributing factors were 'Family Problems (other than marriage-related problems)' (31.7%), 'Marriage Related Problems' (4.8%), and 'Illness' (18.4%), collectively accounting for 54.9% of total suicides.
    • The overall male-to-female ratio of suicide victims stood at 71.8:28.2.

What are the headline trends in state-wise data in the report?

  • The states/ UTs reporting the highest chargesheeting rate under IPC crimes are Kerala (96.0%), Puducherry (91.3%), and West Bengal (90.6%).
  • This is the percentage of cases in which the police reached the stage of framing charges against the accused, out of the total true cases (where a charge sheet was not laid but a final report submitted as true, plus the total cases chargesheeted).

Does this mean that these states are more crime-prone than others?

  • Not necessarily. The NCRB report underlines that the data record the incidence of registered crime, not the actual occurrence of crime.

  • This is an important distinction — and also an acknowledgement of the fact that there are limitations to the data.
  • So, when reported crimes against women in Delhi rose significantly in the aftermath of the 2012 bus gangrape case, it may have been a reflection of increased awareness about the need for registering crimes, both among those affected and the police, rather than an actual increase in the incidence of crime against women.

What are the limitations to the data compiled by NCRB?

  • Data Reflects Registered Crimes, Not Actual Occurrence: The NCRB report captures registered crimes, not the actual occurrence of crime.
    • Instances like the reported rise in crimes against women in Delhi post the 2012 bus gangrape may indicate increased awareness rather than an actual surge in crime.
  • Limitations Due to Principal Offence Rule: NCRB employs the Principal Offence Rule, counting the most severe crime in a single FIR.
    • This may lead to undercounting, as in cases like 'Murder with Rape' being categorized as 'Murder' rather than rape.
  • Local-Level Inefficiencies Impact Report Accuracy: Inefficiencies at the local level influence report accuracy as the NCRB data relies on submissions from local sources.
    • The recording of details in an FIR, for example in suicide cases, depends on the understanding of the local police officer visiting the scene.
  • Socio-Economic Causative Factors Not Captured: The NCRB acknowledges the omission of socio-economic causative factors or reasons for crimes in its data compilation.
    • Important factors influencing criminal behavior may be overlooked.
  • Factors Affecting Data Collection: Certain groups may refrain from reporting crimes due to reasons such as fear of an uncooperative or hostile response from the police.
    • Shortage of police officers or unfilled vacancies at the local level can hinder effective data collection.
    • These limitations underscore the need for a nuanced interpretation of NCRB data, recognizing the potential biases and gaps inherent in its compilation process.

About National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB):

  • The NCRB was established in January 1986 as a body mandated to compile and keep records of data on crime.
  • It’s headquartered is in New Delhi and is part of the Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA), Government of India.
  • It was set up based on the recommendation of the National Police Commission, 1977 and a Task force, 1985.

Function of the NCRB:

  • The NCRB functions as a crucial repository, aiding investigators in tracing crimes and criminals.
  • It serves as a national warehouse for fingerprint records, encompassing both Indian and foreign criminals.
    • This facilitates the identification and tracking of interstate criminals through fingerprint searches.
  • Entrusted in 2009, the NCRB is responsible for monitoring, coordinating, and implementing the Crime and Criminal Tracking Network & Systems (CCTNS) project.
  • In 2017, the NCRB introduced the National Digital Police Portal, empowering police officers to search for criminals or suspects in the CCTNS database.
    • Additionally, it provides citizens with services like online complaint filing.

Reports Published:

  • Apart from the esteemed Crime in India report, the NCRB publishes:
    • Prisons Statistics India Report.
    • Accidental Deaths and Suicides
    • Prison Statistics
    • Reports on Missing Women and children in India

Compilation of Data for NCRB Reports:

  • For the NCRB’s flagship annual Crime in India reports, information is obtained from the police forces of 36 states and Union Territories.
    • Similar data are furnished for 53 cities with populations exceeding 10 lakh each as per the 2011 Census, by respective state-level crime records bureaus.
  • The information is entered by state/UT police at the level of the local police station, and is validated at the levels of the district and state, and finally, by the NCRB.

How to Enhance the Effectiveness of NCRB's Operations:

  • States should leverage NCRB's data in crafting their annual police strategies, ensuring its multi-dimensional use in crime control to achieve tangible outcomes.
  • Despite the connection of 16,390 police stations on CCTNS, it's crucial for central agencies like the CBI, NCB, and NIA to integrate with it, fostering comprehensive data sharing.
  • It is imperative for all agencies to promptly join the CCTNS, striving for 100 percent completeness in data to enhance the network's efficiency.
  • With the conclusion of phase 2 of ICJS, there is an opportunity to augment its utility further.
  • This can be achieved through the integration of cutting-edge technologies such as Artificial Intelligence, Blockchain, analytical tools, and an enhanced fingerprint system.

Why the Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) Is Expected to Sustain the Repo Rate Pause: Insights into RBI's Policy (Indian Express)

  • 03 Oct 2023

Why is it in the News?

  • The Reserve Bank of India's Monetary Policy Committee (MPC) is going to meet from October 4 to 6.
  • During this meeting, it is expected that the MPC will not change the repo rate, which is currently at 6.5 percent.
  • This will be the fourth time in a row that they keep it the same.
  • The reason for this decision is that inflation, which is measured using the consumer price index (CPI), is staying high.
  • Additionally, it's likely that the central bank will stick to its plan of reducing the amount of money in the economy, which is known as a 'withdrawal of accommodation' stance.
  • This is done to control inflation and prevent it from getting worse.
  • On the other hand, if they were to take an 'accommodative stance,' it would mean that the central bank is willing to increase the money supply in order to boost economic growth.

Why is RBI likely to keep things the same in its policy?

Domestic Challenges:

  • Consumption Concerns: There are worries about people buying less due to high food prices.
  • Monsoon Trouble: The monsoon season hasn't been consistent, which is affecting crops like kharif.
  • Higher Interest Rates: Interest rates are up, which can impact borrowing and spending.
  • Inflation is still high, at 6.8 percent. While it's expected to drop, there's some concern about the kharif crop, especially pulses, which could make prices go up.
  • The RBI Governor has also pointed out that frequent food price increases can make it harder to control inflation.

External Challenges:

  • Rising Oil Prices: Oil prices worldwide have gone up, averaging nearly $89 per barrel. This is a 12.6 percent increase since the last policy.
  • Russia-Ukraine War: The conflict between Russia and Ukraine is causing problems in the supply chains for many goods.

Is there going to be a revision in the GDP growth prediction?

  • According to experts, it's unlikely that the RBI will alter its GDP forecast in the upcoming monetary policy announcement.
  • The basic factors supporting growth still look positive, but there's a significant question mark regarding how a poor monsoon might affect agricultural production.
  • Additionally, there's anticipation of an ongoing economic slowdown in Europe and China, which could lead to reduced exports and potential challenges for rural demand due to this year's weak monsoon.

Will there be any announcements regarding liquidity measures?

  • According to experts, it's unlikely that the RBI will introduce any specific liquidity measures at this time, as the current liquidity situation is already tight.
  • Furthermore, the RBI is in the process of reversing the incremental cash reserve ratio (I-CRR), which was introduced in the August policy.
  • I-CRR is an extra cash reserve that banks have to maintain on top of the standard cash reserve ratio (CRR), which is the portion of deposits that banks must keep with the RBI.
  • The RBI declared the discontinuation of I-CRR on September 8.
  • However, despite the gradual withdrawal of I-CRR, there has been a liquidity deficit in the system since mid-September due to quarterly tax outflows and GST payments.
  • Additionally, interventions in the foreign exchange market aimed at supporting the rupee may have slightly absorbed some rupee liquidity.

What is the Monetary Policy Committee (MPC)?

  • According to Section 45ZB of the revised RBI Act of 1934, the central government has the authority to establish a six-member Monetary Policy Committee (MPC).
  • The MPC's main responsibility is to decide the policy interest rate necessary to achieve the inflation target. The first MPC was formed in September 2016.
  • Members of MPC
  • As per the amended RBI act, the MPC is composed of the following members:
  • The RBI Governor, who serves as its ex officio chairperson.
  • The Deputy Governor responsible for monetary policy.
  • An officer from the Bank nominated by the Central Board.
  • Three individuals appointed by the central government.

Functions of MPC:

  • Setting Policy Interest Rates: The primary role of the MPC is to determine policy interest rates, specifically the repo rate.
  • Inflation Targeting: The government has set a current inflation target, which is a Consumer Price Index (CPI) inflation goal of 4% with a tolerance range of +/- 2%.
  • Economic Analysis and Forecasting: The MPC conducts comprehensive analysis and forecasting of various economic indicators, including inflation, GDP growth, employment, fiscal conditions, and global economic trends.
  • Decision-Making: The MPC convenes at least four times a year to assess the direction of monetary policy.

Renewed Dispute Over Cauvery Water Sharing (Indian Express)

  • 28 Sep 2023

Why is it in the News?

The resurgence of the Cauvery water-sharing conflict between Karnataka and Tamil Nadu, despite the Supreme Court's 2018 ruling on the longstanding dispute, is primarily due to inadequate rainfall in Karnataka's Cauvery river catchment area.

A Historical Overview of the Cauvery Water Dispute

  • Origin of the Dispute Before Independence: The origins of the Cauvery water dispute trace back to 1892 during the British colonial era, involving the Madras Presidency and the Princely state of Mysore.
  • In 1924, an agreement was reached between Mysore and Madras, with a validity period of 50 years.
  • Post-Independence Dispute: The agreement signed between the Madras Presidency and the Princely state of Mysore concluded in 1974.
  • Starting in 1974, Karnataka began diverting water into its four newly constructed reservoirs without obtaining consent from Tamil Nadu, leading to a post-independence dispute.

Supreme Court's Ruling on the Cauvery Water Dispute:

  • Clear Allocation of Water Quantities to TN and Karnataka: In 2018, the Supreme Court made a definitive decision to allocate an additional 14.75 TMC (Thousand Million Cubic Feet) of water to Karnataka while reducing Tamil Nadu's share by the same amount.
  • Karnataka's additional allocation was primarily designated for addressing the drinking water needs in southern Karnataka.
  • As per this ruling, out of the total annual Cauvery water share of 740 TMC, Tamil Nadu was granted 404.25 TMC, Karnataka received 284.75 TMC, and Kerala obtained 30 TMC.
  • Furthermore, the court allocated 7 TMCs to Puducherry and reserved 14 TMCs for environmental conservation and preventing waste into the sea.
  • Establishment of CWMA (Cauvery Water Management Authority): The Supreme Court also mandated the establishment of the Cauvery Water Management Authority (CWMA) along with the Cauvery Water Regulatory Committee (CWRC) to resolve inter-state disputes according to the court's directives.
  • The CWMA operates as a primarily non-political body operating under the supervision of the Union Water Resources Ministry.
  • It serves as the central agency responsible for regulating disputes between the two states.

Reasons for the Ongoing Dispute:

  • Political parties in both Karnataka and Tamil Nadu argue that the 2018 Supreme Court order delineated water-sharing guidelines solely for typical monsoon years, not accounting for scenarios of water scarcity.
  • The present monsoon season is unfolding as deficient, with rainfall measuring more than 30 percent below the usual levels.
  • In particular, the months of August and September, within the four-month monsoon period that commenced in June, have experienced the lowest rainfall in Karnataka in 123 years.

How the Current Crisis Has Unfolded?

  • Karnataka's Reduced Water Release: Per the 2018 Supreme Court verdict, Karnataka is obligated to release 123.14 TMC (Thousand Million Cubic Feet) of water to Tamil Nadu between June and September during a normal monsoon year.
  • For August and September in a typical monsoon season, Karnataka should release a combined total of 82.71 TMC.
  • However, this year, Karnataka had only released 40 TMC of water by September 23, citing an ongoing distress situation in the state.
  • Tamil Nadu's Engagement with CWMA: In August, Tamil Nadu turned to the Cauvery Water Management Authority (CWMA) to ensure regular water supplies.
  • The Cauvery Water Regulatory Committee (CWRC), functioning under the CWMA, noted that rainfall in the Cauvery basin in Karnataka was 26 percent below normal by early August.
  • The committee also observed that Karnataka had only released 30.252 TMC of water from June 1 to August 28, far less than the usual 80.451 TMC in a typical year.
  • CWMA's Decision: In accordance with the committee's advice, the CWMA initially ordered the release of approximately 13 TMC of water for 15 days at a rate of 12,000 cubic feet per second (cusecs) per day, despite Tamil Nadu's request for 25,000 cusecs per day.
  • Subsequently, after reviewing the monsoon situation once more, the CWRC and CWMA decreased Karnataka's water release to 5,000 cusecs per day, while Tamil Nadu sought 12,000 cusecs.
  • Supreme Court's Verdict on CWMA's Decision: Both Tamil Nadu and Karnataka appealed to the Supreme Court to contest the CWMA's orders.
  • However, the Supreme Court upheld the release of 5,000 cusecs of water until September 26.
  • The Karnataka government has stated its intention to adhere to the Supreme Court's order until September 26 and then reassess the situation.

Karnataka's Arguments:

  • Reliance on Southwest Monsoon: Karnataka contends that Tamil Nadu predominantly receives its significant rainfall during the retreating northeast monsoon period, typically occurring between October and November.
  • In contrast, Karnataka heavily depends on rainfall during the southwest monsoon months from June to September.
  • Protesters argue that water is being directed to Tamil Nadu as the southwest monsoon season nears its end, resulting in critically low storage levels in the Cauvery basin reservoirs in Karnataka.
  • The Cauvery River serves as the primary source of drinking water for Bengaluru and for irrigation purposes in the Mandya region of the state.
  • Mekedatu Check Dam Project Implementation: The Karnataka government is advocating for the execution of the Mekedatu Check Dam project on the Cauvery River.
  • This project is designed to serve as a reservoir for Bengaluru's drinking water needs and to release surplus water to Tamil Nadu during crisis situations, such as the current one.

The Storage Status of Cauvery Basin Reservoirs in Karnataka:

  • As of September 23, the four reservoirs located in the Cauvery basin – Krishna Raja Sagar, Kabini, Hemavathy, and Harangi – were at 50% of their storage capacity.
  • Collectively, these reservoirs held 51.1 TMC (Thousand Million Cubic Feet) of water, compared to their total capacity of 104.5 TMC.
  • According to the Karnataka government, the state's water requirements are estimated at 112 TMC (79 TMC for crop irrigation and 33 TMC for supplying Bengaluru's drinking water needs) until June 2024.
  • Given that the southwest monsoon season in Karnataka is concluding, the Karnataka government asserts that the remaining water in the Cauvery basin reservoirs must be preserved for essential drinking water and agricultural irrigation purposes.

Is the Current Situation Unique?

  • The current Cauvery water crisis bears similarities to previous crises that occurred in 1991, 2002, 2012, and 2016.
  • What sets this crisis apart is that it has arisen after the Supreme Court's final resolution of the dispute in 2018.
  • Furthermore, historical protests related to the Cauvery issue have sometimes escalated into violence, often driven by mainstream political parties attempting to gain favor with voters by adopting chauvinistic stances.
  • In recent years, however, Karnataka's politicians have adopted a more conciliatory approach.
  • Notably, in the Mandya region, farmers have shifted towards cultivating less water-intensive crops, and younger generations are increasingly moving away from agriculture.
  • As a result, the Cauvery issue is no longer as emotionally charged as it was three decades ago.

In Conclusion

  • The Cauvery River, often referred to as the 'Dakshina Ganga,' has long been recognized as the economic lifeline of the states it traverses, with its most significant impact being felt in Karnataka and Tamil Nadu.
  • Although the contest over Cauvery's waters can be traced back to the 11th century AD, contemporary Tamil Nadu and Karnataka have grappled with disagreements regarding the sharing of Cauvery's waters.
  • It is imperative for the states to shift away from a regional-centric approach and embrace cooperation and coordination as genuine solutions, transcending conflicts for the benefit of all.

Mains Question:

  • How has the Cauvery River played a pivotal role in the economic development of Karnataka and Tamil Nadu, and what are the contemporary challenges and potential cooperative solutions in managing its water resources? (15M)

The NIA and its Authority Regarding Property Seizure (Indian Express)

  • 25 Sep 2023

Why is it in the News?

The National Investigation Agency (NIA) seized property, including land and a portion of a house owned by Gurpatwant Singh Pannu, the founder and attorney of the banned Sikhs for Justice based in the United States, in Amritsar and Chandigarh.

Why Was the National Investigation Agency Established?

  • In recent decades, India has faced significant acts of terrorism originating from beyond its borders.
  • Many of these attacks have intricate connections across states and international boundaries, possibly linked to activities like arms and drug smuggling, as well as the circulation of counterfeit Indian currency.
  • Recognizing these challenges, there arose a need to establish a central-level agency dedicated to investigating terrorism-related offenses and certain other acts with nationwide implications.
  • Various experts and committees, including the Administrative Reforms Commission in its report, had proposed the creation of such an agency.

About the National Investigation Agency:

  • The National Investigation Agency (NIA) came into existence with the enactment of the National Investigation Agency Act in 2008.
  • This Act empowers the NIA to:
  • Take proactive notice of terrorist activities anywhere in India and initiate investigations.
  • Enter any state without requiring permission from the state government.
  • Conduct investigations and make arrests.
  • The NIA is India's primary Central Counter-Terrorism Law Enforcement Agency.

Objectives:

  • Establish high standards of excellence in national-level counter-terrorism and other security-related investigations by developing a highly skilled, collaborative workforce.
  • Act as a deterrent to both existing and potential terrorist groups or individuals.Jurisdiction:
  • The provisions of the NIA Act apply throughout India and extend to Indian citizens residing outside the country.
  • Headquarters: New Delhi
  • Supervising Ministry: Ministry of Home Affairs

Roles of NIA:

  • Conducting thorough, expert investigations of scheduled offenses utilizing state-of-the-art forensic techniques, and establishing high investigative standards to guarantee the detection of all cases assigned to the NIA.
  • Facilitating efficient and prompt legal proceedings.
  • Fostering professional and cooperative interactions with the governments of States, Union Territories, and other law enforcement agencies, in accordance with the legal requirements of the NIA Act.
  • Providing assistance to all States and other investigative bodies in handling terrorist cases.
  • Establishing a comprehensive database containing all pertinent terrorist-related information and sharing this database with States and other relevant agencies.

Is the NIA Authorized to Carry Out Searches and Asset Seizures?

  • Under the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Amendment Act (UAPA), enacted in 2019, NIA officers have the authority to conduct searches and confiscate properties suspected of being associated with terrorist activities.
  • NIA is not obligated to obtain permission from a state's Director General of Police.
  • The investigating officer only needs approval from the Director General of NIA.

What Changes Were Introduced by the NIA (Amendment) Act 2019?

  • Offenses Beyond Borders:
  • Initially, the NIA had jurisdiction over crimes solely within India.
  • However, the amended Act extends its authority to investigate crimes committed outside of India, provided it adheres to international treaties and the laws of the respective countries involved.
  • If the Central Government believes that a crime committed abroad falls within the Act's jurisdiction, it can direct the NIA to investigate it as if it occurred in India.

Expanded Scope of Legal Authority:

  • The NIA can investigate offenses listed in the Schedule of the NIA Act.
  • Originally, this Schedule included Acts such as The Atomic Energy Act, 1962, The Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967, and The Anti-Hijacking Act, 1982, among others.
  • With the amendment, the NIA can now also probe cases related to:
  • Human Trafficking
  • Counterfeit currency or banknotes
  • Prohibited arms
  • Cyber-terrorism
  • Crimes under the Explosive Substances Act, 1908

Establishment of Special Courts:

  • The 2008 Act established Special Courts for the trial of cases under the Act.
  • The 2019 amendment grants the central government the authority to designate Sessions Courts as Special Courts for the trial of Scheduled Offenses under the Act.
  • Before doing so, the central government must consult with the Chief Justice of the relevant High Court.
  • In cases where multiple Special Courts exist in an area, the most senior judge will assign cases.
  • Additionally, state governments have the power to designate Sessions Courts as Special Courts to try scheduled offenses.

Non-performing Assets (NPAs) and Wilful Defaulters (Indian Express)

  • 23 Sep 2023

Why is it in News?

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has put forth a proposal that requires lenders to categorize a borrower as a "wilful defaulter" within six months of their account being declared a non-performing asset (NPA). Previously, the RBI did not have a specific timeframe for identifying such borrowers.

Context:

  • The RBI defines wilful defaulters as individuals or entities that have the means to repay a bank's dues but deliberately do not, or divert bank funds.
  • A "large defaulter" refers to someone with outstanding dues of Rs 1 crore or more, whose account has been categorized as doubtful or a loss.
  • A "wilful defaulter" is a borrower or guarantor who has committed wilful default, with an outstanding amount of Rs 25 lakh or more.

According to the RBI's draft guidelines:

  • Lenders must assess the "wilful default" aspect for all accounts with outstanding amounts of Rs 25 lakh and above or as per RBI notifications.
  • The process of classifying or declaring a borrower as a wilful defaulter should be completed within six months of the account becoming an NPA.
  • An Identification Committee, established by lenders, must scrutinize evidence of wilful default.
  • Lenders must investigate the wilful default aspect thoroughly before transferring the credit facility to other lenders or asset reconstruction companies (ARCs).

Other aspects of the RBI's draft guidelines include:

  • No additional credit facility should be extended by any lender to a wilful defaulter or any entity associated with them.
  • This prohibition on additional credit lasts for up to one year after the wilful defaulter's name is removed from the List of Wilful Defaulters (LWD) by the lenders.
  • Wilful defaulters are ineligible for credit facility restructuring.
  • These guideline revisions come after reviewing instructions and considering various judgments and orders from the Supreme Court and High Courts.

What is Non-Performing Assets (NPAs)?

  • Non-Performing Assets, often referred to as NPAs, represent loans or advances for which the principal or interest payments have remained overdue for a period of 90 days or more.
  • For banks, loans are considered assets because the interest they generate is a significant source of income.
  • However, when customers, whether individuals or corporations, are unable to make interest payments, these assets become "non-performing" for the bank as they cease to generate income.
  • Therefore, the RBI defines NPAs as assets that no longer generate income for banks. Banks are required to disclose their NPA figures to the public and report them to the RBI periodically.
  • Classification of Assets: According to RBI guidelines, banks must further categorize NPAs into three types:
  • Substandard assets: These are assets that have been NPAs for less than or equal to 12 months.
  • Doubtful assets: Assets that have remained in the substandard category for 12 months.
  • Loss assets: These are considered uncollectible and of such minimal value that keeping them as bankable assets is not justified, although some minimal recovery value may exist.
  • NPA Provisioning: Provisioning for a loan refers to setting aside a certain percentage of the loan amount as a reserve. The standard rate of provisioning in Indian banks ranges from 5-20%, depending on the business sector and the borrower's repayment capacity. However, in the case of NPAs, 100% provisioning is required in accordance with Basel-III norms.
  • GNPA and NNPA: Two key metrics help us understand a bank's NPA situation.
  • GNPA (Gross Non-Performing Assets) represents the total value of gross NPAs a bank has in a specific quarter or financial year.
  • NNPA (Net Non-Performing Assets) subtracts the provisions made by the bank from the gross NPA, providing the exact value of NPAs after specific provisions.
  • NPA Ratios: NPAs can also be expressed as percentages of total advances, indicating the proportion of advances that are not recoverable.
  • For instance:
  • GNPA ratio is the ratio of the total GNPA to the total advances.
  • NNPA ratio uses net NPA to calculate the ratio to the total advances.

Impact of NPAs and the Current Situation with Future Projections for India:

  • Effects of NPAs: Banks face a shortage of funds for lending to other productive sectors in the economy.
  • To maintain their profit margins, banks may need to raise interest rates.
  • Reduced investments could lead to an increase in unemployment rates.
  • Banks have the option to retain NPAs in their books with hopes of recovery, make provisions for them, or write off the loans entirely as bad debt.
  • Present State of NPAs in India: According to the latest RBI Financial Stability Report, the gross NPA ratio of scheduled commercial banks (SCBs) reached a 10-year low of 3.9% in March 2023.
  • Both gross and net NPA ratios have declined significantly from their peak levels of 11.5% and 6.1% in March 2018 to 3.9% and 1.0% in March 2023, respectively.
  • A contributing factor to the reduction in gross NPAs in 2022-23 was the substantial write-offs undertaken by banks.
  • Future Projection for India: Based on stress test results, it is anticipated that the GNPA ratio for all SCBs may improve to 3.6% by March 2024.
  • However, in the event of a deterioration in the macroeconomic environment, leading to medium or severe stress scenarios, the GNPA ratio could potentially rise to 4.1% and 5.1%, respectively.

Mains Question:

  • Evaluate the impact of rising NPAs on the Indian economy, including effects on bank lending, interest rates, and employment. Elucidate the current NPAs situation in India and discuss future projections in light of recent trends. (10M)

Canada Needs to See India – Not Just the Diaspora (Indian Express)

  • 22 Sep 2023

Why is it in News?

The Canadian Prime Minister's statement in Parliament, accusing Indian agents of the death of Hardeep Singh Nijjar, has significantly strained India-Canada relations. Rebuilding trust will necessitate a thorough and open political dialogue on the role and politicization of Canada's Indian diaspora and its impact on bilateral relations.

Recent Developments Leading to the Current Standoff:

  • Death of Khalistan Tiger Force (KTF) Chief:
  • Hardeep Singh Nijjar, wanted by the Indian government, was killed in a shooting in Surrey in June.
  • The National Investigation Agency (NIA) had announced a Rs 10 lakh reward for Nijjar in 2022, accusing him of conspiring to kill a Hindu priest in Jalandhar, Punjab.
  • G20 Summit Discussions:
  • During the G20 Summit in Delhi, the Canadian PM and the Indian PM discussed Khalistani extremism.
  • The Canadian PM raised concerns about foreign interference in Nijjar's murder and sought India's cooperation in the investigation.
  • The Indian PM expressed deep concerns about ongoing anti-India activities by extremist elements in Canada.
  • Canadian Parliament Statement and Diplomatic Expulsions:
  • Canada's PM accused "agents of the Indian government" in Nijjar's killing.
  • Canada expelled the top Indian diplomat, the head of RAW, from the country.
  • In response, the Indian government summoned the High Commissioner of Canada and expelled a senior Canadian diplomat from India.

The Evolution of India-Canada Relations:

  • During the Cold War:
  • During the Cold War, India and Canada enjoyed a positive relationship, driven by their shared Commonwealth status and common views on the importance of the United Nations, multilateralism, and global development.
  • However, differences arose during Cold War conflicts like Korea, Hungary, and Vietnam, straining relations. India's pursuit of a nuclear program also added complexity.
  • Post-Cold War (1980s):
  • Increasing immigration from India began to improve relations, but limited opportunities for trade and security cooperation hindered substantial diplomatic engagement.
  • Post-1998:
  • Significant efforts were made to reinvigorate the relationship after 1998 when Canada rejected India's nuclear status.
  • Current Status:
  • Today, the focal point of the relationship is investment and trade.
  • However, it's important to note that certain segments of the diaspora community harbor strong negative sentiments towards India, reject its territorial integrity, and aim to fragment it.

Canada's Role in Straining India-Canada Relations:

  • Failure to Address Anti-India Activities:
  • Canada's reluctance to take action against anti-India activities on its soil has contributed to the deterioration of relations.
  • The Canadian PM's emphasis on the rule of law overlooks the impact of individuals like Nijjar and his separatist associates, who have engaged in activities affecting both Canada and India.
  • Instances of violence against Indian diplomats were not adequately addressed, and some individuals continued vandalizing places of worship in Canada while disregarding Indian legal processes, as seen during the farmer protests.
  • Appeasement of Diaspora Politics:
  • The Canadian government, both Liberal and Conservative parties, has shown sympathy toward Khalistani groups and other diaspora elements, influencing its foreign policy.
  • These policies have accommodated diaspora groups using Canadian soil for activities that pose risks to the interests and security of other nations, notably India.

Significance and Hurdles in Engaging with the Indian Diaspora:

  • Importance to the Indian Economy and Strategic Relations:
  • The current Indian government has intensified diaspora engagement, encouraging them to invest in India's economic development.
  • Wealthy NRIs play a crucial role in sending remittances, establishing networks, and contributing ideas to India.
  • Diaspora support has strengthened India's strategic alliances, including with the US, and has furthered national initiatives like Make in India and Digital India.
  • Challenges:
  • The Indian government is concerned about the views of pro-Khalistan groups within the diaspora, which challenge India's territorial integrity and criticize its treatment of ethnic minorities.
  • These challenges are growing, posing a significant issue for Indian foreign policy that traditionally had a strategic perspective on most diaspora groups.
  • Indian PM's foreign visits are increasingly met with civil society groups advocating for human rights.
  • Recent pro-Khalistan protests in the US, UK, Canada, and Australia have become
  • increasingly contentious and sometimes violent.

Realigning India's Diaspora Engagement:

  • The digital age has reshaped the way Indian immigrants connect with their homeland, influencing their political views, language preferences, and ideological inclinations.
  • Ideas disseminated online can have cross-border consequences, as evident in the Khalistani context.
  • In the era of social media, the impact and influence of diaspora groups are magnified.
  • India should move beyond conventional approaches that emphasize engaging and mobilizing the Indian diaspora for national objectives.
  • It's essential to recognize that certain groups actively oppose India's interests and foreign policy goals.

Steps to Improve India-Canada Relations:

  • Focus on Engaging India, Not Diaspora Politics:
  • The root cause of strained India-Canada relations lies in a problematic form of diaspora politics, where Canadian political parties engage with and appease groups involved in anti-India activities.
  • Canadian governments should prioritize national security and foreign policy interests over short-term electoral gains, moving away from this type of diaspora politics.
  • Ottawa should engage with New Delhi without viewing it solely through the lens of diaspora politics.
  • Establish a Political Agreement:
  • India is essential for Canada's Indo-Pacific strategy to remain relevant.
  • Both nations have shared interests in upholding the international order, managing China's rise, collaborating on climate change, global health, and addressing challenges related to digital technologies.
  • Addressing these challenges requires a political agreement that considers how both countries perceive Canada's Indian diaspora and curbs any negative influences, particularly those fueling India's separatist agenda.

In conclusion, bridging the gap between Ottawa and Delhi requires addressing India's concerns and establishing direct communication with India. This divide should be measured not only in terms of geography but also in terms of mindset.

The Shift to Eurasia: Global Order Changes with the G20-IMEC Plan (Indian Express)

  • 21 Sep 2023

Why is it in News?

  • At the 18th G20 Summit held in New Delhi, the US President, along with leaders from India, Saudi Arabia, UAE, France, Germany, Italy, and the European Commission, introduced the expansive India-Middle East-Europe Corridor (IMEC) project.
  • This ambitious initiative aims to establish robust connections for India, including sea routes to the Arabian Gulf and a northern pathway connecting Saudi Arabia to Europe through Jordan and Israel.

Importance of the India-Middle East-Europe Corridor (IMEC):

  • Shared Vision Embodied: The IMEC embodies a collective vision uniting nations with a combined GDP of approximately $47 trillion, constituting roughly 40 percent of the world's total GDP.
  • This vision extends beyond trade, energy, and digital resilience.
  • Pathway to an Interconnected Transoceanic System: The Corridor paves the way for a more interconnected transoceanic system, stretching from the Mediterranean region through West Asia into the vast Indo-Pacific.
  • Recognition of Non-Western Powers: The IMEC signifies recognition by the US and EU of the ascent of non-Western powers and the undeniable shift of the global economic and geopolitical center eastward.
  • It underscores the need to allocate more substantial global leadership roles to India, Saudi Arabia, and the UAE, key actors reshaping the future economic and geopolitical landscape in Eurasia.
  • Influence of Emerging Powers: Abu Dhabi, Riyadh, New Delhi, and other emerging powers in Eurasia will wield significant influence in recalibrating broader power dynamics across the supercontinent.

How Will IMEC Impact the Global Order in Eurasia?

  • Facilitating Diplomacy Between Hostile Nations: An often overlooked aspect of IMEC is how its very existence, along with its design and operational challenges, serves as another step toward bringing Saudi Arabia and Israel closer together.
  • This initiative aligns with ongoing US-backed attempts to secure a normalization agreement between the two nations.
  • Promoting Equitable Power Dynamics in Eurasia: IMEC aligns with the US's Eurasian strategy in a post-hegemonic era, aiming to establish a more balanced power structure across the wider Eurasian landscape.
  • The objective is to prevent a loose coalition of states, including China, Russia, and Iran, from dominating the supercontinent.
  • Instead, it seeks to bolster the influence of countries like India, Saudi Arabia, and Japan, enabling them to project economic and geopolitical power and contribute actively to a balanced Eurasian power structure.
  • Europe Embracing Multipolarity Beyond Its Borders: Particularly for Europe, the Corridor represents a significant effort to attain geopolitical relevance and unity beyond the European continent in a new multipolar reality.
  • Countries such as Italy, Germany, and France are aligning their efforts with the United States and Asian powers, aiming to move beyond occasional maritime exercises in the Indo-Pacific and integrate their economic systems into high-growth markets in the East.

How Will IMEC Serve India's Geopolitical Interests?

  • Enhancing Strategic Engagement with the Arab World: The Indian government now has a unique opportunity to establish enduring connectivity between India and the Arabian region.
  • This initiative will reassert India's role as a driving force in shaping regional connectivity.
  • Bypassing Pakistan's Veto: For decades, Pakistan had staunchly opposed granting India access to land-locked Afghanistan and Central Asia.
  • The successful implementation of this project will provide India with an alternative route to connect with Central Asia and Europe, circumventing Pakistan's objections.
  • Strengthening US-India Cooperation in the Middle East: While conventional wisdom suggested that India and the United States primarily collaborated in the Indo-Pacific, with limited common interests in the Middle East, this perception changed when India and the US, alongside Israel and the UAE, established the I2U2 forum to develop joint economic projects.
  • The India-Arabia-Europa corridor could prove to be even more impactful.

IMEC and Its Relationship with China:

  • The US and EU might be inclined to present IMEC as a potential counterpart to China's Belt and Road Initiative.
  • For Delhi, Abu Dhabi, and Riyadh, whether as existing (in India's case) or new members (in the case of Saudi Arabia and the UAE) of the BRICS group, IMEC symbolizes the emergence of a West Asian framework.
  • Within this framework, countries like India, Saudi Arabia, the UAE, Oman, and Egypt are steadily expanding their integration, encompassing aspects beyond energy, remittances, and ideology.

Way Forward

  • Preserving the Significance of the Corridor Launch: The symbolism associated with the Corridor's launch in New Delhi and the absence of Russia and China at the Summit should not be underestimated. It's crucial to avoid drawing misguided conclusions from this symbolism by the US and EU.
  • Embracing a Balanced Approach: For countries like India, Saudi Arabia, and the UAE, the pursuit of a balanced Eurasian structure doesn't necessitate forming a coalition aimed at containing China and Russia.
  • The Russian President's statement that the IMEC complements Russia's North-South project should be considered in this context.
  • Ensuring IMEC Success: The success of IMEC hinges on several critical factors, including conducting a pragmatic assessment of each nation's motivations for participation, advancing the project beyond a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU), addressing logistical challenges, and prioritizing elements like electricity, digital connectivity, and clean hydrogen during the Corridor's initial phases.
  • Addressing Security Concerns: The IMEC nations should also proactively address potential security challenges that may arise due to increased Eurasian connectivity.
  • The inauguration of IMEC represents a noteworthy step in the evolving global power dynamics, with a clear shift towards the East.
  • It underscores the dedication of the US, Europe, and emerging players like India, Saudi Arabia, and the UAE to foster a more equitable and interconnected Eurasian arrangement.
  • The success of IMEC has the potential to set a precedent for future transcontinental initiatives seeking to establish a more balanced Eurasian framework.

Mains Question:

  • Elaborate on the implications of the India-Middle East-Europe Corridor (IMEC)  launch for the global power shift, highlighting the potential influence on India including global power dynamics and future transcontinental initiatives. (15M)

Women’s Reservation Bill Introduced in Loksabha (Indian Express)

  • 20 Sep 2023

Why is it in News?

The One Hundred Twenty-Eight Amendment Bill 2023, also known as the Women Reservation Bill, has been presented in the Lok Sabha. This bill aims to allocate one-third of all seats for women in both the Lok Sabha and state legislative assemblies.

The Historical Background of the Women's Reservation Bill:

  • The demand for political reservation for women has been a longstanding one, dating back to the pre-independence era.
  • Various committees have advocated for women's political reservation.

A Brief Journey of Women's Political Reservation:

  • During the National Movement, in 1931, three women's organizations sent a letter to the British Prime Minister requesting political reservation for women.
  • In the Constituent Assembly debates, the issue of women's reservation was discussed.
  • However, it was rejected on the premise that a democracy should provide representation to all groups.
  • In 1971, the Committee on the Status of Women in India and in 1988, the National Perspective Plan for Women both recommended reserving seats for women in local bodies.
  • These recommendations led to the 73rd and 74th amendments to the Constitution, which mandate that all State governments reserve one-third of seats for women in local bodies.
  • Nonetheless, the matter of reservation in the Parliament and Legislative Assemblies remained unresolved until the introduction of the Women's Reservation Bill.

Historical Progression of the Women's Reservation Bill:

  • 1996: The Women's Reservation Bill made its debut in 1996 as the 81st Constitutional Amendment Bill under the Deve Gowda government.
  • It was referred to a parliamentary select committee led by Geeta Mukherjee. However, the Bill expired with the dissolution of the Lok Sabha due to a lack of consensus, particularly regarding reservation for OBC women.
  • 1999: The NDA government revived the Bill in the 13th Lok Sabha and presented it twice in 2003.
  • Unfortunately, these attempts to pass the bills were unsuccessful, resulting in their expiration.
  • 2004: The UPA government incorporated the reservation bill into its Common Minimum Programme and placed it in the Rajya Sabha to prevent it from lapsing once more.
  • 2010: The Women's Reservation Bill, initially introduced as the 108th Constitutional Amendment Bill in 2008, was successfully passed in the Rajya Sabha but lapsed in the Lok Sabha.
  • Its most vocal opponents included the RJD, the JD(U), and the SP, who advocated for 33% reservation for backward groups within the 33% women's quota.

Arguments in Support of the Bill:

  • Enhancing Women's Political Representation: India ranks lower than 140 other nations in terms of women's representation in national legislatures, as per the Inter-Parliamentary Union (IPU) 'Women in Parliament' Report (2021).
  • Despite some increase in women's representation in the Lok Sabha since independence (around 16% in the 17th Lok Sabha), India lags behind several African and South Asian countries like Nepal, Pakistan, and Sri Lanka.
  • Empowering Women's Leadership for Change: Studies on panchayats have demonstrated the positive impact of women's reservation on women's empowerment and resource allocation.
  • For instance, a former woman Sarpanch of Dhani Mayan Khan GP in Haryana established a training center for women and ensured that every village child attended school.
  • Advancing the Decriminalization of Politics: Reserved seats for women could contribute to the decriminalization of Indian politics.
  • Currently, in the Lok Sabha, 159 MPs have declared serious criminal cases against them, including rape, murder, attempted murder, kidnapping, and crimes against women.
  • Addressing Crimes Against Women: The Women's Reservation Bill can play a role in addressing crimes against women in society, potentially leading to a decrease in cases like the Nirbhaya Rape Case.
  • Aligning Representation with Vote Share: Despite an increase in women's vote share, their representation in political positions has not kept pace.
  • Women in India vote at a rate similar to men, but their representation in political roles remains significantly lower.
  • Breaking the Patriarchal Nature of Indian Politics: Indian politics has traditionally been patriarchal, with top party positions and positions of power predominantly held by men.
  • The Women's Reservation Bill has the potential to challenge and transform this patriarchal aspect of Indian politics.
  • Challenging Stereotypes: An increase in women politicians can help break stereotypes that limit women to the role of 'homemakers,' fostering a broader acceptance of women as lawmakers.

Arguments Opposing the Bill:

  • Lack of Separate OBC Reservation: The Bill reserves seats separately for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes women within the existing one-third quota of seats.
  • However, it does not provide separate reservation for OBC women, who constitute 60% of the female population.
  • Exclusion from Rajya Sabha and Legislative Councils: The Bill does not extend reservations to women in the Rajya Sabha and the Legislative Councils, limiting its scope.
  • Potential Misuse with Proxy Candidates: Some argue that the introduction of women's reservations could lead to the emergence of 'MP and MLA Patis,' where individuals use their wives as proxy candidates for reserved seats, wielding the actual power.
  • Contradiction with Equality Principles: Opponents contend that the idea of women's reservation contradicts the principle of equality enshrined in the Constitution.
  • They argue that such reservations could perpetuate the unequal status of women, as they might not be perceived as competing based on merit.
  • Heterogeneity of Women: Women are a diverse group with varied backgrounds and interests, unlike caste groups.
  • Consequently, the same arguments used to justify caste-based reservations may not be directly applicable to women.
  • Women's interests are interconnected with other social, economic, and political strata.
  • Restricting Voter Choice: Critics argue that reserving seats for women could limit voter choices.
  • Instead of reservations, opponents of the Bill have proposed alternative approaches, such as women's reservation within political parties and the implementation of dual-member constituencies, where each constituency has two MPs, with one being a woman.

Key Provisions of the Women Reservation Bill 2023:

  • Reservation of one-third of all seats for women in the Lok Sabha, state legislative assemblies, and the legislature of the National Capital Territory of Delhi.
  • Within this allocation, one-third of the seats will be reserved for scheduled castes and scheduled tribes.
  • The reservations will remain in effect for 15 years from the law's commencement.
  • However, Parliament has the authority to extend the reservation period beyond 15 years through legislation.
  • Reserved seats may be subject to rotation.
  • This means that seats designated for women will not remain fixed but will rotate after each election cycle.
  • The provisions will come into effect only after a delimitation exercise is carried out for this purpose.
  • Delimitation will be based on the data collected in the first census conducted after the bill's passage.
  • The amendment will be implemented following the dissolution of the respective house or legislative assembly and will not impact any existing representation.
  • For instance, even after the Bill's passage, one-third women's representation will not be immediately applicable.
  • It will become effective as each state completes its assembly term and holds elections.

What Steps Can Be Taken Moving Forward?

In addition to the Women's Reservation Bill, India should consider implementing the following reforms to enhance the political empowerment of women:

  • Institutionalizing Intra-Party Democracy: Encourage intra-party democracy to broaden the pool of women candidates within political parties.
  • Strengthening Women's Agencies and Organizations: Support and reinforce women's agencies and organizations to contribute to the creation of a progressive society with equal opportunities for all citizens.
  • Promoting Women's Participation at the Panchayat Level: Enhance women's participation at the panchayat level by strengthening women's self-help groups.
  • Encouraging Girls' Participation in College/University Politics: Promote the active involvement of girls in college/university student political parties and political debates to nurture future women leaders.

Mains Question:

  • What are the key provisions and potential challenges associated with the Women's Reservation Bill 2023, and how can these challenges be addressed to ensure effective implementation and increased political empowerment of women in India? (15M)

Enhancing the Benefits of Research for Basmati Rice in India (Indian Express)

  • 19 Sep 2023

Why is it in News?

Over the past three decades, the yearly exports of Basmati Rice have surged from 0.3-0.35 million tonnes (valued at $200-250 million) to 4.5-4.6 million tonnes, with a value of $4.7-4.8 billion.

Transforming the Rice Industry in India:

  • Until the late 1980s, Indian farmers cultivated traditional tall basmati rice varieties, which reached heights of 150-160 cm.
  • However, these tall plants were susceptible to lodging, bending over when laden with well-filled grains, and they produced a meager 10 quintals of paddy per acre over a lengthy period of 155-160 days, from nursery sowing to harvesting.
  • Some of these traditional varieties included Taraori (also known as Karnal Local or HBC-19) and Dehraduni (Type-3).
  • The turning point occurred when the Indian Agricultural Research Institute (IARI) introduced Pusa Basmati-1 (PB-1), an improved variety released in 1989.
  • By the early 21st century, India was exporting 0.6-0.7 million tonnes of basmati rice, generating annual revenues of $400-450 million, with PB-1 accounting for approximately 60% of this success.

Evolution of the Rice Sector in India:

  • The first significant change occurred with the introduction of Pusa Basmati-1 (PB-1), which led to a doubling of India's basmati exports.
  • However, the true transformation took place in 2003 when Pusa Basmati-1121 (PB-1121) was released.
  • PB-1121's standout feature was its grain quality: each kernel averaged 8 mm in length but elongated 2.7 times to approximately 21.5 mm when cooked.
  • One cup of milled PB-1121 grains yielded 4.5 cups of cooked rice, compared to 4 cups for PB-1 and 3.7 cups for Taraori.
  • Following the introduction of PB-1121, India's basmati rice exports surged from 0.7 million tonnes to 3.7 million tonnes and from $390 million to $4.9 billion in value terms between 2001-02 and 2013-14.
  • Another significant development occurred in 2013 when the IARI released Pusa Basmati-1509 (PB-1509).
  • PB-1509 had a shorter seed-to-grain duration of just 115-120 days, making it advantageous for farmers as they could cultivate an extra crop.
  • After harvesting PB-1509, farmers began adopting various crop combinations, including planting a three-month potato crop in early October, followed by sunflower, sweet corn, or onion in early January, all of which matured in 90-100 days.

Enhancing Disease Resistance in Basmati Rice:

  • In recent years, scientists at IARI have been dedicated to safeguarding the improved yield of their basmati varieties by introducing genes for disease resistance.
  • An example is PB-1121, which became vulnerable to bacterial leaf blight. To combat this, IARI introduced Pusa Basmati-1885 and Pusa Basmati-1847.
  • These varieties were essentially PB-1121 and PB-1509 but equipped with "built-in resistance" to both bacterial blight and rice blast fungal disease.
  • The incorporation of resistance traits through marker-assisted backcross breeding eliminates the need for farmers to use fungicides.
  • This reduction in the application of crop protection chemicals not only promotes sustainable farming but also preserves the premium reputation of Indian basmati in the global market.

Challenges Faced by Basmati Rice:

  • Basmati Rice encounters two primary challenges:
  • Lack of Minimum Support Price (MSP): Unlike other crops, basmati paddy does not have a minimum support price (MSP) established by the government, which can affect the income security of farmers.
  • Export Dependency: The majority of basmati rice is exported, with a limited domestic market. This export-centric nature exposes farmers to market fluctuations and government export policies.
  • For instance, the Union government recently imposed restrictions, disallowing basmati shipments priced below $1,200 per ton.

India's Rice Exports in 2023:

  • India holds the title of the world's largest rice exporter, commanding a substantial 45% share of the global rice market.
  • During April-May 2023, the nation's rice exports surged by 21.1% compared to the same period in the previous fiscal year.
  • In May 2023, the export of Basmati rice experienced a notable increase of 10.86% compared to its exports in May 2022.
  • Non-Basmati rice shipments have been consistently growing for the past three years, and the export of Basmati rice in 2022-2023 exceeded the figures of the previous year.
  • Government data up to August 17, 2023, reveals that total rice exports (excluding broken rice) reached 7.3 million tonnes, marking a 15% increase compared to the 6.3 million tonnes exported during the corresponding period last year.

India-Canada FTA Stalled (Indian Express)

  • 18 Sep 2023

Why is it in the News?

Negotiations for a bilateral free trade agreement between India and Canada have been temporarily halted. This decision followed Prime Minister Modi's concerns about anti-India activities by extremist groups in Canada, which he discussed with Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau during the G20 Summit.

Context:

  • Negotiations on the Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA) between India and Canada have been temporarily suspended due to political differences.
  • Talks are expected to resume once these issues are resolved.

Possible Reasons for the pause:

  • Strained Relations: The relationship between the two countries has become tense due to concerns related to pro-Khalistan groups operating in Canada.
  • Diplomatic Actions: In July, India summoned the Canadian envoy and issued a formal demarche after posters naming senior Indian diplomats in Canada surfaced.
  • Strong Response: Following a meeting between Prime Ministers Modi and Trudeau during the G20 Summit, India released a strongly-worded statement.

India-Canada Relations:

  • Diplomatic relations between India and Canada were formally established in 1947. However, the partnership took a significant step forward when it was elevated to a strategic level during Prime Minister Modi's visit to Canada in 2015.

Commercial Relations:

  • Bilateral Trade: The economic relationship between the two nations has witnessed substantial growth. India has become Canada's 10th largest trading partner.
  • Trade Figures: In the fiscal year 2022-23, India's total exports to Canada amounted to US$ 4.10 billion, showing an increase from US$ 3.76 billion in the previous year.
  • Simultaneously, India's imports from Canada reached US$ 4.05 billion in 2022-23, up from US$ 3.13 billion in 2021-22.
  • Key Exports and Imports: The bilateral trade consists of a range of items. India exports gems, pharmaceutical products, ready-made garments, among others.
  • In contrast, India imports commodities like pulses, newsprint, wood pulp, asbestos, potash, iron scrap, copper, minerals, and industrial chemicals from Canada.
  • Investment: Canadian Pension Funds have made cumulative investments of around US$ 55 billion in India.
  • Additionally, the cumulative Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) from Canada since the year 2000 amounts to approximately US$ 4.07 billion.
  • CEPA/EPTA Negotiations: In March 2022, both countries agreed to re-launch negotiations for the Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA).
  • Furthermore, they explored the possibility of an interim agreement called the Early Progress Trade Agreement (EPTA), which could bring mutual commercial benefits.
  • Negotiations on CEPA and EPTA resumed in April 2022 and continued through nine rounds of talks until July of the same year.

Nuclear Cooperation:

  • Canada's nuclear aid to India began in 1956 and saw collaboration until 1974, when India conducted its nuclear test, Smiling Buddha.
  • Canada was among the earliest participants in India's nuclear power program, notably contributing to the construction of CIRUS, India's first research reactor.
  • The restoration of nuclear cooperation between the two countries occurred in June 2010 with the signing of a Nuclear Cooperation Agreement (NCA).

Science and Technology:

  • Bilateral collaboration extends to various sectors, including joint research projects in healthcare, agri-biotech, and waste management under the IC-IMPACTS program.
  • Furthermore, the Department of Earth Science and Polar Canada initiated a program for the exchange of knowledge and scientific research focused on Cold Climate (Arctic) Studies.

Cooperation in Space:

  • Notably, the commercial arm of the Indian Space Research Organization (ISRO), ANTRIX, has successfully launched several nanosatellites from Canada.
  • In a significant milestone, ISRO included Canada's first Low Earth Orbit (LEO) satellite on its 100th satellite PSLV launch in January 2018.

Development Cooperation:

  • After 55 years of bilateral programming in India with a total aid of $2.39 billion, Canada's bilateral development assistance program came to an end in 2006.
  • This change resulted from a shift in Indian government policy regarding aid.
  • Presently, Canada supports various projects in India through Grand Challenges Canada.
  • The main programming sector of the Partnerships for Development Innovation Branch focuses on maternal, newborn, and child health, including support for early childhood development.

Cooperation in Indo-Pacific:

  • In November 2022, Canada unveiled its Indo-Pacific strategy.
  • Although Canada is the last G7 nation to formally embrace the concept of the Indo-Pacific, its strategy emphasizes India's strategic importance.
  • The document highlights India as a key partner and calls for close collaboration with the country.

People-to-People Relation:

  • Canada is home to one of the largest Indian diasporas globally, numbering 1.6 million individuals (comprising Persons of Indian Origin - PIOs and Non-Resident Indians - NRIs), which constitutes more than 4% of its total population.
  • In the political arena, the present Canadian House of Commons, with a total strength of 338, includes 22 Members of Parliament of Indian origin.
  • Additionally, there has been an encouraging cultural exchange, symbolized by a commemorative Diwali stamp jointly issued by Canada Post and India Post in 2017.
  • Furthermore, Diwali celebrations on Parliament Hill have been a tradition for 18 years.

Challenges in India-Canada Relation:

  • Khalistani Groups: A significant challenge lies in Canada providing a safe haven for separatist Khalistani groups.
  • New Delhi has expressed concerns regarding the Liberal Party's alleged alignment with these groups for political support.
  • Some members of the Sikh diaspora, backed by pro-Khalistan groups, are politically active in Canada.
  • Anti-India Elements: Concerns have also arisen about Canada's perceived slow response to address anti-India elements operating on its soil.
  • Instances such as the vandalization of a Hindu temple near Toronto and the defacement of Indian symbols with anti-India graffiti have added to these concerns.
  • Diplomatic Tensions: Occasional diplomatic tensions have arisen due to issues such as Canadian comments regarding India's farmer protests and India's subsequent cancellation of diplomatic talks in response.
  • India-Canada relations are multifaceted, encompassing trade, investment, scientific collaboration, and more. However, they also face challenges related to certain groups and diplomatic issues."

Apple support for NavIC prompts consideration of mandatory adoption and extra incentives by the government. (Indian Express)

  • 16 Sep 2023

Why it is in News?

  • Following Apple's adoption of the NavIC navigation technology in select iPhone 15 models, the government is contemplating a mandate for all smartphones sold in India to incorporate this homegrown GPS alternative.
  • According to the Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY), this requirement would apply to all 5G phones by January 1, 2025, and other phones by December 2025.

Context:

  • Currently, only a few smartphone brands like Poco, Vivo, and Xiaomi incorporate NavIC support.
  • To encourage wider adoption of this indigenous navigation system, the government is contemplating additional incentives for smartphone manufacturers.
  • These incentives may be included in the upcoming round of the production-linked incentive (PLI) scheme if manufacturers utilize chips designed or produced in India that support NavIC technology.
  • As an example, the existing IT hardware PLI offers cashback incentives to companies employing India-designed or -manufactured chips in their systems.
  • The Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY) aims to make it nearly mandatory, similar to the automobile sector, for all GPS-enabled devices to include NavIC chipsets, alongside other technologies like GPS.
  • Apple's recent announcement of NavIC support in its latest iPhone models marks the company's first inclusion of this technology, potentially driving its mainstream acceptance.
  • The achievements of ISRO, including the successful lunar mission (Chandrayaan 3), the maiden solar mission (Aditya L1), and the growing recognition of NavIC technology, demonstrate India's expanding capabilities in the realm of space technology.

What is NavIC?

  • NavIC, also known as the Indian Regional Navigation Satellite System (IRNSS), is an independent and self-reliant navigation satellite system developed by the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO).
  • Initially approved in 2006 with a budget of $174 million, NavIC was anticipated to be completed by 2011 but became operational in 2018.
  • Comprising seven satellites, NavIC covers the entirety of India's landmass and extends up to 1,500 km beyond its borders.
  • Its primary objective is to reduce dependence on foreign navigation satellite systems, particularly for critical sectors.
  • Currently, NavIC is utilized in India for:
  • Public vehicle tracking, ensuring emergency alerts for fishermen in remote deep-sea areas with no terrestrial network connectivity.
  • Tracking and disseminating information related to natural disasters.
  • India's next goal is to integrate NavIC into smartphones, aligning with the draft satellite navigation policy of 2021, which outlines plans to expand coverage from regional to global.

What are the Benefits of a Regional Navigation System?

  • India is the sole country with its regional satellite-based navigation system.
  • Four global satellite navigation systems exist: the American GPS, Russian GLONASS, European Galileo, and Chinese Beidou.
  • Japan also has a four-satellite system similar to India's GAGAN (GPS Aided GEO Augmented Navigation) that can enhance GPS signals over its territory.
  • When fully operational, NavIC (supported by ground stations in Japan, France, and Russia for improved signal triangulation) will provide highly accurate open signals, up to 5 meters, and even more precise restricted signals (comparable to GPS's ~20 meters accuracy).
  • Unlike GPS, NavIC employs satellites in high geostationary orbits, ensuring they remain fixed relative to Earth and continuously cover the same Earth region.
  • NavIC signals approach India at a 90-degree angle, enhancing their reach to devices located in congested urban areas, dense forests, or mountainous terrain.

Comparison Between Old and New (2nd-Generation) NavIC Satellites:

  • The existing seven satellites in the IRNSS constellation were launched using the Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle (PSLV), which is ISRO's reliable launch rocket.
  • In 2018, the IRNSS-1I satellite joined the constellation, replacing an older, partially malfunctioning satellite. It was ISRO's ninth satellite for NavIC, although it's often considered the eighth due to the loss of IRNSS-1H in 2017 when the payload's heat shield failed to open on schedule.
  • The 2nd-generation satellite, NVS-01, launched in May 2023, belongs to ISRO's NVS series and is notably heavier.
  • NVS-01 features an onboard Rubidium atomic clock, a significant indigenous development for precise object location determination.
  • Currently, only four IRNSS satellites offer location services, while others are designated for messaging services.
  • The 2nd-generation satellites will introduce signals in a third frequency, L1 (in addition to the existing L5 and S frequencies), enhancing interoperability and supporting use in wearable devices.
  • These upgraded satellites will also boast a longer mission lifespan, exceeding 12 years, in contrast to the 10-year mission life of the existing satellites.

Mains Question:

  • How has the implementation of NavIC benefited India's navigation autonomy and strategic importance, and what are the key challenges and planned enhancements, particularly regarding mobile phone compatibility and signal security? (15M)

India's Supply Chain Opportunity (Indian Express)

  • 15 Sep 2023

Why it is in News?

Nevertheless, the declaration made during the G20 Leaders' Summit about the India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEC) has the capability to position India as a key player in the Asian segment of global supply chains. This holds substantial importance as part of endeavors to reduce reliance on supply chains centered around China.

What Are Supply Chains?

  • A supply chain encompasses all the stages involved in delivering a final product or service to the customer, starting from raw material producers.
  • It involves strategically locating various production stages (like design, production, assembly, marketing, and service activities) in a cost-effective manner.
  • Global supply chains have been the dominant model of industrial production since the 1980s, shaping the trajectory and character of globalization and regionalization.
  • These global supply chains are prevalent in a wide spectrum of industries, from simpler ones like textiles, food processing, and consumer goods to more intricate sectors such as automobiles, aircraft, machinery, electronics, and pharmaceuticals.

Why Are Global Supply Chains Shifting Away from China?

  • Presently, China plays a significant role in global value chains, contributing to nearly 20% of global manufacturing trade and a substantial share of key inputs required for production within global value chains.
  • Nevertheless, even before the Covid-19 pandemic, Western companies were progressively reducing their dependence on China as a sourcing market, and its appeal among Western buyers was waning.
  • This shift was driven, in part, by increasing labor costs and supply chain challenges within China, along with concerns among investors about tighter regulation of foreign businesses.
  • Additionally, the trade disputes between China and the US prompted multinational companies to reconsider their global sourcing strategies.
  • Certain segments of Chinese supply chains, especially those reliant on labor-intensive processes, were relocating to more cost-effective locations.
  • However, complete relocation from China is challenging due to the substantial costs associated with shifting supply chains, including establishing new facilities and recruiting and training workers, among other factors.

Why are India and Southeast Asia Considered Favorable Supply Chain Destinations?

  • Southeast Asia has been successful in luring foreign companies due to its combination of low labor costs, tax incentives, and enhanced logistical capabilities.
  • Notably, countries like Vietnam and Thailand have emerged as prominent choices for supply chain relocation.
  • India, however, is poised to become an accompanying manufacturing hub in Asia alongside China by leveraging foreign technology transfers and creating value-added employment opportunities. This is evident in various developments:
  • Increased production of iPhones within India.
  • Early-stage technology transfer for the technologically advanced Mercedes Benz EQS to India.
  • Foxconn Technology Group's establishment of a chip-making fabrication plant in Gujarat.
  • India's existing manufacturing sectors, including automobiles, pharmaceuticals, and electronics assembly, already possess sophistication and are likely to excel in this competition.
  • Foreign investors are drawn to India due to both geopolitical and economic considerations.
  • India's services sector, encompassing ICT, back-office functions, financial and professional services, as well as transport and logistics, is also positioned for success.

Initiatives Taken by India to Strengthen its Supply Chain Network:

  • Since 2022, the Indian government has prioritized preferential trade through various bilateral agreements with trading partners.
  • The UAE-India Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement became effective in May 2022.
  • Ongoing discussions aim to finalize the Australia-India free trade agreement (FTA) by the close of 2023. Negotiations are also underway for UK-India and EU-India FTAs.
  • The Indian Prime Minister's visit to Washington DC in June 2023 underscored the pivotal role of supply chains in India-United States relations.
  • These new agreements with Western trading partners signify a commitment to extensive economic integration, surpassing India's previous FTAs, which primarily focused on goods trade and related measures.

Path Ahead for India - Drawing Lessons from China's Success:

  • Encouraging foreign direct investment (FDI) with an export focus remains a key strategy for engaging in supply chains.
  • Local businesses must devise strategic approaches to integrate into global supply networks.
  • Large conglomerates can allocate resources and costs effectively among their business units.
  • Small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) can play pivotal roles as industrial suppliers and subcontractors for major exporters.
  • Strategic moves such as mergers, acquisitions, and collaborations with multinational corporations and prominent domestic enterprises are sensible steps.
  • Investing in domestic technological capabilities to meet international benchmarks for price, quality, and timeliness is crucial.
  • Identifying and targeting multinational corporations involved in industries where India holds a potential comparative advantage, coupled with improved coordination between central and state governments, is essential.
  • Investing in higher education in fields like science, technology, engineering, and mathematics is a forward-looking approach.
  • Caution should be exercised when contemplating the adoption of China's interventionist state model, as it carries significant risks of government failures.
  • Engaging with think tanks to gain insights into effective strategies is a prudent course of action.
  • India stands at a pivotal moment in history to foster industrialization in South Asia, which would enhance regional stability, create employment opportunities, and reduce susceptibility to Chinese influence.
  • To promote regional supply chains, the Indian government should consider the following policy actions:
  • Expanding the Make in India Programme into a broader Make in South Asia Programme.
  • Establishing a comprehensive bilateral Free Trade Agreement (FTA) with Bangladesh.
  • Enhancing the Indo-Sri Lanka FTA to bolster regional trade and investment based on established rules.
  • Without forging connections within South Asia, India's appeal to the Global South remains limited. The emerging supply chain opportunities with the United States offer India a promising pathway to embark on its journey of global integration, while maintaining a 'Neighbourhood First' approach.

Strategic Partnership Council (SPC) Meeting Between India & Saudi Arabia (Indian Express)

  • 12 Sep 2023

Why it is in News?

Saudi Arabia’s Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman Al Saud and Prime Minister Narendra Modi held extensive talks on Monday, agreeing to expand trade and security ties. The leaders also co-chaired the first summit-level meeting of the India-Saudi Arabia Strategic Partnership Council (SPC).

What is India-Saudi Arabia Strategic Partnership Council (SPC)?

  • The agreement to create the SPC was inked during Prime Minister Modi's official visit to Saudi Arabia in October 2019. This partnership was conceived to establish a top-tier council to guide and enhance the Indo-Saudi relationship.
  • Key Pillars:
  • The SPC operates through two primary pillars:
  • Committee on Political, Security, Social, and Cultural Cooperation.
  • Committee on Economy and Investments.
  • These sub-committees engage at four distinct levels:
  • Summit Level (Involving the Prime Minister and Crown Prince)
  • Ministerial Level
  • Senior Officials' Meetings
  • Joint Working Groups (JWGs)

Key Highlights From the Recent Meeting Between Saudi's Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman and PM Modi:

  • Notable Developments:
  • Advancing the $50-billion West Coast refinery project, a massive undertaking with a capacity of 60 million tonnes.
  • It will be a refinery and petrochemical complex situated on the Maharashtra coast.
  • Identifying energy, defense, semiconductors, and space as sectors where cooperation will be intensified.
  • Recognizing various other areas of collaboration, including security, education, technology, transportation, healthcare, tourism, and culture.
  • Expanding the Relationship:
  • Both parties agreed to transform their existing hydrocarbon relationship into a more comprehensive energy partnership.
  • Signed Agreements:
  • Additionally, eight agreements were formally signed to enhance cooperation in various domains, encompassing digitization and investment.

India-Saudi Arabia Bilateral Relations:

  • India and Saudi Arabia share warm and amicable bilateral relations that are a testament to their deep-rooted economic and socio-cultural connections spanning centuries.
  • These relations were formalized with the establishment of diplomatic ties in 1947, and since then, both nations have engaged in high-level exchanges and visits.

The Economic Cooperation Between India and Saudi Arabia:

Trade:

  • In the fiscal year 2022-23, the bilateral trade volume between India and Saudi Arabia surged to a historic high of $52.75 billion.
  • India's exports to Saudi Arabia saw significant growth, reaching $10.7 billion, compared to $8.8 billion in 2021-22.
  • India stands as the second-largest trading partner for Saudi Arabia, while Saudi Arabia ranks as the fourth-largest trading partner for India.

Investment:

  • Indian investments in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia have now reached approximately USD 2 billion.
  • Saudi Arabia, on the other hand, is recognized as the 18th largest investor in India, with investments amounting to $3.14 billion as of March 2022.
  • During the visit of the Saudi Crown Prince to India in February 2019, he made a significant announcement of the Kingdom's plans to invest a substantial sum of US $100 billion across various sectors in India.

Energy Partnership Between India and Saudi Arabia:

Vital Energy Collaboration:

  • Energy collaboration stands as a foundational element of the bilateral relationship between India and Saudi Arabia, playing a crucial role in ensuring India's energy security.
  • Saudi Arabia maintains its position as one of India's key partners in the sourcing of crude oil and petroleum products.

Crucial Import Destination:

  • During the fiscal year 2022-23, Saudi Arabia retained its status as India's third-largest supplier of crude oil and petroleum products.
  • India imported a substantial 39.5 million metric tonnes (MMT) of crude oil from Saudi Arabia in FY23, constituting 16.7% of its total crude oil imports.

LPG Contribution:

  • India also benefitted from Saudi Arabia as a significant source of LPG (liquefied petroleum gas) imports, with 7.85 MMT of LPG imported from Saudi Arabia in FY23. This accounted for 11.2% of India's total petroleum product imports during that fiscal year.

Defense Partnership Between India and Saudi Arabia:

High-Level Engagement:

  • In a significant diplomatic move, General Manoj Mukund Naravane, the Chief of Naval Staff of India, paid a landmark visit to Saudi Arabia in December 2020.

Naval Exercises:

  • The two nations have successfully conducted two editions of their bilateral naval exercise titled 'Al Mohed al Hindi.'

Collaborative Defense Endeavors:

  • India and Saudi Arabia are actively engaged in fostering collaboration within the realm of defense industries and capacity building, further strengthening their partnership in the defense domain.

Indian Community Living in Saudi Arabia:

  • Prominent Expatriate Community:
  • The Indian community in Saudi Arabia is a substantial one, numbering around 2.2 million people.
  • This makes it the largest expatriate community within the Kingdom.
  • Economic Contribution:
  • Indians constitute approximately 7% of Saudi Arabia's total population, and they play a significant role in driving the country's economic growth.
  • Migration Process Enhancement:
  • During Prime Minister Modi's visit to Riyadh in October 2019, a noteworthy development was announced. India's e-Migrate system would be integrated with Saudi Arabia's e-Thawtheeq system, streamlining the migration process for workers.
  • Hajj Pilgrimage:
  • The annual Hajj pilgrimage holds immense importance in the Indo-Saudi bilateral relationship.
  • During the visit of the Saudi Crown Prince to New Delhi in February 2019, it was revealed that India's Hajj quota would be expanded by 24,975 in 2019, allowing 200,000 Indians to partake in the Hajj pilgrimage in August 2019.

Recent Diplomatic Engagements:

  • In 2019, the then Indian Prime Minister, Manmohan Singh, undertook a significant visit to Saudi Arabia, culminating in the signing of the 'Riyadh Declaration.'
  • This landmark agreement elevated the bilateral relationship between the two nations to the status of a 'Strategic Partnership.'
  • During Prime Minister Modi's visit to Saudi Arabia in 2016, King Salman bestowed upon him the Kingdom's highest civilian honor.
  • In February 2019, Crown Prince Salman of Saudi Arabia visited India and announced the Kingdom's decision to invest approximately US$100 billion in India.

Later in the same year, during Prime Minister Modi's visit to Riyadh, the two nations signed the Strategic Partnership Council (SPC) Agreement, marking a pivotal moment in their diplomatic relations.

Swachh Vayu Sarvekshan 2023 (Indian Express)

  • 09 Sep 2023

Why in the News?

The second year of the Swachh Vayu Survekshan, carried out by the ministry based on self-assessments submitted by 130 identified cities under the National Clean Air Programme, saw Agra in Uttar Pradesh securing the second rank, followed by Thane in Maharashtra on the third spot.

About Swachh Vayu Sarvekshan:

  • In September 2022, the Union Ministry of Environment, Forest, and Climate Change published rules for 'Swachh Vayu Sarvekshan - Ranking of Cities' as part of the National Clean Air Programme (NCAP).
  • The idea behind Swachh Vayu Sarvekshan is to rank 131 cities in India based on how well they follow City Action Plans from NCAP.
  • These plans are meant to reduce air pollution by up to 40% by 2025-26.

How Swachh Vayu Sarvekshan works?

  • The Swachh Vayu Sarvekshan methodology categorizes 131 cities into three groups based on population:
  • The first group includes 47 cities with a population exceeding 10 lakhs.
  • The second group comprises 44 cities with a population ranging from 3 to 10 lakhs.
  • The third group consists of 40 cities with a population less than 3 lakhs.
  • Cities are required to perform self-assessments using the framework available on the PRANA online portal, which stands for "Portal for Regulation of Air-pollution in Non-Attainment Cities."
  • The assessment focuses on key components, including solid waste management, road dust control, management of construction and demolition waste, and the control of emissions from vehicles and industries.
  • Cash awards will be given to the top three performing cities in each group, fostering a spirit of competitive federalism.
  • This Sarvekshan serves as a valuable tool for cities to plan and execute actions aimed at improving air quality.
  • It's important to note that this ranking is not based on direct measurements of air quality parameters but on the proactive measures taken by cities to enhance air quality across various domains.

About Swachh Vayu Sarvekshan 2023:

  • The Union Environment, Forest and Climate Change Minister, Bhupender Yadav, recently announced awards for the Swachh Vayu Sarvekshan 2023, which is a survey aimed at assessing clean air.
  • In the first category, which includes cities with a population of more than 10 lakhs, Indore secured the top spot, followed by Agra and Thane.
  • Indore achieved the highest score of 187 out of 200.
  • In the second category, which covers cities with populations between 3-10 lakhs, Amravati took the first position, with Moradabad and Guntur following closely.
  • Similarly, in the third category, which comprises cities with populations less than 3 lakhs, Parwanoo (Himachal Pradesh) secured the first rank, with Kala Amb (Himachal Pradesh) and Angul (Odisha) in the second and third positions, respectively.
  • The assessment considered eight categories, including biomass and municipal solid waste burning, road dust, dust from construction and demolition waste, vehicular emissions, emissions from industries, other emissions, IEC activities (public awareness), and improvement in PM10 concentrations.
  • Urban local bodies submitted self-assessment reports with supporting documents to determine the rankings.
  • Notably, in the 2022 survey, Lucknow, Prayagraj, and Varanasi were the top three cities in the million-plus population category, but they ranked lower in the current year's survey.

What is National Clean Air Programme?

  • The National Clean Air Programme (NCAP), initiated in 2019, stands as India's primary initiative to improve air quality significantly.
  • This program was introduced as a comprehensive, time-bound, national-level strategy aimed at addressing the widespread issue of air pollution throughout the country.
  • The primary objective is to achieve a reduction of 20% to 30% in Particulate Matter concentrations by 2024, with 2017 serving as the baseline year.
  • NCAP has identified 132 non-attainment cities nationwide. These cities have consistently failed to meet the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for over five years.
  • The Ministry of Environment, Forest, and Climate Change serves as the nodal ministry responsible for overseeing NCAP's implementation.

At G20, the Eend of Old Multilateralism – and the Beginning of a New Order (Indian Express)

  • 07 Sep 2023

Why in the News?

Delhi’s current emphasis is on building bridges between developing and developed countries. Many in the developed world are waking up to the importance of greater cooperation between the North and the South amidst the breakdown of relations between the East and the West.

What are the factors contributing to the weakening of global cooperation in the post-Cold War era?

  • Russian Conflicts: International relations have been strained due to Russia's aggressive actions, notably its annexation of Ukraine's Crimean Peninsula in 2014 and the ongoing conflict with Ukraine.
  • China's Territorial Ambitions: Concerns have arisen from China's territorial disputes with neighboring Asian countries, including India, Japan, the Philippines, and Vietnam.
  • Economic Leverage: China's attempts to leverage its economic power for political and strategic purposes have led to growing distrust among nations worldwide.
  • Change in Chinese Policies: A shift in Chinese policies under Xi Jinping, departing from the peaceful periphery and shared prosperity approach of the 1980s, has had adverse effects on regional and global institutions.

How is Asia reacting to China's actions?

  • Security Institutions: New security coalitions such as the Quad, comprising India, the United States, Japan, and Australia, have been formed to counterbalance China's growing influence in the region.
  • AUKUS Pact: The establishment of the AUKUS alliance, which includes Australia, Britain, and the United States, is a direct response to China's expanding military presence in the area.
  • Questioning ASEAN's Role: China's assertive territorial expansion has raised concerns about the effectiveness of ASEAN-led regional organizations in maintaining stability.
  • Bilateral Relationships: Many Asian nations are reinforcing bilateral ties to deter China's unilateral actions. For instance, the trilateral agreement involving the United States, Japan, and South Korea aims to enhance security in Northeast Asia.
  • Economic Diversification: Countries like Japan and the United States are actively seeking to reduce their economic reliance on China by diversifying their trade partnerships.

How is India's role undergoing transformation?

  • Central Player: India is increasingly assuming a central role in shaping both regional and global dynamics, evident in its active participation in forums such as the Indo-Pacific Quadrilateral Forum.
  • G20's Evolution: India is advocating for the G20 to address the concerns of the Global South, indicating its aspiration to have a more significant role in global economic discussions.
  • Shifting Alliances: While historically aligned with Moscow and Beijing for a multipolar world, India's focus has shifted due to China's growing assertiveness, leading it closer to nations like Australia, Japan, and the United States.
  • Embracing the Indo-Pacific: India has embraced the Indo-Pacific concept and revitalized the Quad alliance to counterbalance China's influence in the region.

What are the key elements of India's new approach to multilateralism?

  • Quad Collaboration: During the Jakarta summit, the Prime Minister of India emphasized the Quad's role in complementing ASEAN's efforts and promoting regional stability.
  • Re-globalization Focus: India's External Affairs Minister, S Jaishankar, advocates for a diversified and democratic form of globalization that moves away from a production model centered around China.
  • Collective Solutions: Despite the challenges faced in multilateralism, India remains committed to seeking collective solutions to various global issues, including the modernization of the global tax regime.

Global South Concerns: India places a strong emphasis on addressing the concerns of the Global South within the G-20 agenda, with a goal of fostering greater cooperation between developed and developing nations, rather than reviving past confrontational politics.

One Nation, One Election (Indian Express)

  • 04 Sep 2023

Why in the News?

  • The Centre on Saturday (September 2) set up a committee to examine various aspects, both legal and logistical, for implementing the “one nation, one election” idea.
  • The Law Ministry has outlined seven terms of reference for the eight-member panel headed by former President Ram Nath Kovind and including Union Home Minister Amit Shah.
  • One of the terms of reference is to examine if a constitutional amendment to facilitate simultaneous polls would have to be ratified by the states.

What is the 'One Nation One Election' system?

  • The current electoral system in the country conducts separate elections for the Lok Sabha and state Assemblies with a five-year gap.
  • This gap is based on the conclusion of the Lower House's tenure, the state government's term, or premature dissolution of either.
  • State assemblies may not align their terms with each other or with that of the Lok Sabha, resulting in a continuous cycle of elections throughout the year.
  • The 'One Nation One Election' proposal suggests holding simultaneous elections for all states and the Lok Sabha every five years.
  • This would require restructuring the Indian election calendar to synchronize state and central elections.
  • Voters would then cast their ballots for both the Lok Sabha and state assemblies on a single day, simultaneously or in phased manner as needed.

Amending the Constitution:

Constitutional Provisions:

  • In India, Article 368 of the Constitution outlines the power and procedure for amending the Constitution.
  • The interpretation of this provision has led to tensions between Parliament and the judiciary since 1951.

Mixing of Flexibility and Rigidity:

  • During the debates of the Constituent Assembly, there was extensive discussion on whether the Constitution should be flexible or rigid.
  • The British constitution is often considered flexible because it can be amended by Parliament just like any other ordinary legislation.
  • In contrast, the United States Constitution cannot be amended without the ratification of at least three-fourths of the individual states.

India's Approach:

  • The Indian Constitution adopted a combination of flexibility and rigidity.
  • It allows for constitutional amendments through judicial interpretation and conventions established through usage.

Informal Amendments:

  • Informally, the Constitution is modified through judicial interpretation and established conventions.
  • For instance, in the process of appointing judges to the higher judiciary, although the Constitution refers to a consultation between the President and the Chief Justice of India, the Supreme Court's interpretation has evolved it to mean "concurrence."
  • This interpretation led to the development of the collegium system for appointing judges, effectively bringing about a change in the essence of the Constitution.

What is the Amendment Process?

Simple Majority:

  • Many provisions of the Constitution can be amended through a straightforward legislative process similar to passing regular laws in Parliament.
  • This amendment method is achieved by a majority of those present and voting and does not require a quorum.
  • Although Article 368 doesn't explicitly list such 'less significant' provisions, they are excluded from its scope throughout the Constitution, establishing a separate category.
  • Examples include changing state names, admitting new states to the Union, and adjusting state boundaries.

Special Majority:

  • For amending provisions that don't fall into the first category, Article 368 mandates that the amendment Bill must be approved by both Houses of Parliament with a majority of at least two-thirds of the members present and voting.
  • According to Rule 158 of the Lok Sabha Rules, the total membership encompasses all members of the House, regardless of any vacancies or absentees at the time.

Ratification by States:

  • A third category of provisions not only requires a special majority for amendment but also necessitates ratification by the legislatures of at least half of the states.
  • Only after receiving ratification from the states can such an amendment be presented to the President for approval.
  • These provisions pertain to the federal character of the Constitution and are commonly known as entrenched provisions.
  • For instance, the 99th Constitutional Amendment in 2014, which established the national judicial accountability commission, was ratified by 16 state legislatures before receiving the President's approval.
  • Similarly, in 2016, the 122nd Constitutional Amendment Bill introducing the Goods and Services Tax regime was ratified by 23 states.

Established Provisions:

  • Article 368 identifies six segments of the Constitution that are subject to additional safeguards when it comes to their amendment.
  • These segments include:
  • Article 54 and 55, which pertain to the election of the President of India.
  • Article 73 and 162, addressing the extent of executive power for the Union and states, respectively.
  • Articles 124–147 and 214–231, dealing with the powers of the Supreme Court and the High Courts.
  • Article 245 to 255, concerning the distribution of legislative, taxing, and administrative powers between the Union and the states.
  • Article 81–82, governing the representation of states in Parliament.
  • Article 368 itself.

State Ratification: A Supreme Court Perspective

  • The significance of state ratification was highlighted in the 1992 Supreme Court case of Kihoto Hollohan v Zachillu.
  • In this case, the constitutionality of the Tenth Schedule was challenged on the grounds that it had not been ratified by the states.
  • The Tenth Schedule deals with the disqualification of elected representatives and aimed to, among other things, limit the jurisdiction of courts in matters related to disqualifications.
  • This aspect of the amendment pertained to one of the six areas that require ratification by at least half of the states, namely, the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court and the High Courts.
  • The Supreme Court ruled in favor of the validity of the Tenth Schedule but struck down the part of the amendment that tinkered with the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court and the High Courts.

Mains Question:

  • Critically evaluate the impact of the 'One Nation One Election' proposal on India's political landscape, and elucidate the potential benefits and drawbacks of such a system? (10M)

India's G20 Presidency and Financing the green transition (Indian Express)

  • 30 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

With India gearing up to host the G20 summit on September 9 and 10, the focal points of extensive discussions are expected to revolve around climate change and its financial aspects. The current pledges from developed nations, particularly concerning climate financing mechanisms, fall short in effectively addressing the challenges posed by climate change.

What is Climate Finance?

  • Climate finance encompasses funding at the local, national, or transnational levels.
  • The UNFCCC, the Kyoto Protocol, and the Paris Agreement emphasize the need for financial support from wealthier Parties to aid those with fewer resources and greater vulnerability.
  • This acknowledgment is rooted in the understanding that countries' contributions to and capabilities for addressing climate change differ widely.
  • Mitigation efforts demand substantial investments for significant emission reductions.
  • Equally, adaptation efforts rely on substantial financial resources to counter the adverse effects and mitigate the impacts of a shifting climate.

Challenges with the Current Framework of Climate Financing:

Inadequacy of the $100 Billion Target

  • During COP15 in 2009 (Copenhagen, Denmark), developed nations collectively committed to mobilize $100 billion annually by 2020 to support climate initiatives in developing countries.
  • However, the basis for this figure, established over a decade ago, lacks rationale and logic.
  • Even at its inception, the estimated amount was insufficient to meet the actual requirements, leading to ongoing debates about its adequacy.
  • Moreover, the developing world has consistently raised concerns that the promised $100 billion annually is not being delivered by developed nations.
  • Today, to meet the objectives of the Paris Agreement, the demand for climate finance stands at approximately $4.35 trillion.
  • Actual expenditure remains just a fraction of this, around one-seventh of the needed sum.

Inclusion of Commercial Loans as Grants

  • Developed nations (OECD) claim to have provided nearly $80 billion to developing nations as climate finance in 2020.
  • However, the actual financial transfers amount to only $19-22 billion.
  • This discrepancy arises from the developed world including regular commercial debt related to climate activities in their calculations.
  • This approach reveals an evasion of responsibility, as the committed $100 billion is intended to be in the form of concessional finance or grants, not loans.

Challenges in Financing Adaptation vs. Mitigation

  • Climate finance is comprised of two main categories: mitigation and adaptation.
  • A significant majority (93 percent) of funds directed toward climate finance are channeled into mitigation projects, with an understandable rationale.
  • Mitigation initiatives often generate revenue streams and are perceived as financially viable, making them conducive to loans under standard market conditions.
  • In contrast, adaptation projects entail substantial initial expenses, prolonged timeframes, and a lack of predictable income sources.
  • This makes them appear risky to financial institutions, resulting in limited funding availability.

Limited Progress in Grant Provision

  • Despite the recurrent commitment to deliver $100 billion annually, little tangible progress has been achieved.
  • Even during recent Conferences of Parties (CoP), this promise is reiterated, yet real-world advancements remain limited.
  • In the most recent CoP (CoP27 in Sharm El-Sheikh, Egypt), an agreement was reached to establish a loss and damage fund.
  • However, the fund's specifics and quantum will be finalized later.
  • This fund is intended to address immediate challenges like rising sea levels and desertification.
  • Considering historical trends in concessional finance, substantial outcomes from this proposed fund are unlikely in the near future.
  • Furthermore, there is ambiguity regarding whether countries like India will be eligible to receive assistance or provide it.

Strides Toward Fulfilling Climate Finance Objectives:

  • Global Financing Pact 2023
  • In June 2023, the French President orchestrated a summit aimed at funding climate change mitigation (as well as poverty reduction) in the Global South.
  • During this Summit, it was declared that an additional lending capacity of USD 200 billion would be made accessible to emerging economies.
  • Moreover, the Summit signaled the imminent achievement of the long-anticipated USD 100 billion climate finance target within the current year.
  • Integration of Disaster Clauses:
  • To address the impacts of extreme weather occurrences, the World Bank introduced disaster clauses.
  • These clauses allow for the suspension of debt payments during such events, providing relief to affected nations.
  • Investment in Special Drawing Rights (SDRs):
  • The IMF unveiled a commitment to allocate USD 100 billion in Special Drawing Rights (SDRs) to support vulnerable nations.
  • However, certain SDR allocations are pending approval from the US Congress.

Way Forward for India and Other Developing Nations Amidst Limited Support from Developed Countries:

  • Resource Mobilization for Climate Finance:
  • In the face of the inadequacies in support from developed nations, countries like India must now turn inwards and strategically mobilize resources for climate finance.
  • This endeavor calls for collaborative efforts among various institutions that can complement each other's strengths.
  • Financial organizations will need to invest in mature technologies, such as wind and solar, which are commercially viable.
  • Investing in Advanced Technologies:
  • For technologies not yet ready for widespread commercial viability, governments must play a pivotal role.
  • For instance, direct financial backing is essential for the adoption of electrolysers in nascent areas like green hydrogen.
  • Currently, the cost of electrolysers poses a barrier, and scaling up through substantial orders can trigger cost reductions through economies of scale.
  • Private Sector Engagement in Adaptation Projects:
  • Regarding adaptation initiatives, involving the private sector is crucial, necessitating government intervention to facilitate collaboration.
  • Globally, most adaptation funding originates from multilateral development banks in the form of loans.
  • However, private sector participation in adaptation projects remains below 2 percent.
  • This imbalance arises from the private sector's perception of adaptation projects as high-risk ventures, given the limited incentives available for such engagements.
  • If governments co-finance adaptation projects with the private sector, it could mitigate risks and attract private sector participation.

Securing Additional Resources

  • To enable government involvement in these endeavors, additional resources will be indispensable. Possible avenues include imposing carbon taxes, issuing green bonds, and exploring catastrophe (CAT) bonds, among other innovative mechanisms.

When it comes to climate finance, countries must primarily look within, given the apparent lack of full commitment from the developed world to provide necessary assistance.

This holds special importance for nations like India, particularly as they might not qualify for concessional financing. As a result, these countries need to prioritize self-reliance and innovative strategies to address the challenges of climate change.

Mains Question:

  • How can developing countries like India address climate finance challenges in the face of limited commitment from developed nations? Discuss strategies for effective funding and the role of self-reliance. (15M)

Aditya-L1 (Indian Express)

  • 29 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

The Aditya-L1 mission will launch on September 2 from Sriharikota, according to ISRO. The first Indian observatory in space, Aditya L1, will study the Sun.

What is the Aditya-L1 Mission?

Aditya, which in Sanskrit means "Sun," is a coronagraphy spacecraft that is intended to research the solar atmosphere, or solar corona, which is its outermost region. It was created by ISRO and several other Indian scientific organizations. It will be launched on a PSLV-XL launch vehicle and is the first specifically designed Indian mission to view the Sun.

Objectives of Aditya-L1 Mission:

  • The Aditya L1 payloads' suits are anticipated to deliver vital data for comprehending the phenomenon of:
  • The dynamics of space weather, particle and field propagation.
  • Coronal mass ejection (CME), pre-flare and flare activities and their features, etc.
  • The position of the spacecraft:
  • The spacecraft will be positioned in a halo orbit around the Sun-Earth system's Lagrange point 1 (L1), according to ISRO.
  • The main benefit of having a satellite in the halo orbit around the L1 point is being able to continuously see the Sun without any occultation or eclipses.
  • This will provide us a better opportunity to watch the solar activity and how it affects the space weather in real time.
  • 1.5 million kilometers separate L1 from the planet. The spacecraft is anticipated to take more than 120 days to arrive to L1.
  • Study conducted by Aditya L1
  • The photosphere, the lowest layer of the sun that we can see directly, the chromosphere, the layer 400–2,100 km above the photosphere, and the outermost layers of the sun (the corona), are the three layers that the spacecraft is equipped to observe.
  • The remaining three playloads will examine particles and fields in situ at the Lagrange point L1, while the final four playloads will directly research the Sun.
  • Remote sensing payloads that will study the sun include:
  • The Visible Emission Line Coronagraph (VELC) for corona/imaging and spectroscopy and CME;
  • The Solar Ultraviolet Imaging Telescope (SUIT) for photosphere and chromosphere imaging;
  • The Solar Low Energy X-ray Spectrometer (SoLEXS), a soft X-ray spectrometer for Sun-as-a-star observation; and
  • The High Energy L1 Orbit
  • The payloads used to study the L1 in situ Aditya Solar Wind Particle Experiment (ASPEX) for solar wind/particle analyzer protons and heavier ions with directions;
  • Plasma Analyser Package For Aditya (PAPA) for solar wind/particle analyzer electrons and heavier ions with directions; and
  • Advanced Tri-axial High Resolution Digital Magnetometers for in situ magnetic field study.

Why is it necessary to study the Sun?

  • Every planet, including Earth and the exoplanets outside the Solar System, evolves — and the parent star governs this evolution.
  • The weather of the entire system is influenced by the solar weather and environment.
  • Variations in this weather can cause satellites' orbits to shift or their lives to be cut short, interfere with or damage onboard electronics, and cause power outages and other disruptions on Earth.
  • Understanding space weather requires knowledge of solar occurrences.
  • Continuous solar observations are required to learn about, track, and anticipate the impact of Earth-directed storms.
  • Every storm that forms in the Sun and travels to Earth passes through L1.

What is the first Lagrange point?

  • A Lagrange point is a place in space where the gravitational attraction of two enormous masses exactly equals the centripetal force necessary to move with them.
  • That is, at that moment, the gravitational attraction and repulsion between two celestial entities is such that an object put between them effectively stays in the same relative position while travelling with them.
  • These spots in space can be employed by spacecraft to lower the amount of fuel required to stay in position.
  • The five Lagrange points are named after the Italian-French mathematician Josephy-Louis Lagrange: L1, L2, L3, L4, and L5.
  • The Earth-Sun system's L1 point provides an unobstructed view of the Sun.
  • The Solar and Heliospheric Observatory Satellite SOHO is currently based there.
  • The James Webb Space Telescope of NASA is at L2.

Other Solar Missions by Different Countries:

  • United States
  • Parker Solar Probe (August 2018): Touched the Sun’s upper atmosphere, sampled particles and magnetic fields in December 2021
  • Solar Orbiter (February 2020): Explores the Sun’s changing space environment
  • Europe
  • Ulysses (October 1990): Studied space environment above and below the Sun’s poles
  • Proba-2 (October 2001): Part of solar exploratory missions.
  • Upcoming: Proba-3 (2024), Smile (2025)
  • China
  • Advanced Space-based Solar Observatory (ASO-S, October 2022): Launched to observe the Sun.
  • Japan
  • Hinotori (ASTRO-A, 1981): Studied solar flares using hard X-rays
  • Yohkoh (SOLAR-A, 1991): Studied solar activity
  • Hinode (SOLAR-B, 2006): Studied the Sun’s impact on Earth.

National Medical Commission Delays Exclusive Generic Medicine Prescriptions (Indian Express)

  • 26 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

The National Medical Commission (NMC) on Thursday put on hold its new guidelines that made it mandatory for doctors to only prescribe generic drugs.

What’s in the News?

  • Amid criticism from the Indian Medical Association (IMA) and the Indian Pharmaceutical Alliance (IPA), the National Medical Commission has suspended the Medical Practitioner (Professional Conduct) Regulations, 2023.
  • The Central Drugs Standard Control Organization (CDSCO), India's top drug regulator, also raised concerns about the language used in the notification.
  • Stakeholder groups recommended that the guidelines be postponed until the implementation of WHO's good manufacturing practices.
  • It was argued that exclusive generic drug prescriptions might lead pharmacies to sell generics with significant profit margins, potentially discouraging quality branded generic manufacturers.

Overview of the Medical Practitioner (Professional Conduct) Regulations, 2023:

  • Released on August 2nd, the National Medical Commission introduced the Medical Practitioner (Professional Conduct) Regulations, 2023, aimed at reforming prescription practices.
  • These regulations made it compulsory for registered medical practitioners to prescribe medications using terms like 'generic,' 'non-proprietary,' or 'pharmacological' names.
  • According to these guidelines, a generic drug is defined as a product comparable to the brand/reference listed product in terms of dosage form, strength, route of administration, quality, performance characteristics, and intended use.
  • Additionally, they described branded generic drugs as those that have gone off-patent are manufactured by various companies, and sold under different brand names.
  • The guidelines emphasized that every Registered Medical Practitioner (RMP) should legibly prescribe drugs using generic names, promoting rational prescription practices by avoiding unnecessary medications and irrational fixed-dose combination tablets.
  • The regulations also outlined punitive measures for those who breach these directives.
  • Beyond generic drug prescribing, the NMC guidelines covered a wide range of issues, including continuing medical education, the use of social media platforms, and the maintenance of a dynamic register of doctors.
  • They also prohibited doctors from participating in events sponsored by pharmaceutical companies.
  • However, these NMC guidelines faced opposition from the Indian Medical Association (IMA).

Concerns Raised by the Indian Medical Association (IMA):

  • In response to the regulations introduced by the NMC, the IMA released a statement outlining its concerns.
  • The IMA highlights the primary obstacle to the adoption of generic drugs as the uncertainty surrounding their quality.
  • They emphasize that the nation's quality control standards are significantly lacking, making it practically impossible to guarantee the quality of drugs. Prescribing drugs without assured quality, they argue, could jeopardize patient health.
  • The statement further points out that less than 0.1% of drugs manufactured in India undergo quality testing.
  • The IMA suggests that this step should be postponed until the government can ensure the quality of all drugs released into the market.
  • Their statement firmly asserts that patient care and safety must not be compromised.
  • The IMA has long advocated for the availability of only high-quality drugs in the country, with uniform and affordable pricing.
  • They call upon the government to implement a 'one drug, one quality, one price' system, in which all brands are either sold at the same price or banned, allowing only generics while ensuring the highest quality of these drugs.

About National Medical Commission:

  • The National Medical Commission (NMC) is a statutory institution established under the National Medical Commission Act of 2019.
  • It succeeded the previously existing Medical Council of India (MCI), which had been in operation since 1934.

NMC's Key Objectives:

  • Enhance accessibility to quality and affordable medical education.
  • Ensure the availability of sufficient and high-quality medical professionals throughout the country.
  • Promote equitable and comprehensive healthcare with a focus on community health and universal access to medical services for all citizens.
  • Encourage medical professionals to integrate the latest medical research into their practice and contribute to ongoing research.
  • Conduct transparent periodic assessments of medical institutions.
  • Maintain a comprehensive medical register for India.
  • Uphold rigorous ethical standards across all facets of medical services.
  • Establish an effective grievance redressal mechanism.

NMC Composition:

  • The NMC comprises 25 members, the majority of whom are nominated by the Central government.
  • The tenure of NMC members is four years, except for part-time members, who serve for two years.
  • Eleven part-time members represent states or state medical councils.
  • Notably, NMC chairpersons and other members appointed by the Central government cannot be reappointed.
  • Decisions within the Commission require approval from the majority, with a minimum of 13 out of 25 members' agreement.

Green Hydrogen Standard for India (Indian Express)

  • 21 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

The Indian Ministry for Clean Energy has set rules for making green hydrogen in India. These rules say how clean the hydrogen must be. They also promise to explain how to check and confirm if the hydrogen is green.

What is Green Hydrogen?

Green hydrogen is clean energy made by splitting water using renewable sources like wind, sun, and water power. It can be a big part of moving to an eco-friendly economy and fighting climate change. This hydrogen can be saved and used as fuel for vehicles, factories, and farming.

If we compare it to grey and blue hydrogen:

  • Grey hydrogen is made using electricity from fossil fuels, which make harmful gases. Right now, 95% of hydrogen is made this way.
  • Blue hydrogen is also made using fossil fuels for electricity, but it's made cleaner by stopping the harmful gases from going into the air using a special technology called carbon capture and storage (CCS).

Why We Should Invest in Green Hydrogen?

  • Cutting Greenhouse Gas Emissions: The main reason to embrace green hydrogen is to slash greenhouse gas emissions and fight climate change.
  • Traditional fuels used for transportation and power generation produce lots of harmful emissions.
  • Green hydrogen, made from clean sources, doesn't emit any of these gases, making it a planet-friendly energy choice.
  • Energy Security and Independence: Fossil fuels are running out, and their prices can go up and down because of supply and demand.
  • By going for clean energy like green hydrogen, countries can be more self-reliant and not as affected by price swings and fuel shortages.
  • Creating Jobs and Industries: Making green hydrogen opens up new businesses and job opportunities, especially in clean energy.
  • Producing, storing, and moving green hydrogen needs special skills and infrastructure, which can mean lots of new jobs.
  • The renewable energy field, for example, employed 11 million people worldwide in 2018 and is set to create over 42 million jobs by 2050, says the International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA).
  • Clean-Up Tough Industries: Some industries, like heavy manufacturing and aviation, are hard to clean up.
  • They make a big mess in the environment. Green hydrogen can replace dirty fuels in these sectors and help them become cleaner.
  • Boosting Technology: Developing green hydrogen forces us to come up with new ideas and technologies in lots of areas.
  • Making, storing, and moving green hydrogen needs new stuff, like materials and systems which can lead to big advances in technology and how things work.

What are the Uses of Green Hydrogen?

In Agriculture:

  • Replacing Fossil Fuels:
  • Green hydrogen can take the place of fossil fuels in farming. It can help make ammonia, which is used in fertilizers.
  • Normally, we make ammonia from natural gas, which makes harmful gases.
  • Green ammonia made with green hydrogen is clean and has benefits like working better and not making the soil too acidic.
  • But, making lots of green ammonia needs new technology and lots of money, so it might not happen quickly.
  • Green-Powered Farm Machines:
  • Big machines on farms, like tractors, use a lot of energy. Using green hydrogen to power these machines can cut down on harmful gases but still give them enough power to do their jobs.
  • Water Management:
  • Green hydrogen can help make saltwater into freshwater using special machines called desalination plants. This helps save fresh water.

In Transportation:

  • Hydrogen Fuel Cells:
  • These are like magic batteries that run on hydrogen and oxygen. They make electricity for vehicles without making any bad stuff.
  • Hydrogen-powered vehicles can go far and fill up fast, which is great for long trips.

In Industry:

  • Saving Money:
  • We can make green hydrogen when there's extra clean energy, like when the wind is blowing strong. Then we save it for when we need it. This can lower energy costs and help the environment.
  • Reliable Energy:
  • Green hydrogen can be made and saved right where it's used, so it's always ready.
  • This means we don't have to rely too much on the power grid, which is good for energy independence.
  • Less Waste:
  • We can make green hydrogen from stuff we don't want, like trash and farm leftovers. This can cut down on waste and be good for the planet.
  • Using Energy Better:
  • Green hydrogen can power things called fuel cells, which are more efficient than regular engines which means we use less energy, which is better for everyone.

What India is Doing to Boost Green Hydrogen?

India knows that green hydrogen can help make the country cleaner and reach climate goals. They have started many plans to make, use, and even sell green hydrogen.

Here are some important ones:

  • National Hydrogen Mission: This is like a big plan to make India a leader in green hydrogen and everything that comes from it. They will also work on things like trying it out, studying it, teaching people about it, making rules, and setting goals.
  • Using More Green Hydrogen: The government wants some big industries, like fertilizer and oil refining, to use a part of their hydrogen from green sources. It's kind of like how they ask electricity companies to use more clean energy.
  • Green Hydrogen Centers: Special places in India are being picked where they can make a lot of green hydrogen and use it too. These places will be like hubs for all things green hydrogen.

Key Highlights of India's Green Hydrogen Standard:

  • Defining Green Hydrogen: Green hydrogen in India means making hydrogen in a way that doesn't create more than two kilograms of carbon dioxide for every kilogram of hydrogen. India now joins a small group of countries with a clear green hydrogen definition.
  • What's Counted: This measurement includes everything from cleaning water to making hydrogen, plus purifying, drying, and compressing it.
  • Different Production Methods Included: This rule covers hydrogen made using electricity (like machines) and hydrogen made from biomass (plants).
  • Nodal Authority: The Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) under the Ministry of Power is the boss that approves agencies responsible for watching, confirming, and certifying green hydrogen projects.

Challenges in Implementing Green Hydrogen:

  • Cost Barrier: Right now, green hydrogen is more expensive than regular fossil fuels.
  • This is because it needs special equipment and systems for production, storage, and transport, however, as technology gets better and we make more of it, the cost is likely to come down.
  • Building Infrastructure: To use green hydrogen everywhere, we need a strong system in place to produce it, store it, and move it around.
  • This system must also work well with our current energy setup to make the switch to green hydrogen smooth.
  • Energy Storage: Green hydrogen comes from sources like the wind and sun, which aren't always available.
  • We need smart ways to store extra energy when it's sunny and windy so that we have a constant supply of green hydrogen.
  • Batteries and special hydrogen storage can help with this.
  • Safety: Green hydrogen is a gas that can catch fire easily, so we need to be very careful when handling and storing it.
  • Creating safety rules and regulations is important to make sure it's handled safely.

Way Forward

  • Tackling High Costs: Green hydrogen currently costs more to produce and use than hydrogen from fossil fuels or other low-carbon sources. To address this, we should focus on developing more efficient technologies. This might involve improving electrolysis systems to use less energy or integrating green hydrogen production with renewable energy sources like wind and solar to reduce electricity costs.
  • Government Support: Governments can play a vital role by implementing rules that encourage the adoption of green hydrogen. This might include tax breaks or subsidies to make green hydrogen more attractive for both producers and users.
  • Building the Right Infrastructure: Green hydrogen needs its own infrastructure and supply chain. The current setup for regular hydrogen doesn't work well for green hydrogen. We need to build an efficient and cost-effective system for producing, storing, transporting, and distributing green hydrogen.
  • Cooperation Among Stakeholders: Making green hydrogen happen involves many different groups, from renewable energy makers to hydrogen producers and users. They all need to work together and have consistent rules, standards, and incentives to make Green hydrogen a success.

Raising Awareness and Building Skills: Green hydrogen is still a new idea for many. We need to show people how it's good, safe, and practical in various uses. This also means training and developing the skills needed to produce and use green hydrogen effectively.

India’s first 3D-printed Post Office (Indian Express)

  • 19 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

  • The inaugural of India's first 3D-printed post office took place virtually, led by Union Minister Ashwini Vaishnaw in Bengaluru's Cambridge Layout.
  • The post office was constructed in an impressive 43 days, finishing two days ahead of schedule.
  • Larsen & Toubro Limited, a multinational company, partnered with IIT Madras to provide the technological expertise for building this innovative post office.

What is 3D Printing?

  • 3D printing, also known as additive manufacturing, employs computer-aided design to create prototypes or functional models of objects by depositing successive layers of materials like plastic, resin, thermoplastic, metal, fiber, or ceramic.
  • The process begins with computer software developing the model, which then provides instructions to the 3D printer.
  • The primary form of 3D printing, known as additive manufacturing, caters to specific demands, often producing specialized items like lightweight equipment for unique projects.
  • This technology finds crucial applications in fields like healthcare and related industries.
  • On a global scale, the USA leads in 3D printing, commanding more than 35% of the market.
  • In Asia, China dominates, capturing around 50% of the market, while Japan follows at 30%, and South Korea at 10%.

Applications of 3D printing:

  • The applications of 3D printing are extensive and diverse, finding their place in various industries worldwide.
  • This technology is increasingly harnessed for:
  • Mass Customization: 3D printing enables tailored production, catering to individual preferences.
  • It contributes to open-source designs in the agriculture, healthcare, automotive, locomotive, and aviation sectors.
  • Objects are built layer by layer using materials directly from computer-aided design (CAD) models.
  • 3D printing serves a wide spectrum, including affordable housing up to G+3 floors, military barracks, single-floor schools, warehousing, accommodations, and villas.

How 3D Printing Works?

  • Prerequisites:
  • To engage in 3D printing, you'll require a personal computer connected to a 3D printer.
  • The process starts by designing a 3D model of the desired object using computer-aided design (CAD) software and then selecting the 'print' option.
  • The 3D printer then takes over the rest of the process.
  • Design:
  • Initiating the process involves crafting a digital 3D model of the intended object.
  • This model can be formed through 3D modeling software or acquired via 3D scanning techniques.
  • Slicing:
  • The 3D model is segmented into thin horizontal layers through specialized software, with each layer representing a cross-section of the final object.
  • Preparation:
  • The sliced model, along with parameters like layer thickness, print speed, material type, and temperature, is sent to the 3D printer.
  • Printing: The 3D printer follows instructions and starts the printing process using various methods, including:
  • Fused Deposition Modeling (FDM): This common method extrudes molten thermoplastic material through a heated nozzle, building the object layer by layer.
  • Stereolithography (SLA): SLA employs UV laser to solidify liquid photopolymer resin, producing intricate and detailed objects.
  • Selective Laser Sintering (SLS): In SLS, a laser fuses powdered material layer by layer, allowing for versatility in materials like plastics, metals, or ceramics.
  • Powder Bed Fusion (PBF): Similar to SLS, PBF fuses powdered materials like metals, plastics, or ceramics using a laser.
  • Inkjet Printing: Some printers use inkjet-like technology to deposit material in droplets, which are then cured to form layers.
  • Layer-by-Layer Construction:
  • The printer continues depositing material layer by layer as per the sliced model until the complete object takes shape.
  • Supports might be included for intricate or overhanging parts, which can be removed after printing.
  • Post-Processing:
  • After printing, post-processing steps like cleaning, curing, sanding, painting or assembly might be needed, depending on the material and desired finish.

Benefits of 3D Printing Technology:

  • Accessibility Enhancement: 3D printers are increasingly accessible, with local service providers offering manufacturing outsourcing services.
  • Medical Advancements: In healthcare, 3D printing aids in saving lives by producing organs like livers, kidneys, and hearts.
  • Ongoing developments in healthcare harness this technology for significant advancements.
  • Eco-Friendly Approach: With reduced material wastage, 3D printing is inherently environmentally friendly.
  • Cost-Effectiveness: Customization of desired products occurs swiftly, reducing costs associated with using multiple machines for manufacturing.
  • Swift Prototyping: 3D printing generates parts within hours, drastically expediting the prototyping process.
  • Efficient Design and Production: The technology enables rapid design iterations and faster production cycles.
  • Strength and Lightweight Properties: Parts created through 3D printing are strong and lightweight, offering a valuable combination of properties.
  • Complex Object Realization: This technology empowers the creation of intricate objects and shapes that might be unattainable through conventional methods.

Drawbacks of 3D Printing:

  • Design Inaccuracies: Inconsistencies in design accuracy can arise from variations in the type of machine or process used.
  • Some printers may have lower tolerances, leading to differences between the final parts and the original design.
  • Copyright Concerns: As 3D printing becomes more widespread, counterfeit products could proliferate, challenging the distinction between genuine and fake items.
  • Copyright infringement issues and quality control problems can emerge.
  • Impact on Manufacturing Jobs: The automation and printer-based production of 3D technology may lead to a reduction in human labor.
  • This could jeopardize the economies of third-world countries that heavily rely on low-skill manufacturing jobs.
  • Build Size Limitations: 3D printers currently possess compact print chambers, constraining the size of printable parts.
  • Larger objects may require separate printing of components and subsequent manual assembly, increasing costs and time.
  • Material Constraints: While 3D printing accommodates plastics and metals, the range of available raw materials is not exhaustive.

The trajectory of 3D Printing is poised to reshape India's manufacturing and industrial landscape, leveraging digital techniques, communication, imaging, architecture, and engineering. To establish a significant presence in the additive manufacturing or 3D printing domain, it's proposed that India should integrate this technology across all sectors, including defense and public domains. Establishing a governing body comprising local and global industry experts can spearhead this transformative endeavor.

Mains Question:

  • Discuss the advantages and challenges of 3D printing technology in the context of modern manufacturing. Provide specific examples of industries where 3D printing has made significant contributions and highlight the potential impact of this technology on future manufacturing processes and industries. (15M)

Instances of Cloudburst and Their Frequency in India (Indian Express)

  • 16 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

  • After heavy rains in Himachal Pradesh, landslides occurred, resulting in 22 fatalities.
  • Chief Minister Sukhvinder Singh Sukhu reported cloudbursts and advised against approaching waterbodies and vulnerable areas.
  • The Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) forecasted scattered to widespread rains in Himachal Pradesh on August 14 and 15, and in Uttarakhand from August 14 to 18, followed by a substantial decrease.

Reasons Behind Intense Rains in Himachal and Uttarakhand:

  • The combination of the monsoon trough's northward progression and its interaction with a weakened western disturbance is triggering heavy rainfall in Himachal Pradesh and Uttarakhand.
  • The monsoon trough takes the form of an extended low-pressure region, stretching from a "heat low" situated over Pakistan's seas to the Bay of Bengal region's head (encompassing parts of Odisha, West Bengal, and Bangladesh).
  • The monsoon trough is a semi-permanent component of the monsoon's circulation, as outlined by the India Meteorological Department.
  • Presently, the monsoon trough has shifted northward beyond its usual position, overlaying the foothills of the Himalayas.
  • In the near term, the monsoon trough will undergo a southward shift, leading to a temporary decrease in hill-region rainfall and an upsurge in rainfall across the east-central regions of India.

About Cloudbursts

  • Cloudbursts refer to highly concentrated and intense rainfall events.
  • As per the India Meteorological Department (IMD), cloudbursts involve exceptionally heavy rain concentrated over a limited region, with a rapid rate of around 10 cm per hour.
  • This phenomenon is accompanied by robust winds and lightning, typically occurring across an area of about 20 to 30 square kilometers.
  • Following this criterion, even 5 cm of rain within just thirty minutes across the same area would be classified as a cloudburst.
  • Cloudbursts are relatively frequent occurrences, especially in the monsoon season.
  • A majority of these incidents take place in the Himalayan states, where the unique local geography, wind patterns, and temperature differences between various atmospheric layers create favorable conditions for their formation.

Occurrence of Cloudburst:

  • Cloudbursts unfold when moisture-laden air ascends hilly terrain, forming vertical cloud columns known as 'cumulonimbus' clouds.
  • These clouds typically yield rain, thunder, and lightning. This upward cloud movement is termed an orographic lift.
  • Such unstable clouds generate an intense rainstorm over a limited area once they amass enough moisture while being trapped within the ridges and valleys amid hills.
  • The energy needed for a cloudburst originates from the ascending air movement.
  • Cloudbursts are predominantly witnessed at altitudes ranging from 1,000 to 2,500 meters above sea level.
  • Moisture is often sourced from low-pressure systems (associated with cyclonic storms in the ocean) positioned over the Gangetic plains, coupled with low-level winds blowing in from the east.
  • On occasions, north-western winds also contribute to cloudburst occurrence.
  • Given the multifaceted factors that must align for a cloudburst event, their likelihood is quite rare.

Cloudburst Prediction:

  • The India Meteorological Department (IMD) anticipates forthcoming rainfall occurrences with a certain lead time. However, they do not project the precise volume of rainfall—this remains true for meteorological bodies worldwide.
  • Forecasts generally pertain to categories like light, heavy, or very heavy rainfall, omitting the exact measurements of rainfall at specific locations.
  • Moreover, these predictions encompass relatively larger geographic regions such as states, meteorological sub-divisions, or even districts, and their accuracy diminishes for smaller areas.
  • While it's theoretically conceivable to forecast rain for minute areas, the prerequisites include an intricate network of weather instruments and computational capabilities that currently appear impractical with available technologies.
  • As a result, the exact anticipation of individual cloudburst incidents remains beyond current forecasting capabilities.

Are Cloudburst Incidents on the Rise?

  • There is no discernible long-term trend indicating an increase in cloudbursts, as defined by the IMD.
  • Nevertheless, occurrences of extreme rainfall, along with other extreme weather phenomena, are on the rise globally, not solely in India.
  • While the total rainfall volume in India has not undergone significant change, a growing portion of precipitation is concentrated within a brief timeframe.
  • This implies that instances of heavy rainfall are becoming more intense, accompanied by prolonged dry periods within the rainy season.
  • This distinctive pattern, attributed to climate change, potentially signifies an elevated probability of cloudburst events as well.

Consequences of Cloudbursts:

  • Flash Floods: Cloudbursts can lead to catastrophic flash floods, resulting in the uprooting of trees and the displacement of boulders and debris.
  • Infrastructure Deterioration: The sheer intensity of cloudburst downpours can inflict significant harm on infrastructure, including houses, roads, and bridges.
  • Landslides: In hilly and mountainous regions, cloudburst-induced heavy rainfall can precipitate landslides.
  • Ecological Impact: Cloudbursts can also negatively impact trees, plants, and crops, causing loss of cultivable land and affecting livestock.

Cloudbursts can trigger a chain of devastating outcomes, encompassing flash floods, damage to infrastructure, landslides, and ecological disruption.

Areas Prone to Cloudbursts in India:

  • Cloudbursts primarily occur across the challenging landscapes of the Himalayas, the Western Ghats, and the northeastern hill states of India.
  • Intense rainfall on these vulnerable steep slopes triggers landslides, flash floods, and debris flows, leading to extensive devastation and loss of lives and property.
  • An illustration of this was the flash floods in the Lidder Valley on July 8, 2022, along the route to the Amarnath Temple in Jammu and Kashmir, which tragically claimed the lives of numerous pilgrims.
  • Furthermore, robust monsoon winds along the coastline can also induce cloudbursts, as evident in incidents like Mumbai (2005) and Chennai (2015).
  • Coastal cities face heightened vulnerability due to cloudbursts, as these sudden floods can disrupt conventional stormwater and flood management strategies in these urban areas.

Strategies to Mitigate Cloudburst Impact:

  • Controlled Construction Near Water Bodies: Regulate construction near riverbanks, considering water levels during heavy rainfall to prevent vulnerability.
  • Enhanced Water Control Infrastructure: Reinforce embankments, barrages, and dams to manage and regulate water flow more effectively.
  • Ecologically Informed Local Planning: Implement localized planning that acknowledges the region's ecological sensitivity and engages local communities.
  • Balanced Infrastructure Development: Scrutinize infrastructure projects and protect eco-sensitive zones to maintain environmental integrity.
  • Advanced Forecasting and Technology: Improve IMD forecasting and integrate advanced technology to monitor and predict extreme weather occurrences. This allows for early warnings, evacuation planning, and readiness.
  • Eco-Friendly Approaches: Promote eco-sensitive tourism and adopt environmentally friendly policies to foster sustainable development in the area.
  • Disaster Management Integration: Embed disaster management and prevention measures into the developmental planning process for a comprehensive approach.
  • Addressing Himalayan Region: Address the increasing frequency of cloudbursts in the Himalayan region, driven by the higher decadal temperature rise compared to the global trend.

By implementing these measures, it's possible to alleviate the impacts of cloudbursts and enhance the region's resilience to extreme weather events.

The global incidence and severity of cloudbursts are anticipated to rise due to climate change. A mere 1-degree Celsius temperature elevation could correspond to a 7-10% augmentation in moisture and rainfall levels. This heightened moisture capacity in the air leads to elongated dry spells punctuated by brief bursts of intense rainfall. Consequently, more substantial cumulonimbus clouds form, heightening the likelihood of cloudbursts.

In light of this, immediate actions and well-devised policies are imperative to safeguard lives and assets from escalating extreme events, which are poised to intensify as global temperature shifts intensify.

Mains Question:

  • Elaborate on the causative factors and ramifications associated with cloudbursts, and subsequently, examine the strategies aimed at averting and mitigating the profound consequences of these intense rainfall events. (15M)

Enhancing the Efficiency of Urea as a Fertilizer: Reasons and Necessity (Indian Express)

  • 15 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

  • Prime Minister of India has recently inaugurated 'Urea Gold,' a novel fertilizer created by the state-owned Rashtriya Chemicals and Fertilizers Ltd (RCF), which involves enhancing urea with sulfur.
  • Urea, a white nitrogen-based chemical fertilizer, artificially enriches plants with a key nutrient, nitrogen.

What are Fertilizers?

  • A fertilizer is a substance, whether naturally occurring or synthetically produced, comprising essential chemical elements like Nitrogen (N), Phosphorus (P), and Potassium (K), which enhance the growth and productivity of plants.
  • In India, the primary fertilizers are Urea, DAP, and Muriate of Potash (MOP), forming the trio of fundamental fertilizing agents.

Fertilizer Utilization in India:

  • The Green Revolution in the 1960s experienced remarkable success due to the abundant application of these fertilizers, resulting in increased grain output.
  • However, the response of crop yields to fertilizer usage has significantly declined over time.
  • For instance, during the 1960s in India, 1 kg of NPK nutrients yielded 12.1 kg of cereal grains; this yield diminished to 5 kg during the 2010s.
  • The primary cause behind this decline has been the imbalanced application of Nitrogen (N) by farmers.

What Factors Sustain Urea's Prominence as the Leading Fertilizer?

  • Advantages in Abundance:
  • Urea retains its supremacy as the most extensively utilized fertilizer owing to its enriched nitrogen content, a pivotal nutrient for promoting plant growth.
  • Urea's widespread popularity is attributed to its accessibility and cost-effectiveness, presenting farmers with a practical nitrogen source.
  • Additionally, its ease of storage and transportation enhances its convenience for both agricultural practitioners and manufacturers.
  • The versatility of urea as a fertilizer is noteworthy, as it suits a diverse array of crops and soil compositions.
  • Substantial Subsidization:
  • In India, urea maintains its position as the top-ranking fertilizer in terms of production, import, consumption, and regulatory control.
  • Urea's consumption has surged by more than a third since 2009-10, primarily due to a mere 16.5% increase in its maximum retail price (MRP), rising from Rs 4,830 to Rs 5,628 per tonne.
  • Nonetheless, the current per-tonne MRP of urea, especially when juxtaposed against DAP (Rs 27,000) and MOP (Rs 34,000), significantly deviates from the recommended 4:2:1 NPK usage ratio, widely considered optimal for Indian soil conditions."

Dual Challenges Arising from Escalating Urea Consumption:

  • India's annual urea consumption, reaching around 36 million metric tons, currently ranks second only to China's 51 million metric tons. China's urea production is primarily coal-derived.
  • In the previous fiscal year, approximately 7.6 million metric tons of urea were imported out of the total 36 million metric tons consumed. Notably, even domestically produced urea relies on imported natural gas as its primary feedstock.
  • The second challenge centers on nitrogen use efficiency (NUE). A mere 35% of the nitrogen applied through urea in India effectively contributes to crop growth and harvested yields.
  • The diminishing NUE, declining from approximately 48% in the early 1960s, compels farmers to increase fertilizer application to attain the same level of yield.

Government Initiatives to Curtail Urea Consumption in India:

  • The initiation of the nutrient-based subsidy (NBS) framework in 2010 marked a pivotal step.
  • Under NBS, the government established a fixed per-kilogram subsidy for each fertilizer nutrient – Nitrogen (N), Phosphorus (P), Potash (K), and Sulphur (S) – a departure from the previous product-specific subsidy system.
  • The primary goal is to encourage balanced fertilization by dissuading excessive application of urea (46% N), di-ammonium phosphate (DAP - 46% P plus 18% N), and muriate of potash (MOP - 60% K).
  • In 2015, the government mandated the application of neem oil coating to all domestically produced and imported urea.
  • While initial years witnessed a decline in consumption, this trend reversed from 2018-19.
  • Subsequently, the transition from 50 kg bags to 45 kg bags occurred in 2018. Moreover, the Indian Farmers' Fertiliser Cooperative (IFFCO) introduced the liquid 'Nano Urea' in 2021. This innovative form of urea as nanoparticles aims to rectify the disproportionate and unsystematic usage of conventional urea. It seeks to elevate crop productivity while diminishing soil, water, and air pollution.
  • Despite these government measures to counter illegal diversion for non-agricultural purposes and enhance nitrogen use efficiency, the reduction in urea consumption has not been achieved."

What is Urea Gold?

  • Ordinary urea typically contains a single plant nutrient, Nitrogen (N), at a concentration of 46%. Urea Gold, on the other hand, consists of 37% N along with an additional 17% sulfur (S).
  • Urea Gold pursues dual objectives.
  • Firstly, it provides Sulphur (S) in conjunction with Nitrogen (N).
  • Indian soils suffer from Sulphur deficiency, a shortfall that is particularly crucial for oilseeds and pulses – commodities in which the nation is heavily reliant on imports.
  • Secondly, Urea Gold aims to enhance the Nitrogen Use Efficiency (NUE) of urea.
  • The sulfur coating on urea ensures a more gradual release of Nitrogen, prolonging its action.
  • This extended effect keeps plants vibrant for an extended duration, thus reducing the frequency of application. For instance, just two bags of Urea Gold (instead of three) could potentially cover an acre of paddy or wheat.
  • As of now, the commercial launch of Urea Gold by RCF is pending, with pricing details yet to be disclosed.

Primary Obstacle in Urea Fortification and the Path Forward:

  • A key challenge pertains to pricing dynamics.
  • For instance, the anticipated Maximum Retail Price (MRP) for Urea Gold is projected to range between Rs 400-500 for a 40-kg bag (compared to approximately Rs 254 for a 45-kg bag of regular neem-coated urea).
  • One potential solution could involve allowing market-driven determination of MRPs for all coated fertilizers.
  • Given that conventional urea and DAP will persist at heavily subsidized rates, manufacturers are likely to face constraints in levying substantial premiums on their fortified fertilizer offerings.
  • An optimal approach would involve conducting the coating process directly at the manufacturing facility.
  • This ensures a more consistent distribution of micronutrients and simplifies the task for farmers, sparing them the intricacies of blending the elements themselves.

Mains Question:

  • Discuss the outcomes of CACP's proposal to incorporate Urea into Nutrient-Based Subsidy. Analyze how Urea's exclusion from NBS contributes to nutrient imbalance and assess how challenges, including economic burden and black marketing, impact the effectiveness of NBS. (15M)

Why India Needs an Industrial Policy? (Indian Express)

  • 11 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

  • India's move to impose import limitations on personal computers, laptops, and a variety of commodities has sparked a discussion about the trajectory of the nation's industrial policy.
  • Detractors view these restrictions as reminiscent of a bygone era when the Indian economy was constrained by the license permit regime.

The Government's Directive Regarding Laptop Import Ban:

  • On August 3rd, the Union Government introduced measures to restrict the import of laptops, tablets, all-in-one personal computers, ultra-small computers, and servers, effective immediately.
  • Entities or businesses intending to import laptops and computers for sale within India will now require government permission or a license for their importation.
  • This directive was issued by the Directorate General of Foreign Trade (DGFT).
  • The restrictions have been enacted under HSN Code 8471, affecting seven categories of electronic devices.
  • The Harmonized System of Nomenclature (HSN) code is an organizational system utilized for tax-related product identification.
  • HSN Code 8471 is employed to categorize devices specifically designed for data processing functions.
  • However, due to issues arising at ports where customs officials were detaining shipments of the specified electronic goods, the DGFT opted to suspend the enforcement of this measure until November 1st, 2023."

Concerns Regarding the Laptop Import Restrictions:

  • These limitations have raised concerns about a potential regression of the Indian economy into the period characterized by the license permit system, during which discretionary and authoritarian bureaucratic control prevailed, sometimes accompanied by corruption.
  • During that era, citizens encountered scarcities, substandard products, or attempts to circumvent government regulations.
  • The manner in which the government introduced the import ban on laptops, subsequently revising the deadlines, has evoked familiar concerns about bureaucrats who seem to "act first and inquire later."
  • Nonetheless, proponents of the policy contend that its implementation was long overdue.

How these Restrictions are Different from Regulations in the 1960s-70s?

  • Shift in Circumstances
  • Indian industrial policy of the past yielded moderate outcomes, However, the historical context has undergone a transformation.
  • Factors such as energy availability, logistics, human capital, and global geopolitical dynamics are no longer as constricting for India as they once were.
  • The expanded market size, particularly in certain sectors, grants India greater negotiating power than in the past.
  • Enhancement of Government Capacity:
  • The current imposition of import restrictions is distinct due to the enhancement of government capacity, setting it apart from the circumstances of the 1960s.
  • Those earlier restrictions were significantly more extensive, governing the entire import and production landscape in a way that hindered domestic productive and allocative efficiencies.
  • Altered Objective:
  • Today's objective diverges from simply reducing import reliance; it aims to reshape the import structure to support India's journey towards self-reliance (Aatma Bharat).
  • If the government can effectively communicate and uphold this distinction, the nation may avoid reliving the challenges posed by prior industrial policies."

Importance of Instituting an Industrial Policy in India:

  • While India has witnessed the fruits of liberalization, the reality persists that the country struggled to cultivate a robust manufacturing foundation and experienced premature de-industrialization.
  • Across the globe, no nation has achieved industrialization solely through deregulation. An industrial policy is pivotal for orchestrating a fundamental reconfiguration of the economy's structure.
  • Strategically devised import restrictions can constitute an integral element of such a policy framework.
  • Given the contemporary global landscape, a robust industrial policy is imperative. Various countries are already adopting this approach, and considering the prevailing geopolitics and security concerns, it's crucial for India to formulate a comprehensive industrial policy and place a heightened emphasis on manufacturing."

Suggestions for Developing a Strong Industrial Policy:

  • Balancing Competition and Collaboration:
  • Advocates of an industrial policy assert that India should prioritize the fundamental attributes that enhance competitiveness within an economy.
  • Such a policy can engender favorable external effects, address coordination hurdles, and stimulate agglomeration advantages.
  • Shifting Away from Subsidies and Safeguards:
  • Despite increased state capacity, the dynamics of bureaucratic discretion must not be underestimated, particularly within a context where certain companies receive disproportionate state favoritism.
  • Furthermore, Indian states should progressively transition from reliance on subsidies and moderate safeguards.
  • Embracing Export-Oriented Strategies Over Import Substitution:
  • A noteworthy feature of successful Chinese and East Asian industrial policies was their emphasis on export-driven development.
  • India faces a dual challenge in this regard. Achieving export orientation necessitates an open global trade framework. Yet, global support for this system is waning.
  • India's effectiveness in advocating for an open trade system could be compromised if it resorts to protectionist measures.
  • Thus, the design of India's industrial policy should promote exports rather than replicate import substitution tactics.
  • Minimizing Spectacle
  •  
  • For instance, the current emphasis on the Micron deal, wherein the government contributes 70% of the investment, warrants consideration.
  • Simultaneously, it's crucial for the government to recognize that chip companies are relocating manufacturing to more expensive locales with fewer subsidies.

Moving forward, the government must undertake a meticulous assessment of the nation's unique conditions and capacities. Crafting an effective industrial policy for India involves ensuring that the advantages of laptops extend beyond a specific class.

Nonetheless, it's essential to maintain a perspective that prevents the discourse on industrial policy from being swayed by ostentatious displays, oversimplified theories, or deceptive historical parallels.

Resolution to Rename State as 'Keralam' Approved by Kerala Assembly (Indian Express)

  • 10 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

A resolution adopted by the Kerala Assembly calls upon the Central government to officially change the state's name to 'Keralam' in the Constitution and all official records.

What is the essence of the resolution?

  • The Kerala Assembly unanimously passed a resolution urging the Central government to officially change the name of the State from Kerala to Keralam.
  • The resolution highlights the linguistic aspect of our state's name, which is "Keralam" in Malayalam.
  • It underscores the historical significance of the formation of states based on language on November 1, 1956, a day also commemorated as Kerala's establishment day.
  • Throughout the freedom struggle and subsequent periods, there has been a fervent call for a united Kerala that embraces all Malayalam-speaking communities.
  • This sentiment has resonated strongly.
  • However, a discrepancy exists between the name of our state, as commonly used, and its representation in the first Schedule of the Constitution, where it is listed as "Kerala."
  • With unanimous consensus, this Assembly is making an earnest appeal to the Union Government. Under the provisions of Article 3 of the Constitution, it is requested that swift actions be taken to effectuate the change in the state's name to "Keralam."

The Origins of the Names of Kerala:

Kerala's Origin

  • The etymology of the name 'Kerala' has given rise to various theories.
  • The earliest historical inscription that mentions Kerala dates back to Emperor Ashoka's Rock Edict II from 257 BC.
  • This inscription makes reference to the local ruler as Keralaputra, signifying "son of Kerala," and also as "son of Chera," denoting the Chera dynasty.

The Origins of Keralam

  • In relation to 'Keralam,' scholars postulate that it might have its roots in the term 'Cheram.'
  • Experts have noted the resemblance between the word 'keram' and the Canarese (Kannada) rendition of cheram.
  • They have interpreted 'Keralam' as 'Cheram,' representing the expanse between Gokarnam and Kanyakumari.
  • The term's possible origin could be traced to the root 'cher,' implying a sense of connection or joining.
  • This connotation becomes evident in the compound term 'Cheralam,' where 'alam' signifies region or land.

Quest for the Contemporary State:

  • Throughout history, the population conversing in Malayalam found themselves under the dominion of diverse monarchs and princely domains within the vicinity.
  • The 1920s marked a significant turning point with the emergence of the Aikya Kerala (Unified Kerala) movement, propelling the discourse for an independent state designated for the Malayalam-speaking populace.
  • Central to its mission was the amalgamation of Malabar, Kochi, and Travancore into a singular territorial entity.

The state of Kerala after Independence:

  • The progression of Kerala post-Independence witnessed a pivotal transformation through the amalgamation and integration of princely realms.
  • An instrumental stride in the configuration of the modern Kerala state was the confluence of various princely states, culminating in a new identity.
  • The inaugural step in this direction occurred on July 1, 1949, as the territories of Travancore and Kochi were harmonized, giving rise to the entity known as the Travancore-Cochin State.
  • Subsequently, as the movement for linguistic-based state reorganization gained momentum, the State Reorganisation Commission of the Union Government played a crucial role. Their recommendations paved the way for the creation of the Kerala state.
  • Guided by Syed Fazl Ali, the Commission advocated the incorporation of the Malabar district and the Kasargod taluk into the state predominantly inhabited by Malayalam speakers.
  • The culmination of these efforts culminated in the formal establishment of the state of Kerala on November 1, 1956.
  • In Malayalam, this state found its appellation as "Keralam," while in English, it retained the name "Kerala."

The Process to Rename any State:

Constitutional Provision:

  • The power to alter a state's name lies with the Parliament.
  • Article 3 of the Constitution of India confers the authority upon the Parliament to modify the name, area, or boundaries of a state.

Proposal Initiation:

  • The renaming process can be initiated either by the Parliament or the state assembly.
  • The state assembly sends a proposal to the Central government in the form of a resolution.
  • For presenting the bill in Parliament, a recommendation from the President is essential.

Procedure:

  • In cases where the proposed change affects multiple states, the legislature of the impacted state must receive the bill.
  • Originally absent in the Constitution, the provision to forward the bill to the state legislature was introduced via the 5th Amendment Act of 1955.
  • The State Legislative Assembly has a designated period to offer its opinions on the bill.
  • While the suggestions of the State Legislature hold no enforceable power against the President or Parliament, they are a part of the deliberation process.
  • Parliament has the authority to disregard the state legislature's opinion.
  • After receiving the state legislative assembly's suggestions or when the stipulated timeframe lapses, the bill returns to Parliament for further deliberations.

Passing of the Bill:

  • The bill is sent to the President for approval.
  • Once the President grants approval, the bill transforms into law, effectuating the modification of the state's name.

Additional Institutions Involved:

  • The process involves securing No Objection Certificates (NOCs) from various bodies such as the Ministry of Railways, Intelligence Bureau, Department of Posts, Survey of India, and Registrar General of India.
  • Upon receiving NOCs from these agencies, the Union Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) endorses the state's resolution.
  • This comprehensive procedure underscores the intricate steps and institutions entailed in the process of renaming a state, all governed by constitutional provisions and regulatory mechanisms.

Mains Question:

  • Elaborate on the constitutional provisions and intricate procedural steps entailed in the process of renaming a state in India. Discuss the roles played by the Parliament, state legislature, and other pertinent institutions in this multifaceted process. (15M)

Ujwal DISCOM Assurance Yojana (UDAY) (Indian Express)

  • 05 Aug 2023

Why in the News?

The Comptroller and Auditor General of India (CAG) in its report on Compliance Audit for the year ended March 2021 said that the main objective of the financial and operational turnaround of the Maharashtra State Electricity Distribution Company (MSEDCL) was not achieved in spite of implementing Ujwal DISCOM Assurance Yojana (UDAY) scheme.

What was the News Regarding CAG's Report for Ujwal DISCOM Assurance Yojana (UDAY) scheme?

  • MSEDCL failed to reach its targets of reducing AT&C (Aggregate Technical and Commercial) losses to the desired level.
  • On the contrary, AT&C losses for MSEDCL increased from 16.94% in 2018-19 to 20.73% in 2020-21.
  • The primary reasons for this increase were poor collection, especially from agricultural consumers and various State Government departments.
  • Despite implementing the UDAY scheme, the main objectives of achieving financial and operational turnaround for MahaVitaran were not accomplished.
  • The Government of Maharashtra should prioritize clearing all electricity dues owed by departments and local bodies to MahaVitaran within a specified timeframe.
  • To improve the situation, MahaVitaran should swiftly complete DT (Direct Connected) metering and feeder segregation, aiming to reduce AT&C losses to 15% by enhancing billing and collection efficiency.

About UDAY Scheme:

  • The UDAY Scheme, introduced by the Government of India's Ministry of Power in 2015, aims to assist financially struggling Power Distribution Companies (DISCOMs) owned by state governments.
  • It serves as a debt restructuring plan, enhancing the operational efficiency of DISCOMs.
  • State participation in UDAY is optional.
  • States joining the scheme agree to take on 75% of their respective DISCOMs' debts, while the remaining 25% is converted into bonds issued to the DISCOMs.
  • As an incentive, participating states receive additional priority funding for various schemes, such as Deen Dayal Upadhyaya Gram Jyoti Yojana (DDUGJY) and Integrated Power Development Scheme (IPDS).
  • The primary goal of UDAY is to provide accessible and affordable 24x7 electricity to all citizens.
  • It targets revenue-side and cost-side efficiency, initiating reforms in power generation, transmission, distribution, coal, and energy efficiency.
  • Initially planned for four years until 2019, the scheme offered a revival package for electricity distribution companies.
  • Its success led to the introduction of 'UDAY 2.0' under the Union Budget 2020-21 to further build upon its achievements.

The Primary Objectives of the UDAY Scheme are as follows:

  • AT&C Loss Reduction: Target to decrease the aggregate technical & commercial (AT&C) losses from approximately 22% to 15% by the year 2018-19.
  • Enhanced Operational Efficiency: Achieve improved operational efficiency through mandatory smart metering, transformer upgrades, and meter enhancements.
  • Energy Efficiency Measures: Implement energy efficiency measures, including the promotion of energy-efficient LED bulbs and other energy-saving initiatives.
  • Power Sector Cost Reduction: Reduce power costs, interest burden, and power losses in the distribution sector.
  • State Participation Encouragement: Encourage active participation of states in the scheme by offering incentives to performing states.

Additionally, the UDAY Scheme offers the following advantages:

  • Increased Domestic Coal Supply: Ensure increased supply of domestic coal to power generation companies.
  • Rationalized Coal Prices: Implement measures to rationalize coal prices for improved affordability.
  • Faster Interstate Transmission Lines: Expedite the completion of interstate transmission lines for enhanced power distribution.
  • Transparent Competitive Bidding: Facilitate power purchase through transparent competitive bidding processes.
  • Overall, the UDAY Scheme seeks to address various aspects of the power sector to enhance efficiency, reduce losses, and promote sustainable growth in the energy distribution and consumption landscape.

What is the Need for UDAY Scheme?

  • Financial Strain: DISCOMs in India are burdened with losses and substantial outstanding debt due to supplying electricity at tariffs below the cost of production.
  • Affordability and Quality of Life: The financial distress of DISCOMs hampers their ability to provide adequate power at affordable rates, impacting the quality of life for citizens and hindering overall economic growth and development.
  • Distribution Inefficiencies: Inefficient power distribution, including significant transmission and distribution losses, further exacerbates the financial challenges faced by DISCOMs, leading to heavy borrowing from banks to sustain their operations.
  • Mounting Debts and Losses: Accumulated losses and a massive debt burden of approximately Rs. 2.75 lakh crore from 2011-12 to 2014-15 necessitated a government intervention to develop a financial scheme that would assist DISCOMs and address their transmission losses.

The Challenges Confronting the UDAY Scheme are as follows:

  • Persistently High AT&C Losses: Some states continue to grapple with high AT&C losses, with certain regions reporting losses exceeding 40%. Only a limited number of states, such as TN, Kerala, Gujarat, etc., have managed to reduce losses to less than 15%.
  • Impact of Rising Renewable Energy (RE) Share: The increasing penetration of renewable energy in the distribution system is displacing low-cost coal, leading to a rise in the average cost of supply for DISCOMs.
  • Unprofitable Bonds: UDAY bonds issued have not yielded substantial profits, resulting in considerable losses of up to 6,000 crores for banks and financial institutions that provided the funds.
  • Strained State Finances: Placing the responsibility on states to handle the situation has added pressure to their finances, further straining their financial stability.

The Accomplishments of the UDAY Scheme are as follows:

  • Extensive State Participation: The UDAY Scheme witnessed significant participation from numerous states, resulting in improved liquidity conditions for DISCOMs and enhanced power supply.
  • Reduction in AT&C Losses: Participating states successfully achieved a reduction in aggregate technical & commercial (AT&C) losses or distribution losses, contributing to the overall efficiency improvement in the power sector.

Mains Question:

  • Assess the UDAY Scheme's impact on India's power sector reforms, considering challenges like high AT&C losses and increasing renewable energy share. Recommend strategies to address these issues. (15M)

Gig Economy and Gig Workers (Indian Express)

  • 26 Jul 2023

Why in the News?

The Rajasthan government recently enacted the Rajasthan Platform Based Gig Workers (Registration and Welfare) Bill in the year 2023.

  • Highlights of the Bill:

Rajasthan Platform-based Gig Workers Welfare Board will formulate welfare policies and address grievances of piece-rate gig workers.

  • The board can determine the aggregator's cess percentage for the social welfare corpus, based on transaction volumes on the platform.
  • Unique ID:
  • All gig workers registered with any platform will automatically be registered with the board, receiving a unique ID valid for three years.
  • Penalty:
  • Violating data sharing and worker employment rules can result in fines up to 10 lakh for the first offense and up to 1 crore for subsequent ones.
  • Suspension Authority:
  • The board is authorized to recommend temporary or permanent suspension of errant aggregators in the state.
  • Public Feedback:
  • The draft Bill will soon be made available to the public for feedback, currently with the Law department.
  • What is Gig Economy?
  • The Gig economy offers flexible work arrangements, allowing individuals to take up short-term or part-time jobs based on their availability and preferences.
  • It heavily relies on digital platforms and apps that connect gig workers with customers or clients seeking specific services.
  • Many people engage in gig work to supplement their income or as a source of additional earnings, making it easier to diversify their income streams.
  • The gig economy has faced controversies regarding worker rights, fair pay, and debates over whether gig workers should be classified as employees with access to employment benefits.
  • Who are gig workers?
  • As per the Code on Social Security, 2020, a gig worker is an individual who engages in work or work arrangements and earns from such activities independently, outside the scope of a conventional employer-employee relationship.
  • Gig workers can be broadly classified into platform and non-platform-based workers.
  • Platform Workers:
  • These workers refer to individuals who perform tasks or services through online software apps or digital platforms like Zomato, Swiggy, Ola, and others.
  • Non-platform Workers:
  • These workers are typically casual wage and own-account workers in traditional sectors, working either part-time or full-time.
  • Gig Economy in India:
  • As per NITI Aayog's report titled 'India's Booming Gig and Platform Economy':
  • Gig workers are individuals involved in income-earning activities beyond the conventional employer-employee arrangement and may also operate within the informal sector.
  • According to a 2019 report by the India Staffing Federation, India is the fifth largest in flexi-staffing globally, after the US, China, Brazil and Japan.
  • In 2020, approximately 7.7 million workers were actively engaged in the gig economy.
  • The gig workforce is expected to grow significantly, reaching 23.5 million workers by the year 2029-30.
  • Currently, around 47% of gig work falls under medium-skilled jobs, 22% in high-skilled, and 31% in low-skilled jobs.
  • There is a noticeable trend showing a gradual decline in medium-skilled workers' concentration, while the number of low-skilled and high-skilled workers is on the rise.
  • Challenges faced by Gig workers:
  • Impact on Full-time Employment Growth: The gig economy trend can hinder the growth of full-time employment as some employers may prefer to hire contracted workers due to cost-effectiveness and flexibility.
  • Disruption of Work-life Balance: For certain workers, the flexibility of gig work can lead to disruptions in work-life balance, affecting sleep patterns and daily activities.
  • Potential Replacement of Full-time Employees: Freelance workers in the gig economy may replace the need for a higher number of full-time employees within a company.
  • Lack of Job Security: In the gig economy, workers have a more entrepreneurial role, which means they may experience less job security with no guaranteed steady income, pay, or benefits.
  • Absence of Regular Job Benefits: Employers often avoid providing benefits such as health coverage and paid vacation time to gig workers, as they are not part of a formal employment relationship with the platform company. This lack of benefits can make short-term contracts less appealing and challenging to include on resumes.
  • Government Initiatives for Gig Workers India:
  • Code of Social Security, 2020: The Government introduced the Code on Social Security, 2020, aiming to develop suitable social security schemes for gig workers and platform workers, covering aspects like life and disability insurance, accident coverage, health and maternity benefits, and old age protection.
  • However, these provisions are yet to be implemented.
  • e-Shram Portal: In 2021, the Government launched the e-Shram portal, designed for the registration and establishment of a Comprehensive National Database of Unorganized Workers, including gig workers and platform workers.
  • This portal facilitates self-declaration registration for individuals engaged in approximately 400 different occupations.
  • Way Forward

The Gig Economy holds promising opportunities for India's extensive workforce, particularly for low-skilled laborers. To harness its potential, the Government should take proactive measures to foster the growth of gig economy platforms. Simultaneously, safeguarding the welfare of gig workers is crucial, ensuring fair working conditions and access to social security benefits. Striking this balance will require collaborative efforts from all stakeholders involved.

  • Mains Question:

Discuss the Government's role in supporting the Gig Economy while safeguarding gig workers' interests. How can a balance be achieved between promoting the gig economy and protecting the welfare of gig workers? (20 M)

India’s Ethanol Production Programme and Ethanol Blended Petro (Indian Express)

  • 25 Jul 2023

Why in the News?

Prime Minister Modi, at a G20 Energy Ministers’ meet on Saturday (July 22), said that India has rolled out 20% ethanol-blended petrol this year and aims to “cover the entire country by 2025”.

What is Ethanol?

  • Ethanol, also known as ethyl alcohol or grain alcohol, is basically 9% pure alcohol that can be blended with petrol.
  • It is distinct from 94% rectified spirit, commonly used in paints and pharmaceuticals, as well as 96% extra neutral alcohol, which is utilized in the production of potable liquor.
  • It is also a renewable biofuel and can be derived from various plant sources, such as sugarcane, corn, wheat, and other agricultural products, through the process of fermentation and distillation.
  • Ethanol has a wide range of industrial, commercial, and recreational applications, making it a versatile and important chemical compound.

Ethanol blending programme (EBP) in India:

Overview:

  • The Ethanol Blending Programme (EBP) in India began with pilot projects that supplied 5% ethanol-blended petrol to retail outlets.
  • The successful field trials led to the official launch of the EBP in 2003.
  • The program aimed to promote 5% ethanol-blended petrol in 9 States and 4 Union Territories, utilizing a separate pumping and BIO-metering mechanism.

Objectives:

  • The EBP aimed at reducing the country's reliance on crude oil imports, curbing carbon emissions, and enhancing farmers' incomes.

Targets:

  • Initially, India targeted 10% ethanol blending in petrol by the end of 2022 and 20% blending by 2030.
  • However, in December 2020, the government accelerated its target of achieving 20% blending (E20) to 2025.
  • Alsoly, there is a target of 5% blending of biodiesel with diesel by 2030.

Incentive Measures:

  • To encourage blending, the government introduced an additional duty of Rs. 2 per litre on unblended fuels starting October.

Significance of Ethanol Blending:

  • Energy Security: As the third-largest consumer of energy globally, India aims to enhance its energy self-dependency through ethanol blending, aligning with the AtmaNirbhar Bharat Abhiyan.
  • Reducing Import Dependency: Ethanol blending in petrol will decrease India's reliance on crude oil and natural gas imports, potentially saving around USD 4 billion (Rs. 300 billion) per year.
  • Support for the Agricultural Sector: The program aids sugar mill owners in paying farmers their pending Fair and Remunerative Price (FRP) for sugarcane and mitigates the impact of low sugar prices in the international market, providing additional income to farmers.
  • Environmental Friendly Fuel: Ethanol-blended petrol results in smoother combustion, reducing emissions of CO, hydrocarbons, and NOx, and contributing to a more environmentally friendly fuel option.
  • Decreasing Pollution: Using ethanol-blended petrol leads to lower emissions of CO, HC, and NOx, making it an effective measure to decrease pollution levels and promote cleaner air.
  • SDG Targets: Ethanol blending aligns with Sustainable Development Goal targets by reducing emissions and mitigating climate change effects.

Related Issues with Ethanol Blending Programme:

  • National Policy on Biofuel: The new ethanol blending target focuses on food-based feedstocks, deviating from the 2018 National Policy on Biofuels, which emphasized non-food feedstocks like grasses, algae, and cellulosic materials.
  • This change raises concerns about grain surpluses and the impact on food availability.
  • Risk of Hunger: The diversion of food grains to distilleries at cheaper prices could affect food security for the impoverished, potentially leading to increased hunger risks.
  • India ranks 101st out of 116 countries on the World Hunger Index 2021.
  • Cost Implications: The production of biofuels requires land, impacting the cost of biofuels as well as food crops, which can have economic implications.
  • Water Usage: Biofuel crops and the manufacturing process require significant amounts of water, which can strain local and regional water resources.
  • Efficiency Comparison: Some biofuels produce less energy compared to fossil fuels.
  • For instance, 1 gallon of ethanol generates less energy than 1 gallon of gasoline, raising concerns about the efficiency of biofuels as a viable alternative.

Addressing these issues is crucial for implementing ethanol blending targets in a sustainable and responsible manner.

Ethanol Program: Benefits and Concerns:

Benefits:

  • The ethanol program offers several advantages, including reduced dependence on fossil fuels, promotion of sustainable practices, and new opportunities for farmers and industries. Advancements like multi-effect evaporator units have enabled the utilization of distilleries' liquid effluent for boiler fuel and the production of fertilizer and animal feed as by-products.

Concerns:

  • Despite its benefits, the ethanol program raises some concerns. Increased demand for grains in ethanol production may impact food supply and prices. Additionally, distilleries' liquid effluent can pose environmental challenges.

The ethanol program shows great promise in achieving sustainable goals while addressing environmental and economic challenges. With proper management and technological advancements, it can play a vital role in India's energy and agricultural sectors.

Mains Question:

  • Discuss the benefits, concerns, and significance of India's ethanol program, focusing on reducing fossil fuel dependence, promoting sustainability, and addressing the impact on food supply and prices. (15 M)